The “FarAboveAll” Translation of the Old Testament / Tanakh

Daniel, Ezra, Nehemiah

Version 0.27, 3 November, 2017

Summary

We offer a freely copyable translation of the Old Testament / Tanakh based on the Masoretic Text. The translation follows the Masoretic text, ketiv or qeré (which will be indicated), and vowels (but we retain freedom regarding word grouping), except that the changes made by the Sopherim are reversed (see Companion Bible Appendices 32 and 33). Textual and explanatory remarks may be made in the notes. Our translation may be freely copied (see copyright notices below).

Copyright

There are three areas of copyright to consider: the copyright of sources used, the copyright of fonts used, and the copyright of our own work.

Copyright of sources used

The Hebrew / Aramaic text as starting material is the Westminster Leningrad Codex [4.18], obtained from http://www.tanach.us/TextFiles.

The license, as of 1 June 2011, at http://www.tanach.us/License.html reads: “All files in the main directory, except Tanach.zip, and all files in the following subdirectories may be used without restriction.” We have used the text files from http://www.tanach.us/TextFiles/, one of the subdirectories referred to as able to be used without restriction.

We remark that, according to http://tanach.us/Tanach.xml#Home, the files are derived “from the electronic version of the Leningrad Codex maintained by the J. Alan Groves Center for Advanced Biblical Research” who have written to us that they “make no claim on the use of the WLC”.

We nevertheless suggest that commercial publishers wishing to publish our combined Hebrew and English documents should verify the copyright position of the Hebrew text for themselves.

Copyright of fonts

The Hebrew text renders most accurately in SBL Hebrew, which is free for personal use. Commercial publishers must consult the copyright holder. The text renders reasonably in Times New Roman. In any case, commercial publishers must check and comply with font copyright issues.

Our copyright

The introduction, the English translation and notes (referred to as "this text" below) Copyright © 2009-2017 by Graham G Thomason.
Anyone is permitted to copy and distribute this text or any portion of this text. It may be incorporated in a larger work, and/or quoted from, stored in a database retrieval system, photocopied, reprinted, or otherwise duplicated by anyone without prior notification, permission, compensation to the holder, or any other restrictions. All rights to this text are released to everyone and no-one can reduce these rights at any time. The permitted use or reproduction of the above-mentioned text does not imply doctrinal or theological agreement by the present author and publisher with whatever views may be maintained or promulgated by other publishers. For the purpose of assigning responsibility, it is requested that the present author's name and the title associated with this text and its availability at www.FarAboveAll.com as well as this disclaimer be retained in any subsequent reproduction of this material.
- end of quotation -

Introduction

Please see the separate introduction to this Hebrew / Aramaic text and translation.

VERSE HEBREW/ARAMAIC ENGLISH NOTES
Dn 1:1 ‫בִּשְׁנַ֣ת שָׁל֔וֹשׁ לְמַלְכ֖וּת יְהוֹיָקִ֣ים מֶֽלֶךְ־יְהוּדָ֑ה בָּ֣א נְבוּכַדְנֶאצַּ֧ר מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶ֛ל יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם וַיָּ֥צַר עָלֶֽיהָ׃‬ In the third year of the reign of Jehoiakim king of Judah, Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon came to Jerusalem and besieged it.
Dn 1:2 ‫וַיִּתֵּן֩ אֲדֹנָ֨י בְּיָד֜וֹ אֶת־יְהוֹיָקִ֣ים מֶֽלֶךְ־יְהוּדָ֗ה וּמִקְצָת֙ כְּלֵ֣י בֵית־הָֽאֱלֹהִ֔ים וַיְבִיאֵ֥ם אֶֽרֶץ־שִׁנְעָ֖ר בֵּ֣ית אֱלֹהָ֑יו וְאֶת־הַכֵּלִ֣ים הֵבִ֔יא בֵּ֖ית אוֹצַ֥ר אֱלֹהָֽיו׃‬ And the Lord* delivered Jehoiakim king of Judah and some of the equipment of the house of God into his hand, and he brought it to the land of Shinar, to the house of his gods, and he brought the equipment to the treasury of his gods. Lord*: a change by the Sopherim from יהוה, Yhwh, to אֲדֹנָי, Adonai. See Gn 18:3 and [CB, App. 32].

it: i.e. the equipment only, but perhaps them, so including Jehoiakim.

gods (2x): or god. Compare 1 Chr 10:10. It is unambiguously gods in Dn 2:11, (but the context is different).
Dn 1:3 ‫וַיֹּ֣אמֶר הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ לְאַשְׁפְּנַ֖ז רַ֣ב סָרִיסָ֑יו לְהָבִ֞יא מִבְּנֵ֧י יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל וּמִזֶּ֥רַע הַמְּלוּכָ֖ה וּמִן־הַֽפַּרְתְּמִֽים׃‬ And the king commanded Ashpenaz the head of his eunuchs to bring some of the sons of Israel and some of the royal seed, and some of the high-ranking officials, commanded ← said, but also commanded. Compare 1 Chr 14:12.

royal seed ← seed of the kingdom, a Hebraic genitive.
Dn 1:4 ‫יְלָדִ֣ים אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֵֽין־בָּהֶ֣ם כָּל־*מאום **מוּם֩ וְטוֹבֵ֨י מַרְאֶ֜ה וּמַשְׂכִּילִ֣ים בְּכָל־חָכְמָ֗ה וְיֹ֤דְעֵי דַ֙עַת֙ וּמְבִינֵ֣י מַדָּ֔ע וַאֲשֶׁר֙ כֹּ֣חַ בָּהֶ֔ם לַעֲמֹ֖ד בְּהֵיכַ֣ל הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ וּֽלֲלַמְּדָ֥ם סֵ֖פֶר וּלְשׁ֥וֹן כַּשְׂדִּֽים׃‬ children in whom was no blemish, and who were good-looking and insightful in all wisdom, and who were knowledgeable and who understood science, and who had the mettle to stand in the king's palace. And he gave commandment to teach them the literature and language of the Chaldeans. blemish: the ketiv and qeré are different spellings of the same word.

no ← not every.

good-looking ← good of appearance.

were knowledgeable ← know knowledge.
Dn 1:5 ‫וַיְמַן֩ לָהֶ֨ם הַמֶּ֜לֶךְ דְּבַר־י֣וֹם בְּיוֹמ֗וֹ מִפַּת־בַּ֤ג הַמֶּ֙לֶךְ֙ וּמִיֵּ֣ין מִשְׁתָּ֔יו וּֽלְגַדְּלָ֖ם שָׁנִ֣ים שָׁל֑וֹשׁ וּמִ֨קְצָתָ֔ם יַֽעַמְד֖וּ לִפְנֵ֥י הַמֶּֽלֶךְ׃‬ And the king appointed them daily servings from the king's fare, and some wine as used for his drink, and he gave instructions to educate them for three years, and at the end of that, they would stand before the king. as used for ← of.

educate: as [AnLx]. AV= nourish. [BDB]= bring up.
Dn 1:6 ‫וַיְהִ֥י בָהֶ֖ם מִבְּנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֑ה דָּנִיֵּ֣אל חֲנַנְיָ֔ה מִֽישָׁאֵ֖ל וַעֲזַרְיָֽה׃‬ And among them were, of the sons of Judah, Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael and Azariah.
Dn 1:7 ‫וַיָּ֧שֶׂם לָהֶ֛ם שַׂ֥ר הַסָּרִיסִ֖ים שֵׁמ֑וֹת וַיָּ֨שֶׂם לְדָֽנִיֵּ֜אל בֵּ֣לְטְשַׁאצַּ֗ר וְלַֽחֲנַנְיָה֙ שַׁדְרַ֔ךְ וּלְמִֽישָׁאֵ֣ל מֵישַׁ֔ךְ וְלַעֲזַרְיָ֖ה עֲבֵ֥ד נְגֽוֹ׃‬ And the officer in charge of the eunuchs assigned them names. And he assigned to Daniel, Belteshazzar; and to Hananiah, Shadrach; and to Mishael, Meshach; and to Azariah, Abed-nego.
Dn 1:8 ‫וַיָּ֤שֶׂם דָּנִיֵּאל֙ עַל־לִבּ֔וֹ אֲשֶׁ֧ר לֹֽא־יִתְגָּאַ֛ל בְּפַתְבַּ֥ג הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ וּבְיֵ֣ין מִשְׁתָּ֑יו וַיְבַקֵּשׁ֙ מִשַּׂ֣ר הַסָּרִיסִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֖ר לֹ֥א יִתְגָּאָֽל׃‬ Now Daniel resolved that he would not defile himself with the king's fare or with the wine as used for his drink, and he requested from the officer in charge of the eunuchs that he should not defile himself. resolved ← put to his heart.
Dn 1:9 ‫וַיִּתֵּ֤ן הָֽאֱלֹהִים֙ אֶת־דָּ֣נִיֵּ֔אל לְחֶ֖סֶד וּֽלְרַחֲמִ֑ים לִפְנֵ֖י שַׂ֥ר הַסָּרִיסִֽים׃‬ And God gave Daniel kind and compassionate treatment before the officer in charge of the eunuchs. gave Daniel kind and compassionate treatment ← gave Daniel to kindness and compassion.
Dn 1:10 ‫וַיֹּ֜אמֶר שַׂ֤ר הַסָּרִיסִים֙ לְדָ֣נִיֵּ֔אל יָרֵ֤א אֲנִי֙ אֶת־אֲדֹנִ֣י הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ אֲשֶׁ֣ר מִנָּ֔ה אֶת־מַאֲכַלְכֶ֖ם וְאֶת־מִשְׁתֵּיכֶ֑ם אֲשֶׁ֡ר לָמָּה֩ יִרְאֶ֨ה אֶת־פְּנֵיכֶ֜ם זֹֽעֲפִ֗ים מִן־הַיְלָדִים֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר כְּגִֽילְכֶ֔ם וְחִיַּבְתֶּ֥ם אֶת־רֹאשִׁ֖י לַמֶּֽלֶךְ׃‬ And the officer in charge of the eunuchs said to Daniel. “I am fearful of my lord the king who appointed your food and your drink, because why should he see your faces more pallid than those of the other children of your age, and why should you all cost me my head with the king?” your: plural (the grammatical number of faces cannot be seen from the Hebrew for that word alone).

you all: plural, seen from the verb ending. So Daniel's compatriots had the same request.
Dn 1:11 ‫וַיֹּ֥אמֶר דָּנִיֵּ֖אל אֶל־הַמֶּלְצַ֑ר אֲשֶׁ֤ר מִנָּה֙ שַׂ֣ר הַסָּֽרִיסִ֔ים עַל־דָּנִיֵּ֣אל חֲנַנְיָ֔ה מִֽישָׁאֵ֖ל וַעֲזַרְיָֽה׃‬ Then Daniel said to the head steward whom the head of the eunuchs had appointed over Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael and Azariah,
Dn 1:12 ‫נַס־נָ֥א אֶת־עֲבָדֶ֖יךָ יָמִ֣ים עֲשָׂרָ֑ה וְיִתְּנוּ־לָ֜נוּ מִן־הַזֵּרֹעִ֛ים וְנֹאכְלָ֖ה וּמַ֥יִם וְנִשְׁתֶּֽה׃‬ “Please do a trial with your servants for ten days, and let them give us some vegetables to eat and water to drink.
Dn 1:13 ‫וְיֵרָא֤וּ לְפָנֶ֙יךָ֙ מַרְאֵ֔ינוּ וּמַרְאֵה֙ הַיְלָדִ֔ים הָאֹ֣כְלִ֔ים אֵ֖ת פַּתְבַּ֣ג הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ וְכַאֲשֶׁ֣ר תִּרְאֵ֔ה עֲשֵׂ֖ה עִם־עֲבָדֶֽיךָ׃‬ Then our appearance and that of the children who eat the king's fare will be seen in your presence, and then deal with your servants according to what you see.”
Dn 1:14 ‫וַיִּשְׁמַ֥ע לָהֶ֖ם לַדָּבָ֣ר הַזֶּ֑ה וַיְנַסֵּ֖ם יָמִ֥ים עֲשָׂרָֽה׃‬ And he heeded them in this matter, and he gave them a trial for ten days.
Dn 1:15 ‫וּמִקְצָת֙ יָמִ֣ים עֲשָׂרָ֔ה נִרְאָ֤ה מַרְאֵיהֶם֙ ט֔וֹב וּבְרִיאֵ֖י בָּשָׂ֑ר מִן־כָּל־הַיְלָדִ֔ים הָאֹ֣כְלִ֔ים אֵ֖ת פַּתְבַּ֥ג הַמֶּֽלֶךְ׃‬ And at the end of ten days, their appearance was better and more healthy than that of all the children who ate the king's fare. was ← appeared.

healthy ← fat of flesh.
Dn 1:16 ‫וַיְהִ֣י הַמֶּלְצַ֗ר נֹשֵׂא֙ אֶת־פַּתְבָּגָ֔ם וְיֵ֖ין מִשְׁתֵּיהֶ֑ם וְנֹתֵ֥ן לָהֶ֖ם זֵרְעֹנִֽים׃‬ Then the head steward took away their fare and wine for their drink, and gave them vegetables.
Dn 1:17 ‫וְהַיְלָדִ֤ים הָאֵ֙לֶּה֙ אַרְבַּעְתָּ֔ם נָתַ֨ן לָהֶ֧ם הָֽאֱלֹהִ֛ים מַדָּ֥ע וְהַשְׂכֵּ֖ל בְּכָל־סֵ֣פֶר וְחָכְמָ֑ה וְדָנִיֵּ֣אל הֵבִ֔ין בְּכָל־חָז֖וֹן וַחֲלֹמֽוֹת׃‬ And God gave these four children insight and intellect in all literature and wisdom, and Daniel had understanding of every vision and all dreams.
Dn 1:18 ‫וּלְמִקְצָת֙ הַיָּמִ֔ים אֲשֶׁר־אָמַ֥ר הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ לַהֲבִיאָ֑ם וַיְבִיאֵם֙ שַׂ֣ר הַסָּרִיסִ֔ים לִפְנֵ֖י נְבֻכַדְנֶצַּֽר׃‬ And after the days which the king had specified as to when to bring them in, the head of the eunuchs brought them in before Nebuchadnezzar. after ← at the end of.
Dn 1:19 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֣ר אִתָּם֮ הַמֶּלֶךְ֒ וְלֹ֤א נִמְצָא֙ מִכֻּלָּ֔ם כְּדָנִיֵּ֣אל חֲנַנְיָ֔ה מִֽישָׁאֵ֖ל וַעֲזַרְיָ֑ה וַיַּֽעַמְד֖וּ לִפְנֵ֥י הַמֶּֽלֶךְ׃‬ And the king spoke with them. And of all of them, no-one was found like Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael and Azariah, and they stood before the king.
Dn 1:20 ‫וְכֹ֗ל דְּבַר֙ חָכְמַ֣ת בִּינָ֔ה אֲשֶׁר־בִּקֵּ֥שׁ מֵהֶ֖ם הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ וַֽיִּמְצָאֵ֞ם עֶ֣שֶׂר יָד֗וֹת עַ֤ל כָּל־הַֽחַרְטֻמִּים֙ הָֽאַשָּׁפִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּכָל־מַלְכוּתֽוֹ׃‬ And in every matter of wisdom in discernment which the king asked them, he found them ten times superior to all the magi and enchanters who were in all his kingdom. wisdom in ← wisdom of.

ten times ← ten hands.

superior to ← above.
Dn 1:21 ‫וַֽיְהִי֙ דָּֽנִיֵּ֔אל עַד־שְׁנַ֥ת אַחַ֖ת לְכ֥וֹרֶשׁ הַמֶּֽלֶךְ׃ פ‬ And Daniel was there until the first year of Cyrus the king.
Dn 2:1 ‫וּבִשְׁנַ֣ת שְׁתַּ֗יִם לְמַלְכוּת֙ נְבֻֽכַדְנֶצַּ֔ר חָלַ֥ם נְבֻֽכַדְנֶצַּ֖ר חֲלֹמ֑וֹת וַתִּתְפָּ֣עֶם רוּח֔וֹ וּשְׁנָת֖וֹ נִהְיְתָ֥ה עָלָֽיו׃‬ And in the second year of Nebuchadnezzar's reign, Nebuchadnezzar had dreams, and his spirit was disturbed, and his sleep eluded him. had dreams ← dreamt dreams.

eluded him ← was gone by at him, was over on him.
Dn 2:2 ‫וַיֹּ֣אמֶר הַ֠מֶּלֶךְ לִקְרֹ֨א לַֽחַרְטֻמִּ֜ים וְלָֽאַשָּׁפִ֗ים וְלַֽמְכַשְּׁפִים֙ וְלַכַּשְׂדִּ֔ים לְהַגִּ֥יד לַמֶּ֖לֶךְ חֲלֹמֹתָ֑יו וַיָּבֹ֕אוּ וַיַּֽעַמְד֖וּ לִפְנֵ֥י הַמֶּֽלֶךְ׃‬ And the king summoned the magi and the enchanters and the magicians and the Chaldeans to give the king the interpretation of his dreams, and they came and stood before the king. summoned ← said to call for.

give ... the interpretation ← tell, but also expound.
Dn 2:3 ‫וַיֹּ֧אמֶר לָהֶ֛ם הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ חֲל֣וֹם חָלָ֑מְתִּי וַתִּפָּ֣עֶם רוּחִ֔י לָדַ֖עַת אֶֽת־הַחֲלֽוֹם׃‬ And the king said to them, “I have had a dream and my spirit is anxious to know the meaning of the dream.” had a dream ← dreamt a dream.
Dn 2:4 ‫וַֽיְדַבְּר֧וּ הַכַּשְׂדִּ֛ים לַמֶּ֖לֶךְ אֲרָמִ֑ית מַלְכָּא֙ לְעָלְמִ֣ין חֱיִ֔י אֱמַ֥ר חֶלְמָ֛א *לעבדיך **לְעַבְדָ֖ךְ וּפִשְׁרָ֥א נְחַוֵּֽא׃‬ And the Chaldeans said to the king in Aramaic, “O king, live age-abidingly. Tell your {Q: servants} [K: servant] the dream and we will give the interpretation.” The Aramaic portion starts here at O king and ends at Dn 7:28.

give ← declare.
Dn 2:5 ‫עָנֵ֤ה מַלְכָּא֙ וְאָמַ֣ר *לכשדיא **לְכַשְׂדָּאֵ֔י מִלְּתָ֖א מִנִּ֣י אַזְדָּ֑א הֵ֣ן לָ֤א תְהֽוֹדְעוּנַּ֙נִי֙ חֶלְמָ֣א וּפִשְׁרֵ֔הּ הַדָּמִין֙ תִּתְעַבְד֔וּן וּבָתֵּיכ֖וֹן נְוָלִ֥י יִתְּשָׂמֽוּן׃‬ The king answered and said to the Chaldeans, “The matter escapes me. If you do not make the dream and its interpretation known to me, you will be dismembered and your houses will be made a dunghill. Chaldeans: the ketiv can be regarded as a variant form of the qeré. Here the word has connotations of astrology and other occult practices.

escapes me ← departs from me.

be dismembered ← be made limbs.
Dn 2:6 ‫וְהֵ֨ן חֶלְמָ֤א וּפִשְׁרֵהּ֙ תְּֽהַחֲוֺ֔ן מַתְּנָ֤ן וּנְבִזְבָּה֙ וִיקָ֣ר שַׂגִּ֔יא תְּקַבְּל֖וּן מִן־קֳדָמָ֑י לָהֵ֕ן חֶלְמָ֥א וּפִשְׁרֵ֖הּ הַחֲוֺֽנִי׃‬ But if you expound the dream and its interpretation, you will receive gifts and a reward and great honour from me. So expound the dream and its interpretation to me.” reward ← present, but it must be distinct from the “gifts” received.

from ← from before.
Dn 2:7 ‫עֲנ֥וֹ תִנְיָנ֖וּת וְאָמְרִ֑ין מַלְכָּ֕א חֶלְמָ֛א יֵאמַ֥ר לְעַבְד֖וֹהִי וּפִשְׁרָ֥ה נְהַחֲוֵֽה׃‬ They answered again and said, “Let the king tell his servants the dream, and we will expound the interpretation.”
Dn 2:8 ‫עָנֵ֤ה מַלְכָּא֙ וְאָמַ֔ר מִן־יַצִּיב֙ יָדַ֣ע אֲנָ֔ה דִּ֥י עִדָּנָ֖א אַנְתּ֣וּן זָבְנִ֑ין כָּל־קֳבֵל֙ דִּ֣י חֲזֵית֔וֹן דִּ֥י אַזְדָּ֖א מִנִּ֥י מִלְּתָֽא׃‬ The king replied and said, “I definitely know that you are buying time, because you see that the matter escapes me, escapes me ← departs from me.
Dn 2:9 ‫דִּ֣י הֵן־חֶלְמָא֩ לָ֨א תְהֽוֹדְעֻנַּ֜נִי חֲדָה־הִ֣יא דָֽתְכ֗וֹן וּמִלָּ֨ה כִדְבָ֤ה וּשְׁחִיתָה֙ *הזמנתון **הִזְדְּמִנְתּוּן֙ לְמֵאמַ֣ר קָֽדָמַ֔י עַ֛ד דִּ֥י עִדָּנָ֖א יִשְׁתַּנֵּ֑א לָהֵ֗ן חֶלְמָא֙ אֱמַ֣רוּ לִ֔י וְֽאִנְדַּ֕ע דִּ֥י פִשְׁרֵ֖הּ תְּהַחֲוֻנַּֽנִי׃‬ so if you do not make the dream known to me, then the judgment against you is conclusive, and you have conspired in speaking false and fabricated words to me, biding your time. Otherwise, tell me the dream, and I will know that you can explain its interpretation.” conspired: or, been opportunistic. The ketiv, assimilating a daleth, is a variant of the qeré.

judgment against you ← your judgment, objective genitive.

conclusive ← one, i.e. it can only go one way.

false and fabricated words to me ← a false and corrupt word before me.

biding your time ← until the time changes.
Dn 2:10 ‫עֲנ֨וֹ *כשדיא **כַשְׂדָּאֵ֤י קֳדָם־מַלְכָּא֙ וְאָ֣מְרִ֔ין לָֽא־אִיתַ֤י אֲנָשׁ֙ עַל־יַבֶּשְׁתָּ֔א דִּ֚י מִלַּ֣ת מַלְכָּ֔א יוּכַ֖ל לְהַחֲוָיָ֑ה כָּל־קֳבֵ֗ל דִּ֚י כָּל־מֶ֙לֶךְ֙ רַ֣ב וְשַׁלִּ֔יט מִלָּ֤ה כִדְנָה֙ לָ֣א שְׁאֵ֔ל לְכָל־חַרְטֹּ֖ם וְאָשַׁ֥ף וְכַשְׂדָּֽי׃‬ The Chaldeans answered the king and said, “There does not exist a man on dry land who can expound the king's matter, and for this reason no great king or ruler has ever asked any magus or enchanter or Chaldean a question like this. Chaldeans: as in Dn 2:5.

the king ← before the king.

can ← will be able.

no ← not every.

any ← every.
Dn 2:11 ‫וּמִלְּתָ֨א דִֽי־מַלְכָּ֤ה שָׁאֵל֙ יַקִּירָ֔ה וְאָחֳרָן֙ לָ֣א אִיתַ֔י דִּ֥י יְחַוִּנַּ֖הּ קֳדָ֣ם מַלְכָּ֑א לָהֵ֣ן אֱלָהִ֔ין דִּ֚י מְדָ֣רְה֔וֹן עִם־בִּשְׂרָ֖א לָ֥א אִיתֽוֹהִי׃‬ And the matter which the king is asking is difficult, and there is no-one else who can expound it to the king, except the gods whose abode is not with flesh.” to the king ← before the king.
Dn 2:12 ‫כָּל־קֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָ֔ה מַלְכָּ֕א בְּנַ֖ס וּקְצַ֣ף שַׂגִּ֑יא וַאֲמַר֙ לְה֣וֹבָדָ֔ה לְכֹ֖ל חַכִּימֵ֥י בָבֶֽל׃‬ On account of this, the king became enraged and very angry, and he gave an order to execute all the wise men of Babylon. gave an order ← said.
Dn 2:13 ‫וְדָתָ֣א נֶפְקַ֔ת וְחַכִּֽימַיָּ֖א מִֽתְקַטְּלִ֑ין וּבְע֛וֹ דָּנִיֵּ֥אל וְחַבְר֖וֹהִי לְהִתְקְטָלָֽה׃ פ‬ And the decree went out, and the wise men started to be killed. And they searched for Daniel and his colleagues for them to be killed. started to be killed ← (were) being killed. The participle (with no conjunction) does not introduce purpose (AV's should be slain).
Dn 2:14 ‫בֵּאדַ֣יִן דָּנִיֵּ֗אל הֲתִיב֙ עֵטָ֣א וּטְעֵ֔ם לְאַרְי֕וֹךְ רַב־טַבָּחַיָּ֖א דִּ֣י מַלְכָּ֑א דִּ֚י נְפַ֣ק לְקַטָּלָ֔ה לְחַכִּימֵ֖י בָּבֶֽל׃‬ Then Daniel responded with caution and discernment to Arioch the king's chief executioner who had gone out to kill the wise men of Babylon.
Dn 2:15 ‫עָנֵ֣ה וְאָמַ֗ר לְאַרְיוֹךְ֙ שַׁלִּיטָ֣א דִֽי־מַלְכָּ֔א עַל־מָ֥ה דָתָ֛א מְהַחְצְפָ֖ה מִן־קֳדָ֣ם מַלְכָּ֑א אֱדַ֣יִן מִלְּתָ֔א הוֹדַ֥ע אַרְי֖וֹךְ לְדָנִיֵּֽאל׃‬ He answered and said to Arioch the king's commissioner, “Why is the decree from the king so urgent?” Then Arioch informed Daniel of the matter. urgent ← hastening.
Dn 2:16 ‫וְדָ֣נִיֵּ֔אל עַ֖ל וּבְעָ֣ה מִן־מַלְכָּ֑א דִּ֚י זְמָ֣ן יִנְתֵּן־לֵ֔הּ וּפִשְׁרָ֖א לְהַֽחֲוָיָ֥ה לְמַלְכָּֽא׃ פ‬ And Daniel went in and requested from the king that he give him time, so that he could expound the interpretation to the king.
Dn 2:17 ‫אֱדַ֥יִן דָּֽנִיֵּ֖אל לְבַיְתֵ֣הּ אֲזַ֑ל וְ֠לַחֲנַנְיָה מִֽישָׁאֵ֧ל וַעֲזַרְיָ֛ה חַבְר֖וֹהִי מִלְּתָ֥א הוֹדַֽע׃‬ Then Daniel went to his house and informed Hananiah, Mishael and Azariah his colleagues about the matter,
Dn 2:18 ‫וְרַחֲמִ֗ין לְמִבְעֵא֙ מִן־קֳדָם֙ אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔א עַל־רָזָ֖ה דְּנָ֑ה דִּ֣י לָ֤א יְהֹֽבְדוּן֙ דָּנִיֵּ֣אל וְחַבְר֔וֹהִי עִם־שְׁאָ֖ר חַכִּימֵ֥י בָבֶֽל׃‬ and to ask for mercy from the God of heaven about this secret, so that Daniel and his colleagues should not perish with the rest of the wise men of Babylon. from ← from before.

Daniel ... should not perish ← they should not destroy ... Daniel. Avoidance of the passive.
Dn 2:19 ‫אֱדַ֗יִן לְדָנִיֵּ֛אל בְּחֶזְוָ֥א דִֽי־לֵילְיָ֖א רָזָ֣ה גֲלִ֑י אֱדַ֙יִן֙ דָּֽנִיֵּ֔אל בָּרִ֖ךְ לֶאֱלָ֥הּ שְׁמַיָּֽא׃‬ Then in a vision of the night the secret was revealed to Daniel, whereupon Daniel blessed the God of heaven.
Dn 2:20 ‫עָנֵ֤ה דָֽנִיֵּאל֙ וְאָמַ֔ר לֶהֱוֵ֨א שְׁמֵ֤הּ דִּֽי־אֱלָהָא֙ מְבָרַ֔ךְ מִן־עָלְמָ֖א וְעַ֣ד־עָלְמָ֑א דִּ֧י חָכְמְתָ֛א וּגְבוּרְתָ֖א דִּ֥י לֵֽהּ־הִֽיא׃‬ Daniel responded and said,

“Blessed be the name of God

From age to age,

Because wisdom and might are his.

Dn 2:21 ‫וְ֠הוּא מְהַשְׁנֵ֤א עִדָּנַיָּא֙ וְזִמְנַיָּ֔א מְהַעְדֵּ֥ה מַלְכִ֖ין וּמְהָקֵ֣ים מַלְכִ֑ין יָהֵ֤ב חָכְמְתָא֙ לְחַכִּימִ֔ין וּמַנְדְּעָ֖א לְיָדְעֵ֥י בִינָֽה׃‬

And he changes seasons and times,

He removes kings and he establishes kings,

And he gives wisdom to the wise

And knowledge to those who have understanding.

have understanding ← know understanding.
Dn 2:22 ‫ה֛וּא גָּלֵ֥א עַמִּיקָתָ֖א וּמְסַתְּרָתָ֑א יָדַע֙ מָ֣ה בַחֲשׁוֹכָ֔א *ונהירא **וּנְהוֹרָ֖א עִמֵּ֥הּ שְׁרֵֽא׃‬

He reveals deep things and hidden things;

He knows what is in darkness,

But with him dwells light.

light: the ketiv can be regarded as a variant form of the qeré.
Dn 2:23 ‫לָ֣ךְ ׀ אֱלָ֣הּ אֲבָהָתִ֗י מְהוֹדֵ֤א וּמְשַׁבַּח֙ אֲנָ֔ה דִּ֧י חָכְמְתָ֛א וּגְבוּרְתָ֖א יְהַ֣בְתְּ לִ֑י וּכְעַ֤ן הֽוֹדַעְתַּ֙נִי֙ דִּֽי־בְעֵ֣ינָא מִנָּ֔ךְ דִּֽי־מִלַּ֥ת מַלְכָּ֖א הוֹדַעְתֶּֽנָא׃‬

You, O God of my fathers,

I celebrate and praise,

For you have given me wisdom and power,

And now you have made known

What we requested from you,

For you have made the king's subject matter known to us.”

Dn 2:24 ‫כָּל־קֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָ֗ה דָּֽנִיֵּאל֙ עַ֣ל עַל־אַרְי֔וֹךְ דִּ֚י מַנִּ֣י מַלְכָּ֔א לְהוֹבָדָ֖ה לְחַכִּימֵ֣י בָבֶ֑ל אֲזַ֣ל ׀ וְכֵ֣ן אֲמַר־לֵ֗הּ לְחַכִּימֵ֤י בָבֶל֙ אַל־תְּהוֹבֵ֔ד הַעֵ֙לְנִי֙ קֳדָ֣ם מַלְכָּ֔א וּפִשְׁרָ֖א לְמַלְכָּ֥א אֲחַוֵּֽא׃ ס‬ On account of this, Daniel went into the presence of Arioch, whom the king had appointed for the execution of the wise men of Babylon. He went and said this to him, “Do not execute the wise men of Babylon. Bring me into the presence of the king, and I will expound the interpretation to the king.” this ← thus.

the presence of ← before.
Dn 2:25 ‫אֱדַ֤יִן אַרְיוֹךְ֙ בְּהִתְבְּהָלָ֔ה הַנְעֵ֥ל לְדָנִיֵּ֖אל קֳדָ֣ם מַלְכָּ֑א וְכֵ֣ן אֲמַר־לֵ֗הּ דִּֽי־הַשְׁכַּ֤חַת גְּבַר֙ מִן־בְּנֵ֤י גָֽלוּתָא֙ דִּ֣י יְה֔וּד דִּ֥י פִשְׁרָ֖א לְמַלְכָּ֥א יְהוֹדַֽע׃‬ At this Arioch brought Daniel hastily into the presence of the king, and he said this to him, “I have found a man among the deportees of Judah who will make the interpretation known to the king.” at this ← then, thereupon.

the presence of ← before.

this ← thus.

among the deportees ← from the sons of the exile.
Dn 2:26 ‫עָנֵ֤ה מַלְכָּא֙ וְאָמַ֣ר לְדָנִיֵּ֔אל דִּ֥י שְׁמֵ֖הּ בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּ֑ר *האיתיך **הַֽאִיתָ֣ךְ כָּהֵ֗ל לְהוֹדָעֻתַ֛נִי חֶלְמָ֥א דִֽי־חֲזֵ֖ית וּפִשְׁרֵֽהּ׃‬ The king responded and said to Daniel, whose name was Belteshazzar, “Is it true that you are able to make known to me the dream which I saw, and its interpretation?” is it true that you: the ketiv and qeré are different declined forms of the same word, with the same meaning.
Dn 2:27 ‫עָנֵ֧ה דָנִיֵּ֛אל קֳדָ֥ם מַלְכָּ֖א וְאָמַ֑ר רָזָה֙ דִּֽי־מַלְכָּ֣א שָׁאֵ֔ל לָ֧א חַכִּימִ֣ין אָֽשְׁפִ֗ין חַרְטֻמִּין֙ גָּזְרִ֔ין יָכְלִ֖ין לְהַֽחֲוָיָ֥ה לְמַלְכָּֽא׃‬ Daniel answered in the presence of the king and said, “Are not the wise men and enchanters and magi and diviners able to expound to the king the secret which the king is asking about?
Dn 2:28 ‫בְּרַ֡ם אִיתַ֞י אֱלָ֤הּ בִּשְׁמַיָּא֙ גָּלֵ֣א רָזִ֔ין וְהוֹדַ֗ע לְמַלְכָּא֙ נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּ֔ר מָ֛ה דִּ֥י לֶהֱוֵ֖א בְּאַחֲרִ֣ית יוֹמַיָּ֑א חֶלְמָ֨ךְ וְחֶזְוֵ֥י רֵאשָׁ֛ךְ עַֽל־מִשְׁכְּבָ֖ךְ דְּנָ֥ה הֽוּא׃ פ‬ But there is a God in heaven who reveals secrets and who has made known to King Nebuchadnezzar what will take place in the latter days. Your dream and the visions in your head on your bed are as follows. take place ← be.

in your head ← of your head.

as follows ← this.
Dn 2:29 ‫אַ֣נְתְּה מַלְכָּ֗א רַעְיוֹנָךְ֙ עַל־מִשְׁכְּבָ֣ךְ סְלִ֔קוּ מָ֛ה דִּ֥י לֶהֱוֵ֖א אַחֲרֵ֣י דְנָ֑ה וְגָלֵ֧א רָזַיָּ֛א הוֹדְעָ֖ךְ מָה־דִ֥י לֶהֱוֵֽא׃‬ As for you, O king, there arose in your cogitations on your bed what will take place after this, and he who reveals secrets has made known to you what will take place. you: [BHS] has a textual issue as in Dn 3:10, where the ketiv can be regarded as a variant form (a Hebraism) of the qeré. Codex Leningradensis has a final unattached on the word.

take place (2x)be.
Dn 2:30 ‫וַאֲנָ֗ה לָ֤א בְחָכְמָה֙ דִּֽי־אִיתַ֥י בִּי֙ מִן־כָּל־חַיַּיָּ֔א רָזָ֥א דְנָ֖ה גֱּלִ֣י לִ֑י לָהֵ֗ן עַל־דִּבְרַת֙ דִּ֤י פִשְׁרָא֙ לְמַלְכָּ֣א יְהוֹדְע֔וּן וְרַעְיוֹנֵ֥י לִבְבָ֖ךְ תִּנְדַּֽע׃‬ And as for me, this secret has not been revealed to me by there being more wisdom in me than in anyone living, but to the intent that the interpretation should be made known to the king, and that you should know the cogitations of your heart. anyone ← all.

should be made known ← they should make known. Avoidance of the passive.
Dn 2:31 ‫אַ֣נְתְּה מַלְכָּ֗א חָזֵ֤ה הֲוַ֙יְתָ֙ וַאֲל֨וּ צְלֵ֥ם חַד֙ שַׂגִּ֔יא צַלְמָ֨א דִּכֵּ֥ן רַ֛ב וְזִיוֵ֥הּ יַתִּ֖יר קָאֵ֣ם לְקָבְלָ֑ךְ וְרֵוֵ֖הּ דְּחִֽיל׃‬ You, O king, were having a vision, and you beheld a great image. That image was large, and its splendour was prodigious, standing in front of you, and its appearance was fearful. were having a vision ← were seeing.

you beheld ← behold.

a great image ← one great image.
Dn 2:32 ‫ה֣וּא צַלְמָ֗א רֵאשֵׁהּ֙ דִּֽי־דְהַ֣ב טָ֔ב חֲד֥וֹהִי וּדְרָע֖וֹהִי דִּ֣י כְסַ֑ף מְע֥וֹהִי וְיַרְכָתֵ֖הּ דִּ֥י נְחָֽשׁ׃‬ The image was like this: its head was of good quality gold; its breast and its arms were of silver; its midriff and its thighs were of copper; the image was like this ← this (was) the image.
Dn 2:33 ‫שָׁק֖וֹהִי דִּ֣י פַרְזֶ֑ל רַגְל֕וֹהִי *מנהון **מִנְּהֵין֙ דִּ֣י פַרְזֶ֔ל *ומנהון **וּמִנְּהֵ֖ין דִּ֥י חֲסַֽף׃‬ its legs were of iron; its feet were partly of iron and partly of clay. partly (2x)of them. The ketiv and qeré are different declined forms of the same word, having a masculine and feminine suffix respectively, with the same meaning.
Dn 2:34 ‫חָזֵ֣ה הֲוַ֗יְתָ עַ֠ד דִּ֣י הִתְגְּזֶ֤רֶת אֶ֙בֶן֙ דִּי־לָ֣א בִידַ֔יִן וּמְחָ֤ת לְצַלְמָא֙ עַל־רַגְל֔וֹהִי דִּ֥י פַרְזְלָ֖א וְחַסְפָּ֑א וְהַדֵּ֖קֶת הִמּֽוֹן׃‬ You were having the vision until a stone was cut out, which was not done with hands, and which struck the image on the feet of iron and clay and shattered them. were having the vision ← were seeing.

cut out: or, broken off.

not done with hands: i.e. not man-made. Compare Col 2:11.
Dn 2:35 ‫בֵּאדַ֣יִן דָּ֣קוּ כַחֲדָ֡ה פַּרְזְלָא֩ חַסְפָּ֨א נְחָשָׁ֜א כַּסְפָּ֣א וְדַהֲבָ֗א וַהֲווֹ֙ כְּע֣וּר מִן־אִדְּרֵי־קַ֔יִט וּנְשָׂ֤א הִמּוֹן֙ רוּחָ֔א וְכָל־אֲתַ֖ר לָא־הִשְׁתֲּכַ֣ח לְה֑וֹן וְאַבְנָ֣א ׀ דִּֽי־מְחָ֣ת לְצַלְמָ֗א הֲוָ֛ת לְט֥וּר רַ֖ב וּמְלָ֥ת כָּל־אַרְעָֽא׃‬ Then the iron and the clay, copper, silver and gold were shattered together, and they became like chaff from the summer threshing floors, and the wind carried them away, and no place was found for them, but the stone which struck the image became a great mountain, and it filled the whole earth. Rev 12:8.

no ← not every.
Dn 2:36 ‫דְּנָ֣ה חֶלְמָ֔א וּפִשְׁרֵ֖הּ נֵאמַ֥ר קֳדָם־מַלְכָּֽא׃‬ That was the dream, and we will give its interpretation in the presence of the king. give ← say.
Dn 2:37 ‫אַ֣נְתְּה מַלְכָּ֔א מֶ֖לֶךְ מַלְכַיָּ֑א דִּ֚י אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔א מַלְכוּתָ֥א חִסְנָ֛א וְתָקְפָּ֥א וִֽיקָרָ֖א יְהַב־לָֽךְ׃‬ You, O king, are king of kings, to whom the God of heaven gave the kingdom, the power, the authority and the honour. honour: or, glory. Compare the Lord's prayer, Mt 6:13.
Dn 2:38 ‫וּבְכָל־דִּ֣י *דארין **דָֽיְרִ֣ין בְּֽנֵי־אֲ֠נָשָׁא חֵיוַ֨ת בָּרָ֤א וְעוֹף־שְׁמַיָּא֙ יְהַ֣ב בִּידָ֔ךְ וְהַשְׁלְטָ֖ךְ בְּכָלְּה֑וֹן אַנְתְּה־ה֔וּא רֵאשָׁ֖ה דִּ֥י דַהֲבָֽא׃‬ And everywhere where the sons of man, wild animals, and the birds of the sky dwell, he has delivered them all into your hand, and given you power over them all. The head of gold represents you. dwell: the ketiv can regarded as a variant form of the qeré.

you (second occurrence in verse): see Dn 2:29.
Dn 2:39 ‫וּבָתְרָ֗ךְ תְּק֛וּם מַלְכ֥וּ אָחֳרִ֖י אֲרַ֣עא מִנָּ֑ךְ וּמַלְכ֨וּ *תליתיא **תְלִיתָאָ֤ה אָחֳרִי֙ דִּ֣י נְחָשָׁ֔א דִּ֥י תִשְׁלַ֖ט בְּכָל־אַרְעָֽא׃‬ And after you, another kingdom, inferior to yours, will arise, and a third kingdom – another one – which will be of copper, which will rule over all the earth. third: the ketiv and qeré are masculine and feminine forms respectively of the same word, with the same meaning.

yours ← you.
Dn 2:40 ‫וּמַלְכוּ֙ *רביעיה **רְבִ֣יעָאָ֔ה תֶּהֱוֵ֥א תַקִּיפָ֖ה כְּפַרְזְלָ֑א כָּל־קֳבֵ֗ל דִּ֤י פַרְזְלָא֙ מְהַדֵּ֤ק וְחָשֵׁל֙ כֹּ֔לָּא וּֽכְפַרְזְלָ֛א דִּֽי־מְרָעַ֥ע כָּל־אִלֵּ֖ין תַּדִּ֥ק וְתֵרֹֽעַ׃‬ And a fourth kingdom: it will be as strong as iron, for iron shatters and smashes everything, and as iron which crushes all these, so it will shatter and crush. fourth: the ketiv is a variant form of the qeré.
Dn 2:41 ‫וְדִֽי־חֲזַ֜יְתָה רַגְלַיָּ֣א וְאֶצְבְּעָתָ֗א *מנהון **מִנְּהֵ֞ן חֲסַ֤ף דִּֽי־פֶחָר֙ *ומנהון **וּמִנְּהֵ֣ין פַּרְזֶ֔ל מַלְכ֤וּ פְלִיגָה֙ תֶּהֱוֵ֔ה וּמִן־נִצְבְּתָ֥א דִ֥י פַרְזְלָ֖א לֶֽהֱוֵא־בַ֑הּ כָּל־קֳבֵל֙ דִּ֣י חֲזַ֔יְתָה פַּ֨רְזְלָ֔א מְעָרַ֖ב בַּחֲסַ֥ף טִינָֽא׃‬ And as regards the fact that you saw the feet and the toes, partly of potter's clay and partly of iron, it will be a divided kingdom, and there will be some of the firmness of iron in it, inasmuch as you saw iron mixed with clay earthenware. partly (2x): see 2:33.
Dn 2:42 ‫וְאֶצְבְּעָת֙ רַגְלַיָּ֔א *מנהון **מִנְּהֵ֥ין פַּרְזֶ֖ל *ומנהון **וּמִנְּהֵ֣ין חֲסַ֑ף מִן־קְצָ֤ת מַלְכוּתָא֙ תֶּהֱוֵ֣ה תַקִּיפָ֔ה וּמִנַּ֖הּ תֶּהֱוֵ֥ה תְבִירָֽה׃‬ And as for the toes, partly of iron and partly of clay, part of the kingdom will be strong and part if it will be fragile. partly (2x): see 2:33.
Dn 2:43 ‫*די **וְדִ֣י חֲזַ֗יְתָ פַּרְזְלָא֙ מְעָרַב֙ בַּחֲסַ֣ף טִינָ֔א מִתְעָרְבִ֤ין לֶהֱוֺן֙ בִּזְרַ֣ע אֲנָשָׁ֔א וְלָֽא־לֶהֱוֺ֥ן דָּבְקִ֖ין דְּנָ֣ה עִם־דְּנָ֑ה הֵֽא־כְדִ֣י פַרְזְלָ֔א לָ֥א מִתְעָרַ֖ב עִם־חַסְפָּֽא׃‬ {K: And} [Q: And] as regards the fact that you saw iron mixed with clay earthenware, they will be mixed in with the seed of mankind, but they will not stick to each other, just as iron does not blend with clay. mixed in with the seed of mankind: compare Gn 6:2, Mt 13:38, Jude 1:6.
Dn 2:44 ‫וּֽבְיוֹמֵיה֞וֹן דִּ֧י מַלְכַיָּ֣א אִנּ֗וּן יְקִים֩ אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֤א מַלְכוּ֙ דִּ֤י לְעָלְמִין֙ לָ֣א תִתְחַבַּ֔ל וּמַ֨לְכוּתָ֔ה לְעַ֥ם אָחֳרָ֖ן לָ֣א תִשְׁתְּבִ֑ק תַּדִּ֤ק וְתָסֵיף֙ כָּל־אִלֵּ֣ין מַלְכְוָתָ֔א וְהִ֖יא תְּק֥וּם לְעָלְמַיָּֽא׃‬ And in the days of those kings, the God of heaven will set up an age-abiding kingdom which will not be destroyed, nor will the kingdom be left to another people. It will shatter and put an end to all these kingdoms, and it will stand age-abidingly. the days of those kings ← those days of the kings.
Dn 2:45 ‫כָּל־קֳבֵ֣ל דִּֽי־חֲזַ֡יְתָ דִּ֣י מִטּוּרָא֩ אִתְגְּזֶ֨רֶת אֶ֜בֶן דִּי־לָ֣א בִידַ֗יִן וְ֠הַדֶּקֶת פַּרְזְלָ֨א נְחָשָׁ֤א חַסְפָּא֙ כַּסְפָּ֣א וְדַהֲבָ֔א אֱלָ֥הּ רַב֙ הוֹדַ֣ע לְמַלְכָּ֔א מָ֛ה דִּ֥י לֶהֱוֵ֖א אַחֲרֵ֣י דְנָ֑ה וְיַצִּ֥יב חֶלְמָ֖א וּמְהֵימַ֥ן פִּשְׁרֵֽהּ׃ פ‬ In view of the fact that you saw a stone which was cut out of the mountain, which was not done with hands, and it shattered the iron, the copper, the clay, the silver and the gold, the great God has made known to the king what will take place after the present time. Now the dream is certain, and its interpretation is trustworthy.” take place ← be.

the present timethis.
Dn 2:46 ‫בֵּ֠אדַיִן מַלְכָּ֤א נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּר֙ נְפַ֣ל עַל־אַנְפּ֔וֹהִי וּלְדָנִיֵּ֖אל סְגִ֑ד וּמִנְחָה֙ וְנִ֣יחֹחִ֔ין אֲמַ֖ר לְנַסָּ֥כָה לֵֽהּ׃‬ At this Nebuchadnezzar fell face down, and prostrated himself to Daniel, and he said he would pour out a meal-offering and fragrances to him. face down ← on his face.

at this ← then, therefore.
Dn 2:47 ‫עָנֵה֩ מַלְכָּ֨א לְדָנִיֵּ֜אל וְאָמַ֗ר מִן־קְשֹׁט֙ דִּ֣י אֱלָהֲכ֗וֹן ה֣וּא אֱלָ֧הּ אֱלָהִ֛ין וּמָרֵ֥א מַלְכִ֖ין וְגָלֵ֣ה רָזִ֑ין דִּ֣י יְכֵ֔לְתָּ לְמִגְלֵ֖א רָזָ֥ה דְנָֽה׃‬ The king responded to Daniel and said, “It is true that your God is the God of gods, and the Lord of kings and a revealer of secrets, in that you were able to reveal this secret.”
Dn 2:48 ‫אֱדַ֨יִן מַלְכָּ֜א לְדָנִיֵּ֣אל רַבִּ֗י וּמַתְּנָ֨ן רַבְרְבָ֤ן שַׂגִּיאָן֙ יְהַב־לֵ֔הּ וְהַ֨שְׁלְטֵ֔הּ עַ֖ל כָּל־מְדִינַ֣ת בָּבֶ֑ל וְרַב־סִגְנִ֔ין עַ֖ל כָּל־חַכִּימֵ֥י בָבֶֽל׃‬ Then the king exalted Daniel, and he gave him many great gifts, and he put him in charge of the whole province of Babylon, and made him the senior official over all the wise men of Babylon. put him in charge of ← had him rule over.
Dn 2:49 ‫וְדָנִיֵּאל֙ בְּעָ֣א מִן־מַלְכָּ֔א וּמַנִּ֗י עַ֤ל עֲבִֽידְתָּא֙ דִּ֚י מְדִינַ֣ת בָּבֶ֔ל לְשַׁדְרַ֥ךְ מֵישַׁ֖ךְ וַעֲבֵ֣ד נְג֑וֹ וְדָנִיֵּ֖אל בִּתְרַ֥ע מַלְכָּֽא׃ פ‬ And Daniel made requests to the king, and he appointed Shadrach, Meshach and Abed-nego over the affairs of the province of Babylon. And Daniel was in the king's royal court.
Dn 3:1 ‫נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֣ר מַלְכָּ֗א עֲבַד֙ צְלֵ֣ם דִּֽי־דְהַ֔ב רוּמֵהּ֙ אַמִּ֣ין שִׁתִּ֔ין פְּתָיֵ֖הּ אַמִּ֣ין שִׁ֑ת אֲקִימֵהּ֙ בְּבִקְעַ֣ת דּוּרָ֔א בִּמְדִינַ֖ת בָּבֶֽל׃‬ Nebuchadnezzar the king made an image of gold. Its height was sixty cubits and its breadth was six cubits. He set it up in the lowland of Dura in the province of Babylon. cubit (2x): about 18 inches or 45 cm.
Dn 3:2 ‫וּנְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֣ר מַלְכָּ֡א שְׁלַ֡ח לְמִכְנַ֣שׁ ׀ לַֽאֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֡א סִגְנַיָּ֣א וּֽפַחֲוָתָ֡א אֲדַרְגָּזְרַיָּא֩ גְדָ֨בְרַיָּ֤א דְּתָבְרַיָּא֙ תִּפְתָּיֵ֔א וְכֹ֖ל שִׁלְטֹנֵ֣י מְדִֽינָתָ֑א לְמֵתֵא֙ לַחֲנֻכַּ֣ת צַלְמָ֔א דִּ֥י הֲקֵ֖ים נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר מַלְכָּֽא׃‬ And Nebuchadnezzar the king sent word to assemble the satraps, the administrators, the governors, the high court judges, the treasurers, the legislators, the security officials and all the rulers of the provinces, for them to come to the dedication of the image which King Nebuchadnezzar had set up.
Dn 3:3 ‫בֵּאדַ֡יִן מִֽתְכַּנְּשִׁ֡ין אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֡א סִגְנַיָּ֣א וּֽפַחֲוָתָ֡א אֲדַרְגָּזְרַיָּ֣א גְדָבְרַיָּא֩ דְּתָ֨בְרַיָּ֜א תִּפְתָּיֵ֗א וְכֹל֙ שִׁלְטֹנֵ֣י מְדִֽינָתָ֔א לַחֲנֻכַּ֣ת צַלְמָ֔א דִּ֥י הֲקֵ֖ים נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֣ר מַלְכָּ֑א *וקאמין **וְקָֽיְמִין֙ לָקֳבֵ֣ל צַלְמָ֔א דִּ֥י הֲקֵ֖ים נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּֽר׃‬ At this the satraps and the administrators and the governors and the high court judges, the treasurers, the legislators, the security officials and all the rulers of the provinces assembled for the dedication of the image which Nebuchadnezzar the king set up, and they stood facing the image which Nebuchadnezzar had set up. had set up: the ketiv and qeré are similar words with the same meaning.

at this: then, therefore.
Dn 3:4 ‫וְכָרוֹזָ֖א קָרֵ֣א בְחָ֑יִל לְכ֤וֹן אָֽמְרִין֙ עַֽמְמַיָּ֔א אֻמַּיָּ֖א וְלִשָּׁנַיָּֽא׃‬ And the herald proclaimed loudly, “We command you, O peoples and nations and languages, languages: i.e. linguistic groups.
Dn 3:5 ‫בְּעִדָּנָ֡א דִּֽי־תִשְׁמְע֡וּן קָ֣ל קַרְנָ֣א מַ֠שְׁרוֹקִיתָא *קיתרוס **קַתְר֨וֹס סַבְּכָ֤א פְּסַנְתֵּרִין֙ סוּמְפֹּ֣נְיָ֔ה וְכֹ֖ל זְנֵ֣י זְמָרָ֑א תִּפְּל֤וּן וְתִסְגְּדוּן֙ לְצֶ֣לֶם דַּהֲבָ֔א דִּ֥י הֲקֵ֖ים נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר מַלְכָּֽא׃‬ that at the moment when you hear the sound of the horn, the flute, the harp, the sambuke, the psaltery, the bagpipes, and all kinds of music, you shall fall down and prostrate yourselves to the image of gold which Nebuchadnezzar the king set up. harp: the ketiv and qeré are similar words with the same meaning.
Dn 3:6 ‫וּמַן־דִּי־לָ֥א יִפֵּ֖ל וְיִסְגֻּ֑ד בַּהּ־שַׁעֲתָ֣א יִתְרְמֵ֔א לְגֽוֹא־אַתּ֥וּן נוּרָ֖א יָקִֽדְתָּֽא׃‬ And whoever does not fall down and prostrate himself at that time will be thrown into a furnace of blazing fire.” time ← hour.

into ← inside.
Dn 3:7 ‫כָּל־קֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָ֡ה בֵּהּ־זִמְנָ֡א כְּדִ֣י שָֽׁמְעִ֣ין כָּֽל־עַמְמַיָּ֡א קָ֣ל קַרְנָא֩ מַשְׁר֨וֹקִיתָ֜א *קיתרס **קַתְר֤וֹס שַׂבְּכָא֙ פְּסַנְטֵרִ֔ין וְכֹ֖ל זְנֵ֣י זְמָרָ֑א נָֽפְלִ֨ין כָּֽל־עַֽמְמַיָּ֜א אֻמַיָּ֣א וְלִשָּׁנַיָּ֗א סָֽגְדִין֙ לְצֶ֣לֶם דַּהֲבָ֔א דִּ֥י הֲקֵ֖ים נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר מַלְכָּֽא׃‬ In accordance with this, at the moment when all the peoples heard the sound of the horn, the flute, the harp, the sambuke, the psaltery, and all the kinds of music, all the peoples, nations and languages would fall down and prostrate themselves to the image of gold which Nebuchadnezzar the king had set up. harp: see Dn 3:5.

moment ← time.

languages: see Dn 3:4.
Dn 3:8 ‫כָּל־קֳבֵ֤ל דְּנָה֙ בֵּהּ־זִמְנָ֔א קְרִ֖בוּ גֻּבְרִ֣ין כַּשְׂדָּאִ֑ין וַאֲכַ֥לוּ קַרְצֵיה֖וֹן דִּ֥י יְהוּדָיֵֽא׃‬ Pursuant to this, at that very time some Chaldean men came along and slandered the Jews. came along ← came near.

slandered ← ate the pieces of.
Dn 3:9 ‫עֲנוֹ֙ וְאָ֣מְרִ֔ין לִנְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֖ר מַלְכָּ֑א מַלְכָּ֖א לְעָלְמִ֥ין חֱיִֽי׃‬ They broached the subject and said to King Nebuchadnezzar, “O king, live age-abidingly. they broached the subjectthey answered, but no question asked. See Gn 18:27.
Dn 3:10 ‫*אנתה **אַ֣נְתְּ מַלְכָּא֮ שָׂ֣מְתָּ טְּעֵם֒ דִּ֣י כָל־אֱנָ֡שׁ דִּֽי־יִשְׁמַ֡ע קָ֣ל קַרְנָ֣א מַ֠שְׁרֹקִיתָא *קיתרס **קַתְר֨וֹס שַׂבְּכָ֤א פְסַנְתֵּרִין֙ *וסיפניה **וְסוּפֹּ֣נְיָ֔ה וְכֹ֖ל זְנֵ֣י זְמָרָ֑א יִפֵּ֥ל וְיִסְגֻּ֖ד לְצֶ֥לֶם דַּהֲבָֽא׃‬ O king, you issued a decree that every man who hears the sound of the horn, the flute, the harp, the sambuke, the psaltery and the bagpipes and all kinds of music, shall fall down and prostrate themselves to the image of gold, you: the ketiv can be regarded as a variant form (a Hebraism) of the qeré.

harp: see Dn 3:5.

bagpipes: the ketiv and qeré are similar words with the same meaning.
Dn 3:11 ‫וּמַן־דִּי־לָ֥א יִפֵּ֖ל וְיִסְגֻּ֑ד יִתְרְמֵ֕א לְגֽוֹא־אַתּ֥וּן נוּרָ֖א יָקִֽדְתָּֽא׃‬ and whoever does not fall down and worship shall be thrown into a furnace of blazing fire.
Dn 3:12 ‫אִיתַ֞י גֻּבְרִ֣ין יְהוּדָאיִ֗ן דִּֽי־מַנִּ֤יתָ יָתְהוֹן֙ עַל־עֲבִידַת֙ מְדִינַ֣ת בָּבֶ֔ל שַׁדְרַ֥ךְ מֵישַׁ֖ךְ וַעֲבֵ֣ד נְג֑וֹ גֻּבְרַיָּ֣א אִלֵּ֗ךְ לָא־שָׂ֨מֽוּ *עליך **עֲלָ֤ךְ מַלְכָּא֙ טְעֵ֔ם *לאלהיך **לֵֽאלָהָךְ֙ לָ֣א פָלְחִ֔ין וּלְצֶ֧לֶם דַּהֲבָ֛א דִּ֥י הֲקֵ֖ימְתָּ לָ֥א סָגְדִֽין׃ ס‬ There are Jewish men whom you appointed over the administration of the province of Babylon, Shadrach, Meshach and Abed-nego. These men, O king, have not heeded you; they do not worship {K: your gods} [Q: your God], nor do they prostrate themselves to the image of gold which you set up.” you: the ketiv and qeré are different declined forms of the same word, with the same meaning.

your gods: the ketiv could be read as either your god or your gods. The image might represent one particular god.

administration ← work.
Dn 3:13 ‫בֵּאדַ֤יִן נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּר֙ בִּרְגַ֣ז וַחֲמָ֔ה אֲמַר֙ לְהַיְתָיָ֔ה לְשַׁדְרַ֥ךְ מֵישַׁ֖ךְ וַעֲבֵ֣ד נְג֑וֹ בֵּאדַ֙יִן֙ גֻּבְרַיָּ֣א אִלֵּ֔ךְ הֵיתָ֖יוּ קֳדָ֥ם מַלְכָּֽא׃‬ At this Nebuchadnezzar, in rage and fury, gave commandment to bring Shadrach, Meshach and Abed-nego in. So these men were brought before the king. at this ← then, therefore.

gave commandment ← said, but also commanded.
Dn 3:14 ‫עָנֵ֤ה נְבֻֽכַדְנֶצַּר֙ וְאָמַ֣ר לְה֔וֹן הַצְדָּ֕א שַׁדְרַ֥ךְ מֵישַׁ֖ךְ וַעֲבֵ֣ד נְג֑וֹ לֵֽאלָהַ֗י לָ֤א אִֽיתֵיכוֹן֙ פָּֽלְחִ֔ין וּלְצֶ֧לֶם דַּהֲבָ֛א דִּ֥י הֲקֵ֖ימֶת לָ֥א סָֽגְדִֽין׃‬ Nebuchadnezzar addressed them and said to them, “Shadrach, Meshach and Abed-nego, do you really not worship my gods, nor prostrate yourselves to the image of gold which I set up? addressed ← answered, but no question asked. See Gn 18:27.
Dn 3:15 ‫כְּעַ֞ן הֵ֧ן אִֽיתֵיכ֣וֹן עֲתִידִ֗ין דִּ֣י בְעִדָּנָ֡א דִּֽי־תִשְׁמְע֡וּן קָ֣ל קַרְנָ֣א מַשְׁרוֹקִיתָ֣א *קיתרס **קַתְר֣וֹס שַׂבְּכָ֡א פְּסַנְתֵּרִין֩ וְסוּמְפֹּ֨נְיָ֜ה וְכֹ֣ל ׀ זְנֵ֣י זְמָרָ֗א תִּפְּל֣וּן וְתִסְגְּדוּן֮ לְצַלְמָ֣א דִֽי־עַבְדֵת֒ וְהֵן֙ לָ֣א תִסְגְּד֔וּן בַּהּ־שַׁעֲתָ֣ה תִתְרְמ֔וֹן לְגֽוֹא־אַתּ֥וּן נוּרָ֖א יָקִֽדְתָּ֑א וּמַן־ה֣וּא אֱלָ֔הּ דֵּ֥י יְשֵֽׁיזְבִנְכ֖וֹן מִן־יְדָֽי׃‬ Now then, if you are willing at the time when you hear the sound of the horn, the flute, the harp, the sambuke, the psaltery and the bagpipes, and all kinds of music, to fall down and prostrate yourselves to the image which I made, fine. But if you do not prostrate yourselves at that very time, you will be thrown into a furnace of blazing fire, and what God is there who can deliver you from my hands?” harp: see Dn 3:5.

willing ← prepared.

time ← hour.
Dn 3:16 ‫עֲנ֗וֹ שַׁדְרַ֤ךְ מֵישַׁךְ֙ וַעֲבֵ֣ד נְג֔וֹ וְאָמְרִ֖ין לְמַלְכָּ֑א נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּ֔ר לָֽא־חַשְׁחִ֨ין אֲנַ֧חְנָה עַל־דְּנָ֛ה פִּתְגָ֖ם לַהֲתָבוּתָֽךְ׃‬ Shadrach, Meshach and Abed-nego answered and said to King, “Nebuchadnezzar, we are not obliged to reply to you in this matter.
Dn 3:17 ‫הֵ֣ן אִיתַ֗י אֱלָהַ֙נָא֙ דִּֽי־אֲנַ֣חְנָא פָֽלְחִ֔ין יָכִ֖ל לְשֵׁיזָבוּתַ֑נָא מִן־אַתּ֨וּן נוּרָ֧א יָקִֽדְתָּ֛א וּמִן־יְדָ֥ךְ מַלְכָּ֖א יְשֵׁיזִֽב׃‬ Nevertheless, our God whom we worship is able to save us from the furnace of blazing fire. And from your hand, O king, he will save us. nevertheless ← if there is.
Dn 3:18 ‫וְהֵ֣ן לָ֔א יְדִ֥יעַ לֶהֱוֵא־לָ֖ךְ מַלְכָּ֑א דִּ֤י *לאלהיך **לֵֽאלָהָךְ֙ לָא־*איתינא **אִיתַ֣נָא פָֽלְחִ֔ין וּלְצֶ֧לֶם דַּהֲבָ֛א דִּ֥י הֲקֵ֖ימְתָּ לָ֥א נִסְגֻּֽד׃ ס‬ And even if he does not, let it be known to you, O king, that we do not worship {K: your gods} [Q: your God], and we will not prostrate ourselves to the image of gold which you have set up.” we will ← we are. The ketiv and qeré are different declined forms of the same word, with the same meaning.

your gods: we do not understand where the qeré comes from in Codex Leningradensis, and it is absent in [BHS].
Dn 3:19 ‫בֵּאדַ֨יִן נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֜ר הִתְמְלִ֣י חֱמָ֗א וּצְלֵ֤ם אַנְפּ֙וֹהִי֙ *אשתנו **אֶשְׁתַּנִּ֔י עַל־שַׁדְרַ֥ךְ מֵישַׁ֖ךְ וַעֲבֵ֣ד נְג֑וֹ עָנֵ֤ה וְאָמַר֙ לְמֵזֵ֣א לְאַתּוּנָ֔א חַ֨ד־שִׁבְעָ֔ה עַ֛ל דִּ֥י חֲזֵ֖ה לְמֵזְיֵֽהּ׃‬ At this Nebuchadnezzar became full of fury, and the complexion of his face changed, in opposition to Shadrach, Meshach and Abed-nego. He responded and gave commandment to heat the furnace seven times more than it was customary to heat it. changed: the qeré is singular (discordant with the plural / dual word for his face).

at this ← then, therefore.
Dn 3:20 ‫וּלְגֻבְרִ֤ין גִּבָּֽרֵי־חַ֙יִל֙ דִּ֣י בְחַיְלֵ֔הּ אֲמַר֙ לְכַפָּתָ֔ה לְשַׁדְרַ֥ךְ מֵישַׁ֖ךְ וַעֲבֵ֣ד נְג֑וֹ לְמִרְמֵ֕א לְאַתּ֥וּן נוּרָ֖א יָקִֽדְתָּֽא׃‬ And he commanded men who were valiant warriors in his army to bind Shadrach, Meshach and Abed-nego, and to throw them into the furnace of blazing fire.
Dn 3:21 ‫בֵּאדַ֜יִן גֻּבְרַיָּ֣א אִלֵּ֗ךְ כְּפִ֙תוּ֙ בְּסַרְבָּלֵיהוֹן֙ *פטישיהון **פַּטְּשֵׁיה֔וֹן וְכַרְבְּלָתְה֖וֹן וּלְבֻשֵׁיה֑וֹן וּרְמִ֕יו לְגֽוֹא־אַתּ֥וּן נוּרָ֖א יָקִֽדְתָּֽא׃‬ So these men were bound in their trousers and their shirts and their hats and their garments, and they were thrown into the furnace of blazing fire. their shirts: the ketiv has to be regarded as a variant form of the qeré.

into ← inside.
Dn 3:22 ‫כָּל־קֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָ֗ה מִן־דִּ֞י מִלַּ֤ת מַלְכָּא֙ מַחְצְפָ֔ה וְאַתּוּנָ֖א אֵזֵ֣ה יַתִּ֑ירָא גֻּבְרַיָּ֣א אִלֵּ֗ךְ דִּ֤י הַסִּ֙קוּ֙ לְשַׁדְרַ֤ךְ מֵישַׁךְ֙ וַעֲבֵ֣ד נְג֔וֹ קַטִּ֣ל הִמּ֔וֹן שְׁבִיבָ֖א דִּ֥י נוּרָֽא׃‬ As a result of this, considering that the king's word was pressing, and the furnace was heated in the extreme, the flame of the fire killed those men who took Shadrach, Meshach and Abed-nego up. those ← these.
Dn 3:23 ‫וְגֻבְרַיָּ֤א אִלֵּךְ֙ תְּלָ֣תֵּה֔וֹן שַׁדְרַ֥ךְ מֵישַׁ֖ךְ וַעֲבֵ֣ד נְג֑וֹ נְפַ֛לוּ לְגֽוֹא־אַתּוּן־נוּרָ֥א יָֽקִדְתָּ֖א מְכַפְּתִֽין׃ פ‬ And these three men, Shadrach, Meshach and Abed-nego fell into the furnace of blazing fire, bound.
Dn 3:24 ‫אֱדַ֙יִן֙ נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֣ר מַלְכָּ֔א תְּוַ֖הּ וְקָ֣ם בְּהִתְבְּהָלָ֑ה עָנֵ֨ה וְאָמַ֜ר לְהַדָּֽבְר֗וֹהִי הֲלָא֩ גֻבְרִ֨ין תְּלָתָ֜א רְמֵ֤ינָא לְגוֹא־נוּרָא֙ מְכַפְּתִ֔ין עָנַ֤יִן וְאָמְרִין֙ לְמַלְכָּ֔א יַצִּיבָ֖א מַלְכָּֽא׃‬ Then Nebuchadnezzar the king was astonished, and he arose in haste, and reacted and said to his attendants, “Did we not throw three men into the fire, bound?” They answered and said to the king, “Certainly, O king.” reacted ← answered, but no question asked. See Gn 18:27.
Dn 3:25 ‫עָנֵ֣ה וְאָמַ֗ר הָֽא־אֲנָ֨ה חָזֵ֜ה גֻּבְרִ֣ין אַרְבְּעָ֗ה שְׁרַ֙יִן֙ מַהְלְכִ֣ין בְּגֽוֹא־נוּרָ֔א וַחֲבָ֖ל לָא־אִיתַ֣י בְּה֑וֹן וְרֵוֵהּ֙ דִּ֣י *רביעיא **רְֽבִיעָאָ֔ה דָּמֵ֖ה לְבַר־אֱלָהִֽין׃ ס‬ He replied and said, “Look, I see four men, loose, walking around in the fire, and there is no harm being done to them. And the appearance of the fourth is like a son of God.” the fourth: the ketiv can be regarded as a variant form of the qeré.

in ← inside.
Dn 3:26 ‫בֵּאדַ֜יִן קְרֵ֣ב נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר לִתְרַע֮ אַתּ֣וּן נוּרָ֣א יָקִֽדְתָּא֒ עָנֵ֣ה וְאָמַ֗ר שַׁדְרַ֨ךְ מֵישַׁ֧ךְ וַעֲבֵד־נְג֛וֹ עַבְד֛וֹהִי דִּֽי־אֱלָהָ֥א *עליא **עִלָּאָ֖ה פֻּ֣קוּ וֶאֱת֑וֹ בֵּאדַ֣יִן נָֽפְקִ֗ין שַׁדְרַ֥ךְ מֵישַׁ֛ךְ וַעֲבֵ֥ד נְג֖וֹ מִן־גּ֥וֹא נוּרָֽא׃‬ Then Nebuchadnezzar approached the door of the furnace of blazing fire and addressed them and said, “Shadrach, Meshach and Abed-nego, servants of the Most High God, come out and come here.” Then Shadrach, Meshach and Abed-nego came out of the fire. Most High: the ketiv can be regarded as a variant form of the qeré.

addressed ← answered, but no question asked. See Gn 18:27.

of the fire ← from inside the fire.
Dn 3:27 ‫וּ֠מִֽתְכַּנְּשִׁין אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֞א סִגְנַיָּ֣א וּפַחֲוָתָא֮ וְהַדָּבְרֵ֣י מַלְכָּא֒ חָזַ֣יִן לְגֻבְרַיָּ֣א אִלֵּ֡ךְ דִּי֩ לָֽא־שְׁלֵ֨ט נוּרָ֜א בְּגֶשְׁמְה֗וֹן וּשְׂעַ֤ר רֵֽאשְׁהוֹן֙ לָ֣א הִתְחָרַ֔ךְ וְסָרְבָּלֵיה֖וֹן לָ֣א שְׁנ֑וֹ וְרֵ֣יחַ נ֔וּר לָ֥א עֲדָ֖ת בְּהֽוֹן׃‬ And the satraps, administrators and governors and attendants to the king gathered together and saw these men over whose bodies the fire had no power, and whose hair of their head was not singed, and whose trousers were not affected, and on whom the smell of fire did not pass. affected ← changed.
Dn 3:28 ‫עָנֵ֨ה נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּ֜ר וְאָמַ֗ר בְּרִ֤יךְ אֱלָהֲהוֹן֙ דִּֽי־שַׁדְרַ֤ךְ מֵישַׁךְ֙ וַעֲבֵ֣ד נְג֔וֹ דִּֽי־שְׁלַ֤ח מַלְאֲכֵהּ֙ וְשֵׁיזִ֣ב לְעַבְד֔וֹהִי דִּ֥י הִתְרְחִ֖צוּ עֲל֑וֹהִי וּמִלַּ֤ת מַלְכָּא֙ שַׁנִּ֔יו וִיהַ֣בוּ *גשמיהון **גֶשְׁמְה֗וֹן דִּ֠י לָֽא־יִפְלְח֤וּן וְלָֽא־יִסְגְּדוּן֙ לְכָל־אֱלָ֔הּ לָהֵ֖ן לֵאלָֽהֲהֽוֹן׃‬ Nebuchadnezzar spoke up and said, “Blessed be the God of Shadrach, Meshach and Abed-nego, who sent his angel and saved his servants who put their trust in him, and defied the king's word, and who gave up their bodies so that they should not worship or prostrate themselves to any God except their God. their bodies: the qeré is their body.

spoke up ← answered, but no question asked. See Gn 18:27.

defied ← changed.

any ← every.
Dn 3:29 ‫וּמִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ דִּי֩ כָל־עַ֨ם אֻמָּ֜ה וְלִשָּׁ֗ן דִּֽי־יֵאמַ֤ר *שלה **שָׁלוּ֙ עַ֣ל אֱלָהֲה֗וֹן דִּֽי־שַׁדְרַ֤ךְ מֵישַׁךְ֙ וַעֲבֵ֣ד נְג֔וֹא הַדָּמִ֣ין יִתְעֲבֵ֔ד וּבַיְתֵ֖הּ נְוָלִ֣י יִשְׁתַּוֵּ֑ה כָּל־קֳבֵ֗ל דִּ֣י לָ֤א אִיתַי֙ אֱלָ֣ה אָחֳרָ֔ן דִּֽי־יִכֻּ֥ל לְהַצָּלָ֖ה כִּדְנָֽה׃‬ And a decree is hereby issued by me, that every people and nation and language which speaks disrespectfully about the God of Shadrach, Meshach and Abed-nego will be dismembered and their house will be made a dunghill, because there is no other God who can bring deliverance like this.” disrespectfully ← negligence. The ketiv and qeré are similar words with the same meaning.

language: see Dn 3:4.

be dismembered: see Dn 2:5.

their house ← his house.

be made ← be made equal to.
Dn 3:30 ‫בֵּאדַ֣יִן מַלְכָּ֗א הַצְלַ֛ח לְשַׁדְרַ֥ךְ מֵישַׁ֛ךְ וַעֲבֵ֥ד נְג֖וֹ בִּמְדִינַ֥ת בָּבֶֽל׃ פ‬ Then the king promoted Shadrach, Meshach and Abed-nego in the province of Babylon.
Dn 3:31
Dn 4:1AV
‫נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֣ר מַלְכָּ֗א לְֽכָל־עַֽמְמַיָּ֞א אֻמַיָּ֧א וְלִשָּׁנַיָּ֛א דִּֽי־*דארין **דָיְרִ֥ין בְּכָל־אַרְעָ֖א שְׁלָמְכ֥וֹן יִשְׂגֵּֽא׃‬ From Nebuchadnezzar the king to all peoples and nations and languages who dwell in all the earth, may your peace increase. dwell: the ketiv and qeré are different spellings of the same word.

1 Pet 1:2.

languages: see Dn 3:4.

earth: or, land.
Dn 3:32
Dn 4:2AV
‫אָֽתַיָּא֙ וְתִמְהַיָּ֔א דִּ֚י עֲבַ֣ד עִמִּ֔י אֱלָהָ֖א *עליא **עִלָּאָ֑ה שְׁפַ֥ר קָֽדָמַ֖י לְהַחֲוָיָֽה׃‬ It gives me pleasure to communicate the signs and wonders which the Most High God has done in connection with me. Most High: see Dn 3:26.

it gives me pleasure ← it was pleasing before me.
Dn 3:33
Dn 4:3AV
‫אָת֙וֹהִי֙ כְּמָ֣ה רַבְרְבִ֔ין וְתִמְה֖וֹהִי כְּמָ֣ה תַקִּיפִ֑ין מַלְכוּתֵהּ֙ מַלְכ֣וּת עָלַ֔ם וְשָׁלְטָנֵ֖הּ עִם־דָּ֥ר וְדָֽר׃‬

How great his signs are!

And how powerful his wonders are!

His kingdom is an age-abiding kingdom,

And his rule is with generation after generation.

after ← and.
Dn 4:1
Dn 4:4AV
‫אֲנָ֣ה נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר שְׁלֵ֤ה הֲוֵית֙ בְּבֵיתִ֔י וְרַעְנַ֖ן בְּהֵיכְלִֽי׃‬ I Nebuchadnezzar was at ease in my house and thriving in my palace.
Dn 4:2
Dn 4:5AV
‫חֵ֥לֶם חֲזֵ֖ית וִֽידַחֲלִנַּ֑נִי וְהַרְהֹרִין֙ עַֽל־מִשְׁכְּבִ֔י וְחֶזְוֵ֥י רֵאשִׁ֖י יְבַהֲלֻנַּֽנִי׃‬ I had a dream, and it frightened me, and my thoughts on my bed and the visions in my head disturbed me. had ← saw.

visions in ← visions of. Wider use of the construct state.
Dn 4:3
Dn 4:6AV
‫וּמִנִּי֙ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ֔ם לְהַנְעָלָ֣ה קָֽדָמַ֔י לְכֹ֖ל חַכִּימֵ֣י בָבֶ֑ל דִּֽי־פְשַׁ֥ר חֶלְמָ֖א יְהֽוֹדְעֻנַּֽנִי׃‬ And a decree was issued by me to bring in before me all the wise men of Babylon, for them to make the interpretation of the dream known to me. by me ← from me.
Dn 4:4
Dn 4:7AV
‫בֵּאדַ֣יִן *עללין **עָלִּ֗ין חַרְטֻמַיָּא֙ אָֽשְׁפַיָּ֔א *כשדיא **כַּשְׂדָּאֵ֖י וְגָזְרַיָּ֑א וְחֶלְמָ֗א אָמַ֤ר אֲנָה֙ קֳדָ֣מֵיה֔וֹן וּפִשְׁרֵ֖הּ לָא־מְהוֹדְעִ֥ין לִֽי׃‬ At this the magi, the enchanters, the Chaldeans and the diviners came in, and I described the dream in their presence, but they did not make its interpretation known to me. came in: the ketiv and qeré are similar words with the same meaning.

Chaldeans: see Dn 2:5.

at this ← then, therefore.

described ← said.
Dn 4:5
Dn 4:8AV
‫וְעַ֣ד אָחֳרֵ֡ין עַל֩ קָֽדָמַ֨י דָּנִיֵּ֜אל דִּֽי־שְׁמֵ֤הּ בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּר֙ כְּשֻׁ֣ם אֱלָהִ֔י וְדִ֛י רֽוּחַ־אֱלָהִ֥ין קַדִּישִׁ֖ין בֵּ֑הּ וְחֶלְמָ֖א קָֽדָמ֥וֹהִי אַמְרֵֽת׃‬ And last of all Daniel came in to my presence, whose name is Belteshazzar after the name of my God, and in whom is the spirit of holy gods, and I described the dream to him as follows: last of alluntil eventually.
Dn 4:6
Dn 4:9AV
‫בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּר֮ רַ֣ב חַרְטֻמַיָּא֒ דִּ֣י ׀ אֲנָ֣ה יִדְעֵ֗ת דִּ֠י ר֣וּחַ אֱלָהִ֤ין קַדִּישִׁין֙ בָּ֔ךְ וְכָל־רָ֖ז לָא־אָנֵ֣ס לָ֑ךְ חֶזְוֵ֨י חֶלְמִ֧י דִֽי־חֲזֵ֛ית וּפִשְׁרֵ֖הּ אֱמַֽר׃‬ ‘Belteshazzar, head of the magi, in whom I know that the spirit of the holy gods is, and no mystery is too difficult for you. Set out the visions of my dream which I had, and its interpretation. no ← not every.

set out ← say.

I had ← I saw.
Dn 4:7
Dn 4:10AV
‫וְחֶזְוֵ֥י רֵאשִׁ֖י עַֽל־מִשְׁכְּבִ֑י חָזֵ֣ה הֲוֵ֔ית וַאֲל֥וּ אִילָ֛ן בְּג֥וֹא אַרְעָ֖א וְרוּמֵ֥הּ שַׂגִּֽיא׃‬ Now I saw the visions of my head on my bed,

And there was a tree in the middle of the earth,

And its height was great.

there wasbehold.
Dn 4:8
Dn 4:11AV
‫רְבָ֥ה אִֽילָנָ֖א וּתְקִ֑ף וְרוּמֵהּ֙ יִמְטֵ֣א לִשְׁמַיָּ֔א וַחֲזוֹתֵ֖הּ לְס֥וֹף כָּל־אַרְעָֽא׃‬

The tree grew and became strong,

And in height it reached the sky,

And it was visible at the ends of the whole world.

in height ← its height.

it was visible ← its visibility (was).

ends ← end.

world: or, known civilized world. Land would not fit well in Dn 4:19 (Dn 4:22AV).
Dn 4:9
Dn 4:12AV
‫עָפְיֵ֤הּ שַׁפִּיר֙ וְאִנְבֵּ֣הּ שַׂגִּ֔יא וּמָז֨וֹן לְכֹ֖לָּא־בֵ֑הּ תְּחֹת֜וֹהִי תַּטְלֵ֣ל ׀ חֵיוַ֣ת בָּרָ֗א וּבְעַנְפ֙וֹהִי֙ *ידרון **יְדוּרָן֙ צִפֲּרֵ֣י שְׁמַיָּ֔א וּמִנֵּ֖הּ יִתְּזִ֥ין כָּל־בִּשְׂרָֽא׃‬

Its foliage was beautiful

And its fruit was plentiful,

And there was food for everything in it.

Under it wild animals could find shade,

And in its branches the birds of the sky could dwell,

And from it all flesh could be nourished.

dwell: the ketiv and qeré regard birds as a masculine and feminine word respectively.
Dn 4:10
Dn 4:13AV
‫חָזֵ֥ה הֲוֵ֛ית בְּחֶזְוֵ֥י רֵאשִׁ֖י עַֽל־מִשְׁכְּבִ֑י וַאֲלוּ֙ עִ֣יר וְקַדִּ֔ישׁ מִן־שְׁמַיָּ֖א נָחִֽת׃‬ I saw things in the visions of my head on my bed, and there was an angel – indeed a holy one – descending from heaven. there wasbehold.

indeed ← and.
Dn 4:11
Dn 4:14AV
‫קָרֵ֨א בְחַ֜יִל וְכֵ֣ן אָמַ֗ר גֹּ֤דּוּ אִֽילָנָא֙ וְקַצִּ֣צוּ עַנְפ֔וֹהִי אַתַּ֥רוּ עָפְיֵ֖הּ וּבַדַּ֣רוּ אִנְבֵּ֑הּ תְּנֻ֤ד חֵֽיוְתָא֙ מִן־תַּחְתּ֔וֹהִי וְצִפְּרַיָּ֖א מִן־עַנְפֽוֹהִי׃‬ He proclaimed loudly and said this,

«Cut the tree down,

Chop its branches off,

Strip its foliage off,

And scatter its fruit.

Let the animals under it flee,

And also the birds from its branches.

this ← thus.

strip ← shake.
Dn 4:12
Dn 4:15AV
‫בְּרַ֨ם עִקַּ֤ר שָׁרְשׁ֙וֹהִי֙ בְּאַרְעָ֣א שְׁבֻ֔קוּ וּבֶֽאֱסוּר֙ דִּֽי־פַרְזֶ֣ל וּנְחָ֔שׁ בְּדִתְאָ֖א דִּ֣י בָרָ֑א וּבְטַ֤ל שְׁמַיָּא֙ יִצְטַבַּ֔ע וְעִם־חֵיוְתָ֥א חֲלָקֵ֖הּ בַּעֲשַׂ֥ב אַרְעָֽא׃‬

But leave the stump with its roots in the ground,

And do that with iron and copper bonds

Pegged in the wild grass,

And let it be moistened with the dew from the sky,

And let its portion be with the animals

In the vegetation of the earth.

stump with ... dew from ← stump of ... dew of. Wider use of the construct state.

wild grass ← grass of the field.
Dn 4:13
Dn 4:16AV
‫לִבְבֵהּ֙ מִן־*אנושא **אֲנָשָׁ֣א יְשַׁנּ֔וֹן וּלְבַ֥ב חֵיוָ֖ה יִתְיְהִ֣ב לֵ֑הּ וְשִׁבְעָ֥ה עִדָּנִ֖ין יַחְלְפ֥וּן עֲלֽוֹהִי׃‬

Let his heart be changed from that of a man,

And let the heart of an animal be given to him,

And let seven timespans pass over him.

man: the ketiv and qeré are different spellings of the same word.

let his heart be changed ← let them change his heart. Avoidance of the passive.

timespans ← times, i.e. years. Compare Dn 12:7, which is explicit in Rev 11:2.
Dn 4:14
Dn 4:17AV
‫בִּגְזֵרַ֤ת עִירִין֙ פִּתְגָמָ֔א וּמֵאמַ֥ר קַדִּישִׁ֖ין שְׁאֵֽלְתָ֑א עַד־דִּבְרַ֡ת דִּ֣י יִנְדְּע֣וּן חַ֠יַּיָּא דִּֽי־שַׁלִּ֨יט *עליא **עִלָּאָ֜ה בְּמַלְכ֣וּת *אנושא **אֲנָשָׁ֗א וּלְמַן־דִּ֤י יִצְבֵּא֙ יִתְּנִנַּ֔הּ וּשְׁפַ֥ל אֲנָשִׁ֖ים יְקִ֥ים *עליה **עֲלַֽהּ׃‬

The matter is by the decree of angels,

And the proceeding is by the edict of the holy ones,

So that the living may know

That the Most High is the ruler in the kingdom of man,

And that he may give it to whomever he wishes,

And that he may set the lowest of men over it

Most High: see Dn 3:26.

man: see Dn 4:13 (Dn 4:16AV).

over it: the ketiv and qeré are different declined forms of the same word, with the same meaning.

proceeding ← matter.
Dn 4:15
Dn 4:18AV
‫דְּנָה֙ חֶלְמָ֣א חֲזֵ֔ית אֲנָ֖ה מַלְכָּ֣א נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֑ר *ואנתה **וְאַ֨נְתְּ בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּ֜ר פִּשְׁרֵ֣א ׀ אֱמַ֗ר כָּל־קֳבֵל֙ דִּ֣י ׀ כָּל־חַכִּימֵ֣י מַלְכוּתִ֗י לָֽא־יָכְלִ֤ין פִּשְׁרָא֙ לְהוֹדָ֣עֻתַ֔נִי *ואנתה **וְאַ֣נְתְּ כָּהֵ֔ל דִּ֛י רֽוּחַ־אֱלָהִ֥ין קַדִּישִׁ֖ין בָּֽךְ׃‬ I, King Nebuchadnezzar saw this dream. Now you, Belteshazzar, give the interpretation, because none of the wise men of my kingdom are able to make the interpretation known to me, but you are able to, because the spirit of the holy gods is in you.’ you (2x): see Dn 3:10.

give ← say.

none ← not all.
Dn 4:16
Dn 4:19AV
‫אֱדַ֨יִן דָּֽנִיֵּ֜אל דִּֽי־שְׁמֵ֣הּ בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּ֗ר אֶשְׁתּוֹמַם֙ כְּשָׁעָ֣ה חֲדָ֔ה וְרַעְיֹנֹ֖הִי יְבַהֲלֻנֵּ֑הּ עָנֵ֨ה מַלְכָּ֜א וְאָמַ֗ר בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּר֙ חֶלְמָ֤א וּפִשְׁרֵא֙ אַֽל־יְבַהֲלָ֔ךְ עָנֵ֤ה בֵלְטְשַׁאצַּר֙ וְאָמַ֔ר *מראי **מָרִ֕י חֶלְמָ֥א *לשנאיך **לְשָֽׂנְאָ֖ךְ וּפִשְׁרֵ֥הּ *לעריך **לְעָרָֽךְ׃‬ At this Daniel, whose name was Belteshazzar, was stupefied for about one hour, and his thoughts disturbed him. The king reacted and said, ‘Belteshazzar, do not let the dream and the interpretation disturb you.’ Belteshazzar replied and said, ‘My lord, may the dream apply to {K: those who hate you} [Q: him who hates you], and its interpretation to {K: your adversaries} [Q: your adversary]. my lord: the ketiv and qeré are different spellings of the same word.

at this ← then, therefore.

reacted ← answered, but no question asked. See Gn 18:27.
Dn 4:17
Dn 4:20AV
‫אִֽילָנָא֙ דִּ֣י חֲזַ֔יְתָ דִּ֥י רְבָ֖ה וּתְקִ֑ף וְרוּמֵהּ֙ יִמְטֵ֣א לִשְׁמַיָּ֔א וַחֲזוֹתֵ֖הּ לְכָל־אַרְעָֽא׃‬ The tree which you saw, which grew and became strong, and which in height reached the sky, and was visible over the whole world, in height ← its height.

was visible ← its visibility (was).

world: see Dn 4:8 (Dn 4:11AV).
Dn 4:18
Dn 4:21AV
‫וְעָפְיֵ֤הּ שַׁפִּיר֙ וְאִנְבֵּ֣הּ שַׂגִּ֔יא וּמָז֨וֹן לְכֹ֖לָּא־בֵ֑הּ תְּחֹת֗וֹהִי תְּדוּר֙ חֵיוַ֣ת בָּרָ֔א וּבְעַנְפ֕וֹהִי יִשְׁכְּנָ֖ן צִפֲּרֵ֥י שְׁמַיָּֽא׃‬ and whose foliage was beautiful, and whose fruit was plentiful, with there being food for everything in it, with wild animals able to dwell under it, and in whose branches the birds of the sky could settle,
Dn 4:19
Dn 4:22AV
‫*אנתה־**אַנְתְּ־ה֣וּא מַלְכָּ֔א דִּ֥י רְבַ֖ית וּתְקֵ֑פְתְּ וּרְבוּתָ֤ךְ רְבָת֙ וּמְטָ֣ת לִשְׁמַיָּ֔א וְשָׁלְטָנָ֖ךְ לְס֥וֹף אַרְעָֽא׃‬ represents you, O king, who have grown and become strong, and whose greatness has increased and reached the sky, and whose rule extends to the end of the world. you: see Dn 3:10.

world: see Dn 4:8 (Dn 4:11AV).
Dn 4:20
Dn 4:23AV
‫וְדִ֣י חֲזָ֣ה מַלְכָּ֡א עִ֣יר וְקַדִּ֣ישׁ נָחִ֣ת ׀ מִן־שְׁמַיָּ֡א וְאָמַר֩ גֹּ֨דּוּ אִֽילָנָ֜א וְחַבְּל֗וּהִי בְּרַ֨ם עִקַּ֤ר שָׁרְשׁ֙וֹהִי֙ בְּאַרְעָ֣א שְׁבֻ֔קוּ וּבֶאֱסוּר֙ דִּֽי־פַרְזֶ֣ל וּנְחָ֔שׁ בְּדִתְאָ֖א דִּ֣י בָרָ֑א וּבְטַ֧ל שְׁמַיָּ֣א יִצְטַבַּ֗ע וְעִם־חֵיוַ֤ת בָּרָא֙ חֲלָקֵ֔הּ עַ֛ד דִּֽי־שִׁבְעָ֥ה עִדָּנִ֖ין יַחְלְפ֥וּן עֲלֽוֹהִי׃‬ And concerning the fact that the king saw an angel – indeed a holy one – descending from heaven saying, «Cut the tree down and destroy it, but leave the stump with its roots in the ground, and do that with iron and copper bonds pegged in the wild grass, and let it be moistened by the dew from the sky, and let its portion be with the wild animals until seven timespans pass over it», indeed ← and.

stump with ... dew from: see Dn 4:12 (Dn 4:15AV).

bonds ← bond.

wild grass: see Dn 4:12 (Dn 4:15AV).

timespans: see Dn 4:13 (Dn 4:16AV).
Dn 4:21
Dn 4:24AV
‫דְּנָ֥ה פִשְׁרָ֖א מַלְכָּ֑א וּגְזֵרַ֤ת *עליא **עִלָּאָה֙ הִ֔יא דִּ֥י מְטָ֖ת עַל־*מראי **מָרִ֥י מַלְכָּֽא׃‬ this is the interpretation, O king, and it is the decree of the Most High which has come upon my lord the king. Most High: see Dn 3:26.

my lord: see Dn 4:16 (Dn 4:19AV).
Dn 4:22
Dn 4:25AV
‫וְלָ֣ךְ טָֽרְדִ֣ין מִן־אֲנָשָׁ֡א וְעִם־חֵיוַ֣ת בָּרָא֩ לֶהֱוֵ֨ה מְדֹרָ֜ךְ וְעִשְׂבָּ֥א כְתוֹרִ֣ין ׀ לָ֣ךְ יְטַֽעֲמ֗וּן וּמִטַּ֤ל שְׁמַיָּא֙ לָ֣ךְ מְצַבְּעִ֔ין וְשִׁבְעָ֥ה עִדָּנִ֖ין יַחְלְפ֣וּן עֲלָ֑יךְ עַ֣ד דִּֽי־תִנְדַּ֗ע דִּֽי־שַׁלִּ֤יט עִלָּיָא֙ בְּמַלְכ֣וּת אֲנָשָׁ֔א וּלְמַן־דִּ֥י יִצְבֵּ֖א יִתְּנִנַּֽהּ׃‬ Now you will be driven out from human society, and your habitat will be with the wild animals, and you will be fed on grass like oxen, and you will obtain drink from the dew of the sky. And seven timespans will pass over you in order that you may know that the Most High is the ruler in the kingdom of man, and that he can give it to whomever he wishes. over you: see Dn 4:14 (Dn 4:17AV), over it.

Most High: [BHS], but not [WLC], has a textual isue, where the ketiv can be regarded as a variant form of the qeré, as in Dn 3:26.

you will be driven out ... be fed ... obtain drink ← they will drive you out ... etc. Avoidance of the passive.

human society ← man.

timespans: see Dn 4:13 (Dn 4:16AV).

in order that ← until, but purposive within a time.
Dn 4:23
Dn 4:26AV
‫וְדִ֣י אֲמַ֗רוּ לְמִשְׁבַּ֞ק עִקַּ֤ר שָׁרְשׁ֙וֹהִי֙ דִּ֣י אִֽילָנָ֔א מַלְכוּתָ֖ךְ לָ֣ךְ קַיָּמָ֑ה מִן־דִּ֣י תִנְדַּ֔ע דִּ֥י שַׁלִּטִ֖ן שְׁמַיָּֽא׃‬ And concerning the fact that it was enjoined to leave the stump with the roots of the tree, your kingdom will remain yours after you have come to know that heaven is the ruler. it was enjoined ← they said. Avoidance of the passive.

stump with: see Dn 4:12Dn (Dn 4:15AV).

remain ← be enduring.
Dn 4:24
Dn 4:27AV
‫לָהֵ֣ן מַלְכָּ֗א מִלְכִּי֙ יִשְׁפַּ֣ר *עליך **עֲלָ֔ךְ *וחטיך **וַחֲטָאָךְ֙ בְּצִדְקָ֣ה פְרֻ֔ק וַעֲוָיָתָ֖ךְ בְּמִחַ֣ן עֲנָ֑יִן הֵ֛ן תֶּהֱוֵ֥א אַרְכָ֖ה לִשְׁלֵוְתָֽךְ׃‬ So, O king, let my counsel be commended to you, desist from your {K: sins} [Q: sin] in favour of righteousness, and from your iniquity in favour of being compassionate to the poor, and it may be that your prosperity will have long duration.’ ” you: see Dn 3:12.

be commended ← be seemly.

desist from ← break off.

it may be that ← if, but denoting general contingency / possibility.
Dn 4:25
Dn 4:28AV
‫כֹּ֣לָּא מְּטָ֔א עַל־נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֖ר מַלְכָּֽא׃ פ‬ All this came upon Nebuchadnezzar the king.
Dn 4:26
Dn 4:29AV
‫לִקְצָ֥ת יַרְחִ֖ין תְּרֵֽי־עֲשַׂ֑ר עַל־הֵיכַ֧ל מַלְכוּתָ֛א דִּ֥י בָבֶ֖ל מְהַלֵּ֥ךְ הֲוָֽה׃‬ Twelve months later as he was walking in the palace of the kingdom of Babylon, twelve months later ← at the end of twelve months.
Dn 4:27
Dn 4:30AV
‫עָנֵ֤ה מַלְכָּא֙ וְאָמַ֔ר הֲלָ֥א דָא־הִ֖יא בָּבֶ֣ל רַבְּתָ֑א דִּֽי־אֲנָ֤ה בֱנַיְתַהּ֙ לְבֵ֣ית מַלְכ֔וּ בִּתְקַ֥ף חִסְנִ֖י וְלִיקָ֥ר הַדְרִֽי׃‬ the king ventured to speak and said, “Is this not Babylon the Great, which I built as a royal house by the strength of my power, and to the honour of my glory?” ventured to speak ← answered, but no question asked. See Gn 18:27.

royal house ← house of the kingdom, a Hebraic genitive.
Dn 4:28
Dn 4:31AV
‫ע֗וֹד מִלְּתָא֙ בְּפֻ֣ם מַלְכָּ֔א קָ֖ל מִן־שְׁמַיָּ֣א נְפַ֑ל לָ֤ךְ אָֽמְרִין֙ נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֣ר מַלְכָּ֔א מַלְכוּתָ֖ה עֲדָ֥ת מִנָּֽךְ׃‬ While the words were still in the king's mouth, a voice came down from heaven and said, “You are hereby informed, O King Nebuchadnezzar, that the kingdom has retreated from you. the words were ← the word was.

came down ← fell.

you are hereby informed ← to you they say.
Dn 4:29
Dn 4:32AV
‫וּמִן־אֲנָשָׁא֩ לָ֨ךְ טָֽרְדִ֜ין וְֽעִם־חֵיוַ֧ת בָּרָ֣א מְדֹרָ֗ךְ עִשְׂבָּ֤א כְתוֹרִין֙ לָ֣ךְ יְטַעֲמ֔וּן וְשִׁבְעָ֥ה עִדָּנִ֖ין יַחְלְפ֣וּן *עליך **עֲלָ֑ךְ עַ֣ד דִּֽי־תִנְדַּ֗ע דִּֽי־שַׁלִּ֤יט עִלָּיָא֙ בְּמַלְכ֣וּת אֲנָשָׁ֔א וּלְמַן־דִּ֥י יִצְבֵּ֖א יִתְּנִנַּֽהּ׃‬ And you are hereby driven out from human society, and your habitat is with wild animals. You will be fed grass like oxen, and seven timespans will pass over you in order that you may know that the Most High is the ruler in the kingdom of man, and that he can give it to whomever he wishes.” Most High: see Dn 3:26.

over you: see Dn 4:14 (Dn 4:17AV), over it.

driven out ... human society ... you will be fed ... timespans ... in order that: see Dn 4:22 (Dn 4:25AV).
Dn 4:30
Dn 4:33AV
‫בַּהּ־שַׁעֲתָ֗א מִלְּתָא֮ סָ֣פַת עַל־נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּר֒ וּמִן־אֲנָשָׁ֣א טְרִ֔יד וְעִשְׂבָּ֤א כְתוֹרִין֙ יֵאכֻ֔ל וּמִטַּ֥ל שְׁמַיָּ֖א גִּשְׁמֵ֣הּ יִצְטַבַּ֑ע עַ֣ד דִּ֥י שַׂעְרֵ֛הּ כְּנִשְׁרִ֥ין רְבָ֖ה וְטִפְר֥וֹהִי כְצִפְּרִֽין׃‬ At that very moment the pronouncement was fulfilled on Nebuchadnezzar, and he was driven out from human society, and he ate grass like oxen, and his body obtained drink from the dew of the sky, until his hair became like eagle's plumage, and his nails were like birds' claws. at that very moment ← in it the hour.

pronouncement was fulfilled ← word was ended.

human society ← man.

obtained drink ← was wetted.
Dn 4:31
Dn 4:34AV
‫וְלִקְצָ֣ת יֽוֹמַיָּה֩ אֲנָ֨ה נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֜ר עַיְנַ֣י ׀ לִשְׁמַיָּ֣א נִטְלֵ֗ת וּמַנְדְּעִי֙ עֲלַ֣י יְת֔וּב *ולעליא **וּלְעִלָּאָה֙ בָּרְכֵ֔ת וּלְחַ֥י עָלְמָ֖א שַׁבְּחֵ֣ת וְהַדְּרֵ֑ת דִּ֤י שָׁלְטָנֵהּ֙ שָׁלְטָ֣ן עָלַ֔ם וּמַלְכוּתֵ֖הּ עִם־דָּ֥ר וְדָֽר׃‬ “And at the end of the days, I Nebuchadnezzar lifted my eyes up to heaven, and my sanity returned to me, and I blessed the Most High, and I praised and gave glory to him who lives age-abidingly,

Whose dominion is an age-abiding dominion,

And whose kingdom is with every generation.

Most High: see Dn 3:26.

every generation ← generation and generation.
Dn 4:32
Dn 4:35AV
‫וְכָל־*דארי **דָּיְרֵ֤י אַרְעָא֙ כְּלָ֣ה חֲשִׁיבִ֔ין וּֽכְמִצְבְּיֵ֗הּ עָבֵד֙ בְּחֵ֣יל שְׁמַיָּ֔א *ודארי **וְדָיְרֵ֖י אַרְעָ֑א וְלָ֤א אִיתַי֙ דִּֽי־יְמַחֵ֣א בִידֵ֔הּ וְיֵ֥אמַר לֵ֖הּ מָ֥ה עֲבַֽדְתְּ׃‬

And all the inhabitants of the earth are considered nothing,

And as he wishes, so he acts,

With the might of heaven.

And as for the inhabitants of the earth,

Well there is no-one who can ward his hand off,

Or say to him,

‘What are you doing?’

inhabitants (2x): the ketiv and qeré are different spellings of the same word.

considered nothing ← not considered.

well: wider use of the vav.
Dn 4:33
Dn 4:36AV
‫בֵּהּ־זִמְנָ֞א מַנְדְּעִ֣י ׀ יְת֣וּב עֲלַ֗י וְלִיקַ֨ר מַלְכוּתִ֜י הַדְרִ֤י וְזִוִי֙ יְת֣וּב עֲלַ֔י וְלִ֕י הַדָּֽבְרַ֥י וְרַבְרְבָנַ֖י יְבַע֑וֹן וְעַל־מַלְכוּתִ֣י הָתְקְנַ֔ת וּרְב֥וּ יַתִּירָ֖ה ה֥וּסְפַת לִֽי׃‬ At that very time my sanity returned to me. And to the honour of my kingdom, my glory and my splendour returned to me, and my attendants and my high-ranking officials sought me, and I was restored over my kingdom, and exceeding greatness was added to me. at that very time ← in it the time.
Dn 4:34
Dn 4:37AV
‫כְּעַ֞ן אֲנָ֣ה נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר מְשַׁבַּ֨ח וּמְרוֹמֵ֤ם וּמְהַדַּר֙ לְמֶ֣לֶךְ שְׁמַיָּ֔א דִּ֤י כָל־מַעֲבָד֙וֹהִי֙ קְשֹׁ֔ט וְאֹרְחָתֵ֖הּ דִּ֑ין וְדִי֙ מַהְלְכִ֣ין בְּגֵוָ֔ה יָכִ֖ל לְהַשְׁפָּלָֽה׃ פ‬ So now I Nebuchadnezzar praise and exalt and glorify the king of heaven, all of whose works are truth, and whose ways are justice, and who is able to humble those who walk in arrogance.”
Dn 5:1 ‫בֵּלְשַׁאצַּ֣ר מַלְכָּ֗א עֲבַד֙ לְחֶ֣ם רַ֔ב לְרַבְרְבָנ֖וֹהִי אֲלַ֑ף וְלָקֳבֵ֥ל אַלְפָּ֖א חַמְרָ֥א שָׁתֵֽה׃‬ Belshazzar the king held a grand banquet for one thousand of his senior ranking officials, and he drank wine in the presence of the thousand. held ← made.

drank ← was drinking, or, kept drinking.
Dn 5:2 ‫בֵּלְשַׁאצַּ֞ר אֲמַ֣ר ׀ בִּטְעֵ֣ם חַמְרָ֗א לְהַיְתָיָה֙ לְמָאנֵי֙ דַּהֲבָ֣א וְכַסְפָּ֔א דִּ֤י הַנְפֵּק֙ נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֣ר אֲב֔וּהִי מִן־הֵיכְלָ֖א דִּ֣י בִירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם וְיִשְׁתּ֣וֹן בְּה֗וֹן מַלְכָּא֙ וְרַבְרְבָנ֔וֹהִי שֵׁגְלָתֵ֖הּ וּלְחֵנָתֵֽהּ׃‬ Belshazzar, while tasting the wine, gave an order to bring the gold and silver articles which Nebuchadnezzar his father had taken out of the temple which is in Jerusalem, for the king and his high-ranking officials, his mistresses and his maidservants, to drink from. gave an order ← said, but also commanded. Compare 1 Chr 14:12.

father: the term includes forefathers; here grandfather. See [CB].

drink from: see Dn 5:3.
Dn 5:3 ‫בֵּאדַ֗יִן הַיְתִיו֙ מָאנֵ֣י דַהֲבָ֔א דִּ֣י הַנְפִּ֗קוּ מִן־הֵֽיכְלָ֛א דִּֽי־בֵ֥ית אֱלָהָ֖א דִּ֣י בִירֽוּשְׁלֶ֑ם וְאִשְׁתִּ֣יו בְּה֗וֹן מַלְכָּא֙ וְרַבְרְבָנ֔וֹהִי שֵׁגְלָתֵ֖הּ וּלְחֵנָתֵֽהּ׃‬ So they brought the golden articles which they had taken out of the temple of the house of God, which is in Jerusalem, and the king and his high-ranking officials and his mistresses and his maidservants drank from them. drank from ← drank in (as in French, boire dans un verre).
Dn 5:4 ‫אִשְׁתִּ֖יו חַמְרָ֑א וְ֠שַׁבַּחוּ לֵֽאלָהֵ֞י דַּהֲבָ֧א וְכַסְפָּ֛א נְחָשָׁ֥א פַרְזְלָ֖א אָעָ֥א וְאַבְנָֽא׃‬ They drank the wine and praised the gods of gold and silver, copper, iron, wood and stone.
Dn 5:5 ‫בַּהּ־שַׁעֲתָ֗ה *נפקו **נְפַ֙קָה֙ אֶצְבְּעָן֙ דִּ֣י יַד־אֱנָ֔שׁ וְכָֽתְבָן֙ לָקֳבֵ֣ל נֶבְרַשְׁתָּ֔א עַל־גִּירָ֕א דִּֽי־כְתַ֥ל הֵיכְלָ֖א דִּ֣י מַלְכָּ֑א וּמַלְכָּ֣א חָזֵ֔ה פַּ֥ס יְדָ֖ה דִּ֥י כָתְבָֽה׃‬ At that very moment the fingers of a man's hand appeared and started writing opposite the lampstand on the plaster of the wall of the king's palace. And the king saw the palm of the hand which was writing. appeared: the ketiv is masculine (in Hebrew it would be common gender); the qeré is feminine.

at that very moment ← in it the hour.
Dn 5:6 ‫אֱדַ֤יִן מַלְכָּא֙ זִיוֺ֣הִי שְׁנ֔וֹהִי וְרַעיֹנֹ֖הִי יְבַהֲלוּנֵּ֑הּ וְקִטְרֵ֤י חַרְצֵהּ֙ מִשְׁתָּרַ֔יִן וְאַ֨רְכֻבָּתֵ֔הּ דָּ֥א לְדָ֖א נָֽקְשָֽׁן׃‬ At this the king's radiant complexion changed and his thoughts alarmed him, and his hip joints became loose, and his knees knocked against each other. at this ← then, therefore.

changed ← changed (on) him.
Dn 5:7 ‫קָרֵ֤א מַלְכָּא֙ בְּחַ֔יִל לְהֶֽעָלָה֙ לְאָ֣שְׁפַיָּ֔א *כשדיא **כַּשְׂדָּאֵ֖י וְגָזְרַיָּ֑א עָנֵ֨ה מַלְכָּ֜א וְאָמַ֣ר ׀ לְחַכִּימֵ֣י בָבֶ֗ל דִּ֣י כָל־אֱ֠נָשׁ דִּֽי־יִקְרֵ֞ה כְּתָבָ֣ה דְנָ֗ה וּפִשְׁרֵהּ֙ יְחַוִּנַּ֔נִי אַרְגְּוָנָ֣א יִלְבַּ֗שׁ *והמונכא **וְהַֽמְנִיכָ֤א דִֽי־דַהֲבָא֙ עַֽל־צַוְּארֵ֔הּ וְתַלְתִּ֥י בְמַלְכוּתָ֖א יִשְׁלַֽט׃ ס‬ The king called out loudly to bring the enchanters, the Chaldeans and the diviners. The king addressed them and said to the wise men of Babylon, “Any man who can read this writing and expound its interpretation to me will be clothed in purple and have a golden chain around his neck, and he will rule as my third in command in the kingdom.” Chaldeans: see Dn 2:5.

chain: the ketiv and qeré are similar words with the same meaning.

any ← every.
Dn 5:8 ‫אֱדַ֙יִן֙ *עללין **עָֽלִּ֔ין כֹּ֖ל חַכִּימֵ֣י מַלְכָּ֑א וְלָֽא־כָהֲלִ֤ין כְּתָבָא֙ לְמִקְרֵ֔א *ופשרא **וּפִשְׁרֵ֖הּ לְהוֹדָעָ֥ה לְמַלְכָּֽא׃‬ So all the king's wise men came in, but they were not able to read the writing or to make {K: the interpretation} [Q: its interpretation] known to the king. came in: the ketiv and qeré are different conjugated forms of the same word, with the same meaning.
Dn 5:9 ‫אֱ֠דַיִן מַלְכָּ֤א בֵלְשַׁאצַּר֙ שַׂגִּ֣יא מִתְבָּהַ֔ל וְזִיוֺ֖הִי שָׁנַ֣יִן עֲל֑וֹהִי וְרַבְרְבָנ֖וֹהִי מִֽשְׁתַּבְּשִֽׁין׃‬ Then King Belshazzar became exceedingly alarmed, and his radiance changed and his high-ranking officials were perplexed. changed ← changed on him.
Dn 5:10 ‫מַלְכְּתָ֕א לָקֳבֵ֨ל מִלֵּ֤י מַלְכָּא֙ וְרַבְרְבָנ֔וֹהִי לְבֵ֥ית מִשְׁתְּיָ֖א *עללת **עַלַּ֑ת עֲנָ֨ת מַלְכְּתָ֜א וַאֲמֶ֗רֶת מַלְכָּא֙ לְעָלְמִ֣ין חֱיִ֔י אַֽל־יְבַהֲלוּךְ֙ רַעְיוֹנָ֔ךְ וְזִיוָ֖יךְ אַל־יִשְׁתַּנּֽוֹ׃‬ On account of the words of the king and his high-ranking officials, the queen came into the banqueting house. The queen spoke out and said, “O king, live age-abidingly. Do not let your thoughts alarm you and do not let your radiance change. came into: the ketiv and qeré are different conjugated forms of the same word, with the same meaning.

spoke out ← answered, but no question asked. See Gn 18:27.

thoughts ← thought.
Dn 5:11 ‫אִיתַ֨י גְּבַ֜ר בְּמַלְכוּתָ֗ךְ דִּ֠י ר֣וּחַ אֱלָהִ֣ין קַדִּישִׁין֮ בֵּהּ֒ וּבְיוֹמֵ֣י אֲב֗וּךְ נַהִיר֧וּ וְשָׂכְלְתָנ֛וּ וְחָכְמָ֥ה כְּחָכְמַת־אֱלָהִ֖ין הִשְׁתְּכַ֣חַת בֵּ֑הּ וּמַלְכָּ֤א נְבֻֽכַדְנֶצַּר֙ אֲב֔וּךְ רַ֧ב חַרְטֻמִּ֣ין אָֽשְׁפִ֗ין כַּשְׂדָּאִין֙ גָּזְרִ֔ין הֲקִימֵ֖הּ אֲב֥וּךְ מַלְכָּֽא׃‬ There is a man in your kingdom in whom there is the spirit of holy gods, and in the days of your father, enlightenment and intelligence and wisdom like the wisdom of the gods were found in him. And as for King Nebuchadnezzar your father, your father the king appointed him head of the magi, enchanters, Chaldeans and diviners, were found ← was found.
Dn 5:12 ‫כָּל־קֳבֵ֡ל דִּ֣י ר֣וּחַ ׀ יַתִּירָ֡ה וּמַנְדַּ֡ע וְשָׂכְלְתָנ֡וּ מְפַשַּׁ֣ר חֶלְמִין֩ וַֽאַֽחֲוָיַ֨ת אֲחִידָ֜ן וּמְשָׁרֵ֣א קִטְרִ֗ין הִשְׁתְּכַ֤חַת בֵּהּ֙ בְּדָ֣נִיֵּ֔אל דִּֽי־מַלְכָּ֥א שָׂם־שְׁמֵ֖הּ בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּ֑ר כְּעַ֛ן דָּנִיֵּ֥אל יִתְקְרֵ֖י וּפִשְׁרָ֥ה יְהַֽחֲוֵֽה׃ פ‬ because a prodigious spirit and knowledge and intelligence in interpreting dreams and cracking riddles and solving problems were found in him – in Daniel – whom the king named Belteshazzar. Now then, let Daniel be called and let him give the interpretation.” cracking ← expounding.

problems ← knots.

were found ← was found.

named ← appointed his name.

give ← expound.
Dn 5:13 ‫בֵּאדַ֙יִן֙ דָּֽנִיֵּ֔אל הֻעַ֖ל קֳדָ֣ם מַלְכָּ֑א עָנֵ֨ה מַלְכָּ֜א וְאָמַ֣ר לְדָנִיֵּ֗אל *אנתה־**אַנְתְּ־ה֤וּא דָנִיֵּאל֙ דִּֽי־מִן־בְּנֵ֤י גָלוּתָא֙ דִּ֣י יְה֔וּד דִּ֥י הַיְתִ֛י מַלְכָּ֥א אַ֖בִי מִן־יְהֽוּד׃‬ So Daniel was brought in before the king. The king started to speak and said to Daniel, “Are you Daniel, who is one of the deportees from Judah, whom my father the king brought from Judah? you: the ketiv can be regarded as a variant form (a Hebraism) of the qeré.

started to speak ← answered, but no question asked. See Gn 18:27.

from Judah ← of Judah.
Dn 5:14 ‫וְשִׁמְעֵ֣ת *עליך **עֲלָ֔ךְ דִּ֛י ר֥וּחַ אֱלָהִ֖ין בָּ֑ךְ וְנַהִיר֧וּ וְשָׂכְלְתָנ֛וּ וְחָכְמָ֥ה יַתִּירָ֖ה הִשְׁתְּכַ֥חַת בָּֽךְ׃‬ For I have heard concerning you that the spirit of gods is in you, and that enlightenment and intelligence and prodigious wisdom have been found in you. concerning you: the ketiv and qeré are different declined forms of the same word, with the same meaning.
Dn 5:15 ‫וּכְעַ֞ן הֻעַ֣לּוּ קָֽדָמַ֗י חַכִּֽימַיָּא֙ אָֽשְׁפַיָּ֔א דִּֽי־כְתָבָ֤ה דְנָה֙ יִקְר֔וֹן וּפִשְׁרֵ֖הּ לְהוֹדָעֻתַ֑נִי וְלָֽא־כָהֲלִ֥ין פְּשַֽׁר־מִלְּתָ֖א לְהַחֲוָיָֽה׃‬ And now the wise men and the enchanters were brought into my presence to read this writing, and to make its interpretation known to me, but they were not able to expound the meaning of the text. text ← word, thing.
Dn 5:16 ‫וַאֲנָה֙ שִׁמְעֵ֣ת *עליך **עֲלָ֔ךְ דִּֽי־*תוכל **תִיכּ֥וּל פִּשְׁרִ֛ין לְמִפְשַׁ֖ר וְקִטְרִ֣ין לְמִשְׁרֵ֑א כְּעַ֡ן הֵן֩ *תוכל **תִּכ֨וּל כְּתָבָ֜א לְמִקְרֵ֗א וּפִשְׁרֵהּ֙ לְהוֹדָ֣עֻתַ֔נִי אַרְגְּוָנָ֣א תִלְבַּ֗שׁ *והמונכא **וְהַֽמְנִיכָ֤א דִֽי־דַהֲבָא֙ עַֽל־צַוְּארָ֔ךְ וְתַלְתָּ֥א בְמַלְכוּתָ֖א תִּשְׁלַֽט׃ פ‬ And I have heard concerning you that you will be able to give interpretations and to solve problems. Now if you can read the writing, and make its interpretation known to me, you will be clothed in purple, and you will have a golden chain around your neck, and you will rule as the third in command in the kingdom.” concerning you: see Dn 5:14.

you will be able ... you can: the ketiv is a Hebrew form.

chain: see Dn 5:7.

give ← interpret.
Dn 5:17 ‫בֵּאדַ֜יִן עָנֵ֣ה דָנִיֵּ֗אל וְאָמַר֙ קֳדָ֣ם מַלְכָּ֔א מַתְּנָתָךְ֙ לָ֣ךְ לֶֽהֶוְיָ֔ן וּנְבָ֥זְבְּיָתָ֖ךְ לְאָחֳרָ֣ן הַ֑ב בְּרַ֗ם כְּתָבָא֙ אֶקְרֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֔א וּפִשְׁרָ֖א אֲהוֹדְעִנֵּֽהּ׃‬ At this Daniel responded and said in the presence of the king, “Let your gifts be for yourself, and give your rewards to others, but I will read the writing to the king, and I will make the interpretation known to him. at this ← then, therefore.

rewards: see Dn 2:6.
Dn 5:18 ‫*אנתה **אַ֖נְתְּ מַלְכָּ֑א אֱלָהָא֙ *עליא **עִלָּאָ֔ה מַלְכוּתָ֤א וּרְבוּתָא֙ וִיקָרָ֣א וְהַדְרָ֔ה יְהַ֖ב לִנְבֻכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר אֲבֽוּךְ׃‬ You are the king, but it is the Most High God who gave the kingdom and the magnificence and the honour and the glory to Nebuchadnezzar your father. you: see Dn 5:13.

Most High: see Dn 3:26.
Dn 5:19 ‫וּמִן־רְבוּתָא֙ דִּ֣י יְהַב־לֵ֔הּ כֹּ֣ל עַֽמְמַיָּ֗א אֻמַיָּא֙ וְלִשָּׁ֣נַיָּ֔א הֲו֛וֹ *זאעין **זָיְעִ֥ין וְדָחֲלִ֖ין מִן־קֳדָמ֑וֹהִי דִּֽי־הֲוָ֨ה צָבֵ֜א הֲוָ֣א קָטֵ֗ל וְדִֽי־הֲוָ֤ה צָבֵא֙ הֲוָ֣ה מַחֵ֔א וְדִֽי־הֲוָ֤ה צָבֵא֙ הֲוָ֣ה מָרִ֔ים וְדִֽי־הֲוָ֥ה צָבֵ֖א הֲוָ֥ה מַשְׁפִּֽיל׃‬ And on account of the magnificence which he gave him, all the peoples and nations and languages trembled and feared before him. Whom he wished, he killed, and whom he wished, he preserved alive. Whom he wished, he exalted, and whom he wished, he brought low. trembled: the ketiv and qeré are similar words with the same meaning.

languages: see Dn 3:4.
Dn 5:20 ‫וּכְדִי֙ רִ֣ם לִבְבֵ֔הּ וְרוּחֵ֖הּ תִּֽקְפַ֣ת לַהֲזָדָ֑ה הָנְחַת֙ מִן־כָּרְסֵ֣א מַלְכוּתֵ֔הּ וִֽיקָרָ֖ה הֶעְדִּ֥יוּ מִנֵּֽהּ׃‬ But when his heart became haughty, and his spirit became obdurate to the point of him acting impertinently, he was taken down from his royal throne, and his honour was removed from him. his royal throne ← the throne of his kingdom, a Hebraic genitive.

his honour was removed ← they removed his honour. Avoidance of the passive.
Dn 5:21 ‫וּמִן־בְּנֵי֩ אֲנָשָׁ֨א טְרִ֜יד וְלִבְבֵ֣הּ ׀ עִם־חֵיוְתָ֣א *שוי **שַׁוִּ֗יְו וְעִם־עֲרָֽדַיָּא֙ מְדוֹרֵ֔הּ עִשְׂבָּ֤א כְתוֹרִין֙ יְטַ֣עֲמוּנֵּ֔הּ וּמִטַּ֥ל שְׁמַיָּ֖א גִּשְׁמֵ֣הּ יִצְטַבַּ֑ע עַ֣ד דִּֽי־יְדַ֗ע דִּֽי־שַׁלִּ֞יט אֱלָהָ֤א *עליא **עִלָּאָה֙ בְּמַלְכ֣וּת אֲנָשָׁ֔א וּלְמַן־דִּ֥י יִצְבֵּ֖ה יְהָקֵ֥ים *עליה **עֲלַֽהּ׃‬ And he was driven out from human society, and his heart was made like that of animals, and his habitat was with wild asses, and he was fed on grass like oxen, and his body was moistened from the dew of the sky, until he acknowledged that the Most High God is the ruler in the kingdom of man, and that whom he wishes, he appoints over it. his heart was made: {Q: they} [K: one] made his heart. Avoidance of the passive.

Most High: see Dn 3:26.

over it: see Dn 4:14 (Dn 4:17AV).

human society ← the sons of man.

he was fed ← they fed him. Avoidance of the passive.
Dn 5:22 ‫*ואנתה **וְאַ֤נְתְּ בְּרֵהּ֙ בֵּלְשַׁאצַּ֔ר לָ֥א הַשְׁפֵּ֖לְתְּ לִבְבָ֑ךְ כָּל־קֳבֵ֕ל דִּ֥י כָל־דְּנָ֖ה יְדַֽעְתָּ׃‬ And you are his son Belshazzar. You have not humbled your heart, yet you knew all this. you: see Dn 5:13.
Dn 5:23 ‫וְעַ֣ל מָרֵֽא־שְׁמַיָּ֣א ׀ הִתְרוֹמַ֡מְתָּ וּלְמָֽאנַיָּ֨א דִֽי־בַיְתֵ֜הּ הַיְתִ֣יו *קדמיך **קָֽדָמָ֗ךְ *ואנתה **וְאַ֨נְתְּ *ורברבניך **וְרַבְרְבָנָ֜ךְ שֵֽׁגְלָתָ֣ךְ וּלְחֵנָתָךְ֮ חַמְרָא֮ שָׁתַ֣יִן בְּהוֹן֒ וְלֵֽאלָהֵ֣י כַסְפָּֽא־וְ֠דַהֲבָא נְחָשָׁ֨א פַרְזְלָ֜א אָעָ֣א וְאַבְנָ֗א דִּ֠י לָֽא־חָזַ֧יִן וְלָא־שָׁמְעִ֛ין וְלָ֥א יָדְעִ֖ין שַׁבַּ֑חְתָּ וְלֵֽאלָהָ֞א דִּֽי־נִשְׁמְתָ֥ךְ בִּידֵ֛הּ וְכָל־אֹרְחָתָ֥ךְ לֵ֖הּ לָ֥א הַדַּֽרְתָּ׃‬ And you have exalted yourself over the Lord of heaven, and the articles of his house were brought in before you, and you and your {K: high-ranking officials} [Q: high-ranking official], your mistresses and your maidservants have drunk wine from them, and you have praised gods of silver and gold, copper and iron, wood and stone, which do not see and do not hear and do not perceive, but you have not glorified the God in whose hand your breath is and to whom all your ways are answerable. before you: the ketiv and qeré are different declined forms of the same word, with the same meaning.

you (third occurrence in verse): see Dn 5:13.

were brought in ← they brought in. Avoidance of the passive.

have drunk ... from: see Dn 5:3.
Dn 5:24 ‫בֵּאדַ֙יִן֙ מִן־קֳדָמ֔וֹהִי שְׁלִ֖יַחַ פַּסָּ֣א דִֽי־יְדָ֑א וּכְתָבָ֥א דְנָ֖ה רְשִֽׁים׃‬ So the palm of a hand was sent from him, and this writing was inscribed. from ← from before.
Dn 5:25 ‫וּדְנָ֥ה כְתָבָ֖א דִּ֣י רְשִׁ֑ים מְנֵ֥א מְנֵ֖א תְּקֵ֥ל וּפַרְסִֽין׃‬ And this is the writing which was inscribed,

Mene, mene, tekel, upharsin.’

Mene, mene, tekel, upharsin: i.e. summed up, summed up, weighed (all singular), and dividing (plural, and active).
Dn 5:26 ‫דְּנָ֖ה פְּשַֽׁר־מִלְּתָ֑א מְנֵ֕א מְנָֽה־אֱלָהָ֥א מַלְכוּתָ֖ךְ וְהַשְׁלְמַֽהּ׃‬ This is the interpretation of the words: mene – God has summed up your kingdom, and brought it to an end; words ← word, matter.
Dn 5:27 ‫תְּקֵ֑ל תְּקִ֥ילְתָּה בְמֹֽאזַנְיָ֖א וְהִשְׁתְּכַ֥חַתְּ חַסִּֽיר׃‬ tekel – you have been weighed in the balance and found wanting;
Dn 5:28 ‫פְּרֵ֑ס פְּרִיסַת֙ מַלְכוּתָ֔ךְ וִיהִיבַ֖ת לְמָדַ֥י וּפָרָֽס׃‬ peres – your kingdom is divided and is to be given to Media and Persia.” peres: the passive, singular, unlenited, form, without the vav copulative, of upharsin.

divided ... Persia: both words have root p-r-s.
Dn 5:29 ‫בֵּאדַ֣יִן ׀ אֲמַ֣ר בֵּלְשַׁאצַּ֗ר וְהַלְבִּ֤ישׁוּ לְדָֽנִיֵּאל֙ אַרְגְּוָנָ֔א *והמונכא **וְהַֽמְנִיכָ֥א דִֽי־דַהֲבָ֖א עַֽל־צַוְּארֵ֑הּ וְהַכְרִ֣זֽוּ עֲל֔וֹהִי דִּֽי־לֶהֱוֵ֥א שַׁלִּ֛יט תַּלְתָּ֖א בְּמַלְכוּתָֽא׃‬ Then Belshazzar gave commandment, and they clothed Daniel in purple, and put a chain of gold around his neck, and made proclamation concerning him that he was to be the third in command in the kingdom. chain: see Dn 5:7.

gave commandment: see Dn 3:13.
Dn 5:30 ‫בֵּ֚הּ בְּלֵ֣ילְיָ֔א קְטִ֕יל בֵּלְאשַׁצַּ֖ר מַלְכָּ֥א *כשדיא **כַשְׂדָּאָֽה׃ פ‬ That very night Belshazzar the Chaldean king was killed. Chaldean: see Dn 2:5.
Dn 6:1
Dn 5:31AV
‫וְדָרְיָ֙וֶשׁ֙ מָֽדָיָ֔א קַבֵּ֖ל מַלְכוּתָ֑א כְּבַ֥ר שְׁנִ֖ין שִׁתִּ֥ין וְתַרְתֵּֽין׃‬ Darius the Mede received the kingdom when he was sixty-two years old. Mede: No issue in [WLC]. In [BHS] the ketiv can be regarded as a variant form of the qeré.

sixty-two: or, about sixty-two, but the number is rather precise. Compare Josh 7:3, Lk 9:28.
Dn 6:2
Dn 6:1AV
‫שְׁפַר֙ קֳדָ֣ם דָּרְיָ֔וֶשׁ וַהֲקִים֙ עַל־מַלְכוּתָ֔א לַאֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֖א מְאָ֣ה וְעֶשְׂרִ֑ין דִּ֥י לֶהֱוֺ֖ן בְּכָל־מַלְכוּתָֽא׃‬ It pleased Darius to appoint one hundred and twenty satraps over the kingdom, who were to be distributed throughout all the kingdom, it pleased Darius to appoint ← it was pleasing before Darius and he appointed.
Dn 6:3
Dn 6:2AV
‫וְעֵ֤לָּא מִנְּהוֹן֙ סָרְכִ֣ין תְּלָתָ֔א דִּ֥י דָנִיֵּ֖אל חַֽד־מִנְּה֑וֹן דִּֽי־לֶהֱוֺ֞ן אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֣א אִלֵּ֗ין יָהֲבִ֤ין לְהוֹן֙ טַעְמָ֔א וּמַלְכָּ֖א לָֽא־לֶהֱוֵ֥א נָזִֽק׃‬ and over them three ministers, of whom Daniel was one, to whom these satraps would give a report, so that the king would not be in danger. to whom: plural.

so that: purposive use of the vav.

be in danger ← suffer injury, [AnLx], [BDB], [Ges-HCL], but unclear whether physical or financial.
Dn 6:4
Dn 6:3AV
‫אֱדַ֙יִן֙ דָּנִיֵּ֣אל דְּנָ֔ה הֲוָ֣א מִתְנַצַּ֔ח עַל־סָרְכַיָּ֖א וַאֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֑א כָּל־קֳבֵ֗ל דִּ֣י ר֤וּחַ יַתִּירָא֙ בֵּ֔הּ וּמַלְכָּ֣א עֲשִׁ֔ית לַהֲקָמוּתֵ֖הּ עַל־כָּל־מַלְכוּתָֽא׃‬ Then this Daniel distinguished himself more than the other ministers and satraps, because there was a prodigious spirit in him, and the king proposed to appoint him over the whole kingdom. more than ← above.
Dn 6:5
Dn 6:4AV
‫אֱדַ֨יִן סָֽרְכַיָּ֜א וַאֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֗א הֲו֨וֹ בָעַ֧יִן עִלָּ֛ה לְהַשְׁכָּחָ֥ה לְדָנִיֵּ֖אל מִצַּ֣ד מַלְכוּתָ֑א וְכָל־עִלָּ֨ה וּשְׁחִיתָ֜ה לָא־יָכְלִ֣ין לְהַשְׁכָּחָ֗ה כָּל־קֳבֵל֙ דִּֽי־מְהֵימַ֣ן ה֔וּא וְכָל־שָׁלוּ֙ וּשְׁחִיתָ֔ה לָ֥א הִשְׁתְּכַ֖חַת עֲלֽוֹהִי׃‬ At this the ministers and satraps tried to find a pretext against Daniel from the standpoint of the kingdom, but they could not find any pretext or corrupt practice, because he was faithful, and no negligence or corrupt practice was found concerning him. at this ← then, thereupon.

tried ← sought.

standpoint ← side. [FR]= political angle.

any ← every.

no ← not every.
Dn 6:6
Dn 6:5AV
‫אֱ֠דַיִן גֻּבְרַיָּ֤א אִלֵּךְ֙ אָֽמְרִ֔ין דִּ֣י לָ֧א נְהַשְׁכַּ֛ח לְדָנִיֵּ֥אל דְּנָ֖ה כָּל־עִלָּ֑א לָהֵ֕ן הַשְׁכַּ֥חְנָֽה עֲל֖וֹהִי בְּדָ֥ת אֱלָהֵֽהּ׃ ס‬ So these men said, “We shall not find any pretext against this Daniel, except when we find something against him in the formalities of his God.” any ← every.

formalities: or, law.
Dn 6:7
Dn 6:6AV
‫אֱ֠דַיִן סָרְכַיָּ֤א וַאֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּא֙ אִלֵּ֔ן הַרְגִּ֖שׁוּ עַל־מַלְכָּ֑א וְכֵן֙ אָמְרִ֣ין לֵ֔הּ דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֖א לְעָלְמִ֥ין חֱיִֽי׃‬ Then these ministers and satraps assembled with the king and spoke as follows to him: “O King Darius, live age-abidingly. assembled with ← assembled at.

as follows ← thus.
Dn 6:8
Dn 6:7AV
‫אִתְיָעַ֜טוּ כֹּ֣ל ׀ סָרְכֵ֣י מַלְכוּתָ֗א סִגְנַיָּ֤א וַֽאֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּא֙ הַדָּֽבְרַיָּ֣א וּפַחֲוָתָ֔א לְקַיָּמָ֤ה קְיָם֙ מַלְכָּ֔א וּלְתַקָּפָ֖ה אֱסָ֑ר דִּ֣י כָל־דִּֽי־יִבְעֵ֣ה בָ֠עוּ מִן־כָּל־אֱלָ֨הּ וֶֽאֱנָ֜שׁ עַד־יוֹמִ֣ין תְּלָתִ֗ין לָהֵן֙ מִנָּ֣ךְ מַלְכָּ֔א יִתְרְמֵ֕א לְגֹ֖ב אַרְיָוָתָֽא׃‬ All the ministers of the kingdom, the administrators and the satraps, the attendants and the governors have taken counsel together to establish a royal statute, and to issue a prohibition, that anyone who makes a request from any God or man for thirty days except from you, O king, will be thrown into the lions' den. royal statute ← statute of the king, a Hebraic genitive.

anyone ← everyone.

makes ← asks.

any ← every.

lions' ← lionesses', unless the word is generically feminine.
Dn 6:9
Dn 6:8AV
‫כְּעַ֣ן מַלְכָּ֔א תְּקִ֥ים אֱסָרָ֖א וְתִרְשֻׁ֣ם כְּתָבָ֑א דִּ֣י לָ֧א לְהַשְׁנָיָ֛ה כְּדָת־מָדַ֥י וּפָרַ֖ס דִּי־לָ֥א תֶעְדֵּֽא׃‬ Now then, O king, ratify the prohibition, and draw up the document which is immutable according to the law of Media and Persia, so that it does not lapse.” immutable ← not to change.
Dn 6:10
Dn 6:9AV
‫כָּל־קֳבֵ֖ל דְּנָ֑ה מַלְכָּא֙ דָּֽרְיָ֔וֶשׁ רְשַׁ֥ם כְּתָבָ֖א וֶאֱסָרָֽא׃‬ On account of this, King Darius drew up the document and the prohibition.
Dn 6:11
Dn 6:10AV
‫וְ֠דָנִיֵּאל כְּדִ֨י יְדַ֜ע דִּֽי־רְשִׁ֤ים כְּתָבָא֙ עַ֣ל לְבַיְתֵ֔הּ וְכַוִּ֨ין פְּתִיחָ֥ן לֵהּ֙ בְּעִלִּיתֵ֔הּ נֶ֖גֶד יְרוּשְׁלֶ֑ם וְזִמְנִין֩ תְּלָתָ֨ה בְיוֹמָ֜א ה֣וּא ׀ בָּרֵ֣ךְ עַל־בִּרְכ֗וֹהִי וּמְצַלֵּ֤א וּמוֹדֵא֙ קֳדָ֣ם אֱלָהֵ֔הּ כָּל־קֳבֵל֙ דִּֽי־הֲוָ֣א עָבֵ֔ד מִן־קַדְמַ֖ת דְּנָֽה׃ ס‬ Then when Daniel came to know that the document had been signed, he went into his house with his windows open in his upper room facing Jerusalem, and three times a day he knelt down on his knees, and prayed and gave praise before his God, just as he used to do before this. facing Jerusalem: compare Ps 5:8 (Ps 5:7AV).
Dn 6:12
Dn 6:11AV
‫אֱ֠דַיִן גֻּבְרַיָּ֤א אִלֵּךְ֙ הַרְגִּ֔שׁוּ וְהַשְׁכַּ֖חוּ לְדָנִיֵּ֑אל בָּעֵ֥א וּמִתְחַנַּ֖ן קֳדָ֥ם אֱלָהֵֽהּ׃‬ Then these men assembled and found Daniel praying and seeking mercy before his God.
Dn 6:13
Dn 6:12AV
‫בֵּ֠אדַיִן קְרִ֨יבוּ וְאָמְרִ֥ין קֳדָם־מַלְכָּא֮ עַל־אֱסָ֣ר מַלְכָּא֒ הֲלָ֧א אֱסָ֣ר רְשַׁ֗מְתָּ דִּ֣י כָל־אֱנָ֡שׁ דִּֽי־יִבְעֵה֩ מִן־כָּל־אֱלָ֨הּ וֶֽאֱנָ֜שׁ עַד־יוֹמִ֣ין תְּלָתִ֗ין לָהֵן֙ מִנָּ֣ךְ מַלְכָּ֔א יִתְרְמֵ֕א לְג֖וֹב אַרְיָותָ֑א עָנֵ֨ה מַלְכָּ֜א וְאָמַ֗ר יַצִּיבָ֧א מִלְּתָ֛א כְּדָת־מָדַ֥י וּפָרַ֖ס דִּי־לָ֥א תֶעְדֵּֽא׃‬ At this they went up to the king and said in his presence concerning the king's prohibition, “Did you not draw up a prohibition that anyone who makes a request from any God or man for thirty days except from you, O king, would be thrown into the lions' den?” The king answered and said, “The words are fixed according to the law of Media and Persia which does not lapse.” at this ← then, therefore.

they went up to the king and said in his presence ← approached and said before the king.

anyone ← everyone.

any ← every.

lions': see Dn 6:8 (Dn 6:7AV).

words areword (is).
Dn 6:14
Dn 6:13AV
‫בֵּ֠אדַיִן עֲנ֣וֹ וְאָמְרִין֮ קֳדָ֣ם מַלְכָּא֒ דִּ֣י דָנִיֵּ֡אל דִּי֩ מִן־בְּנֵ֨י גָלוּתָ֜א דִּ֣י יְה֗וּד לָא־שָׂ֨ם *עליך **עֲלָ֤ךְ מַלְכָּא֙ טְעֵ֔ם וְעַל־אֱסָרָ֖א דִּ֣י רְשַׁ֑מְתָּ וְזִמְנִ֤ין תְּלָתָה֙ בְּיוֹמָ֔א בָּעֵ֖א בָּעוּתֵֽהּ׃‬ To this they replied and said in the king's presence, “Daniel, who is one of the deportees from Judah, has not heeded you, O king, or the prohibition which you drew up, and he makes his request three times a day.” you ← at you. The ketiv and qeré are different declined forms of the same word, with the same meaning.

to this ← then, therefore.

deportees ← sons of deportation.

makes his request ← requests his request.
Dn 6:15
Dn 6:14AV
‫אֱדַ֨יִן מַלְכָּ֜א כְּדִ֧י מִלְּתָ֣א שְׁמַ֗ע שַׂגִּיא֙ בְּאֵ֣שׁ עֲל֔וֹהִי וְעַ֧ל דָּנִיֵּ֛אל שָׂ֥ם בָּ֖ל לְשֵׁיזָבוּתֵ֑הּ וְעַד֙ מֶֽעָלֵ֣י שִׁמְשָׁ֔א הֲוָ֥א מִשְׁתַּדַּ֖ר לְהַצָּלוּתֵֽהּ׃‬ Then when the king heard the words, it grieved him greatly. And concerning Daniel, he applied his mind to deliver him, and up to sunset he made efforts to save him. words ← word, discourse.

it grieved him ← it was bad on him.
Dn 6:16
Dn 6:15AV
‫בֵּאדַ֙יִן֙ גֻּבְרַיָּ֣א אִלֵּ֔ךְ הַרְגִּ֖שׁוּ עַל־מַלְכָּ֑א וְאָמְרִ֣ין לְמַלְכָּ֗א דַּ֤ע מַלְכָּא֙ דִּֽי־דָת֙ לְמָדַ֣י וּפָרַ֔ס דִּֽי־כָל־אֱסָ֥ר וּקְיָ֛ם דִּֽי־מַלְכָּ֥א יְהָקֵ֖ים לָ֥א לְהַשְׁנָיָֽה׃‬ Then these men assembled to the king and said to the king, “Be aware, O king, that the law of Media and Persia is such that no prohibition or statute which the king establishes is open to change.” be aware ← know.

no ← not every.
Dn 6:17
Dn 6:16AV
‫בֵּאדַ֜יִן מַלְכָּ֣א אֲמַ֗ר וְהַיְתִיו֙ לְדָ֣נִיֵּ֔אל וּרְמ֕וֹ לְגֻבָּ֖א דִּ֣י אַרְיָוָתָ֑א עָנֵ֤ה מַלְכָּא֙ וְאָמַ֣ר לְדָנִיֵּ֔אל אֱלָהָ֗ךְ דִּ֣י *אנתה **אַ֤נְתְּ פָּֽלַֽח־לֵהּ֙ בִּתְדִירָ֔א ה֖וּא יְשֵׁיזְבִנָּֽךְ׃‬ So the king gave commandment, and they brought Daniel and threw him into the lions' den. The king addressed him and said to Daniel, “Your God whom you constantly worship will save you.” you: see Dn 5:13.

lions': see Dn 6:8 (Dn 6:7AV).

addressed ← answered, but no question asked. See Gn 18:27.
Dn 6:18
Dn 6:17AV
‫וְהֵיתָ֙יִת֙ אֶ֣בֶן חֲדָ֔ה וְשֻׂמַ֖ת עַל־פֻּ֣ם גֻּבָּ֑א וְחַתְמַ֨הּ מַלְכָּ֜א בְּעִזְקְתֵ֗הּ וּבְעִזְקָת֙ רַבְרְבָנ֔וֹהִי דִּ֛י לָא־תִשְׁנֵ֥א צְב֖וּ בְּדָנִיֵּֽאל׃‬ And a stone was brought, and it was placed on the entrance to the den, and the king sealed it with his seal ring and with the seal ring of his high-ranking officials, so that the plot against Daniel should not change. a stone ← one stone.

entrance ← mouth.
Dn 6:19
Dn 6:18AV
‫אֱ֠דַיִן אֲזַ֨ל מַלְכָּ֤א לְהֵֽיכְלֵהּ֙ וּבָ֣ת טְוָ֔ת וְדַחֲוָ֖ן לָא־הַנְעֵ֣ל קָֽדָמ֑וֹהִי וְשִׁנְתֵּ֖הּ נַדַּ֥ת עֲלֽוֹהִי׃‬ Then the king went to his palace and spent the night fasting, and he did not have entertainment come before him, and his sleep evaded him.
Dn 6:20
Dn 6:19AV
‫בֵּאדַ֣יִן מַלְכָּ֔א בִּשְׁפַּרְפָּרָ֖א יְק֣וּם בְּנָגְהָ֑א וּבְהִ֨תְבְּהָלָ֔ה לְגֻבָּ֥א דִֽי־אַרְיָוָתָ֖א אֲזַֽל׃‬ Then at dawn the king arose, at first light, and went hastily to the lions' den. lions': see Dn 6:8 (Dn 6:7AV).
Dn 6:21
Dn 6:20AV
‫וּכְמִקְרְבֵ֣הּ לְגֻבָּ֔א לְדָ֣נִיֵּ֔אל בְּקָ֥ל עֲצִ֖יב זְעִ֑ק עָנֵ֨ה מַלְכָּ֜א וְאָמַ֣ר לְדָנִיֵּ֗אל דָּֽנִיֵּאל֙ עֲבֵד֙ אֱלָהָ֣א חַיָּ֔א אֱלָהָ֗ךְ דִּ֣י *אנתה **אַ֤נְתְּ פָּֽלַֽח־לֵהּ֙ בִּתְדִירָ֔א הַיְכִ֥ל לְשֵׁיזָבוּתָ֖ךְ מִן־אַרְיָוָתָֽא׃‬ And as he approached the den, he called out in a sad voice to Daniel, and the king spoke and said to Daniel, “Daniel, servant of the living God, was your God, whom you worship continually, able to save you from the lions?” you: see Dn 3:10.

spoke ← answered, but no question asked. See Gn 18:27.

lions: see Dn 6:8 (Dn 6:7AV).
Dn 6:22
Dn 6:21AV
‫אֱדַ֙יִן֙ דָּנִיֶּ֔אל עִם־מַלְכָּ֖א מַלִּ֑ל מַלְכָּ֖א לְעָלְמִ֥ין חֱיִֽי׃‬ Then Daniel said to the king, “O king, live age-abidingly. said to ← spoke with.
Dn 6:23
Dn 6:22AV
‫אֱלָהִ֞י שְׁלַ֣ח מַלְאֲכֵ֗הּ וּֽסֲגַ֛ר פֻּ֥ם אַרְיָוָתָ֖א וְלָ֣א חַבְּל֑וּנִי כָּל־קֳבֵ֗ל דִּ֤י קָֽדָמ֙וֹהִי֙ זָכוּ֙ הִשְׁתְּכַ֣חַת לִ֔י וְאַ֤ף *קדמיך **קָֽדָמָךְ֙ מַלְכָּ֔א חֲבוּלָ֖ה לָ֥א עַבְדֵֽת׃‬ My God has sent his angel and closed the lions' mouths, and they have not harmed me, because I was found to be innocent before him, and I haven't done anything injurious before you either, O king.” before you: the ketiv and qeré are different declined forms of the same word, with the same meaning.

I was found to be innocent ← innocence was found to me.

lions': see Dn 6:8 (Dn 6:7AV).
Dn 6:24
Dn 6:23AV
‫בֵּאדַ֣יִן מַלְכָּ֗א שַׂגִּיא֙ טְאֵ֣ב עֲל֔וֹהִי וּלְדָ֣נִיֵּ֔אל אֲמַ֖ר לְהַנְסָקָ֣ה מִן־גֻּבָּ֑א וְהֻסַּ֨ק דָּנִיֵּ֜אל מִן־גֻּבָּ֗א וְכָל־חֲבָל֙ לָא־הִשְׁתְּכַ֣ח בֵּ֔הּ דִּ֖י הֵימִ֥ן בֵּאלָהֵֽהּ׃‬ At this the king was very pleased about him, and he gave commandment to bring Daniel up out of the den. So Daniel was brought up out of the den, and no harm was found on him, because he had put trust in his God. at this ← then, therefore.

no ← not every.
Dn 6:25
Dn 6:24AV
‫וַאֲמַ֣ר מַלְכָּ֗א וְהַיְתִ֞יו גֻּבְרַיָּ֤א אִלֵּךְ֙ דִּֽי־אֲכַ֤לוּ קַרְצ֙וֹהִי֙ דִּ֣י דָֽנִיֵּ֔אל וּלְגֹ֤ב אַרְיָוָתָא֙ רְמ֔וֹ אִנּ֖וּן בְּנֵיה֣וֹן וּנְשֵׁיה֑וֹן וְלָֽא־מְט֞וֹ לְאַרְעִ֣ית גֻּבָּ֗א עַ֠ד דִּֽי־שְׁלִ֤טֽוּ בְהוֹן֙ אַרְיָ֣וָתָ֔א וְכָל־גַּרְמֵיה֖וֹן הַדִּֽקוּ׃‬ And the king gave commandment, and they brought those men who had slandered Daniel, and they threw them, their sons, and their wives into the lions' den. And they had not landed at the bottom of the den before the lions overpowered them, and they crushed all their bones. those ← these.

slandered: see Dn 3:8.

lions' ... lions: see Dn 6:8 (Dn 6:7AV).

landed at ← come to.
Dn 6:26
Dn 6:25AV
‫בֵּאדַ֜יִן דָּרְיָ֣וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗א כְּ֠תַב לְֽכָל־עַֽמְמַיָּ֞א אֻמַיָּ֧א וְלִשָּׁנַיָּ֛א דִּֽי־*דארין **דָיְרִ֥ין בְּכָל־אַרְעָ֖א שְׁלָמְכ֥וֹן יִשְׂגֵּֽא׃‬ Then Darius the king wrote to all the peoples, nations and languages who lived in the whole earth, “May your peace increase. lived: the ketiv and qeré are different spellings of the same word.

1 Pet 1:2.

languages: see Dn 3:4.

earth: or, land.
Dn 6:27
Dn 6:26AV
‫מִן־קֳדָמַי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ דִּ֣י ׀ בְּכָל־שָׁלְטָ֣ן מַלְכוּתִ֗י לֶהֱוֺ֤ן *זאעין **זָיְעִין֙ וְדָ֣חֲלִ֔ין מִן־קֳדָ֖ם אֱלָהֵ֣הּ דִּי־דָֽנִיֵּ֑אל דִּי־ה֣וּא ׀ אֱלָהָ֣א חַיָּ֗א וְקַיָּם֙ לְעָ֣לְמִ֔ין וּמַלְכוּתֵהּ֙ דִּֽי־לָ֣א תִתְחַבַּ֔ל וְשָׁלְטָנֵ֖הּ עַד־סוֹפָֽא׃‬ A decree is hereby issued by me that in every administrative region of my kingdom, they tremble before and fear Daniel's God,

For he is the living God

Who endures throughout the ages,

Whose kingdom will not be destroyed,

And whose dominion is up to the end.

tremble: the ketiv and qeré are different spellings of the same word.

by me ← from before me.
Dn 6:28
Dn 6:27AV
‫מְשֵׁיזִ֣ב וּמַצִּ֗ל וְעָבֵד֙ אָתִ֣ין וְתִמְהִ֔ין בִּשְׁמַיָּ֖א וּבְאַרְעָ֑א דִּ֚י שֵׁיזִ֣יב לְדָֽנִיֵּ֔אל מִן־יַ֖ד אַרְיָוָתָֽא׃‬

He saves and rescues

And performs signs and wonders

In heaven and on earth,

For he saved Daniel

From the reach of the lions.”

reach ← hand.

lions: see Dn 6:8 (Dn 6:7AV).
Dn 6:29
Dn 6:28AV
‫וְדָנִיֵּ֣אל דְּנָ֔ה הַצְלַ֖ח בְּמַלְכ֣וּת דָּרְיָ֑וֶשׁ וּבְמַלְכ֖וּת כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ *פרסיא **פָּרְסָאָֽה׃ פ‬ This Daniel prospered in the kingdom of Darius and in the kingdom of Cyrus the Persian. Persian: the ketiv can be regarded as a variant form of the qeré.
Dn 7:1 ‫בִּשְׁנַ֣ת חֲדָ֗ה לְבֵלְאשַׁצַּר֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ בָּבֶ֔ל דָּנִיֵּאל֙ חֵ֣לֶם חֲזָ֔ה וְחֶזְוֵ֥י רֵאשֵׁ֖הּ עַֽל־מִשְׁכְּבֵ֑הּ בֵּאדַ֙יִן֙ חֶלְמָ֣א כְתַ֔ב רֵ֥אשׁ מִלִּ֖ין אֲמַֽר׃‬ In the first year of Belshazzar king of Babylon, Daniel had a dream, and there were visions in his head, while on his bed. Then he wrote the dream down and set out the essentials of the subject matter. had a dream ← dreamt a dream.

set out ← said.

the essentials ← the head.
Dn 7:2 ‫עָנֵ֤ה דָנִיֵּאל֙ וְאָמַ֔ר חָזֵ֥ה הֲוֵ֛ית בְּחֶזְוִ֖י עִם־לֵֽילְיָ֑א וַאֲר֗וּ אַרְבַּע֙ רוּחֵ֣י שְׁמַיָּ֔א מְגִיחָ֖ן לְיַמָּ֥א רַבָּֽא׃‬ Daniel elucidated and said, “I saw things in a vision of mine in the night. Now there were the four winds of heaven stirring the great sea, elucidated ← answered, but no question asked. See Gn 18:27.

there werebehold.
Dn 7:3 ‫וְאַרְבַּ֤ע חֵיוָן֙ רַבְרְבָ֔ן סָלְקָ֖ן מִן־יַמָּ֑א שָׁנְיָ֖ן דָּ֥א מִן־דָּֽא׃‬ and four large animals arising out of the sea, differing one from another.
Dn 7:4 ‫קַדְמָיְתָ֣א כְאַרְיֵ֔ה וְגַפִּ֥ין דִּֽי־נְשַׁ֖ר לַ֑הּ חָזֵ֣ה הֲוֵ֡ית עַד֩ דִּי־מְּרִ֨יטוּ גַפַּ֜יהּ וּנְטִ֣ילַת מִן־אַרְעָ֗א וְעַל־רַגְלַ֙יִן֙ כֶּאֱנָ֣שׁ הֳקִימַ֔ת וּלְבַ֥ב אֱנָ֖שׁ יְהִ֥יב לַֽהּ׃‬ The first one was like a lion, and it had an eagle's wings. I continued looking until its wings were plucked, and it was lifted up from the earth, and was made to stand on legs as a man does, and the heart of a man was given to it. continued looking ← was looking.
Dn 7:5 ‫וַאֲר֣וּ חֵיוָה֩ אָחֳרִ֨י תִנְיָנָ֜ה דָּמְיָ֣ה לְדֹ֗ב וְלִשְׂטַר־חַד֙ הֳקִמַ֔ת וּתְלָ֥ת עִלְעִ֛ין בְּפֻמַּ֖הּ בֵּ֣ין *שניה **שִׁנַּ֑הּ וְכֵן֙ אָמְרִ֣ין לַ֔הּ ק֥וּמִֽי אֲכֻ֖לִי בְּשַׂ֥ר שַׂגִּֽיא׃‬ And there was another animal – a second one – like a bear, and it was made to stand up on one side, and it had three ribs in its mouth between its teeth. And this is what was said to it, ‘Arise, and devour much flesh.’ its teeth: the ketiv is dual (two rows of teeth); there doesn't seem to be a need for the qeré, singular (set of teeth).

there wasbehold.

this is whatthus.

was said ← they said.
Dn 7:6 ‫בָּאתַ֨ר דְּנָ֜ה חָזֵ֣ה הֲוֵ֗ית וַאֲר֤וּ אָֽחֳרִי֙ כִּנְמַ֔ר וְלַ֨הּ גַּפִּ֥ין אַרְבַּ֛ע דִּי־ע֖וֹף עַל־*גביה **גַּבַּ֑הּ וְאַרְבְּעָ֤ה רֵאשִׁין֙ לְחֵ֣יוְתָ֔א וְשָׁלְטָ֖ן יְהִ֥יב לַֽהּ׃‬ After this I continued to see, and there was another, like a leopard, and it had four bird's wings on its back, and the animal had four heads, and it was given rule. back: the ketiv is a plural word.

continued to see ← was seeing.

there wasbehold.

it was given rule ← rule was given to it.
Dn 7:7 ‫בָּאתַ֣ר דְּנָה֩ חָזֵ֨ה הֲוֵ֜ית בְּחֶזְוֵ֣י לֵֽילְיָ֗א וַאֲר֣וּ חֵיוָ֣ה *רביעיה **רְֽבִיעָאָ֡ה דְּחִילָה֩ וְאֵֽימְתָנִ֨י וְתַקִּיפָ֜א יַתִּ֗ירָא וְשִׁנַּ֨יִן דִּֽי־פַרְזֶ֥ל לַהּ֙ רַבְרְבָ֔ן אָֽכְלָ֣ה וּמַדֱּקָ֔ה וּשְׁאָרָ֖א *ברגליה **בְּרַגְלַ֣הּ רָפְסָ֑ה וְהִ֣יא מְשַׁנְּיָ֗ה מִן־כָּל־חֵֽיוָתָא֙ דִּ֣י קָֽדָמַ֔יהּ וְקַרְנַ֥יִן עֲשַׂ֖ר לַֽהּ׃‬ After this I continued to see a vision in the visions of the night, and there was a fourth animal, frightful and terrifying, and exceedingly strong. And its many teeth were of iron, and it devoured and crushed, and trampled on the rest with its {K: feet} [Q: foot]. Moreover it was different from all the animals which were before it, and it had ten horns. fourth: the ketiv and qeré are different spellings of the same word.

there wasbehold.

moreover: wider use of the vav.
Dn 7:8 ‫מִשְׂתַּכַּ֨ל הֲוֵ֜ית בְּקַרְנַיָּ֗א וַ֠אֲלוּ קֶ֣רֶן אָחֳרִ֤י זְעֵירָה֙ סִלְקָ֣ת *ביניהון **בֵּֽינֵיהֵ֔ן וּתְלָ֗ת מִן־קַרְנַיָּא֙ קַדְמָ֣יָתָ֔א *אתעקרו **אֶתְעֲקַ֖רָה מִן־*קדמיה **קֳדָמַ֑הּ וַאֲל֨וּ עַיְנִ֜ין כְּעַיְנֵ֤י אֲנָשָׁא֙ בְּקַרְנָא־דָ֔א וּפֻ֖ם מְמַלִּ֥ל רַבְרְבָֽן׃‬ I looked at its horns, and saw another small horn arise among them. And three of the first horns were uprooted before it. And what I saw was eyes in this horn like the eyes of a man, and a mouth speaking presumptuous words. among them ... were uprooted: the ketiv is masculine, the qeré feminine.

before it: the ketiv and qeré are different declined forms of the same word, with the same meaning.

saw ... what I saw wasbehold ... behold.

presumptuous: the Aramaic word combines the concepts of great and arrogant.
Dn 7:9 ‫חָזֵ֣ה הֲוֵ֗ית עַ֣ד דִּ֤י כָרְסָוָן֙ רְמִ֔יו וְעַתִּ֥יק יוֹמִ֖ין יְתִ֑ב לְבוּשֵׁ֣הּ ׀ כִּתְלַ֣ג חִוָּ֗ר וּשְׂעַ֤ר רֵאשֵׁהּ֙ כַּעֲמַ֣ר נְקֵ֔א כָּרְסְיֵהּ֙ שְׁבִיבִ֣ין דִּי־נ֔וּר גַּלְגִּלּ֖וֹהִי נ֥וּר דָּלִֽק׃‬

I continued seeing

And then the thrones were set up,

And the Ancient of Days sat down.

His clothing was like white snow

And the hair on his head was like pure wool.

His throne was flames of fire,

And its wheels were burning fire.

continued seeing ← was seeing.

and then ← until, but actually until and beyond.
Dn 7:10 ‫נְהַ֣ר דִּי־נ֗וּר נָגֵ֤ד וְנָפֵק֙ מִן־קֳדָמ֔וֹהִי אֶ֤לֶף *אלפים **אַלְפִין֙ יְשַׁמְּשׁוּנֵּ֔הּ וְרִבּ֥וֹ *רבון **רִבְבָ֖ן קָֽדָמ֣וֹהִי יְקוּמ֑וּן דִּינָ֥א יְתִ֖ב וְסִפְרִ֥ין פְּתִֽיחוּ׃‬

A river of fire flowed and issued from him;

A million served him,

And a hundred million arose in his presence.

The court sat, and the books were opened.

million ← thousand thousands, the thousands in the ketiv being Hebrew rather than Aramaic.

hundred million ← ten thousand ten thousands. The ketiv and qeré are similar words with the same meaning.

Rev 5:11.

from him ← from his presence.

served: or, will serve.

arose ← will arise.
Dn 7:11 ‫חָזֵ֣ה הֲוֵ֔ית בֵּאדַ֗יִן מִן־קָל֙ מִלַּיָּ֣א רַבְרְבָתָ֔א דִּ֥י קַרְנָ֖א מְמַלֱּלָ֑ה חָזֵ֣ה הֲוֵ֡ית עַד֩ דִּ֨י קְטִילַ֤ת חֵֽיוְתָא֙ וְהוּבַ֣ד גִּשְׁמַ֔הּ וִיהִיבַ֖ת לִיקֵדַ֥ת אֶשָּֽׁא׃‬ I continued seeing, and then from a voice there came presumptuous words which the horn spoke. I continued seeing and then the animal was killed, and its body was destroyed and consigned to the burning of a fire. Rev 19:20, Rev 20:10, Rev 20:14, Rev 20:15 (allusions).

continued seeing (2x)was seeing.

presumptuous: see Dn 7:8.

and then: see Dn 7:9.

a fire ← the fire.
Dn 7:12 ‫וּשְׁאָר֙ חֵֽיוָתָ֔א הֶעְדִּ֖יו שָׁלְטָנְה֑וֹן וְאַרְכָ֧ה בְחַיִּ֛ין יְהִ֥יבַת לְה֖וֹן עַד־זְמַ֥ן וְעִדָּֽן׃‬ And as for the remaining animals, their rule was taken away, but a prolongation of their life was granted to them for a time and a season. their rule was taken away ← they took their rule away. Avoidance of the passive.
Dn 7:13 ‫חָזֵ֤ה הֲוֵית֙ בְּחֶזְוֵ֣י לֵֽילְיָ֔א וַאֲרוּ֙ עִם־עֲנָנֵ֣י שְׁמַיָּ֔א כְּבַ֥ר אֱנָ֖שׁ אָתֵ֣ה הֲוָ֑ה וְעַד־עַתִּ֤יק יֽוֹמַיָּא֙ מְטָ֔ה וּקְדָמ֖וֹהִי הַקְרְבֽוּהִי׃‬

And I continued seeing in the visions of the night,

And what I saw was,

With clouds of the sky,

One like a son of man coming,

And he went up to the Ancient of Days,

And he was brought near him.

Mt 24:30, Mt 26:64, Mk 13:26, Heb 10:37, Rev 1:7, Rev 1:13, Rev 14:14.

continued seeing ← was seeing.

what I saw wasbehold.

he was brought ← they brought him. Avoidance of the passive.
Dn 7:14 ‫וְלֵ֨הּ יְהִ֤יב שָׁלְטָן֙ וִיקָ֣ר וּמַלְכ֔וּ וְכֹ֣ל עַֽמְמַיָּ֗א אֻמַיָּ֛א וְלִשָּׁנַיָּ֖א לֵ֣הּ יִפְלְח֑וּן שָׁלְטָנֵ֞הּ שָׁלְטָ֤ן עָלַם֙ דִּֽי־לָ֣א יֶעְדֵּ֔ה וּמַלְכוּתֵ֖הּ דִּי־לָ֥א תִתְחַבַּֽל׃ פ‬

And to him rule was given,

And honour, and a kingdom,

And all peoples and nations and languages worshipped him.

His rule was an age-abiding rule

Which would never pass away,

And his kingdom was one

Which will not be destroyed.

languages: see Dn 3:4.

worshipped: or, will worship. Compare Dn 7:10.

his rule was: i.e. in the vision, or, prophetically, his rule (will be).
Dn 7:15 ‫אֶתְכְּרִיַּ֥ת רוּחִ֛י אֲנָ֥ה דָנִיֵּ֖אל בְּג֣וֹא נִדְנֶ֑ה וְחֶזְוֵ֥י רֵאשִׁ֖י יְבַהֲלֻנַּֽנִי׃‬ My spirit was grieved – that of me, Daniel, in my being – and the visions in my head disturbed me. being ← sheath.
Dn 7:16 ‫קִרְבֵ֗ת עַל־חַד֙ מִן־קָ֣אֲמַיָּ֔א וְיַצִּיבָ֥א אֶבְעֵֽא־מִנֵּ֖הּ עַֽל־כָּל־דְּנָ֑ה וַאֲמַר־לִ֕י וּפְשַׁ֥ר מִלַּיָּ֖א יְהוֹדְעִנַּֽנִי׃‬ I approached one of those standing, and I inquired of him the reality of all this, and he told me and he made the interpretation of the words known to me. standing: or, asking.

inquired ← searched.

reality ← steadfastness.

he made ... known: nominal future tense; evidence that the Aramaic verb system is not tense but aspect or perspective based.
Dn 7:17 ‫אִלֵּין֙ חֵיוָתָ֣א רַבְרְבָתָ֔א דִּ֥י אִנִּ֖ין אַרְבַּ֑ע אַרְבְּעָ֥ה מַלְכִ֖ין יְקוּמ֥וּן מִן־אַרְעָֽא׃‬ These large animals, of which there were four, represent four kings who will arise from the earth.
Dn 7:18 ‫וִֽיקַבְּלוּן֙ מַלְכוּתָ֔א קַדִּישֵׁ֖י עֶלְיוֹנִ֑ין וְיַחְסְנ֤וּן מַלְכוּתָא֙ עַֽד־עָ֣לְמָ֔א וְעַ֖ד עָלַ֥ם עָלְמַיָּֽא׃‬ But the holy ones of the Most High will receive the kingdom, and they will possess the kingdom age-abidingly, and throughout the durations of the ages. Most High: not the usual Aramaic expression, but it is used in some of the other occurrences in this chapter.
Dn 7:19 ‫אֱדַ֗יִן צְבִית֙ לְיַצָּבָ֔א עַל־חֵֽיוְתָא֙ רְבִיעָ֣יְתָ֔א דִּֽי־הֲוָ֥ת שָֽׁנְיָ֖ה מִן־*כלהון **כָּלְּהֵ֑ין דְּחִילָ֣ה יַתִּ֗ירָה *שניה **שִׁנַּ֤הּ דִּֽי־פַרְזֶל֙ וְטִפְרַ֣יהּ דִּֽי־נְחָ֔שׁ אָֽכְלָ֣ה מַדֲּקָ֔ה וּשְׁאָרָ֖א בְּרַגְלַ֥יהּ רָֽפְסָֽה׃‬ Then I wished to know precisely about the fourth animal, which was different from all the others, being exceedingly frightful. Its teeth were of iron and its claws were of copper. It devoured and crushed, and trampled on the rest with its feet. Rev 12:3, Rev 13:1, Rev 17:3, Rev 17:7.

all the othersall of them. The ketiv is masculine; the qeré feminine, agreeing with animals.

teeth: see Dn 7:5.
Dn 7:20 ‫וְעַל־קַרְנַיָּ֤א עֲשַׂר֙ דִּ֣י בְרֵאשַׁ֔הּ וְאָחֳרִי֙ דִּ֣י סִלְקַ֔ת *ונפלו **וּנְפַ֥לָה מִן־*קדמיה **קֳדָמַ֖הּ תְּלָ֑ת וְקַרְנָ֨א דִכֵּ֜ן וְעַיְנִ֣ין לַ֗הּ וְפֻם֙ מְמַלִּ֣ל רַבְרְבָ֔ן וְחֶזְוַ֖הּ רַ֥ב מִן־חַבְרָתַֽהּ׃‬ And concerning the ten horns on its head, and the other one which arose, and before which the three fell, now that horn had eyes and a mouth speaking presumptuous words, and whose appearance was more imposing than that of those accompanying it. Rev 12:3, Rev 13:1, Rev 17:3, Rev 17:7, Rev 17:12, Rev 17:16.

before: the ketiv and qeré are different declined forms of the same word, with the same meaning.

fell: the ketiv is masculine; the qeré feminine, agreeing with horns.

presumptuous words: see Dn 7:8.

imposing ← great.

those accompanying it ← its companions.
Dn 7:21 ‫חָזֵ֣ה הֲוֵ֔ית וְקַרְנָ֣א דִכֵּ֔ן עָבְדָ֥ה קְרָ֖ב עִם־קַדִּישִׁ֑ין וְיָכְלָ֖ה לְהֽוֹן׃‬ I continued seeing, and that horn waged a war on the holy ones, and prevailed over them, Rev 11:7, Rev 13:7.

continued seeing ← was seeing.
Dn 7:22 ‫עַ֣ד דִּֽי־אֲתָ֗ה עַתִּיק֙ יֽוֹמַיָּ֔א וְדִינָ֣א יְהִ֔ב לְקַדִּישֵׁ֖י עֶלְיוֹנִ֑ין וְזִמְנָ֣א מְטָ֔ה וּמַלְכוּתָ֖א הֶחֱסִ֥נוּ קַדִּישִֽׁין׃‬ until the Ancient of Days came, and justice was given to the holy ones of the Most High, and the time arrived when the holy ones took possession of the kingdom. when ← and.
Dn 7:23 ‫כֵּן֮ אֲמַר֒ חֵֽיוְתָא֙ רְבִיעָ֣יְתָ֔א מַלְכ֤וּ *רביעיא **רְבִיעָאָה֙ תֶּהֱוֵ֣א בְאַרְעָ֔א דִּ֥י תִשְׁנֵ֖א מִן־כָּל־מַלְכְוָתָ֑א וְתֵאכֻל֙ כָּל־אַרְעָ֔א וּתְדוּשִׁנַּ֖הּ וְתַדְּקִנַּֽהּ׃‬ He said this, ‘The fourth animal will be the fourth kingdom on the earth, which will be different from all the other kingdoms, and it will devour the whole earth and pound it, and crush it. fourth (second occurrence in verse): the ketiv is a variant form of the qeré.

this ← thus.

pound ← thresh. Not the same word as trample in Dn 7:19.
Dn 7:24 ‫וְקַרְנַיָּ֣א עֲשַׂ֔ר מִנַּהּ֙ מַלְכוּתָ֔ה עַשְׂרָ֥ה מַלְכִ֖ין יְקֻמ֑וּן וְאָחֳרָ֞ן יְק֣וּם אַחֲרֵיה֗וֹן וְה֤וּא יִשְׁנֵא֙ מִן־קַדְמָיֵ֔א וּתְלָתָ֥ה מַלְכִ֖ין יְהַשְׁפִּֽל׃‬ And the ten horns which constitute the kingdom represent ten kings who will arise, and another will arise after them, and he will be different from the preceding ones, and he will bring three kings down. which constitute ← (are) of it.
Dn 7:25 ‫וּמִלִּ֗ין לְצַ֤ד *עליא **עִלָּאָה֙ יְמַלִּ֔ל וּלְקַדִּישֵׁ֥י עֶלְיוֹנִ֖ין יְבַלֵּ֑א וְיִסְבַּ֗ר לְהַשְׁנָיָה֙ זִמְנִ֣ין וְדָ֔ת וְיִתְיַהֲב֣וּן בִּידֵ֔הּ עַד־עִדָּ֥ן וְעִדָּנִ֖ין וּפְלַ֥ג עִדָּֽן׃‬ And he will speak words against the Most High, and he will wear out the holy ones of the Most High, and he will contrive to change times and the law. And they will be delivered into his hands until time, times, and half a time have passed. Most High: see Dn 3:26.

Rev 11:2, Rev 11:3, Rev 12:6, Rev 12:14, Rev 13:5. “Time, times, and half a time” stands for 3½ years, which is 42 months or 1260 days. Compare Dn 8:14, Dn 12:7, Dn 12:11, Dn 12:12.

against ← to the side of. Alternatively, (making accusations) to.

wear out: as [FR], [BDB]. [AnLx]= destroy.
Dn 7:26 ‫וְדִינָ֖א יִתִּ֑ב וְשָׁלְטָנֵ֣הּ יְהַעְדּ֔וֹן לְהַשְׁמָדָ֥ה וּלְהוֹבָדָ֖ה עַד־סוֹפָֽא׃‬ And the court sat, and his rule was removed, in destroying and eliminating it until its end. his rule was removed ← they removed his rule. Avoidance of the passive.

in destroying and eliminating: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Dn 7:27 ‫וּמַלְכוּתָ֨ה וְשָׁלְטָנָ֜א וּרְבוּתָ֗א דִּ֚י מַלְכְוָת֙ תְּח֣וֹת כָּל־שְׁמַיָּ֔א יְהִיבַ֕ת לְעַ֖ם קַדִּישֵׁ֣י עֶלְיוֹנִ֑ין מַלְכוּתֵהּ֙ מַלְכ֣וּת עָלַ֔ם וְכֹל֙ שָׁלְטָ֣נַיָּ֔א לֵ֥הּ יִפְלְח֖וּן וְיִֽשְׁתַּמְּעֽוּן׃‬ And the kingdom and the rule and the greatness of the kingdom under all heaven was given to the people – the holy ones of the Most High. His kingdom is an age-abiding kingdom, and all administrative regions will worship him and obey him.’
Dn 7:28 ‫עַד־כָּ֖ה סוֹפָ֣א דִֽי־מִלְּתָ֑א אֲנָ֨ה דָֽנִיֵּ֜אל שַׂגִּ֣יא ׀ רַעְיוֹנַ֣י יְבַהֲלֻנַּ֗נִי וְזִיוַי֙ יִשְׁתַּנּ֣וֹן עֲלַ֔י וּמִלְּתָ֖א בְּלִבִּ֥י נִטְרֵֽת׃ פ‬ That is it up to the end of the matter. As for me, Daniel, my thoughts disturbed me very much, and my radiance changed. But I kept the matter in my heart.” that is it up to ← up to here.

changed ← changed on me. Compare Dn 5:9.
Dn 8:1 ‫בִּשְׁנַ֣ת שָׁל֔וֹשׁ לְמַלְכ֖וּת בֵּלְאשַׁצַּ֣ר הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ חָז֞וֹן נִרְאָ֤ה אֵלַי֙ אֲנִ֣י דָנִיֵּ֔אל אַחֲרֵ֛י הַנִּרְאָ֥ה אֵלַ֖י בַּתְּחִלָּֽה׃‬ In the third year of the reign of Belshazzar the king, a vision appeared to me – to me Daniel – after what had appeared to me at first,
Dn 8:2 ‫וָֽאֶרְאֶה֮ בֶּחָזוֹן֒ וַיְהִי֙ בִּרְאֹתִ֔י וַאֲנִי֙ בְּשׁוּשַׁ֣ן הַבִּירָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּעֵילָ֣ם הַמְּדִינָ֑ה וָאֶרְאֶה֙ בֶּֽחָז֔וֹן וַאֲנִ֥י הָיִ֖יתִי עַל־אוּבַ֥ל אוּלָֽי׃‬ and I saw in the vision, and it came to pass as I saw, that I was at the citadel of Shushan, which is in the province of Elam. Then I saw in the vision that I was at the Ulai Canal. that I was ← and I was. Wider use of the vav.
Dn 8:3 ‫וָאֶשָּׂ֤א עֵינַי֙ וָאֶרְאֶ֔ה וְהִנֵּ֣ה ׀ אַ֣יִל אֶחָ֗ד עֹמֵ֛ד לִפְנֵ֥י הָאֻבָ֖ל וְל֣וֹ קְרָנָ֑יִם וְהַקְּרָנַ֣יִם גְּבֹה֗וֹת וְהָאַחַת֙ גְּבֹהָ֣ה מִן־הַשֵּׁנִ֔ית וְהַ֨גְּבֹהָ֔ה עֹלָ֖ה בָּאַחֲרֹנָֽה׃‬ And I lifted up my eyes and looked, and there was a ram standing before the canal, and it had two horns, and the two horns were high, but one was higher than the other, and the higher one arose later. there wasbehold.

a ram ← one ram.

two (2x): from the dual ending.

other ← second.
Dn 8:4 ‫רָאִ֣יתִי אֶת־הָאַ֡יִל מְנַגֵּחַ֩ יָ֨מָּה וְצָפ֜וֹנָה וָנֶ֗גְבָּה וְכָל־חַיּוֹת֙ לֹֽא־יַֽעַמְד֣וּ לְפָנָ֔יו וְאֵ֥ין מַצִּ֖יל מִיָּד֑וֹ וְעָשָׂ֥ה כִרְצֹנ֖וֹ וְהִגְדִּֽיל׃‬ I saw the ram butting westwards and northwards and southwards, and no animal could stand against it, and there was no-one who delivered anyone from its grip, and it did as it wished, and it became great. no ← not every.

against ← before.

grip ← hand.

as it wished ← as its will.
Dn 8:5 ‫וַאֲנִ֣י ׀ הָיִ֣יתִי מֵבִ֗ין וְהִנֵּ֤ה צְפִיר־הָֽעִזִּים֙ בָּ֤א מִן־הַֽמַּעֲרָב֙ עַל־פְּנֵ֣י כָל־הָאָ֔רֶץ וְאֵ֥ין נוֹגֵ֖עַ בָּאָ֑רֶץ וְהַ֨צָּפִ֔יר קֶ֥רֶן חָז֖וּת בֵּ֥ין עֵינָֽיו׃‬ And as I was contemplating this, what I saw was a goat buck come from the west over the expanse of the whole land, not touching the ground, and the goat buck had a conspicuous horn between its eyes. what I saw wasbehold.

expanse ← face, surface.

touching: or, striking.

land: or, earth.

ground: or, earth, or land.
Dn 8:6 ‫וַיָּבֹ֗א עַד־הָאַ֙יִל֙ בַּ֣עַל הַקְּרָנַ֔יִם אֲשֶׁ֣ר רָאִ֔יתִי עֹמֵ֖ד לִפְנֵ֣י הָאֻבָ֑ל וַיָּ֥רָץ אֵלָ֖יו בַּחֲמַ֥ת כֹּחֽוֹ׃‬ And it came to the ram which had the two horns, which I saw standing at the canal, and it ran to it in its intense fury. two: see Dn 8:3.

at the canal ← before the canal.

its intense fury ← in the fury of its power, a Hebraic genitive.
Dn 8:7 ‫וּרְאִיתִ֞יו מַגִּ֣יעַ ׀ אֵ֣צֶל הָאַ֗יִל וַיִּתְמַרְמַ֤ר אֵלָיו֙ וַיַּ֣ךְ אֶת־הָאַ֔יִל וַיְשַׁבֵּר֙ אֶת־שְׁתֵּ֣י קְרָנָ֔יו וְלֹא־הָ֥יָה כֹ֛חַ בָּאַ֖יִל לַעֲמֹ֣ד לְפָנָ֑יו וַיַּשְׁלִיכֵ֤הוּ אַ֙רְצָה֙ וַֽיִּרְמְסֵ֔הוּ וְלֹא־הָיָ֥ה מַצִּ֛יל לָאַ֖יִל מִיָּדֽוֹ׃‬ And I saw it come up to the ram, and it acted ferociously against it, and it struck the ram, and shattered its two horns, and there was no strength in the ram to stand against it. And it cast the ram down onto the ground and trampled on it, and there was no-one who delivered the ram from his hand. the ramit.
Dn 8:8 ‫וּצְפִ֥יר הָעִזִּ֖ים הִגְדִּ֣יל עַד־מְאֹ֑ד וּכְעָצְמ֗וֹ נִשְׁבְּרָה֙ הַקֶּ֣רֶן הַגְּדוֹלָ֔ה וַֽתַּעֲלֶ֜נָה חָז֤וּת אַרְבַּע֙ תַּחְתֶּ֔יהָ לְאַרְבַּ֖ע רוּח֥וֹת הַשָּׁמָֽיִם׃‬ And the goat buck became very great, but just as it was displaying strength, the large horn broke, and four others arose conspicuously, facing the four winds of heaven. it was displaying strength ← as its strength.

winds of heaven: i.e. quarters of the compass.
Dn 8:9 ‫וּמִן־הָאַחַ֣ת מֵהֶ֔ם יָצָ֥א קֶֽרֶן־אַחַ֖ת מִצְּעִירָ֑ה וַתִּגְדַּל־יֶ֛תֶר אֶל־הַנֶּ֥גֶב וְאֶל־הַמִּזְרָ֖ח וְאֶל־הַצֶּֽבִי׃‬ And from one of them a very small horn came out, but it became exceedingly great southwards and eastwards and towards the Splendid Land. a ... horn ← one horn.

Splendid Landsplendour; gazelle. In Dn 11:16 and Dn 11:41 the word land is explicit.
Dn 8:10 ‫וַתִּגְדַּ֖ל עַד־צְבָ֣א הַשָּׁמָ֑יִם וַתַּפֵּ֥ל אַ֛רְצָה מִן־הַצָּבָ֥א וּמִן־הַכּוֹכָבִ֖ים וַֽתִּרְמְסֵֽם׃‬ And it became great – as great as the host of the sky – and it brought some of the host and some of the stars down to earth and trampled on them. as great as ← up to.

sky: or, heaven.

them: i.e. the people symbolized by them, as [CB].
Dn 8:11 ‫וְעַ֥ד שַֽׂר־הַצָּבָ֖א הִגְדִּ֑יל וּמִמֶּ֙נּוּ֙ *הרים **הוּרַ֣ם הַתָּמִ֔יד וְהֻשְׁלַ֖ךְ מְכ֥וֹן מִקְדָּשֽׁוֹ׃‬ And it magnified itself to the heights of the prince of the host, and {Q: the perpetual sacrifice was removed} [K: it removed the perpetual sacrifice] from him, and the place of his sanctuary was overthrown, to the heights of ← up to.
Dn 8:12 ‫וְצָבָ֛א תִּנָּתֵ֥ן עַל־הַתָּמִ֖יד בְּפָ֑שַׁע וְתַשְׁלֵ֤ךְ אֱמֶת֙ אַ֔רְצָה וְעָשְׂתָ֖ה וְהִצְלִֽיחָה׃‬ so that an army could be stationed at the place of the perpetual sacrifice in transgression, and truth could be cast to the ground. And it did this and prospered.
Dn 8:13 ‫וָאֶשְׁמְעָ֥ה אֶֽחָד־קָד֖וֹשׁ מְדַבֵּ֑ר וַיֹּאמֶר֩ אֶחָ֨ד קָד֜וֹשׁ לַפַּֽלְמוֹנִ֣י הַֽמְדַבֵּ֗ר עַד־מָתַ֞י הֶחָז֤וֹן הַתָּמִיד֙ וְהַפֶּ֣שַׁע שֹׁמֵ֔ם תֵּ֛ת וְקֹ֥דֶשׁ וְצָבָ֖א מִרְמָֽס׃‬ And I heard a holy one speak, and a holy one said to the particular one speaking, “How long is the vision of the perpetual sacrifice and the devastating transgression – the delivering up of both the holy place and the host to being trampled on?” a holy one (2x)one holy (one).

particular onesuch a one; an anonymous person.

how long ← up to when.

vision of the perpetual sacrificeperpetual vision.
Dn 8:14 ‫וַיֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלַ֔י עַ֚ד עֶ֣רֶב בֹּ֔קֶר אַלְפַּ֖יִם וּשְׁלֹ֣שׁ מֵא֑וֹת וְנִצְדַּ֖ק קֹֽדֶשׁ׃‬ And he said to me, “Until two thousand three hundred evenings and mornings. Then the sanctuary will be purified.” evenings and mornings ← evening, morning, i.e. full days.

purified: or, justified.
Dn 8:15 ‫וַיְהִ֗י בִּרְאֹתִ֛י אֲנִ֥י דָנִיֵּ֖אל אֶת־הֶחָז֑וֹן וָאֲבַקְשָׁ֣ה בִינָ֔ה וְהִנֵּ֛ה עֹמֵ֥ד לְנֶגְדִּ֖י כְּמַרְאֵה־גָֽבֶר׃‬ And it came to pass as I, Daniel, saw the vision, that I sought understanding. And what I saw was that there stood before me an apparition of a man. what I saw was that ← behold.

an apparition of a man ← as the appearance of a man.
Dn 8:16 ‫וָאֶשְׁמַ֥ע קוֹל־אָדָ֖ם בֵּ֣ין אוּלָ֑י וַיִּקְרָא֙ וַיֹּאמַ֔ר גַּבְרִיאֵ֕ל הָבֵ֥ן לְהַלָּ֖ז אֶת־הַמַּרְאֶֽה׃‬ And I heard the voice of a man in the middle of the Ulai, and he called out and said, “Gabriel, explain the vision to this man.”
Dn 8:17 ‫וַיָּבֹא֙ אֵ֣צֶל עָמְדִ֔י וּבְבֹא֣וֹ נִבְעַ֔תִּי וָאֶפְּלָ֖ה עַל־פָּנָ֑י וַיֹּ֤אמֶר אֵלַי֙ הָבֵ֣ן בֶּן־אָדָ֔ם כִּ֖י לְעֶת־קֵ֥ץ הֶחָזֽוֹן׃‬ And he came to my station, and as he came, I was terrified and I fell face down. But he said to me, “Understand, son of Adam, that the vision is for the end time.” station ← standing place.

face down ← on my face.
Dn 8:18 ‫וּבְדַבְּר֣וֹ עִמִּ֔י נִרְדַּ֥מְתִּי עַל־פָּנַ֖י אָ֑רְצָה וַיִּ֨גַּע־בִּ֔י וַיַּֽעֲמִידֵ֖נִי עַל־עָמְדִֽי׃‬ And as he spoke to me, I slumped down to the ground face down, and he touched me, and he stood me up at my station. station: see Dn 8:17.
Dn 8:19 ‫וַיֹּ֙אמֶר֙ הִנְנִ֣י מוֹדִֽיעֲךָ֔ אֵ֥ת אֲשֶׁר־יִהְיֶ֖ה בְּאַחֲרִ֣ית הַזָּ֑עַם כִּ֖י לְמוֹעֵ֥ד קֵֽץ׃‬ And he said, “I am here making known to you what will take place at the end of the indignation, for it is for the end time period. I am here ← behold me.

take place ← come; become.
Dn 8:20 ‫הָאַ֥יִל אֲשֶׁר־רָאִ֖יתָ בַּ֣עַל הַקְּרָנָ֑יִם מַלְכֵ֖י מָדַ֥י וּפָרָֽס׃‬ The ram which you saw, having two horns, represents the kings of Media and Persia.
Dn 8:21 ‫וְהַצָּפִ֥יר הַשָּׂעִ֖יר מֶ֣לֶךְ יָוָ֑ן וְהַקֶּ֤רֶן הַגְּדוֹלָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בֵּין־עֵינָ֔יו ה֖וּא הַמֶּ֥לֶךְ הָרִאשֽׁוֹן׃‬ And the hairy goat represents the king of Greece, and the large horn which is between its eyes is the first king.
Dn 8:22 ‫וְהַ֨נִּשְׁבֶּ֔רֶת וַתַּֽעֲמֹ֥דְנָה אַרְבַּ֖ע תַּחְתֶּ֑יהָ אַרְבַּ֧ע מַלְכֻי֛וֹת מִגּ֥וֹי יַעֲמֹ֖דְנָה וְלֹ֥א בְכֹחֽוֹ׃‬ And as for the horn which was broken, when four stood in its place, these are four kingdoms out of a people which will stand up, but not in its own strength.
Dn 8:23 ‫וּֽבְאַחֲרִית֙ מַלְכוּתָ֔ם כְּהָתֵ֖ם הַפֹּשְׁעִ֑ים יַעֲמֹ֛ד מֶ֥לֶךְ עַז־פָּנִ֖ים וּמֵבִ֥ין חִידֽוֹת׃‬ And at the end of their kingdom, when transgressors reach their conclusion, a king of fierce appearance, and shrewd in dealing with problems, will stand up. kingdom: or, reign.

reach their conclusion ← complete.

shrewd in dealing with problems ← understanding riddles.
Dn 8:24 ‫וְעָצַ֤ם כֹּחוֹ֙ וְלֹ֣א בְכֹח֔וֹ וְנִפְלָא֥וֹת יַשְׁחִ֖ית וְהִצְלִ֣יחַ וְעָשָׂ֑ה וְהִשְׁחִ֥ית עֲצוּמִ֖ים וְעַם־קְדֹשִֽׁים׃‬ And his power will be mighty, but it will not be in his own power, and he will spoil in an astounding way, and he will prosper and be active, and he will spoil mighty people including the holy people. the holy people ← the people of the holy (ones).

including ← and. Wider use of the vav.
Dn 8:25 ‫וְעַל־שִׂכְל֗וֹ וְהִצְלִ֤יחַ מִרְמָה֙ בְּיָד֔וֹ וּבִלְבָב֣וֹ יַגְדִּ֔יל וּבְשַׁלְוָ֖ה יַשְׁחִ֣ית רַבִּ֑ים וְעַ֤ל־שַׂר־שָׂרִים֙ יַעֲמֹ֔ד וּבְאֶ֥פֶס יָ֖ד יִשָּׁבֵֽר׃‬ And through his expertise he will prosper, with deceit under his control, and in his heart he will magnify himself, and in calmness he will spoil many, and he will take a stand against the prince of princes. Then without human power he will be broken. under his control ← in his hand.

take a stand ← stand.

human power ← a hand. Compare Dn 2:34, Col 2:11.
Dn 8:26 ‫וּמַרְאֵ֨ה הָעֶ֧רֶב וְהַבֹּ֛קֶר אֲשֶׁ֥ר נֶאֱמַ֖ר אֱמֶ֣ת ה֑וּא וְאַתָּה֙ סְתֹ֣ם הֶֽחָז֔וֹן כִּ֖י לְיָמִ֥ים רַבִּֽים׃‬ Now the vision of the evening and the morning which was declared is true, but you close the vision, for it is for many days from now.” Rev 10:4, Rev 22:10.

from now: or, less probably in duration.
Dn 8:27 ‫וַאֲנִ֣י דָנִיֵּ֗אל נִהְיֵ֤יתִי וְנֶֽחֱלֵ֙יתִי֙ יָמִ֔ים וָאָק֕וּם וָאֶֽעֱשֶׂ֖ה אֶת־מְלֶ֣אכֶת הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ וָאֶשְׁתּוֹמֵ֥ם עַל־הַמַּרְאֶ֖ה וְאֵ֥ין מֵבִֽין׃ פ‬ And I Daniel became ill for a number of days. Then I arose and did the king's work, but I was astounded at the vision and there was no-one who understood it. became ill ← became and was ill.
Dn 9:1 ‫בִּשְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת לְדָרְיָ֛וֶשׁ בֶּן־אֲחַשְׁוֵר֖וֹשׁ מִזֶּ֣רַע מָדָ֑י אֲשֶׁ֣ר הָמְלַ֔ךְ עַ֖ל מַלְכ֥וּת כַּשְׂדִּֽים׃‬ In the first year of Darius the son of Ahasuerus, of Median seed, who had been made king over the kingdom of the Chaldeans,
Dn 9:2 ‫בִּשְׁנַ֤ת אַחַת֙ לְמָלְכ֔וֹ אֲנִי֙ דָּֽנִיֵּ֔אל בִּינֹ֖תִי בַּסְּפָרִ֑ים מִסְפַּ֣ר הַשָּׁנִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר הָיָ֤ה דְבַר־יְהוָה֙ אֶל־יִרְמִיָ֣ה הַנָּבִ֔יא לְמַלֹּ֛אות לְחָרְב֥וֹת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם שִׁבְעִ֥ים שָׁנָֽה׃‬ in the first year of his reign, I Daniel – because the word of the Lord had come to Jeremiah the prophet – came to understand through books the number of years to fulfil the desolations of Jerusalem: seventy years. had come ← had become.
Dn 9:3 ‫וָאֶתְּנָ֣ה אֶת־פָּנַ֗י אֶל־אֲדֹנָי֙ הָֽאֱלֹהִ֔ים לְבַקֵּ֥שׁ תְּפִלָּ֖ה וְתַחֲנוּנִ֑ים בְּצ֖וֹם וְשַׂ֥ק וָאֵֽפֶר׃‬ And I turned my attention to the Lord* God, in seeking intercession and making supplications, with fasting and sackcloth and ashes. Lord*: a change by the Sopherim from יהוה, Yhwh, to אֲדֹנָי, Adonai. See Gn 18:3 and [CB, App. 32].

turned my attention ← gave my face.

in seeking: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Dn 9:4 ‫וָֽאֶתְפַּֽלְלָ֛ה לַיהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהַ֖י וָאֶתְוַדֶּ֑ה וָאֹֽמְרָ֗ה אָנָּ֤א אֲדֹנָי֙ הָאֵ֤ל הַגָּדוֹל֙ וְהַנּוֹרָ֔א שֹׁמֵ֤ר הַבְּרִית֙ וְֽהַחֶ֔סֶד לְאֹהֲבָ֖יו וּלְשֹׁמְרֵ֥י מִצְוֺתָֽיו׃‬ And I prayed to the Lord my God, and confessed and said, “Please, Lord*, O great and awesome God, who keeps the covenant, and shows kindness to those who love him and keep his commandments, Lord*: a change by the Sopherim from יהוה, Yhwh, to אֲדֹנָי, Adonai. See Gn 18:3 and [CB, App. 32].

him: the Hebrew addresses God in the third person, which we retain in translation, whence also who keeps.
Dn 9:5 ‫חָטָ֥אנוּ וְעָוִ֖ינוּ *והרשענו **הִרְשַׁ֣עְנוּ וּמָרָ֑דְנוּ וְס֥וֹר מִמִּצְוֺתֶ֖ךָ וּמִמִּשְׁפָּטֶֽיךָ׃‬ we have sinned and been iniquitous, {Q: we have} [K: and we have] acted wickedly and rebelled, and departed from your commandments and your pronouncements, pronouncements: or, judgments.
Dn 9:6 ‫וְלֹ֤א שָׁמַ֙עְנוּ֙ אֶל־עֲבָדֶ֣יךָ הַנְּבִיאִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֤ר דִּבְּרוּ֙ בְּשִׁמְךָ֔ אֶל־מְלָכֵ֥ינוּ שָׂרֵ֖ינוּ וַאֲבֹתֵ֑ינוּ וְאֶ֖ל כָּל־עַ֥ם הָאָֽרֶץ׃‬ and we did not heed your servants the prophets, who spoke in your name to our kings, our high-ranking officials, and our fathers, and to all the people of the land.
Dn 9:7 ‫לְךָ֤ אֲדֹנָי֙ הַצְּדָקָ֔ה וְלָ֛נוּ בֹּ֥שֶׁת הַפָּנִ֖ים כַּיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֑ה לְאִ֤ישׁ יְהוּדָה֙ וּלְיוֹשְׁבֵ֣י יְרֽוּשָׁלִַ֔ם וּֽלְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֞ל הַקְּרֹבִ֣ים וְהָרְחֹקִ֗ים בְּכָל־הָֽאֲרָצוֹת֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הִדַּחְתָּ֣ם שָׁ֔ם בְּמַעֲלָ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר מָֽעֲלוּ־בָֽךְ׃‬ Yours O Lord* is justice, and ours is shamefacedness on this day – on the men of Judah and on the inhabitants of Jerusalem, and on all Israel, those near and those far away in all the lands to which you have driven them out – because of their perverseness with which they have acted perversely with you. Lord*: a change by the Sopherim from יהוה, Yhwh, to אֲדֹנָי, Adonai. See Gn 18:3 and [CB, App. 32].

on this day ← as this day, but see כְּ in [AnLx].

men of Judah ← man of Judah.
Dn 9:8 ‫יְהוָ֗ה לָ֚נוּ בֹּ֣שֶׁת הַפָּנִ֔ים לִמְלָכֵ֥ינוּ לְשָׂרֵ֖ינוּ וְלַאֲבֹתֵ֑ינוּ אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָטָ֖אנוּ לָֽךְ׃‬ O Lord, ours is shame to our faces, to our kings, to our high-ranking officials and to our fathers, because we have sinned against you.
Dn 9:9 ‫לַֽאדֹנָ֣י אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ הָרַחֲמִ֖ים וְהַסְּלִח֑וֹת כִּ֥י מָרַ֖דְנוּ בּֽוֹ׃‬ Mercy and forgiveness are of the Lord* our God, yet we have rebelled against him. Lord*: a change by the Sopherim from יהוה, Yhwh, to אֲדֹנָי, Adonai. See Gn 18:3 and [CB, App. 32].
Dn 9:10 ‫וְלֹ֣א שָׁמַ֔עְנוּ בְּק֖וֹל יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֑ינוּ לָלֶ֤כֶת בְּתֽוֹרֹתָיו֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר נָתַ֣ן לְפָנֵ֔ינוּ בְּיַ֖ד עֲבָדָ֥יו הַנְּבִיאִֽים׃‬ And we have not obeyed the Lord our God by walking in his laws which he has set before us, through the intermediacy of his servants the prophets. obeyed ← heard the voice of.

by walking: gerundial use of the infinitive.

intermediacy ← hand.
Dn 9:11 ‫וְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל עָֽבְרוּ֙ אֶת־תּ֣וֹרָתֶ֔ךָ וְס֕וֹר לְבִלְתִּ֖י שְׁמ֣וֹעַ בְּקֹלֶ֑ךָ וַתִּתַּ֨ךְ עָלֵ֜ינוּ הָאָלָ֣ה וְהַשְּׁבֻעָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר כְּתוּבָה֙ בְּתוֹרַת֙ מֹשֶׁ֣ה עֶֽבֶד־הָֽאֱלֹהִ֔ים כִּ֥י חָטָ֖אנוּ לֽוֹ׃‬ And all Israel has transgressed your law, and turned aside in not obeying you, and you have laid on us the curse and the oath which are written in the law of Moses, the servant of God, for we have sinned against him. in not obeying ← not to hear the voice of. Gerundial use of the infinitive.

are written ← (is) written.

him: i.e. God.
Dn 9:12 ‫וַיָּ֜קֶם אֶת־*דבריו **דְּבָר֣וֹ ׀ אֲשֶׁר־דִּבֶּ֣ר עָלֵ֗ינוּ וְעַ֤ל שֹֽׁפְטֵ֙ינוּ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר שְׁפָט֔וּנוּ לְהָבִ֥יא עָלֵ֖ינוּ רָעָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹֽא־נֶעֶשְׂתָ֗ה תַּ֚חַת כָּל־הַשָּׁמַ֔יִם כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר נֶעֶשְׂתָ֖ה בִּירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃‬ And he has fulfilled his {K: words} [Q: word] which he spoke against us and against our judges who judged us, by bringing a great calamity on us, which has not been done under all of heaven as it has been done in Jerusalem. fulfilled ← established.

by bringing: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Dn 9:13 ‫כַּאֲשֶׁ֤ר כָּתוּב֙ בְּתוֹרַ֣ת מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֵ֛ת כָּל־הָרָעָ֥ה הַזֹּ֖את בָּ֣אָה עָלֵ֑ינוּ וְלֹֽא־חִלִּ֜ינוּ אֶת־פְּנֵ֣י ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֗ינוּ לָשׁוּב֙ מֵֽעֲוֺנֵ֔נוּ וּלְהַשְׂכִּ֖יל בַּאֲמִתֶּֽךָ׃‬ As it is written in the law of Moses, all this calamity has come upon us, and we have not pleaded with the Lord our God, by turning away from our iniquities and acting prudently in your truth. pleaded with ← appeased the face of.

by turning away ... acting prudently: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Dn 9:14 ‫וַיִּשְׁקֹ֤ד יְהוָה֙ עַל־הָ֣רָעָ֔ה וַיְבִיאֶ֖הָ עָלֵ֑ינוּ כִּֽי־צַדִּ֞יק יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֗ינוּ עַל־כָּל־מַֽעֲשָׂיו֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשָׂ֔ה וְלֹ֥א שָׁמַ֖עְנוּ בְּקֹלֽוֹ׃‬ And the Lord watched over the calamity, and brought it on us, for the Lord our God is righteous in all his dealings which he does, but we did not obey him. obey him ← hear his voice.
Dn 9:15 ‫וְעַתָּ֣ה ׀ אֲדֹנָ֣י אֱלֹהֵ֗ינוּ אֲשֶׁר֩ הוֹצֵ֨אתָ אֶֽת־עַמְּךָ֜ מֵאֶ֤רֶץ מִצְרַ֙יִם֙ בְּיָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה וַתַּֽעַשׂ־לְךָ֥ שֵׁ֖ם כַּיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֑ה חָטָ֖אנוּ רָשָֽׁעְנוּ׃‬ And now, O Lord* our God, who brought your people out of the land of Egypt with a strong hand, and acquired fame for yourself as on this day, with us having sinned and acted wickedly, Lord*: a change by the Sopherim from יהוה, Yhwh, to אֲדֹנָי, Adonai. See Gn 18:3 and [CB, App. 32].
Dn 9:16 ‫אֲדֹנָ֗י כְּכָל־צִדְקֹתֶ֙ךָ֙ יָֽשָׁב־נָ֤א אַפְּךָ֙ וַחֲמָ֣תְךָ֔ מֵעִֽירְךָ֥ יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם הַר־קָדְשֶׁ֑ךָ כִּ֤י בַחֲטָאֵ֙ינוּ֙ וּבַעֲוֺנ֣וֹת אֲבֹתֵ֔ינוּ יְרוּשָׁלִַ֧ם וְעַמְּךָ֛ לְחֶרְפָּ֖ה לְכָל־סְבִיבֹתֵֽינוּ׃‬ O Lord*, according to all your righteousness, do let your anger and your fury turn away from your city, Jerusalem, your holy mountain, for it is because of our sins and because of the iniquities of our fathers that Jerusalem and your people are a reproach to all those around us. Lord*: a change by the Sopherim from יהוה, Yhwh, to אֲדֹנָי, Adonai. See Gn 18:3 and [CB, App. 32].

righteousness ← righteousnesses as pointed by MT, but the consonantal text could read righteousness.

holy mountain ← mountain of holiness, a Hebraic genitive.
Dn 9:17 ‫וְעַתָּ֣ה ׀ שְׁמַ֣ע אֱלֹהֵ֗ינוּ אֶל־תְּפִלַּ֤ת עַבְדְּךָ֙ וְאֶל־תַּ֣חֲנוּנָ֔יו וְהָאֵ֣ר פָּנֶ֔יךָ עַל־מִקְדָּשְׁךָ֖ הַשָּׁמֵ֑ם לְמַ֖עַן אֲדֹנָֽי׃‬ So now, hear, O God of ours, the prayer of your servant and his supplications, and be propitious to your sanctuary, which is desolate, for the sake of the Lord*. Lord*: a change by the Sopherim from יהוה, Yhwh, to אֲדֹנָי, Adonai. See Gn 18:3 and [CB, App. 32].

be propitious to ← shine your face on.
Dn 9:18 ‫הַטֵּ֨ה אֱלֹהַ֥י ׀ אָזְנְךָ֮ וּֽשֲׁמָע֒ *פקחה **פְּקַ֣ח עֵינֶ֗יךָ וּרְאֵה֙ שֹֽׁמְמֹתֵ֔ינוּ וְהָעִ֕יר אֲשֶׁר־נִקְרָ֥א שִׁמְךָ֖ עָלֶ֑יהָ כִּ֣י ׀ לֹ֣א עַל־צִדְקֹתֵ֗ינוּ אֲנַ֨חְנוּ מַפִּילִ֤ים תַּחֲנוּנֵ֙ינוּ֙ לְפָנֶ֔יךָ כִּ֖י עַל־רַחֲמֶ֥יךָ הָרַבִּֽים׃‬ O God of mine, incline your ear and hear, open your eyes and see our desolate conditions and the city over which your name is called, for it is not on account of our righteousness that we lay our supplications before you, but on account of your many mercies. open: the ketiv is a less abrupt form of the qeré.

righteousness: see Dn 9:16.
Dn 9:19 ‫אֲדֹנָ֤י ׀ שְׁמָ֙עָה֙ אֲדֹנָ֣י ׀ סְלָ֔חָה אֲדֹנָ֛י הַֽקֲשִׁ֥יבָה וַעֲשֵׂ֖ה אַל־תְּאַחַ֑ר לְמַֽעֲנְךָ֣ אֱלֹהַ֔י כִּֽי־שִׁמְךָ֣ נִקְרָ֔א עַל־עִירְךָ֖ וְעַל־עַמֶּֽךָ׃‬ O Lord*, do hear, O Lord*, do forgive, O Lord*, do listen and act. Do not delay, for your sake, O God of mine, for your name is called upon over your city and over your people.” Lord* (3x): a change by the Sopherim from יהוה, Yhwh, to אֲדֹנָי, Adonai. See Gn 18:3 and [CB, App. 32].
Dn 9:20 ‫וְע֨וֹד אֲנִ֤י מְדַבֵּר֙ וּמִתְפַּלֵּ֔ל וּמִתְוַדֶּה֙ חַטָּאתִ֔י וְחַטַּ֖את עַמִּ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וּמַפִּ֣יל תְּחִנָּתִ֗י לִפְנֵי֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהַ֔י עַ֖ל הַר־קֹ֥דֶשׁ אֱלֹהָֽי׃‬ And as I was still speaking and praying and confessing my sin and the sin of my people Israel, and laying my supplication before the Lord my God on the holy mountain of my God, holy mountain ← mountain of holiness, a Hebraic genitive.
Dn 9:21 ‫וְע֛וֹד אֲנִ֥י מְדַבֵּ֖ר בַּתְּפִלָּ֑ה וְהָאִ֣ישׁ גַּבְרִיאֵ֡ל אֲשֶׁר֩ רָאִ֨יתִי בֶחָז֤וֹן בַּתְּחִלָּה֙ מֻעָ֣ף בִּיעָ֔ף נֹגֵ֣עַ אֵלַ֔י כְּעֵ֖ת מִנְחַת־עָֽרֶב׃‬ indeed while I was still speaking in prayer, the man Gabriel, whom I had seen in the vision at first, being propelled into a rapid flight, touched me, at about the time of the evening meal-offering, propelled ← made to fly.
Dn 9:22 ‫וַיָּ֖בֶן וַיְדַבֵּ֣ר עִמִּ֑י וַיֹּאמַ֕ר דָּנִיֵּ֕אל עַתָּ֥ה יָצָ֖אתִי לְהַשְׂכִּילְךָ֥ בִינָֽה׃‬ and he explained and spoke with me and said, “Daniel, I have come out now to impart understanding to you. to impart understanding to you ← to make you insightful (in) understanding.
Dn 9:23 ‫בִּתְחִלַּ֨ת תַּחֲנוּנֶ֜יךָ יָצָ֣א דָבָ֗ר וַאֲנִי֙ בָּ֣אתִי לְהַגִּ֔יד כִּ֥י חֲמוּד֖וֹת אָ֑תָּה וּבִין֙ בַּדָּבָ֔ר וְהָבֵ֖ן בַּמַּרְאֶֽה׃‬ At the start of your supplications, a pronouncement went out, and I have come to report that you are greatly loved. So understand the matter and discern the vision. pronouncement ← word.
Dn 9:24 ‫שָׁבֻעִ֨ים שִׁבְעִ֜ים נֶחְתַּ֥ךְ עַֽל־עַמְּךָ֣ ׀ וְעַל־עִ֣יר קָדְשֶׁ֗ךָ לְכַלֵּ֨א הַפֶּ֜שַׁע *ולחתם **וּלְהָתֵ֤ם *חטאות **חַטָּאת֙ וּלְכַפֵּ֣ר עָוֺ֔ן וּלְהָבִ֖יא צֶ֣דֶק עֹֽלָמִ֑ים וְלַחְתֹּם֙ חָז֣וֹן וְנָבִ֔יא וְלִמְשֹׁ֖חַ קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִֽׁים׃‬ Seventy year-weeks have been determined concerning your people and concerning your holy city, to put an end to transgression and to {K: seal up} [Q: cause] {K: sins} [Q: the sin] {K: - } [Q: to cease], and to atone for iniquity, and to bring in age-abiding righteousness, and to seal the vision and prophet, and to anoint the holy of holies. The first ketiv and qeré hinge on a letter being a or a heth.

year-weeks: i.e. periods of seven years.

to put an end to: taking the root as כלה. Alternatively, taking the root as כלא, to confine.
Dn 9:25 ‫וְתֵדַ֨ע וְתַשְׂכֵּ֜ל מִן־מֹצָ֣א דָבָ֗ר לְהָשִׁיב֙ וְלִבְנ֤וֹת יְרֽוּשָׁלִַ֙ם֙ עַד־מָשִׁ֣יחַ נָגִ֔יד שָׁבֻעִ֖ים שִׁבְעָ֑ה וְשָׁבֻעִ֞ים שִׁשִּׁ֣ים וּשְׁנַ֗יִם תָּשׁוּב֙ וְנִבְנְתָה֙ רְח֣וֹב וְחָר֔וּץ וּבְצ֖וֹק הָעִתִּֽים׃‬ And know and understand that from the issuing of the order to restore and rebuild Jerusalem up to messiah the leader, there are seven year-weeks and sixty-two year-weeks, and street and ditch will be built again, but in distressful times. know and understand ← you will know and understand, (future used for imperative).

order ← word.

rebuild ← build.

year-weeks (2x): see Dn 9:24.

distressful times ← distress of the times.
Dn 9:26 ‫וְאַחֲרֵ֤י הַשָּׁבֻעִים֙ שִׁשִּׁ֣ים וּשְׁנַ֔יִם יִכָּרֵ֥ת מָשִׁ֖יחַ וְאֵ֣ין ל֑וֹ וְהָעִ֨יר וְהַקֹּ֜דֶשׁ יַ֠שְׁחִית עַ֣ם נָגִ֤יד הַבָּא֙ וְקִצּ֣וֹ בַשֶּׁ֔טֶף וְעַד֙ קֵ֣ץ מִלְחָמָ֔ה נֶחֱרֶ֖צֶת שֹׁמֵמֽוֹת׃‬ And after the sixty-two year-weeks, messiah will be cut off, but not for himself, and the people of the coming leader will spoil the city and the sanctuary, and his end will be with a flood. And until the end of the war, desolations are determined. year-weeks: see Dn 9:24.

but not for himself: or, and he (will have) nothing.
Dn 9:27 ‫וְהִגְבִּ֥יר בְּרִ֛ית לָרַבִּ֖ים שָׁב֣וּעַ אֶחָ֑ד וַחֲצִ֨י הַשָּׁב֜וּעַ יַשְׁבִּ֣ית ׀ זֶ֣בַח וּמִנְחָ֗ה וְעַ֨ל כְּנַ֤ף שִׁקּוּצִים֙ מְשֹׁמֵ֔ם וְעַד־כָּלָה֙ וְנֶ֣חֱרָצָ֔ה תִּתַּ֖ךְ עַל־שֹׁמֵֽם׃ פ‬ And he will confirm a covenant with many for one year-week, and after half of the year-week he will put a stop to sacrifice and meal-offering, and he who makes desolate will stand on the pinnacle of abominations, and this will be until the conclusion. Then what is determined will be poured out on the desolator.” Mt 24:15, Mk 13:14.

year-week (2x): see Dn 9:24.

pinnacle: or, wing. Perhaps a high place symbolizing the epitome of abominations.
Dn 10:1 ‫בִּשְׁנַ֣ת שָׁל֗וֹשׁ לְכ֙וֹרֶשׁ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס דָּבָר֙ נִגְלָ֣ה לְדָֽנִיֵּ֔אל אֲשֶׁר־נִקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖וֹ בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּ֑ר וֶאֱמֶ֤ת הַדָּבָר֙ וְצָבָ֣א גָד֔וֹל וּבִין֙ אֶת־הַדָּבָ֔ר וּבִ֥ינָה ל֖וֹ בַּמַּרְאֶֽה׃‬ In the third year of Cyrus the king of Persia, a matter was revealed to Daniel, who was called Belteshazzar, and the matter is true. Now there was intense warfare, and he understood the matter, and he had understanding in the vision. true ← truth.

intense warfare: or, a great army.
Dn 10:2 ‫בַּיָּמִ֖ים הָהֵ֑ם אֲנִ֤י דָֽנִיֵּאל֙ הָיִ֣יתִי מִתְאַבֵּ֔ל שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה שָׁבֻעִ֖ים יָמִֽים׃‬ In those days I Daniel was mourning for three full weeks; three full weeks ← three weeks of days.
Dn 10:3 ‫לֶ֣חֶם חֲמֻד֞וֹת לֹ֣א אָכַ֗לְתִּי וּבָשָׂ֥ר וָיַ֛יִן לֹא־בָ֥א אֶל־פִּ֖י וְס֣וֹךְ לֹא־סָ֑כְתִּי עַד־מְלֹ֕את שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת שָׁבֻעִ֖ים יָמִֽים׃ פ‬ I did not eat appetizing food, and neither meat nor wine came to my mouth, and I did not anoint myself at all until three full weeks had elapsed. appetizing food ← desirable bread.

anoint myself at all: infinitive absolute.

three full weeks had elapsed ← the filling of three sevens of days.
Dn 10:4 ‫וּבְי֛וֹם עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וְאַרְבָּעָ֖ה לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֑וֹן וַאֲנִ֗י הָיִ֛יתִי עַ֣ל יַ֧ד הַנָּהָ֛ר הַגָּד֖וֹל ה֥וּא חִדָּֽקֶל׃‬ And on the twenty-fourth day of the first month, when I was on the side of the great river, that is the Hiddekel, the Hiddekel: i.e. the Tigris, [CB].
Dn 10:5 ‫וָאֶשָּׂ֤א אֶת־עֵינַי֙ וָאֵ֔רֶא וְהִנֵּ֥ה אִישׁ־אֶחָ֖ד לָב֣וּשׁ בַּדִּ֑ים וּמָתְנָ֥יו חֲגֻרִ֖ים בְּכֶ֥תֶם אוּפָֽז׃‬ I lifted up my eyes, and I looked, and what I saw was a man clothed in linen, whose waist was girded with fine gold from Uphaz. what I saw wasbehold.

a man ← one man.
Dn 10:6 ‫וּגְוִיָּת֣וֹ כְתַרְשִׁ֗ישׁ וּפָנָ֞יו כְּמַרְאֵ֤ה בָרָק֙ וְעֵינָיו֙ כְּלַפִּ֣ידֵי אֵ֔שׁ וּזְרֹֽעֹתָיו֙ וּמַרְגְּלֹתָ֔יו כְּעֵ֖ין נְחֹ֣שֶׁת קָלָ֑ל וְק֥וֹל דְּבָרָ֖יו כְּק֥וֹל הָמֽוֹן׃‬ And his body was like the Tarshish gemstone, and his face had the appearance of lightning, and his eyes were like torches of fire, and his arms and his feet had the gleam of polished copper, and the sound of his speech was like the sound of a crowd. had the appearance ... had the gleam ← (was) like the appearance ... (were) like the eye. Compare Nu 11:7, Prov 23:31.
Dn 10:7 ‫וְרָאִיתִי֩ אֲנִ֨י דָנִיֵּ֤אל לְבַדִּי֙ אֶת־הַמַּרְאָ֔ה וְהָאֲנָשִׁים֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הָי֣וּ עִמִּ֔י לֹ֥א רָא֖וּ אֶת־הַמַּרְאָ֑ה אֲבָ֗ל חֲרָדָ֤ה גְדֹלָה֙ נָפְלָ֣ה עֲלֵיהֶ֔ם וַֽיִּבְרְח֖וּ בְּהֵחָבֵֽא׃‬ And I, Daniel, on my own, saw the vision, but the men who were with me did not see the vision, but a great fear fell on them, and they fled so as to hide.
Dn 10:8 ‫וַאֲנִי֙ נִשְׁאַ֣רְתִּי לְבַדִּ֔י וָֽאֶרְאֶ֗ה אֶת־הַמַּרְאָ֤ה הַגְּדֹלָה֙ הַזֹּ֔את וְלֹ֥א נִשְׁאַר־בִּ֖י כֹּ֑ח וְהוֹדִ֗י נֶהְפַּ֤ךְ עָלַי֙ לְמַשְׁחִ֔ית וְלֹ֥א עָצַ֖רְתִּי כֹּֽחַ׃‬ And I remained on my own, and I saw this great vision, but I didn't have any strength left, and my radiance turned into pallor, and I didn't retain any strength. I didn't have any strength left ← strength did not remain to me.

pallor ← ruin on me.
Dn 10:9 ‫וָאֶשְׁמַ֖ע אֶת־ק֣וֹל דְּבָרָ֑יו וּכְשָׁמְעִי֙ אֶת־ק֣וֹל דְּבָרָ֔יו וַאֲנִ֗י הָיִ֛יתִי נִרְדָּ֥ם עַל־פָּנַ֖י וּפָנַ֥י אָֽרְצָה׃‬ But I heard the sound of his speech, and when I heard the sound of his speech while I was in a deep sleep on my face, with my face to the ground, speech (2x)words.

while ... with: wider use of the vav.
Dn 10:10 ‫וְהִנֵּה־יָ֖ד נָ֣גְעָה בִּ֑י וַתְּנִיעֵ֥נִי עַל־בִּרְכַּ֖י וְכַפּ֥וֹת יָדָֽי׃‬ it so happened that a hand touched me and made my knees and hands tremble. it so happened that ← behold.

made my knees and hands tremble ← made me tremble at my knees and the palms of my hands; see נוּעַ in [AnLx]. But perhaps, knocked me onto my hands and knees.
Dn 10:11 ‫וַיֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלַ֡י דָּנִיֵּ֣אל אִישׁ־חֲ֠מֻדוֹת הָבֵ֨ן בַּדְּבָרִ֜ים אֲשֶׁר֩ אָנֹכִ֨י דֹבֵ֤ר אֵלֶ֙יךָ֙ וַעֲמֹ֣ד עַל־עָמְדֶ֔ךָ כִּ֥י עַתָּ֖ה שֻׁלַּ֣חְתִּי אֵלֶ֑יךָ וּבְדַבְּר֥וֹ עִמִּ֛י אֶת־הַדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּ֖ה עָמַ֥דְתִּי מַרְעִֽיד׃‬ And he said to me, “Daniel, greatly beloved man, understand the words which I am speaking to you, and stand at your station, for I have been sent to you now.” And as he spoke these words to me, I stood up trembling. station: see Dn 8:17.

these words ← this word.
Dn 10:12 ‫וַיֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלַי֮ אַל־תִּירָ֣א דָנִיֵּאל֒ כִּ֣י ׀ מִן־הַיּ֣וֹם הָרִאשׁ֗וֹן אֲשֶׁ֨ר נָתַ֧תָּ אֶֽת־לִבְּךָ֛ לְהָבִ֧ין וּלְהִתְעַנּ֛וֹת לִפְנֵ֥י אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ נִשְׁמְע֣וּ דְבָרֶ֑יךָ וַאֲנִי־בָ֖אתִי בִּדְבָרֶֽיךָ׃‬ And he said to me, “Do not fear, Daniel, for ever since the first day when you set your heart on understanding things and submitting yourself before your God, your words have been heard and I have come in answer to your words.
Dn 10:13 ‫וְשַׂ֣ר ׀ מַלְכ֣וּת פָּרַ֗ס עֹמֵ֤ד לְנֶגְדִּי֙ עֶשְׂרִ֣ים וְאֶחָ֣ד י֔וֹם וְהִנֵּ֣ה מִֽיכָאֵ֗ל אַחַ֛ד הַשָּׂרִ֥ים הָרִאשֹׁנִ֖ים בָּ֣א לְעָזְרֵ֑נִי וַאֲנִי֙ נוֹתַ֣רְתִּי שָׁ֔ם אֵ֖צֶל מַלְכֵ֥י פָרָֽס׃‬ But the prince of the kingdom of Persia withstood me for twenty-one days. Then what happened was that Michael one of the foremost princes came to help me, and I remained there with the kings of Persia. withstood ← standing against.

then what happened was that ← and behold.
Dn 10:14 ‫וּבָ֙אתִי֙ לַהֲבִ֣ינְךָ֔ אֵ֛ת אֲשֶׁר־יִקְרָ֥ה לְעַמְּךָ֖ בְּאַחֲרִ֣ית הַיָּמִ֑ים כִּי־ע֥וֹד חָז֖וֹן לַיָּמִֽים׃‬ Now I have come to explain to you what will happen to your people in the last days, for the vision was for many days yet.” explain ← make understand.
Dn 10:15 ‫וּבְדַבְּר֣וֹ עִמִּ֔י כַּדְּבָרִ֖ים הָאֵ֑לֶּה נָתַ֧תִּי פָנַ֛י אַ֖רְצָה וְנֶאֱלָֽמְתִּי׃‬ And as he spoke with me about these things, I faced the ground and became mute, faced ← set my face to.
Dn 10:16 ‫וְהִנֵּ֗ה כִּדְמוּת֙ בְּנֵ֣י אָדָ֔ם נֹגֵ֖עַ עַל־שְׂפָתָ֑י וָאֶפְתַּח־פִּ֗י וָאֲדַבְּרָה֙ וָאֹֽמְרָה֙ אֶל־הָעֹמֵ֣ד לְנֶגְדִּ֔י אֲדֹנִ֗י בַּמַּרְאָה֙ נֶהֶפְכ֤וּ צִירַי֙ עָלַ֔י וְלֹ֥א עָצַ֖רְתִּי כֹּֽחַ׃‬ and behold, someone in the likeness of the sons of Adam touched my lips, and I opened my mouth, and I spoke and said to the one standing opposite me, “My lord, at the vision pangs of pain came over me and I did not retain any strength. pangs of painmy pangs.

came ← turned.
Dn 10:17 ‫וְהֵ֣יךְ יוּכַ֗ל עֶ֤בֶד אֲדֹנִי֙ זֶ֔ה לְדַבֵּ֖ר עִם־אֲדֹ֣נִי זֶ֑ה וַאֲנִ֤י מֵעַ֙תָּה֙ לֹֽא־יַעֲמָד־בִּ֣י כֹ֔חַ וּנְשָׁמָ֖ה לֹ֥א נִשְׁאֲרָה־בִֽי׃‬ For how can a servant of my lord here speak with my lord here, when for my part, from that moment no strength has remained in me, and no breath has been left in me.” for my part ← I (emphatic pronoun).

from that moment ← from now.
Dn 10:18 ‫וַיֹּ֧סֶף וַיִּגַּע־בִּ֛י כְּמַרְאֵ֥ה אָדָ֖ם וַֽיְחַזְּקֵֽנִי׃‬ Then the one in the likeness of a man touched me again and strengthened me,
Dn 10:19 ‫וַיֹּ֜אמֶר אַל־תִּירָ֧א אִישׁ־חֲמֻד֛וֹת שָׁל֥וֹם לָ֖ךְ חֲזַ֣ק וַחֲזָ֑ק וּֽבְדַבְּר֤וֹ עִמִּי֙ הִתְחַזַּ֔קְתִּי וָאֹֽמְרָ֛ה יְדַבֵּ֥ר אֲדֹנִ֖י כִּ֥י חִזַּקְתָּֽנִי׃‬ and he said to me, “Do not fear, greatly beloved man. Peace to you. Become stronger and stronger.” And as he spoke with me, I gained strength, and I said, “Let my lord speak, for you have strengthened me.”
Dn 10:20 ‫וַיֹּ֗אמֶר הֲיָדַ֙עְתָּ֙ לָמָּה־בָּ֣אתִי אֵלֶ֔יךָ וְעַתָּ֣ה אָשׁ֔וּב לְהִלָּחֵ֖ם עִם־שַׂ֣ר פָּרָ֑ס וַאֲנִ֣י יוֹצֵ֔א וְהִנֵּ֥ה שַׂר־יָוָ֖ן בָּֽא׃‬ And he said, “Do you know why I have come to you? And now I will return to fight against the prince of Persia, and as I go, look, the prince of Greece will come.
Dn 10:21 ‫אֲבָל֙ אַגִּ֣יד לְךָ֔ אֶת־הָרָשׁ֥וּם בִּכְתָ֖ב אֱמֶ֑ת וְאֵ֨ין אֶחָ֜ד מִתְחַזֵּ֤ק עִמִּי֙ עַל־אֵ֔לֶּה כִּ֥י אִם־מִיכָאֵ֖ל שַׂרְכֶֽם׃ פ‬ But I will tell you what is recorded in the scripture of truth, and there is not one gathering strength with me concerning these things, except Michael your prince. tell you: singular you.

your prince: plural your.
Dn 11:1 ‫וַאֲנִי֙ בִּשְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֔ת לְדָרְיָ֖וֶשׁ הַמָּדִ֑י עָמְדִ֛י לְמַחֲזִ֥יק וּלְמָע֖וֹז לֽוֹ׃‬ And I, in the first year of Darius the Mede, was at my station as his strengthener and stronghold. station: see Dn 8:17.
Dn 11:2 ‫וְעַתָּ֕ה אֱמֶ֖ת אַגִּ֣יד לָ֑ךְ הִנֵּה־עוֹד֩ שְׁלֹשָׁ֨ה מְלָכִ֜ים עֹמְדִ֣ים לְפָרַ֗ס וְהָֽרְבִיעִי֙ יַעֲשִׁ֤יר עֹֽשֶׁר־גָּדוֹל֙ מִכֹּ֔ל וּכְחֶזְקָת֣וֹ בְעָשְׁר֔וֹ יָעִ֣יר הַכֹּ֔ל אֵ֖ת מַלְכ֥וּת יָוָֽן׃‬ And now I will relate the truth to you. Behold, three kings are still to arise in Persia. And the fourth will accumulate greater wealth than any, and just as he will become strong in his riches, so he will stir everyone up against the kingdom of Greece. arise ← stand.

accumulate ← enrich.

any ← all.

against ← with. Compare Gn 14:8.

See [CB] for identification of the kings etc. in this chapter.
Dn 11:3 ‫וְעָמַ֖ד מֶ֣לֶךְ גִּבּ֑וֹר וּמָשַׁל֙ מִמְשָׁ֣ל רַ֔ב וְעָשָׂ֖ה כִּרְצוֹנֽוֹ׃‬ And a mighty king will arise, and he will rule over a great empire, and he will do as he wishes. arise ← stand.

as he wishes ← according to his will.
Dn 11:4 ‫וּכְעָמְדוֹ֙ תִּשָּׁבֵ֣ר מַלְכוּת֔וֹ וְתֵחָ֕ץ לְאַרְבַּ֖ע רוּח֣וֹת הַשָּׁמָ֑יִם וְלֹ֣א לְאַחֲרִית֗וֹ וְלֹ֤א כְמָשְׁלוֹ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר מָשָׁ֔ל כִּ֤י תִנָּתֵשׁ֙ מַלְכוּת֔וֹ וְלַאֲחֵרִ֖ים מִלְּבַד־אֵֽלֶּה׃‬ And when he arises, his kingdom will be broken, and it will be divided into the four winds of heaven, but not for his posterity, and not according to his manner of rule by which he ruled, for his kingdom will be plucked up and be for others – other than these. arises ← stands.

four winds of heaven: i.e. quarters of the compass. Compare Dn 8:8.
Dn 11:5 ‫וְיֶחֱזַ֥ק מֶֽלֶךְ־הַנֶּ֖גֶב וּמִן־שָׂרָ֑יו וְיֶחֱזַ֤ק עָלָיו֙ וּמָשָׁ֔ל מִמְשָׁ֥ל רַ֖ב מֶמְשַׁלְתּֽוֹ׃‬ And the king of the south will become strong, but one of his princes will become stronger than him, and he will rule. His rule will be a great empire. become stronger than ← become strong over him.

him: or, if the reader prefers, he.

The AV interprets differently regarding what (one) of his princes does.
Dn 11:6 ‫וּלְקֵ֤ץ שָׁנִים֙ יִתְחַבָּ֔רוּ וּבַ֣ת מֶֽלֶךְ־הַנֶּ֗גֶב תָּבוֹא֙ אֶל־מֶ֣לֶךְ הַצָּפ֔וֹן לַעֲשׂ֖וֹת מֵישָׁרִ֑ים וְלֹֽא־תַעְצֹ֞ר כּ֣וֹחַ הַזְּר֗וֹעַ וְלֹ֤א יַעֲמֹד֙ וּזְרֹע֔וֹ וְתִנָּתֵ֨ן הִ֤יא וּמְבִיאֶ֙יהָ֙ וְהַיֹּ֣לְדָ֔הּ וּמַחֲזִקָ֖הּ בָּעִתִּֽים׃‬ And after some years, they will form an alliance, and the daughter of the king of the south will go to the king of the north to make a compact, but she will not retain a strong arm, and he will not stand, nor will his arm, and she will be delivered up, as will those who brought her, and he who begot her, and he who strengthened her in those times. after ← at the end of.

form an alliance ← join each other.

a compact ← straightnesses.

a strong arm ← strength of the arm.
Dn 11:7 ‫וְעָמַ֛ד מִנֵּ֥צֶר שָׁרָשֶׁ֖יהָ כַּנּ֑וֹ וְיָבֹ֣א אֶל־הַחַ֗יִל וְיָבֹא֙ בְּמָעוֹז֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ הַצָּפ֔וֹן וְעָשָׂ֥ה בָהֶ֖ם וְהֶחֱזִֽיק׃‬ But one from a branch of her roots will assume his role, and he will turn to the army, and will go to the fortress of the king of the north, and he will engage them and prevail. assume his role ← stand (on) his pedestal.

turn ← go.
Dn 11:8 ‫וְגַ֣ם אֱ‍ֽלֹהֵיהֶ֡ם עִם־נְסִֽכֵיהֶם֩ עִם־כְּלֵ֨י חֶמְדָּתָ֜ם כֶּ֧סֶף וְזָהָ֛ב בַּשְּׁבִ֖י יָבִ֣א מִצְרָ֑יִם וְהוּא֙ שָׁנִ֣ים יַעֲמֹ֔ד מִמֶּ֖לֶךְ הַצָּפֽוֹן׃‬ And he will also take back to Egypt their gods with their princes, with their valuable articles of silver and gold which were captured, and he will stand for more years than the king of the north. princes: or, more probably in the context, images. The consonantal text supports both, but is scriptio defectiva as princes.

valuable ← of desire.

which were captured ← in the captivity. The AV translates differently.
Dn 11:9 ‫וּבָ֗א בְּמַלְכוּת֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ הַנֶּ֔גֶב וְשָׁ֖ב אֶל־אַדְמָתֽוֹ׃‬ So the king of the south will come into a kingdom, and return to his territory. territory ← ground.
Dn 11:10 ‫*ובנו **וּבָנָ֣יו יִתְגָּר֗וּ וְאָסְפוּ֙ הֲמוֹן֙ חֲיָלִ֣ים רַבִּ֔ים וּבָ֥א ב֖וֹא וְשָׁטַ֣ף וְעָבָ֑ר וְיָשֹׁ֥ב *ויתגרו **וְיִתְגָּרֶ֖ה עַד־*מעזה **מָעֻזּֽוֹ׃‬ And his sons will be provoked, and they will gather a large quantity of powerful forces, and they will come with determination, and he will inundate the place and pass through, then return. Then {K: they will be provoked} [Q: he will be provoked] at {K: the fortress} [Q: his fortress]. sons: the ketiv reads son, but with a plural verb.

they will come with determination ← it will come + to come. Infinitive absolute.

inundate: see Dn 11:40.

at ← up to.
Dn 11:11 ‫וְיִתְמַרְמַר֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ הַנֶּ֔גֶב וְיָצָ֕א וְנִלְחַ֥ם עִמּ֖וֹ עִם־מֶ֣לֶךְ הַצָּפ֑וֹן וְהֶעֱמִיד֙ הָמ֣וֹן רָ֔ב וְנִתַּ֥ן הֶהָמ֖וֹן בְּיָדֽוֹ׃‬ And the king of the south will become bitter, and he will go out to wage war against him – against the king of the north – and he will recruit a large multitude, but the multitude will be delivered into his hand. against (2x)with. See Gn 14:8.

he: [CB]= the king of the south.

recruit ← make stand.

his hand: [CB]= the king of the north's hand.
Dn 11:12 ‫וְנִשָּׂ֥א הֶהָמ֖וֹן *ירום **וְרָ֣ם לְבָב֑וֹ וְהִפִּ֛יל רִבֹּא֖וֹת וְלֹ֥א יָעֽוֹז׃‬ {K: And he will carry the multitude away;} [Q: And when he has carried the multitude away,] his heart will be exalted, and he will cut down tens of thousands, but he will not gain strength.
Dn 11:13 ‫וְשָׁב֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ הַצָּפ֔וֹן וְהֶעֱמִ֣יד הָמ֔וֹן רַ֖ב מִן־הָרִאשׁ֑וֹן וּלְקֵ֨ץ הָֽעִתִּ֤ים שָׁנִים֙ יָ֣בוֹא ב֔וֹא בְּחַ֥יִל גָּד֖וֹל וּבִרְכ֥וּשׁ רָֽב׃‬ Then the king of the north will again recruit a multitude, larger than the first one, and after many vicissitudes and years, he will come with determination, with a great army and much military equipment. recruit ← make stand.

after ← at the end of.

military equipment ← acquisition, but here the military term is materiel.
Dn 11:14 ‫וּבָעִתִּ֣ים הָהֵ֔ם רַבִּ֥ים יַֽעַמְד֖וּ עַל־מֶ֣לֶךְ הַנֶּ֑גֶב וּבְנֵ֣י ׀ פָּרִיצֵ֣י עַמְּךָ֗ יִֽנַּשְּׂא֛וּ לְהַעֲמִ֥יד חָז֖וֹן וְנִכְשָֽׁלוּ׃‬ And in those times, many will defend the king of the south, and the violent members of your people will exalt themselves in establishing the vision, but they will stumble. defend: see Ezek 33:26 (confide in). Alternatively stand against, ≈AV.

the violent members ← sons of violence.

in establishing: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Dn 11:15 ‫וְיָבֹא֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ הַצָּפ֔וֹן וְיִשְׁפֹּךְ֙ סֽוֹלֲלָ֔ה וְלָכַ֖ד עִ֣יר מִבְצָר֑וֹת וּזְרֹע֤וֹת הַנֶּ֙גֶב֙ לֹ֣א יַעֲמֹ֔דוּ וְעַם֙ מִבְחָרָ֔יו וְאֵ֥ין כֹּ֖חַ לַעֲמֹֽד׃‬ And the king of the north will come, and he will cast up a rampart and capture a highly fortified city, and the arms of the south will not stand, nor will his elite people, and they will not have strength to stand. a highly fortified city ← a city of fortifications.

arms: the word for the part of the body, not weapons. But the word stands for physical ability, e.g. to defend oneself.
Dn 11:16 ‫וְיַ֨עַשׂ הַבָּ֤א אֵלָיו֙ כִּרְצוֹנ֔וֹ וְאֵ֥ין עוֹמֵ֖ד לְפָנָ֑יו וְיַעֲמֹ֥ד בְּאֶֽרֶץ־הַצְּבִ֖י וְכָלָ֥ה בְיָדֽוֹ׃‬ And the one who is coming will do as he wishes, and no-one will stand against him, and he will stand in the Splendid Land, and destructive power will be at his disposal. as he wishes ← according to his will.

Splendid Land: See Dn 8:9.

destructive power will be at his disposal ← completion / destruction in his hand.
Dn 11:17 ‫וְיָשֵׂ֣ם ׀ פָּ֠נָיו לָב֞וֹא בְּתֹ֧קֶף כָּל־מַלְכוּת֛וֹ וִישָׁרִ֥ים עִמּ֖וֹ וְעָשָׂ֑ה וּבַ֤ת הַנָּשִׁים֙ יִתֶּן־ל֣וֹ לְהַשְׁחִיתָ֔הּ וְלֹ֥א תַעֲמֹ֖ד וְלֹא־ל֥וֹ תִהְיֶֽה׃‬ And he will resolve to come with the might of all his kingdom, and he will settle with equitable terms with him, and he will give him the fairest daughter among women to spoil her, but she will not brook it and she will not be his. resolve ← set his face.

settle with ← make.

equitable terms: or, upright (ones).

brook itstand, i.e. as colloquial English stand for it.
Dn 11:18 ‫*וישב **וְיָשֵׂ֧ם ׀ פָּנָ֛יו לְאִיִּ֖ים וְלָכַ֣ד רַבִּ֑ים וְהִשְׁבִּ֨ית קָצִ֤ין חֶרְפָּתוֹ֙ ל֔וֹ בִּלְתִּ֥י חֶרְפָּת֖וֹ יָשִׁ֥יב לֽוֹ׃‬ And {K: he will redirect} [Q: he will direct] his attention to the islands, and he will capture many of them, and an officer will put an end to his reproach for him. Then with no reproach, he will turn his attention to him. attention ← face.

islands: or, coastlands.
Dn 11:19 ‫וְיָשֵׁ֣ב פָּנָ֔יו לְמָעוּזֵּ֖י אַרְצ֑וֹ וְנִכְשַׁ֥ל וְנָפַ֖ל וְלֹ֥א יִמָּצֵֽא׃‬ Then he will turn his attention to the strongholds of his own country, but he will fail and fall and he will be nowhere to be found. attention ← face.

will be nowhere to be found ← will not be found.
Dn 11:20 ‫וְעָמַ֧ד עַל־כַּנּ֛וֹ מַעֲבִ֥יר נוֹגֵ֖שׂ הֶ֣דֶר מַלְכ֑וּת וּבְיָמִ֤ים אֲחָדִים֙ יִשָּׁבֵ֔ר וְלֹ֥א בְאַפַּ֖יִם וְלֹ֥א בְמִלְחָמָֽה׃‬ Then an oppressor will take on his role, and pass through the glorious kingdom. But in a few days he will be crushed, but not by anger and not by war. oppressor: or, taskmaster. We cannot justify tax collector from the Hebrew.

take on his role ← stand on his pedestal.

glorious kingdom ← glory of the kingdom. A reverse Hebraic genitive, with the nomen regens as the adjective. Compare Is 49:8, Is 57:10, Is 60:3.
Dn 11:21 ‫וְעָמַ֤ד עַל־כַּנּוֹ֙ נִבְזֶ֔ה וְלֹא־נָתְנ֥וּ עָלָ֖יו ה֣וֹד מַלְכ֑וּת וּבָ֣א בְשַׁלְוָ֔ה וְהֶחֱזִ֥יק מַלְכ֖וּת בַּחֲלַקְלַקּֽוֹת׃‬ Then the despicable one will take on his role, but he will not be invested with the majesty of the kingdom. And he will come calmly, and he will take hold of the kingdom by flatteries. take on his role: see Dn 11:20.

he will not be invested with ← they will not put on him. Avoidance of the passive.
Dn 11:22 ‫וּזְרֹע֥וֹת הַשֶּׁ֛טֶף יִשָּׁטְפ֥וּ מִלְּפָנָ֖יו וְיִשָּׁבֵ֑רוּ וְגַ֖ם נְגִ֥יד בְּרִֽית׃‬ And people will be swept away before him in the arms of a flood, and they will be crushed, as also the leading person of the covenant.
Dn 11:23 ‫וּמִן־הִֽתְחַבְּר֥וּת אֵלָ֖יו יַעֲשֶׂ֣ה מִרְמָ֑ה וְעָלָ֥ה וְעָצַ֖ם בִּמְעַט־גּֽוֹי׃‬ And he will act deceitfully towards those in league with him, and he will rise and become strong with a small people. act deceitfully ← do deceit.

in league ← joining themselves.
Dn 11:24 ‫בְּשַׁלְוָ֞ה וּבְמִשְׁמַנֵּ֣י מְדִינָה֮ יָבוֹא֒ וְעָשָׂ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹא־עָשׂ֤וּ אֲבֹתָיו֙ וַאֲב֣וֹת אֲבֹתָ֔יו בִּזָּ֧ה וְשָׁלָ֛ל וּרְכ֖וּשׁ לָהֶ֣ם יִבְז֑וֹר וְעַ֧ל מִבְצָרִ֛ים יְחַשֵּׁ֥ב מַחְשְׁבֹתָ֖יו וְעַד־עֵֽת׃‬ Calmly and in the fertile parts of the province, he will come and do what neither his fathers nor his father's fathers ever did. He will lavishly distribute booty and spoil and property to them, and he will devise plots against fortifications, which will be for a time. which: relative use of the vav.
Dn 11:25 ‫וְיָעֵר֩ כֹּח֨וֹ וּלְבָב֜וֹ עַל־מֶ֣לֶךְ הַנֶּגֶב֮ בְּחַ֣יִל גָּדוֹל֒ וּמֶ֣לֶךְ הַנֶּ֗גֶב יִתְגָּרֶה֙ לַמִּלְחָמָ֔ה בְּחַֽיִל־גָּד֥וֹל וְעָצ֖וּם עַד־מְאֹ֑ד וְלֹ֣א יַעֲמֹ֔ד כִּֽי־יַחְשְׁב֥וּ עָלָ֖יו מַחֲשָׁבֽוֹת׃‬ Then he will stir up his power and his heart against the king of the south, with a large force. And the king of the south will be provoked into war, with a force large and mighty in the extreme, but he will not prevail, because they will devise plots against him. prevail ← stand.
Dn 11:26 ‫וְאֹכְלֵ֧י פַת־בָּג֛וֹ יִשְׁבְּר֖וּהוּ וְחֵיל֣וֹ יִשְׁט֑וֹף וְנָפְל֖וּ חֲלָלִ֥ים רַבִּֽים׃‬ And those who dine with him will cut him to pieces, and his army will swirl around, and many will fall as casualties. dine with him ← eat his portion of food.

cut him to pieces ← break him in pieces.

swirl around ← overflow.
Dn 11:27 ‫וּשְׁנֵיהֶ֤ם הַמְּלָכִים֙ לְבָבָ֣ם לְמֵרָ֔ע וְעַל־שֻׁלְחָ֥ן אֶחָ֖ד כָּזָ֣ב יְדַבֵּ֑רוּ וְלֹ֣א תִצְלָ֔ח כִּי־ע֥וֹד קֵ֖ץ לַמּוֹעֵֽד׃‬ And the hearts of both kings will be set on wrongdoing, and they will tell lies at one table, but the proceeding will not be successful, for the end will still come in due course. lies ← a lie, falsehood.

due course ← set time.
Dn 11:28 ‫וְיָשֹׁ֤ב אַרְצוֹ֙ בִּרְכ֣וּשׁ גָּד֔וֹל וּלְבָב֖וֹ עַל־בְּרִ֣ית קֹ֑דֶשׁ וְעָשָׂ֖ה וְשָׁ֥ב לְאַרְצֽוֹ׃‬ Then he will return to his own land with much property, and his heart will be against the holy covenant. Then he will act and then return to his land. holy covenant ← covenant of holiness, a Hebraic genitive.
Dn 11:29 ‫לַמּוֹעֵ֥ד יָשׁ֖וּב וּבָ֣א בַנֶּ֑גֶב וְלֹֽא־תִהְיֶ֥ה כָרִאשֹׁנָ֖ה וְכָאַחֲרֹנָֽה׃‬ In due course he will return and go to the south, but it will not be like the first occasion or the last. due course: see Dn 11:27.

return and go to the south: or, go to the south again.
Dn 11:30 ‫וּבָ֨אוּ ב֜וֹ צִיִּ֤ים כִּתִּים֙ וְנִכְאָ֔ה וְשָׁ֛ב וְזָעַ֥ם עַל־בְּרִֽית־ק֖וֹדֶשׁ וְעָשָׂ֑ה וְשָׁ֣ב וְיָבֵ֔ן עַל־עֹזְבֵ֖י בְּרִ֥ית קֹֽדֶשׁ׃‬ And ships from Chittim will come against him, and he will be despondent, and he will return, and he will be indignant over the holy covenant, and he will take action. Then he will return and act shrewdly with those who forsake the holy covenant. take action ← do.

holy covenant (2x): see Dn 11:28.
Dn 11:31 ‫וּזְרֹעִ֖ים מִמֶּ֣נּוּ יַעֲמֹ֑דוּ וְחִלְּל֞וּ הַמִּקְדָּ֤שׁ הַמָּעוֹז֙ וְהֵסִ֣ירוּ הַתָּמִ֔יד וְנָתְנ֖וּ הַשִּׁקּ֥וּץ מְשׁוֹמֵֽם׃‬ And brigades from him will arise and desecrate the sanctuary – the place of strength – and they will put a stop to the perpetual sacrifice, and set up the desolating abomination. Mt 24:15, Mk 13:14.

brigades from him will arise ← arms (of the body) from him will stand.
Dn 11:32 ‫וּמַרְשִׁיעֵ֣י בְרִ֔ית יַחֲנִ֖יף בַּחֲלַקּ֑וֹת וְעַ֛ם יֹדְעֵ֥י אֱלֹהָ֖יו יַחֲזִ֥קוּ וְעָשֽׂוּ׃‬ And he will entice violators of the covenant to profanity with flatteries, but a people who know their God will remain steadfast and take action. their God ← its God, but know is plural ad sensum.
Dn 11:33 ‫וּמַשְׂכִּ֣ילֵי עָ֔ם יָבִ֖ינוּ לָֽרַבִּ֑ים וְנִכְשְׁל֞וּ בְּחֶ֧רֶב וּבְלֶהָבָ֛ה בִּשְׁבִ֥י וּבְבִזָּ֖ה יָמִֽים׃‬ And those of the people with insight will explain to many, but they will be brought down by the sword and by the flame, by captivity and by being plundered, for a number of days. be brought down ← stagger.
Dn 11:34 ‫וּבְהִכָּ֣שְׁלָ֔ם יֵעָזְר֖וּ עֵ֣זֶר מְעָ֑ט וְנִלְו֧וּ עֲלֵיהֶ֛ם רַבִּ֖ים בַּחֲלַקְלַקּֽוֹת׃‬ And as they are brought down, they will be afforded a little help, but many will associate with them with flatteries. brought down ← stumble, totter.

afforded a little help ← helped a little help.
Dn 11:35 ‫וּמִן־הַמַּשְׂכִּילִ֣ים יִכָּֽשְׁל֗וּ לִצְר֥וֹף בָּהֶ֛ם וּלְבָרֵ֥ר וְלַלְבֵּ֖ן עַד־עֵ֣ת קֵ֑ץ כִּי־ע֖וֹד לַמּוֹעֵֽד׃‬ And some of those enlightened will be brought down, to refine them, and to purify and to whiten them up to the time of the end. For it is still a designated time away. be brought down: see Dn 11:34.

refine them ← refine among them.

whiten: i.e. cleanse.
Dn 11:36 ‫וְעָשָׂ֨ה כִרְצוֹנ֜וֹ הַמֶּ֗לֶךְ וְיִתְרוֹמֵ֤ם וְיִתְגַּדֵּל֙ עַל־כָּל־אֵ֔ל וְעַל֙ אֵ֣ל אֵלִ֔ים יְדַבֵּ֖ר נִפְלָא֑וֹת וְהִצְלִ֙יחַ֙ עַד־כָּ֣לָה זַ֔עַם כִּ֥י נֶחֱרָצָ֖ה נֶעֱשָֽׂתָה׃‬ And the king will do as he wishes, and he will exalt himself and present himself as great – above every god – and he will speak awesomely against the God of gods, and he will prosper until the indignation is ended, for what has been determined will be accomplished. as he wishes ← according to his will.

awesomely ← extraordinary / wonderful / wondrous things.

See the Introduction for our use of god and God (with spaced-out letters) to distinguish the different Hebrew words, and be aware that these are capitalized whether or not the reference is to the God of Israel.
Dn 11:37 ‫וְעַל־אֱלֹהֵ֤י אֲבֹתָיו֙ לֹ֣א יָבִ֔ין וְעַל־חֶמְדַּ֥ת נָשִׁ֛ים וְעַֽל־כָּל־אֱל֖וֹהַּ לֹ֣א יָבִ֑ין כִּ֥י עַל־כֹּ֖ל יִתְגַּדָּֽל׃‬ And he will not give consideration to the God of his fathers, nor will he give consideration to attraction to women, or give consideration to any God, because he will present himself as greater than all. attraction to women ← desire of women, objective genitive. But a subjective genitive is also possible.

any ← every.

greater than ← above.
Dn 11:38 ‫וְלֶאֱלֹ֙הַּ֙ מָֽעֻזִּ֔ים עַל־כַּנּ֖וֹ יְכַבֵּ֑ד וְלֶאֱל֜וֹהַּ אֲשֶׁ֧ר לֹא־יְדָעֻ֣הוּ אֲבֹתָ֗יו יְכַבֵּ֛ד בְּזָהָ֥ב וּבְכֶ֛סֶף וּבְאֶ֥בֶן יְקָרָ֖ה וּבַחֲמֻדֽוֹת׃‬ But he will honour the God of strongholds in his role. So he will honour a God whom his fathers did not know, with gold and with silver and with precious gemstones and with valuable items. in his role: or, on his pedestal, but we take the abstract sense as in Dn 11:20 etc.

valuable ← desirable.
Dn 11:39 ‫וְעָשָׂ֞ה לְמִבְצְרֵ֤י מָֽעֻזִּים֙ עִם־אֱל֣וֹהַּ נֵכָ֔ר אֲשֶׁ֥ר *הכיר **יַכִּ֖יר יַרְבֶּ֣ה כָב֑וֹד וְהִמְשִׁילָם֙ בָּֽרַבִּ֔ים וַאֲדָמָ֖ה יְחַלֵּ֥ק בִּמְחִֽיר׃‬ And he will organize fortified strongholds in connection with a foreign God, and whoever {K: has acknowledged} [Q: acknowledges] him, he will greatly honour, and he will give them rule over many, and apportion land at a price. organize fortified strongholds ← do / make fortifications of strongholds.

at a price: we cannot justify as a reward from the Hebrew.

The AV takes the acknowledger to be the king.
Dn 11:40 ‫וּבְעֵ֣ת קֵ֗ץ יִתְנַגַּ֤ח עִמּוֹ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ הַנֶּ֔גֶב וְיִשְׂתָּעֵ֨ר עָלָ֜יו מֶ֣לֶךְ הַצָּפ֗וֹן בְּרֶ֙כֶב֙ וּבְפָ֣רָשִׁ֔ים וּבָאֳנִיּ֖וֹת רַבּ֑וֹת וּבָ֥א בַאֲרָצ֖וֹת וְשָׁטַ֥ף וְעָבָֽר׃‬ And at the time of the end, the king of the south will skirmish with him, and the king of the north will rage against him with chariots and with cavalry and with many ships, and he will enter those countries, and will inundate them and pass on. skirmish ← butt around.

inundate: perhaps meaning overwhelm, but perhaps literal; compare Dn 9:26, Dn 11:10, Dn 11:22.
Dn 11:41 ‫וּבָא֙ בְּאֶ֣רֶץ הַצְּבִ֔י וְרַבּ֖וֹת יִכָּשֵׁ֑לוּ וְאֵ֙לֶּה֙ יִמָּלְט֣וּ מִיָּד֔וֹ אֱד֣וֹם וּמוֹאָ֔ב וְרֵאשִׁ֖ית בְּנֵ֥י עַמּֽוֹן׃‬ Then he will enter the Splendid Land, and many countries will be brought down, but these will escape from his hand: Edom and Moab and the principal part of the sons of Ammon. Splendid Land: see Dn 8:9.
Dn 11:42 ‫וְיִשְׁלַ֥ח יָד֖וֹ בַּאֲרָצ֑וֹת וְאֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם לֹ֥א תִהְיֶ֖ה לִפְלֵיטָֽה׃‬ And he will stretch out his hand in various countries, and the land of Egypt will not have deliverance. have deliverance ← be for escape.
Dn 11:43 ‫וּמָשַׁ֗ל בְּמִכְמַנֵּי֙ הַזָּהָ֣ב וְהַכֶּ֔סֶף וּבְכֹ֖ל חֲמֻד֣וֹת מִצְרָ֑יִם וְלֻבִ֥ים וְכֻשִׁ֖ים בְּמִצְעָדָֽיו׃‬ And he will rule over treasures of gold and silver, and over all the valuable items of Egypt. And Libyans and Ethiopians will follow in his footsteps. valuable ← desirable.
Dn 11:44 ‫וּשְׁמֻע֣וֹת יְבַהֲלֻ֔הוּ מִמִּזְרָ֖ח וּמִצָּפ֑וֹן וְיָצָא֙ בְּחֵמָ֣א גְדֹלָ֔ה לְהַשְׁמִ֥יד וּֽלְהַחֲרִ֖ים רַבִּֽים׃‬ But rumours from the east and from the north will alarm him, and he will set off in great fury to destroy and obliterate many.
Dn 11:45 ‫וְיִטַּע֙ אָהֳלֶ֣י אַפַּדְנ֔וֹ בֵּ֥ין יַמִּ֖ים לְהַר־צְבִי־קֹ֑דֶשׁ וּבָא֙ עַד־קִצּ֔וֹ וְאֵ֥ין עוֹזֵ֖ר לֽוֹ׃‬ And he will pitch the palatial tents between the seas in the holy Splendid Mount, and he will come to his end, with no-one helping him. holy Splendid Mount ← mount of gazelle of holiness. See Dn 8:9.
Dn 12:1 ‫וּבָעֵ֣ת הַהִיא֩ יַעֲמֹ֨ד מִֽיכָאֵ֜ל הַשַּׂ֣ר הַגָּד֗וֹל הָעֹמֵד֮ עַל־בְּנֵ֣י עַמֶּךָ֒ וְהָיְתָה֙ עֵ֣ת צָרָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־נִהְיְתָה֙ מִֽהְי֣וֹת גּ֔וֹי עַ֖ד הָעֵ֣ת הַהִ֑יא וּבָעֵ֤ת הַהִיא֙ יִמָּלֵ֣ט עַמְּךָ֔ כָּל־הַנִּמְצָ֖א כָּת֥וּב בַּסֵּֽפֶר׃‬ At that time Michael will stand up – the great prince who stands for the sons of your people – and there will be a time of tribulation such as there never has been since the coming into existence of a nation up to that time, and at that time your people will be delivered – everyone who is found written in the book. Mt 24:21, Mk 13:19; Phil 4:3, Rev 3:5, Rev 13:8, Rev 17:8, Rev 20:12, Rev 20:15, Rev 21:27.
Dn 12:2 ‫וְרַבִּ֕ים מִיְּשֵׁנֵ֥י אַדְמַת־עָפָ֖ר יָקִ֑יצוּ אֵ֚לֶּה לְחַיֵּ֣י עוֹלָ֔ם וְאֵ֥לֶּה לַחֲרָפ֖וֹת לְדִרְא֥וֹן עוֹלָֽם׃ ס‬ And many of those sleeping in the dusty ground will awaken, some to age-abiding life, and some to age-abiding reproach and abhorrence. dusty ground ← ground of dust.
Dn 12:3 ‫וְהַ֨מַּשְׂכִּלִ֔ים יַזְהִ֖רוּ כְּזֹ֣הַר הָרָקִ֑יעַ וּמַצְדִּיקֵי֙ הָֽרַבִּ֔ים כַּכּוֹכָבִ֖ים לְעוֹלָ֥ם וָעֶֽד׃ פ‬ And those who have insight will shine like the brilliance of the firmament, and those who make many righteous will shine like the stars, age-abidingly and throughout time.
Dn 12:4 ‫וְאַתָּ֣ה דָֽנִיֵּ֗אל סְתֹ֧ם הַדְּבָרִ֛ים וַחֲתֹ֥ם הַסֵּ֖פֶר עַד־עֵ֣ת קֵ֑ץ יְשֹׁטְט֥וּ רַבִּ֖ים וְתִרְבֶּ֥ה הַדָּֽעַת׃‬ But you, Daniel, close up the words and seal up the book, until the time of the end. Many will run to and fro, and knowledge will increase.” Rev 10:4, Rev 22:10.

run to and fro: either positively, scour, scrutinize, explore (the book), or negatively, be chaotic, go wild with.
Dn 12:5 ‫וְרָאִ֙יתִי֙ אֲנִ֣י דָנִיֵּ֔אל וְהִנֵּ֛ה שְׁנַ֥יִם אֲחֵרִ֖ים עֹמְדִ֑ים אֶחָ֥ד הֵ֙נָּה֙ לִשְׂפַ֣ת הַיְאֹ֔ר וְאֶחָ֥ד הֵ֖נָּה לִשְׂפַ֥ת הַיְאֹֽר׃‬ Then I, Daniel, saw a vision, and there were two others standing, one on one side of the river and one on the other side of the river. there werebehold.

one side ... the other side ← here ... here.
Dn 12:6 ‫וַיֹּ֗אמֶר לָאִישׁ֙ לְב֣וּשׁ הַבַּדִּ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִמַּ֖עַל לְמֵימֵ֣י הַיְאֹ֑ר עַד־מָתַ֖י קֵ֥ץ הַפְּלָאֽוֹת׃‬ And he said to the man clothed in fine linen who was above the water of the river, “How long is it to the end of the wonders?” he: presumably one of the “others” at the side of the river. Or Michael?
Dn 12:7 ‫וָאֶשְׁמַ֞ע אֶת־הָאִ֣ישׁ ׀ לְב֣וּשׁ הַבַּדִּ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֣ר מִמַּעַל֮ לְמֵימֵ֣י הַיְאֹר֒ וַיָּ֨רֶם יְמִינ֤וֹ וּשְׂמֹאלוֹ֙ אֶל־הַשָּׁמַ֔יִם וַיִּשָּׁבַ֖ע בְּחֵ֣י הָעוֹלָ֑ם כִּי֩ לְמוֹעֵ֨ד מֽוֹעֲדִ֜ים וָחֵ֗צִי וּכְכַלּ֛וֹת נַפֵּ֥ץ יַד־עַם־קֹ֖דֶשׁ תִּכְלֶ֥ינָה כָל־אֵֽלֶּה׃‬ And I heard the man clothed in fine linen who was above the water of the river. And he raised his right hand and his left hand towards heaven, and he swore by him who lives age-abidingly, that it was for a time, times and a half, and he swore that at the completion of the dashing to pieces – the hold on the holy people – all these things would come to an end. Rev 10:5, Rev 11:2, Rev 11:3, Rev 12:6, Rev 12:14, Rev 13:5.

a time, times and a half: i.e. three and a half years. See Dn 7:25.

holy people ← people of holiness, a Hebraic genitive.
Dn 12:8 ‫וַאֲנִ֥י שָׁמַ֖עְתִּי וְלֹ֣א אָבִ֑ין וָאֹ֣מְרָ֔ה אֲדֹנִ֕י מָ֥ה אַחֲרִ֖ית אֵֽלֶּה׃ פ‬ And although I heard, I did not understand, and I said, “My lord, what is the end result of these things?” And although: from two vavs, one being used concessively.
Dn 12:9 ‫וַיֹּ֖אמֶר לֵ֣ךְ דָּנִיֵּ֑אל כִּֽי־סְתֻמִ֧ים וַחֲתֻמִ֛ים הַדְּבָרִ֖ים עַד־עֵ֥ת קֵֽץ׃‬ And he said, “Go your way Daniel, for the words are closed up and sealed until the time of the end.
Dn 12:10 ‫יִ֠תְבָּֽרֲרוּ וְיִֽתְלַבְּנ֤וּ וְיִצָּֽרְפוּ֙ רַבִּ֔ים וְהִרְשִׁ֣יעוּ רְשָׁעִ֔ים וְלֹ֥א יָבִ֖ינוּ כָּל־רְשָׁעִ֑ים וְהַמַּשְׂכִּלִ֖ים יָבִֽינוּ׃‬ Many will be purified and whitened and refined, but the wicked will act wickedly, and none of the wicked will understand, but those with insight will understand. none ← not ... all.
Dn 12:11 ‫וּמֵעֵת֙ הוּסַ֣ר הַתָּמִ֔יד וְלָתֵ֖ת שִׁקּ֣וּץ שֹׁמֵ֑ם יָמִ֕ים אֶ֖לֶף מָאתַ֥יִם וְתִשְׁעִֽים׃‬ And from the time when the perpetual sacrifice is removed to the installing of the desolating abomination there are one thousand two hundred and ninety days. Mt 24:15, Mk 13:14.

one thousand two hundred and ninety days: three and a half years and thirty days. See Dn 7:25.
Dn 12:12 ‫אַשְׁרֵ֥י הַֽמְחַכֶּ֖ה וְיַגִּ֑יעַ לְיָמִ֕ים אֶ֕לֶף שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וַחֲמִשָּֽׁה׃‬ Blessed is he who waits and comes to one thousand three hundred and thirty-five days. one thousand three hundred and thirty-five days: three and a half years and seventy-five days. See Dn 7:25.
Dn 12:13 ‫וְאַתָּ֖ה לֵ֣ךְ לַקֵּ֑ץ וְתָנ֛וּחַ וְתַעֲמֹ֥ד לְגֹרָלְךָ֖ לְקֵ֥ץ הַיָּמִֽין׃‬ But you proceed to the end, and you shall rest. Then you shall stand in your lot at the end of days.”
Ezra 1:1 ‫וּבִשְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת לְכ֙וֹרֶשׁ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס לִכְל֥וֹת דְּבַר־יְהוָ֖ה מִפִּ֣י יִרְמְיָ֑ה הֵעִ֣יר יְהוָ֗ה אֶת־ר֙וּחַ֙ כֹּ֣רֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרַ֔ס וַיַּֽעֲבֶר־קוֹל֙ בְּכָל־מַלְכוּת֔וֹ וְגַם־בְּמִכְתָּ֖ב לֵאמֹֽר׃‬ Now in the first year of Cyrus king of Persia, in fulfilling the word of the Lord from the communication of Jeremiah, the Lord aroused the spirit of Cyrus, king of Persia, so that he had a proclamation made throughout his kingdom, and also by a letter, saying, || 2 Chr 36:22.

Cyrus (2x)Coresh, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.

in fulfilling ← to be completed. Gerundial use of the infinitive.

communication ← mouth.

had a proclamation made ← caused a voice to pass through.

throughout ← in all.
Ezra 1:2 ‫כֹּ֣ה אָמַ֗ר כֹּ֚רֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס כֹּ֚ל מַמְלְכ֣וֹת הָאָ֔רֶץ נָ֣תַן לִ֔י יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י הַשָּׁמָ֑יִם וְהֽוּא־פָקַ֤ד עָלַי֙ לִבְנֽוֹת־ל֣וֹ בַ֔יִת בִּירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּֽיהוּדָֽה׃‬ This is what Cyrus king of Persia says, ‘The Lord God of heaven has given me all the kingdoms of the world, and he has charged me to build him a house in Jerusalem, which is in Judah. || 2 Chr 36:23.

this is whatthus.

of the world: or, of the land, i.e. of the eastern world of antiquity.
Ezra 1:3 ‫מִֽי־בָכֶ֣ם מִכָּל־עַמּ֗וֹ יְהִ֤י אֱלֹהָיו֙ עִמּ֔וֹ וְיַ֕עַל לִירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֣ר בִּיהוּדָ֑ה וְיִ֗בֶן אֶת־בֵּ֤ית יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל ה֥וּא הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃‬ Who is there among you from all his people to participate? May his God be with him, and let him go up to Jerusalem, which is in Judah, and let him build the house of the Lord God of Israel – of God who is in Jerusalem. || 2 Chr 36:23.
Ezra 1:4 ‫וְכָל־הַנִּשְׁאָ֗ר מִֽכָּל־הַמְּקֹמוֹת֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ה֣וּא גָֽר־שָׁם֒ יְנַשְּׂא֙וּהוּ֙ אַנְשֵׁ֣י מְקֹמ֔וֹ בְּכֶ֥סֶף וּבְזָהָ֖ב וּבִרְכ֣וּשׁ וּבִבְהֵמָ֑ה עִם־הַ֨נְּדָבָ֔ה לְבֵ֥ית הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃‬ And as for anyone who is not able to move about in any place where he lives, let the men of his home town transport him with his silver and gold and with his property and with his cattle, with his freewill-offering, to the house of God which is in Jerusalem.’ ” anyone ← everyone.

is not able to move about ← remains.

any place ← all of the places.

transport: or, help.
Ezra 1:5 ‫וַיָּק֜וּמוּ רָאשֵׁ֣י הָאָב֗וֹת לִֽיהוּדָה֙ וּבִנְיָמִ֔ן וְהַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים וְהַלְוִיִּ֑ם לְכֹ֨ל הֵעִ֤יר הָאֱלֹהִים֙ אֶת־רוּח֔וֹ לַעֲל֣וֹת לִבְנ֔וֹת אֶת־בֵּ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃‬ And the paternal heads of Judah and Benjamin arose, as did the priests and the Levites. God aroused the spirit of all of them to go up, and to build the house of the Lord which is in Jerusalem.
Ezra 1:6 ‫וְכָל־סְבִיבֹֽתֵיהֶם֙ חִזְּק֣וּ בִֽידֵיהֶ֔ם בִּכְלֵי־כֶ֧סֶף בַּזָּהָ֛ב בָּרְכ֥וּשׁ וּבַבְּהֵמָ֖ה וּבַמִּגְדָּנ֑וֹת לְבַ֖ד עַל־כָּל־הִתְנַדֵּֽב׃ ס‬ And all those around them supplemented their resources with articles of silver, of gold, with possessions and with cattle and with valuables, besides everything given as a freewill-offering. supplemented ← strengthened.

resources ← hands.

given as a freewill-offering ← he gave willingly, but apparently a passive use of hithpael (common in Modern Hebrew when there is no agent of the passive). Compare Jer 4:2, Job 5:4, Ps 119:52.
Ezra 1:7 ‫וְהַמֶּ֣לֶךְ כּ֔וֹרֶשׁ הוֹצִ֖יא אֶת־כְּלֵ֣י בֵית־יְהוָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר הוֹצִ֤יא נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּר֙ מִיר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם וַֽיִּתְּנֵ֖ם בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלֹהָֽיו׃‬ And King Cyrus brought the equipment of the house of the Lord out which Nebuchadnezzar had brought out of Jerusalem and had put in the house of his gods.
Ezra 1:8 ‫וַיּֽוֹצִיאֵ֗ם כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס עַל־יַ֖ד מִתְרְדָ֣ת הַגִּזְבָּ֑ר וַֽיִּסְפְּרֵם֙ לְשֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֔ר הַנָּשִׂ֖יא לִיהוּדָֽה׃‬ So Cyrus the king of Persia brought them out under the direction of Mithredath the treasurer, and he registered them with Sheshbazzar the leading person of Judah. under the direction ← at the hand.

registered ← counted.
Ezra 1:9 ‫וְאֵ֖לֶּה מִסְפָּרָ֑ם אֲגַרְטְלֵ֨י זָהָ֜ב שְׁלֹשִׁ֗ים אֲגַרְטְלֵי־כֶ֙סֶף֙ אָ֔לֶף מַחֲלָפִ֖ים תִּשְׁעָ֥ה וְעֶשְׂרִֽים׃ ס‬ And these are their quantities: thirty golden basins, one thousand silver bowls, twenty-nine slaughtering knives,
Ezra 1:10 ‫כְּפוֹרֵ֤י זָהָב֙ שְׁלֹשִׁ֔ים כְּפ֤וֹרֵי כֶ֙סֶף֙ מִשְׁנִ֔ים אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת וַעֲשָׂרָ֑ה כֵּלִ֥ים אֲחֵרִ֖ים אָֽלֶף׃ ס‬ thirty golden bowls, four hundred and ten silver bowls of second quality, and one thousand other items. bowls (2x): the etymology suggests expiatory bowls.
Ezra 1:11 ‫כָּל־כֵּלִים֙ לַזָּהָ֣ב וְלַכֶּ֔סֶף חֲמֵ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים וְאַרְבַּ֣ע מֵא֑וֹת הַכֹּ֞ל הֶעֱלָ֣ה שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֗ר עִ֚ם הֵעָל֣וֹת הַגּוֹלָ֔ה מִבָּבֶ֖ל לִירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃ פ‬ All the items of gold and silver amounted to five thousand four hundred. Sheshbazzar brought them all up along with the deportees being brought up from Babylon to Jerusalem. being brought up: gerundial use of the niphal infinitive.
Ezra 2:1 ‫וְאֵ֣לֶּה ׀ בְּנֵ֣י הַמְּדִינָ֗ה הָֽעֹלִים֙ מִשְּׁבִ֣י הַגּוֹלָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר הֶגְלָ֛ה *נבוכדנצור **נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶ֖ל לְבָבֶ֑ל וַיָּשׁ֛וּבוּ לִירוּשָׁלִַ֥ם וִֽיהוּדָ֖ה אִ֥ישׁ לְעִירֽוֹ׃‬ And the following are the citizens of the province who came back up from the displaced body of deportees, whom {Q: Nebuchadnezzar} [K: Nebuchadnezzor] king of Babylon deported to Babylon, and who returned to Jerusalem and Judah, each to his own city. || Neh 7:6.

the following ← these.

citizens ← sons. Similarly often throughout the chapter. Towns were often named after their founder, so sons could also be applicable, but many names which follow are more familiar as towns, e.g. Bethlehem, Beth-el, Ai, Jericho.
Ezra 2:2 ‫אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֣אוּ עִם־זְרֻבָּבֶ֗ל יֵשׁ֡וּעַ נְ֠חֶמְיָה שְׂרָיָ֨ה רְֽעֵלָיָ֜ה מָרְדֳּכַ֥י בִּלְשָׁ֛ן מִסְפָּ֥ר בִּגְוַ֖י רְח֣וּם בַּעֲנָ֑ה מִסְפַּ֕ר אַנְשֵׁ֖י עַ֥ם יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ ס‬ Those who came with Zerubbabel were Jeshua, Nehemiah, Seraiah, Reelaiah, Mordecai, Bilshan, Mispar, Bigvai, Rehum and Baanah. The number of the men of the people of Israel was as follows: || Neh 7:7.

Jeshua: see 1 Chr 24:11.
Ezra 2:3 ‫בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔שׁ אַלְפַּ֕יִם מֵאָ֖ה שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ ס‬ the citizens of Parosh numbered two thousand one hundred and seventy-two; || Neh 7:8.

citizens: see note on Ezra 2:1.
Ezra 2:4 ‫בְּנֵ֣י שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ ס‬ the citizens of Shephatiah numbered three hundred and seventy-two; || Neh 7:9.
Ezra 2:5 ‫בְּנֵ֣י אָרַ֔ח שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת חֲמִשָּׁ֥ה וְשִׁבְעִֽים׃ ס‬ the citizens of Arah numbered seven hundred and seventy-five; || Neh 7:10.
Ezra 2:6 ‫בְּנֵֽי־פַחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֛ב לִבְנֵ֥י יֵשׁ֖וּעַ יוֹאָ֑ב אַלְפַּ֕יִם שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת וּשְׁנֵ֥ים עָשָֽׂר׃ ס‬ the citizens of Pahath-moab, of the line of the sons of Jeshua-joab – numbered two thousand eight hundred and twelve; || Neh 7:11.

Pahath-moab ← the governor of Moab, but it seems to be a name, also of a man, as in Ezra 8:4, Neh 7:11. The word for governor occurs in Ezra 5:3, in an Aramaic section.
Ezra 2:7 ‫בְּנֵ֣י עֵילָ֔ם אֶ֕לֶף מָאתַ֖יִם חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וְאַרְבָּעָֽה׃ ס‬ the citizens of Elam numbered one thousand two hundred and fifty-four; || Neh 7:12.
Ezra 2:8 ‫בְּנֵ֣י זַתּ֔וּא תְּשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת וְאַרְבָּעִ֥ים וַחֲמִשָּֽׁה׃ ס‬ the citizens of Zattu numbered nine hundred and forty-five; || Neh 7:13.
Ezra 2:9 ‫בְּנֵ֣י זַכָּ֔י שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת וְשִׁשִּֽׁים׃ ס‬ the citizens of Zaccai numbered seven hundred and sixty; || Neh 7:14.
Ezra 2:10 ‫בְּנֵ֣י בָנִ֔י שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ ס‬ the citizens of Bani numbered six hundred and forty-two; || Neh 7:15.
Ezra 2:11 ‫בְּנֵ֣י בֵבָ֔י שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃ ס‬ the citizens of Bebai numbered six hundred and twenty-three; || Neh 7:16.
Ezra 2:12 ‫בְּנֵ֣י עַזְגָּ֔ד אֶ֕לֶף מָאתַ֖יִם עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ ס‬ the citizens of Azgad numbered one thousand two hundred and twenty-two; || Neh 7:17.
Ezra 2:13 ‫בְּנֵי֙ אֲדֹ֣נִיקָ֔ם שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שִׁשִּׁ֥ים וְשִׁשָּֽׁה׃ ס‬ the citizens of Adonikam numbered six hundred and sixty-six; || Neh 7:18.
Ezra 2:14 ‫בְּנֵ֣י בִגְוָ֔י אַלְפַּ֖יִם חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וְשִׁשָּֽׁה׃ ס‬ the citizens of Bigvai numbered two thousand and fifty-six; || Neh 7:19.
Ezra 2:15 ‫בְּנֵ֣י עָדִ֔ין אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וְאַרְבָּעָֽה׃ ס‬ the citizens of Adin numbered four hundred and fifty-four; || Neh 7:20.
Ezra 2:16 ‫בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵ֥ר לִֽיחִזְקִיָּ֖ה תִּשְׁעִ֥ים וּשְׁמֹנָֽה׃ ס‬ the citizens of Ater, of Hezekiah's line, numbered ninety-eight; || Neh 7:21.
Ezra 2:17 ‫בְּנֵ֣י בֵצָ֔י שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃ ס‬ the citizens of Bezai numbered three hundred and twenty-three; || Neh 7:23.
Ezra 2:18 ‫בְּנֵ֣י יוֹרָ֔ה מֵאָ֖ה וּשְׁנֵ֥ים עָשָֽׂר׃ ס‬ the citizens of Jorah numbered one hundred and twelve; || Neh 7:24.
Ezra 2:19 ‫בְּנֵ֣י חָשֻׁ֔ם מָאתַ֖יִם עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃ ס‬ the citizens of Hashum numbered two hundred and twenty-three; || Neh 7:22.
Ezra 2:20 ‫בְּנֵ֥י גִבָּ֖ר תִּשְׁעִ֥ים וַחֲמִשָּֽׁה׃ ס‬ the citizens of Gibbar numbered ninety-five; || Neh 7:25.
Ezra 2:21 ‫בְּנֵ֣י בֵֽית־לָ֔חֶם מֵאָ֖ה עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃ ס‬ the citizens of Bethlehem numbered one hundred and twenty-three; || Neh 7:26.

Bethlehem (2x): see Gn 35:19.
Ezra 2:22 ‫אַנְשֵׁ֥י נְטֹפָ֖ה חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וְשִׁשָּֽׁה׃‬ the men of Netophah numbered fifty-six; || Neh 7:26.
Ezra 2:23 ‫אַנְשֵׁ֣י עֲנָת֔וֹת מֵאָ֖ה עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁמֹנָֽה׃ ס‬ the men of Anathoth numbered one hundred and twenty-eight; || Neh 7:27.
Ezra 2:24 ‫בְּנֵ֥י עַזְמָ֖וֶת אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ ס‬ the citizens of Azmaveth numbered forty-two; || Neh 7:28.
Ezra 2:25 ‫בְּנֵ֨י קִרְיַ֤ת עָרִים֙ כְּפִירָ֣ה וּבְאֵר֔וֹת שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת וְאַרְבָּעִ֥ים וּשְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃ ס‬ the citizens of Kirjath-arim, Chephirah and Beeroth numbered seven hundred and forty-three; || Neh 7:29.
Ezra 2:26 ‫בְּנֵ֤י הָרָמָה֙ וָגָ֔בַע שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וְאֶחָֽד׃ ס‬ the citizens of Ramah and Gaba numbered six hundred and twenty-one; || Neh 7:30.

Ramah ← the Ramah.
Ezra 2:27 ‫אַנְשֵׁ֣י מִכְמָ֔ס מֵאָ֖ה עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ ס‬ the men of Michmash numbered one hundred and twenty-two; || Neh 7:31.

Michmash: see 1 Sam 13:2.
Ezra 2:28 ‫אַנְשֵׁ֤י בֵֽית־אֵל֙ וְהָעָ֔י מָאתַ֖יִם עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃ ס‬ the men of Beth-el and Ai numbered two hundred and twenty-three; || Neh 7:32.

Ai ← the Ai.
Ezra 2:29 ‫בְּנֵ֥י נְב֖וֹ חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ ס‬ the citizens of Nebo numbered fifty-two; || Neh 7:33.
Ezra 2:30 ‫בְּנֵ֣י מַגְבִּ֔ישׁ מֵאָ֖ה חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וְשִׁשָּֽׁה׃ ס‬ the citizens of Magbish numbered one hundred and fifty-six;
Ezra 2:31 ‫בְּנֵי֙ עֵילָ֣ם אַחֵ֔ר אֶ֕לֶף מָאתַ֖יִם חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וְאַרְבָּעָֽה׃ ס‬ the citizens of the other Elam numbered one thousand two hundred and fifty-four; || Neh 7:34.
Ezra 2:32 ‫בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔ם שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וְעֶשְׂרִֽים׃ ס‬ the citizens of Harim numbered three hundred and twenty; || Neh 7:35.
Ezra 2:33 ‫בְּנֵי־לֹד֙ חָדִ֣יד וְאוֹנ֔וֹ שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וַחֲמִשָּֽׁה׃ ס‬ the citizens of Lod, Hadid and Ono numbered seven hundred and twenty-five; || Neh 7:37.
Ezra 2:34 ‫בְּנֵ֣י יְרֵח֔וֹ שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וַחֲמִשָּֽׁה׃ ס‬ the citizens of Jericho numbered three hundred and forty-five; || Neh 7:36.

Jericho ← Jerecho, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.
Ezra 2:35 ‫בְּנֵ֣י סְנָאָ֔ה שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֔ים וְשֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וּשְׁלֹשִֽׁים׃ ס‬ the citizens of Senaah numbered two thousand six hundred and thirty; || Neh 7:38.
Ezra 2:36 ‫הַֽכֹּהֲנִ֑ים בְּנֵ֤י יְדַֽעְיָה֙ לְבֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ תְּשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּשְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃ ס‬ the priests who were the sons of Jedaiah of the house of Jeshua numbered nine hundred and seventy-three; || Neh 7:39.

Jeshua: see 1 Chr 24:11.
Ezra 2:37 ‫בְּנֵ֣י אִמֵּ֔ר אֶ֖לֶף חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ ס‬ the citizens of Immer numbered one thousand and fifty-two; || Neh 7:40.
Ezra 2:38 ‫בְּנֵ֣י פַשְׁח֔וּר אֶ֕לֶף מָאתַ֖יִם אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וְשִׁבְעָֽה׃ ס‬ the citizens of Pashur numbered one thousand two hundred and forty-seven; || Neh 7:41.

Pashur ← Pashhur, (shin + heth), but we retain the AV / traditional English name.
Ezra 2:39 ‫בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔ם אֶ֖לֶף וְשִׁבְעָ֥ה עָשָֽׂר׃ ס‬ the citizens of Harim numbered one thousand and seventeen; || Neh 7:42.
Ezra 2:40 ‫הַלְוִיִּ֑ם בְּנֵי־יֵשׁ֧וּעַ וְקַדְמִיאֵ֛ל לִבְנֵ֥י הוֹדַוְיָ֖ה שִׁבְעִ֥ים וְאַרְבָּעָֽה׃ ס‬ the Levites, the sons of Jeshua and Kadmiel, of the sons of Hodaviah, numbered seventy-four; || Neh 7:43.

Jeshua: see 1 Chr 24:11.
Ezra 2:41 ‫הַֽמְשֹׁרְרִ֑ים בְּנֵ֣י אָסָ֔ף מֵאָ֖ה עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁמֹנָֽה׃ פ‬ the singers, the sons of Asaph, numbered one hundred and twenty-eight; || Neh 7:44.
Ezra 2:42 ‫בְּנֵ֣י הַשֹּֽׁעֲרִ֗ים בְּנֵי־שַׁלּ֤וּם בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵר֙ בְּנֵי־טַלְמ֣וֹן בְּנֵי־עַקּ֔וּב בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיטָ֖א בְּנֵ֣י שֹׁבָ֑י הַכֹּ֕ל מֵאָ֖ה שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וְתִשְׁעָֽה׃ פ‬ the sons of the gatekeepers – the sons of Shallum, the sons of Ater, the sons of Talmon, the sons of Akkub, the sons of Hatita, and the sons of Shobai – numbered in total one hundred and thirty-nine. || Neh 7:45.
Ezra 2:43 ‫הַנְּתִינִ֑ים בְּנֵי־צִיחָ֥א בְנֵי־חֲשׂוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י טַבָּעֽוֹת׃‬ The temple-servants, the sons of Ziha, the sons of Hasuphah, the sons of Tabbaoth, || Neh 7:46.
Ezra 2:44 ‫בְּנֵי־קֵרֹ֥ס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיעֲהָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י פָדֽוֹן׃‬ the sons of Keros, the sons of Siaha, the sons of Padon || Neh 7:47.
Ezra 2:45 ‫בְּנֵי־לְבָנָ֥ה בְנֵי־חֲגָבָ֖ה בְּנֵ֥י עַקּֽוּב׃‬ the sons of Lebanah, the sons of Hagabah, the sons of Akkub, || Neh 7:48.
Ezra 2:46 ‫בְּנֵי־חָגָ֥ב בְּנֵי־*שמלי **שַׁלְמַ֖י בְּנֵ֥י חָנָֽן׃‬ the sons of Hagab, the sons of {Q: Shalmai} [K: Shamlai], the sons of Hanan, || Neh 7:48, Neh 7:49.
Ezra 2:47 ‫בְּנֵי־גִדֵּ֥ל בְּנֵי־גַ֖חַר בְּנֵ֥י רְאָיָֽה׃‬ the sons of Giddel, the sons of Gahar, the sons of Reaiah, || Neh 7:49, Neh 7:50.
Ezra 2:48 ‫בְּנֵי־רְצִ֥ין בְּנֵי־נְקוֹדָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י גַזָּֽם׃‬ the sons of Rezin, the sons of Nekoda, the sons of Gazzam, || Neh 7:50, Neh 7:51.
Ezra 2:49 ‫בְּנֵי־עֻזָּ֥א בְנֵי־פָסֵ֖חַ בְּנֵ֥י בֵסָֽי׃‬ the sons of Uzza, the sons of Paseah, the sons of Besai, || Neh 7:51, Neh 7:52.
Ezra 2:50 ‫בְּנֵי־אַסְנָ֥ה בְנֵי־*מעינים **מְעוּנִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י *נפיסים **נְפוּסִֽים׃‬ the sons of Asnah, the sons of {Q: Meunim} [K: Meinim], the sons of {Q: Nephusim} [K: Nephisim], || Neh 7:52.

Meunim (qeré): AV= Mehunim.
Ezra 2:51 ‫בְּנֵי־בַקְבּ֥וּק בְּנֵי־חֲקוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְחֽוּר׃‬ the sons of Bakbuk, the sons of Hakupha, the sons of Harhur, || Neh 7:53.
Ezra 2:52 ‫בְּנֵי־בַצְל֥וּת בְּנֵי־מְחִידָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְשָֽׁא׃‬ the sons of Bazluth, the sons of Mehida, the sons of Harsha, || Neh 7:54.
Ezra 2:53 ‫בְּנֵי־בַרְק֥וֹס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיסְרָ֖א בְּנֵי־תָֽמַח׃‬ the sons of Barkos, the sons of Sisera, the sons of Tamah, || Neh 7:55.

Tamah: AV= Thamah here, but Tamah in Neh 7:55.
Ezra 2:54 ‫בְּנֵ֥י נְצִ֖יחַ בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיפָֽא׃‬ the sons of Neziah, the sons of Hatipha, || Neh 7:56.
Ezra 2:55 ‫בְּנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה בְּנֵי־סֹטַ֥י בְּנֵי־הַסֹּפֶ֖רֶת בְּנֵ֥י פְרוּדָֽא׃‬ the sons of Solomon's servants, the sons of Sotai, the sons of Sophereth, the sons of Peruda, || Neh 7:57.

Sophereth ← Hassophereth, i.e. the scribe (feminine).
Ezra 2:56 ‫בְּנֵי־יַעְלָ֥ה בְנֵי־דַרְק֖וֹן בְּנֵ֥י גִדֵּֽל׃‬ the sons of Jaalah, the sons of Darkon, the sons of Giddel, || Neh 7:58.
Ezra 2:57 ‫בְּנֵ֧י שְׁפַטְיָ֣ה בְנֵֽי־חַטִּ֗יל בְּנֵ֛י פֹּכֶ֥רֶת הַצְּבָיִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י אָמִֽי׃‬ the sons of Shephatiah, the sons of Hattil, the sons of Pochereth of the Zebaim, the sons of Ami – || Neh 7:59.
Ezra 2:58 ‫כָּ֨ל־הַנְּתִינִ֔ים וּבְנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת תִּשְׁעִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ ס‬ all the temple-servants and the sons of Solomon's servants numbered three hundred and ninety-two. || Neh 7:60.
Ezra 2:59 ‫וְאֵ֗לֶּה הָֽעֹלִים֙ מִתֵּ֥ל מֶ֙לַח֙ תֵּ֣ל חַרְשָׁ֔א כְּר֥וּב אַדָּ֖ן אִמֵּ֑ר וְלֹ֣א יָֽכְל֗וּ לְהַגִּ֤יד בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָם֙ וְזַרְעָ֔ם אִ֥ם מִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֖ל הֵֽם׃‬ And the following are those who went up from Tel-melah, Tel-harsa, Cherub, Addan and Immer, but they could not specify their paternal house or their family line – whether they were of Israel: || Neh 7:61.

the following ← these.

specify ← tell.

family line ← seed.
Ezra 2:60 ‫בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ ס‬ the sons of Delaiah, the sons of Tobiah and the sons of Nekoda, who numbered six hundred and fifty-two; || Neh 7:62.
Ezra 2:61 ‫וּמִבְּנֵי֙ הַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים בְּנֵ֥י חֳבַיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י הַקּ֑וֹץ בְּנֵ֣י בַרְזִלַּ֗י אֲשֶׁ֣ר לָ֠קַח מִבְּנ֞וֹת בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַגִּלְעָדִי֙ אִשָּׁ֔ה וַיִּקָּרֵ֖א עַל־שְׁמָֽם׃‬ and those of the sons of the priests: the sons of Habaiah, the sons of Hakkoz, and the sons of Barzillai who took a wife from the daughters of Barzillai the Gileadite, and was named after them. || Neh 7:63.

Habaiah ← Hobaiah, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.

Hakkoz: AV= Koz. One could read the Koz.

Gileadite: see Gn 31:21.

named after them ← called after their name.
Ezra 2:62 ‫אֵ֗לֶּה בִּקְשׁ֧וּ כְתָבָ֛ם הַמִּתְיַחְשִׂ֖ים וְלֹ֣א נִמְצָ֑אוּ וַֽיְגֹאֲל֖וּ מִן־הַכְּהֻנָּֽה׃‬ These looked for their registration among those registered by genealogy, but they were not found, so they were disqualified from the priesthood as extraneous. || Neh 7:64.

registration ← writing.

were disqualified ... as extraneous ← were polluted.
Ezra 2:63 ‫וַיֹּ֤אמֶר הַתִּרְשָׁ֙תָא֙ לָהֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־יֹאכְל֖וּ מִקֹּ֣דֶשׁ הַקֳּדָשִׁ֑ים עַ֛ד עֲמֹ֥ד כֹּהֵ֖ן לְאוּרִ֥ים וּלְתֻמִּֽים׃‬ And the governor told them that they were not to eat anything from the holy of holies until the priest should stand with Urim and Thummim. || Neh 7:65.

governor ← Tirshatha. A Persian word [CB], [biblehub.com]. See Neh 8:9.

Urim and Thummim: see Ex 28:30.
Ezra 2:64 ‫כָּל־הַקָּהָ֖ל כְּאֶחָ֑ד אַרְבַּ֣ע רִבּ֔וֹא אַלְפַּ֖יִם שְׁלֹשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת שִׁשִּֽׁים׃‬ The whole convocation together numbered forty-two thousand three hundred and sixty people, || Neh 7:66.
Ezra 2:65 ‫מִ֠לְּבַד עַבְדֵיהֶ֤ם וְאַמְהֹֽתֵיהֶם֙ אֵ֔לֶּה שִׁבְעַ֣ת אֲלָפִ֔ים שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וְשִׁבְעָ֑ה וְלָהֶ֛ם מְשֹׁרְרִ֥ים וּֽמְשֹׁרְר֖וֹת מָאתָֽיִם׃‬ apart from these menservants and maidservants of theirs: seven thousand three hundred and thirty-seven of them, and they also had two hundred male and female singers. || Neh 7:67.
Ezra 2:66 ‫סוּסֵיהֶ֕ם שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וְשִׁשָּׁ֑ה פִּרְדֵיהֶ֕ם מָאתַ֖יִם אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וַחֲמִשָּֽׁה׃‬ Their horses numbered seven hundred and thirty-six; their mules, two hundred and forty-five;
Ezra 2:67 ‫גְּמַ֨לֵּיהֶ֔ם אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וַחֲמִשָּׁ֑ה חֲמֹרִ֕ים שֵׁ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֔ים שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת וְעֶשְׂרִֽים׃ פ‬ their camels, four hundred and thirty-five; the donkeys, six thousand seven hundred and twenty. || Neh 7:68 (Neh 7:69AV).
Ezra 2:68 ‫וּמֵרָאשֵׁי֙ הָֽאָב֔וֹת בְּבוֹאָ֕ם לְבֵ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר בִּירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם הִֽתְנַדְּבוּ֙ לְבֵ֣ית הָֽאֱלֹהִ֔ים לְהַעֲמִיד֖וֹ עַל־מְכוֹנֽוֹ׃‬ And when some of the paternal heads came to the house of the Lord which is in Jerusalem, they gave freewill-offerings for the house of God, to set it on its foundation. || Neh 7:69 (Neh 7:70AV).
Ezra 2:69 ‫כְּכֹחָ֗ם נָתְנוּ֮ לְאוֹצַ֣ר הַמְּלָאכָה֒ זָהָ֗ב דַּרְכְּמוֹנִים֙ שֵׁשׁ־רִבֹּ֣אות וָאֶ֔לֶף ס וְכֶ֕סֶף מָנִ֖ים חֲמֵ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֑ים וְכָתְנֹ֥ת כֹּהֲנִ֖ים מֵאָֽה׃ ס‬ They contributed according to their means to the treasury for the work: sixty-one thousand darics of gold, five thousand manehs of silver, and one hundred priests' gowns. || Neh 7:69, Neh 7:70, Neh 7:71 (Neh 7:70AV, Neh 7:71AV, Neh 7:72AV).

contributed ← gave.

darics: a daric is a gold coin.

manehs: 1 maneh = 100 shekels.
Ezra 2:70 ‫וַיֵּשְׁב֣וּ הַכֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְ֠הַלְוִיִּם וּֽמִן־הָעָ֞ם וְהַמְשֹׁרְרִ֧ים וְהַשּׁוֹעֲרִ֛ים וְהַנְּתִינִ֖ים בְּעָרֵיהֶ֑ם וְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּעָרֵיהֶֽם׃ ס‬ And the priests, and the Levites, and some of the people, and the singers and the gatekeepers and the temple-servants, lived in their cities, as did all Israel in their cities. || Neh 7:72 (Neh 7:73AV).
Ezra 3:1 ‫וַיִּגַּע֙ הַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔י וּבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בֶּעָרִ֑ים ס וַיֵּאָסְפ֥וּ הָעָ֛ם כְּאִ֥ישׁ אֶחָ֖ד אֶל־יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם׃ ס‬ And by the time the seventh month came, the sons of Israel were in their cities, and the people gathered in unison in Jerusalem. || Neh 7:72, Neh 8:1, (Neh 7:72 = Neh 7:73AV).

by the time: wider use of the vav.

in unison ← like one man.

in Jerusalem ← to Jerusalem.
Ezra 3:2 ‫וַיָּקָם֩ יֵשׁ֨וּעַ בֶּן־יֽוֹצָדָ֜ק וְאֶחָ֣יו הַכֹּהֲנִ֗ים וּזְרֻבָּבֶ֤ל בֶּן־שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵל֙ וְאֶחָ֔יו וַיִּבְנ֕וּ אֶת־מִזְבַּ֖ח אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל לְהַעֲל֤וֹת עָלָיו֙ עֹל֔וֹת כַּכָּת֕וּב בְּתוֹרַ֖ת מֹשֶׁ֥ה אִישׁ־הָאֱלֹהִֽים׃‬ And Jeshua the son of Jozadak arose, as did his brothers the priests, and Zerubbabel the son of Shealtiel and his brothers, and they built the altar of the God of Israel, to make burnt offerings on it, as is written in the law of Moses, the man of God. Jeshua: see 1 Chr 24:11.

to make ← to offer.
Ezra 3:3 ‫וַיָּכִ֤ינוּ הַמִּזְבֵּ֙חַ֙ עַל־מְכ֣וֹנֹתָ֔יו כִּ֚י בְּאֵימָ֣ה עֲלֵיהֶ֔ם מֵעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת *ויעל **וַיַּעֲל֨וּ עָלָ֤יו עֹלוֹת֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה עֹל֖וֹת לַבֹּ֥קֶר וְלָעָֽרֶב׃‬ And they set up the altar on its base, because in a dread which had come over them because of the peoples of the various countries, {K: they} [Q: one] made burnt offerings to the Lord on it – burnt offerings of the morning and of the evening. base ← bases.

made ← offered.
Ezra 3:4 ‫וַֽיַּעֲשׂ֛וּ אֶת־חַ֥ג הַסֻּכּ֖וֹת כַּכָּת֑וּב וְעֹלַ֨ת י֤וֹם בְּיוֹם֙ בְּמִסְפָּ֔ר כְּמִשְׁפַּ֖ט דְּבַר־י֥וֹם בְּיוֹמֽוֹ׃‬ And they celebrated the Festival of Tabernacles as it is written, and they made burnt offerings daily, in the right quantity, according to the ordinance of the daily proceeding. celebrated ← did.
Ezra 3:5 ‫וְאַחֲרֵיכֵ֞ן עֹלַ֤ת תָּמִיד֙ וְלֶ֣חֳדָשִׁ֔ים וּלְכָל־מוֹעֲדֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה הַמְקֻדָּשִׁ֑ים וּלְכֹ֛ל מִתְנַדֵּ֥ב נְדָבָ֖ה לַיהוָֽה׃‬ And after that was the recurrent burnt offering, both for the new moons and for all the Lord's sanctified festival times, and a freewill-offering from everyone who freely offered it to the Lord.
Ezra 3:6 ‫מִיּ֤וֹם אֶחָד֙ לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔י הֵחֵ֕לּוּ לְהַעֲל֥וֹת עֹל֖וֹת לַיהוָ֑ה וְהֵיכַ֥ל יְהוָ֖ה לֹ֥א יֻסָּֽד׃‬ From the first day of the seventh month, they began to make burnt offerings to the Lord, although the Lord's temple had not yet had its foundations laid. make ← offer.

had its foundations laid ← been founded.
Ezra 3:7 ‫וַיִּ֨תְּנוּ־כֶ֔סֶף לַחֹצְבִ֖ים וְלֶחָרָשִׁ֑ים וּמַאֲכָ֨ל וּמִשְׁתֶּ֜ה וָשֶׁ֗מֶן לַצִּֽדֹנִים֙ וְלַצֹּרִ֔ים לְהָבִיא֩ עֲצֵ֨י אֲרָזִ֤ים מִן־הַלְּבָנוֹן֙ אֶל־יָ֣ם יָפ֔וֹא כְּרִשְׁי֛וֹן כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרַ֖ס עֲלֵיהֶֽם׃ פ‬ And they gave money to the stonemasons and to the craftsmen, as well as food and drink and oil, and to the Sidonians and the Tyrians, for bringing cedar wood from Lebanon to the sea of Joppa, according to the authorization given to them by Cyrus king of Persia. stonemasons ← hewers.

Sidonians: see Gn 10:15.

authorization ← permission.
Ezra 3:8 ‫וּבַשָּׁנָ֣ה הַשֵּׁנִ֗ית לְבוֹאָ֞ם אֶל־בֵּ֤ית הָֽאֱלֹהִים֙ לִיר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם בַּחֹ֖דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֑י הֵחֵ֡לּוּ זְרֻבָּבֶ֣ל בֶּן־שְׁ֠אַלְתִּיאֵל וְיֵשׁ֨וּעַ בֶּן־יֽוֹצָדָ֜ק וּשְׁאָ֥ר אֲחֵיהֶ֣ם ׀ הַכֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְהַלְוִיִּ֗ם וְכָל־הַבָּאִים֙ מֵהַשְּׁבִ֣י יְרֽוּשָׁלִַ֔ם וַיַּעֲמִ֣ידוּ אֶת־הַלְוִיִּ֗ם מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה לְנַצֵּ֖חַ עַל־מְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־יְהוָֽה׃ פ‬ And in the second year after their coming to the house of God in Jerusalem, in the second month, Zerubbabel the son of Shealtiel and Jeshua the son of Jozadak and the rest of their brothers – the priests and the Levites – and all those who came back from captivity to Jerusalem, began to appoint the Levites from twenty years old and above to superintend the work of the house of the Lord. Jeshua: see 1 Chr 24:11.

after their coming: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Ezra 3:9 ‫וַיַּעֲמֹ֣ד יֵשׁ֡וּעַ בָּנָ֣יו וְ֠אֶחָיו קַדְמִיאֵ֨ל וּבָנָ֤יו בְּנֵֽי־יְהוּדָה֙ כְּאֶחָ֔ד לְנַצֵּ֛חַ עַל־עֹשֵׂ֥ה הַמְּלָאכָ֖ה בְּבֵ֣ית הָאֱלֹהִ֑ים ס בְּנֵי֙ חֵֽנָדָ֔ד בְּנֵיהֶ֥ם וַאֲחֵיהֶ֖ם הַלְוִיִּֽם׃‬ And Jeshua, his sons and his brothers, and Kadmiel and his sons – the sons of Judah – stood in unison to superintend those doing the work in the house of God, with the sons of Henadad, and their sons and their brothers, the Levites. Jeshua: see 1 Chr 24:11.

Judah: another name for Hodaviah; compare Ezra 2:40.

those doing ← the doer of.
Ezra 3:10 ‫וְיִסְּד֥וּ הַבֹּנִ֖ים אֶת־הֵיכַ֣ל יְהוָ֑ה וַיַּעֲמִידוּ֩ הַכֹּהֲנִ֨ים מְלֻבָּשִׁ֜ים בַּחֲצֹֽצְר֗וֹת וְהַלְוִיִּ֤ם בְּנֵֽי־אָסָף֙ בַּֽמְצִלְתַּ֔יִם לְהַלֵּל֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֔ה עַל־יְדֵ֖י דָּוִ֥יד מֶֽלֶךְ־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ And the builders laid the foundations of the Lord's temple, and they appointed priests in full dress, with trumpets, and also Levites – sons of Asaph – with cymbals, to praise the Lord according to the instructions of David king of Israel. laid the foundations of ← founded.

in full dress ← dressed.

instructions ← hands.
Ezra 3:11 ‫וַֽ֠יַּעֲנוּ בְּהַלֵּ֨ל וּבְהוֹדֹ֤ת לַֽיהוָה֙ כִּ֣י ט֔וֹב כִּֽי־לְעוֹלָ֥ם חַסְדּ֖וֹ עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וְכָל־הָעָ֡ם הֵרִיעוּ֩ תְרוּעָ֙ה גְדוֹלָ֤ה בְהַלֵּל֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה עַ֖ל הוּסַ֥ד בֵּית־יְהוָֽה׃ ס‬ And they sang to the Lord in praise and thanksgiving – that

He is good,

For his kindness to Israel is age-abiding.

And all the people shouted with loud shouting in praising the Lord for the fact that the foundations of the house of the Lord had been laid.
in praising: gerundial use of the infinitive.

the foundations ... had been laid ← was founded.
Ezra 3:12 ‫וְרַבִּ֡ים מֵהַכֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְהַלְוִיִּם֩ וְרָאשֵׁ֨י הָאָב֜וֹת הַזְּקֵנִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר רָא֜וּ אֶת־הַבַּ֤יִת הָֽרִאשׁוֹן֙ בְּיָסְד֔וֹ זֶ֤ה הַבַּ֙יִת֙ בְּעֵ֣ינֵיהֶ֔ם בֹּכִ֖ים בְּק֣וֹל גָּד֑וֹל וְרַבִּ֛ים בִּתְרוּעָ֥ה בְשִׂמְחָ֖ה לְהָרִ֥ים קֽוֹל׃‬ And many of the priests and the Levites and the elderly paternal heads who had seen the first house, when this house had its foundations laid before their eyes, they wept with a loud voice, and many raised their voice in shouting for joy. when ... had its foundations laid ← in the founding of.

raised their voice in shouting for joy ← shouting for joy in raising their voice. Gerundial use of the infinitive with in raising.
Ezra 3:13 ‫וְאֵ֣ין הָעָ֗ם מַכִּירִים֙ ק֚וֹל תְּרוּעַ֣ת הַשִּׂמְחָ֔ה לְק֖וֹל בְּכִ֣י הָעָ֑ם כִּ֣י הָעָ֗ם מְרִיעִים֙ תְּרוּעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה וְהַקּ֥וֹל נִשְׁמַ֖ע עַד־לְמֵרָחֽוֹק׃ פ‬ And the people could not distinguish between the sound of shouting for joy and the sound of weeping of the people, because the people were raising a loud shout, and the sound was heard a long way off. distinguish betweenrecognize.

raising ← shouting.

a long way off ← up to from afar.
Ezra 4:1 ‫וַֽיִּשְׁמְע֔וּ צָרֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה וּבִנְיָמִ֑ן כִּֽי־בְנֵ֤י הַגּוֹלָה֙ בּוֹנִ֣ים הֵיכָ֔ל לַיהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ But when the adversaries of Judah and Benjamin heard that the deportees were building a temple to the Lord God of Israel, deportees ← sons of deportation.
Ezra 4:2 ‫וַיִּגְּשׁ֨וּ אֶל־זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל וְאֶל־רָאשֵׁ֣י הָֽאָב֗וֹת וַיֹּאמְר֤וּ לָהֶם֙ נִבְנֶ֣ה עִמָּכֶ֔ם כִּ֣י כָכֶ֔ם נִדְר֖וֹשׁ לֵֽאלֹהֵיכֶ֑ם *ולא **וְל֣וֹ ׀ אֲנַ֣חְנוּ זֹבְחִ֗ים מִימֵי֙ אֵסַ֤ר חַדֹּן֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ אַשּׁ֔וּר הַמַּעֲלֶ֥ה אֹתָ֖נוּ פֹּֽה׃‬ they went up to Zerubbabel and the paternal fathers, and they said to them, “Let us build with you, because, like you, we will seek your God, and {Q: we have been sacrificing to him} [K: we have not been sacrificing] since the days of Esar-haddon king of Assyria, who brought us up here.”
Ezra 4:3 ‫וַיֹּאמֶר֩ לָהֶ֨ם זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל וְיֵשׁ֗וּעַ וּשְׁאָ֨ר רָאשֵׁ֤י הָֽאָבוֹת֙ לְיִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל לֹֽא־לָ֣כֶם וָלָ֔נוּ לִבְנ֥וֹת בַּ֖יִת לֵאלֹהֵ֑ינוּ כִּי֩ אֲנַ֨חְנוּ יַ֜חַד נִבְנֶ֗ה לַֽיהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל כַּאֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוָּ֔נוּ הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרָֽס׃‬ But Zerubbabel and Jeshua and the rest of the paternal heads of Israel said to them, “You have nothing to do with us in building the house for our God, for we alone will build to the Lord God of Israel, as King Cyrus, king of Persia, commanded us.” Jeshua: see 1 Chr 24:11.

in building: gerundial use of the infinitive.

alone ← together, implying without others.
Ezra 4:4 ‫וַיְהִי֙ עַם־הָאָ֔רֶץ מְרַפִּ֖ים יְדֵ֣י עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה *ומבלהים **וּֽמְבַהֲלִ֥ים אוֹתָ֖ם לִבְנֽוֹת׃‬ And the people of the land impeded the people of Judah, and they {K: harassed} [Q: terrified] them in building. impeded ← weakened the hands of.

in building: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Ezra 4:5 ‫וְסֹכְרִ֧ים עֲלֵיהֶ֛ם יוֹעֲצִ֖ים לְהָפֵ֣ר עֲצָתָ֑ם כָּל־יְמֵ֗י כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס וְעַד־מַלְכ֖וּת דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרָֽס׃‬ And they contracted advisers to work against them, to frustrate their plan for all the days of Cyrus king of Persia, and up to the reign of Darius king of Persia. Darius ← Doriavesh, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.
Ezra 4:6 ‫וּבְמַלְכוּת֙ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ בִּתְחִלַּ֖ת מַלְכוּת֑וֹ כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה עַל־יֹשְׁבֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה וִירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃ ס‬ And in the reign of Ahasuerus, at the start of his reign, they wrote an accusation against the inhabitants of Judah and Jerusalem. Ahasuerus ← Ahashverosh, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.
Ezra 4:7 ‫וּבִימֵ֣י אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֗שְׂתָּא כָּתַ֨ב בִּשְׁלָ֜ם מִתְרְדָ֤ת טָֽבְאֵל֙ וּשְׁאָ֣ר *כנותו **כְּנָוֺתָ֔יו עַל־*ארתחששתא **אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרָ֑ס וּכְתָב֙ הַֽנִּשְׁתְּוָ֔ן כָּת֥וּב אֲרָמִ֖ית וּמְתֻרְגָּ֥ם אֲרָמִֽית׃ פ‬ And in the days of Artaxerxes, Bishlam, Mithradath, Tabeel and the rest of his associates wrote to Artaxerxes king of Persia. And the content of the communiqué was written in Aramaic, and on reception it was translated from Aramaic. Artaxerxes (2x){K: Artahshasta} [Q: Artahshast], but we retain the AV / traditional English name. The first occurrence is as the ketiv of the second.

his associates: the ketiv could be regarded as a scriptio defectiva spelling of the qeré.

content ← writing.
Ezra 4:8 ‫רְח֣וּם בְּעֵל־טְעֵ֗ם וְשִׁמְשַׁי֙ סָֽפְרָ֔א כְּתַ֛בוּ אִגְּרָ֥ה חֲדָ֖ה עַל־יְרוּשְׁלֶ֑ם לְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥שְׂתְּא מַלְכָּ֖א כְּנֵֽמָא׃‬ Rehum the chief minister and Shimshai the scribe wrote a letter to Artaxerxes the king against Jerusalem accordingly. Ezra 4:8 - 6:18 (and Ezra 7:12 -7:26) is in Aramaic.

a letter ← one letter.

accordingly ← according to the thread / saying.
Ezra 4:9 ‫אֱדַ֜יִן רְח֣וּם בְּעֵל־טְעֵ֗ם וְשִׁמְשַׁי֙ סָֽפְרָ֔א וּשְׁאָ֖ר כְּנָוָתְה֑וֹן דִּ֠ינָיֵא וַאֲפַרְסַתְכָיֵ֞א טַרְפְּלָיֵ֣א אֲפָֽרְסָיֵ֗א *ארכוי **אַרְכְּוָיֵ֤א בָבְלָיֵא֙ שֽׁוּשַׁנְכָיֵ֔א *דהוא **דֶּהָיֵ֖א עֵלְמָיֵֽא׃‬ At that time Rehum the chief minister and Shimshai the scribe wrote, along with the rest of their associates, judges and magistrates, Tarpelites, Apharsites, Archevites, Babylonians, Susanchites, Dehavites and Elamites, Archevites ... Dehavites: the ketiv can be regarded as a variant form of the qeré.

along with ← and.

Susanchites ← Shushanchites, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.
Ezra 4:10 ‫וּשְׁאָ֣ר אֻמַּיָּ֗א דִּ֤י הַגְלִי֙ אָסְנַפַּר֙ רַבָּ֣א וְיַקִּירָ֔א וְהוֹתֵ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּקִרְיָ֖ה דִּ֣י שָׁמְרָ֑יִן וּשְׁאָ֥ר עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖ה וּכְעֶֽנֶת׃‬ and the rest of the peoples whom the great and honourable Asnappar deported and settled in the towns of Samaria, and the rest of the region on the far side of the river etcetera. Asnappar ← Osnappar, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.

the far side of the river: i.e. to the west of the Euphrates.
Ezra 4:11 ‫דְּנָה֙ פַּרְשֶׁ֣גֶן אִגַּרְתָּ֔א דִּ֚י שְׁלַ֣חוּ עֲל֔וֹהִי עַל־אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא מַלְכָּ֑א עַבְדָ֛יךְ אֱנָ֥שׁ עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖ה וּכְעֶֽנֶת׃ פ‬ This is a transcript of the letter which they sent to him – to Artaxerxes the king. “From your {K: servants, men} [Q: servant, a man] from the far side of the river etcetera,
Ezra 4:12 ‫יְדִ֙יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֔א דִּ֣י יְהוּדָיֵ֗א דִּ֤י סְלִ֙קוּ֙ מִן־לְוָתָ֔ךְ עֲלֶ֥ינָא אֲת֖וֹ לִירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם קִרְיְתָ֨א מָֽרָדְתָּ֤א *ובאישתא **וּבִֽישְׁתָּא֙ בָּנַ֔יִן *ושורי **וְשׁוּרַיָּ֣א *אשכללו **שַׁכְלִ֔ילוּ וְאֻשַּׁיָּ֖א יַחִֽיטוּ׃‬ let it be known to the king that the Jews who came up from where you are to us, have come to Jerusalem, and are rebuilding the rebellious and wicked city, and they have completed the walls and have laid the foundations. have completed: the ketiv is hishtapal; the qeré is pael. The issue is whether an aleph belongs to the word for walls or completed.

from where you arefrom with you.

rebuilding ← building.

laid: we take this as pael perfect of root yod-heth-teth rather than [AnLx]'s hapel future of heth-vav-teth. See [FR, §178].
Ezra 4:13 ‫כְּעַ֗ן יְדִ֙יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֔א דִּ֠י הֵ֣ן קִרְיְתָ֥א דָךְ֙ תִּתְבְּנֵ֔א וְשׁוּרַיָּ֖ה יִֽשְׁתַּכְלְל֑וּן מִנְדָּֽה־בְל֤וֹ וַהֲלָךְ֙ לָ֣א יִנְתְּנ֔וּן וְאַפְּתֹ֥ם מַלְכִ֖ים תְּהַנְזִֽק׃‬ Let it now be known to the king that if that city is rebuilt, and the walls are completed, they will not pay the levy of tax and excise, and in the end it will harm the interests of the monarchy. rebuilt ← built.

pay ← give.

it will harm the interests of the monarchy ← it [feminine generalising] / you will damage kings.
Ezra 4:14 ‫כְּעַ֗ן כָּל־קֳבֵל֙ דִּֽי־מְלַ֤ח הֵֽיכְלָא֙ מְלַ֔חְנָא וְעַרְוַ֣ת מַלְכָּ֔א לָ֥א אֲ‍ֽרִֽיךְ לַ֖נָא לְמֶֽחֱזֵ֑א עַ֨ל־דְּנָ֔ה שְׁלַ֖חְנָא וְהוֹדַ֥עְנָא לְמַלְכָּֽא׃‬ Now since our salaries are paid by the palace, and it would not be proper for us to see any ingloriousness of the king, we have sent word and informed the king about this, salaries ← salt.

are paid by ← (are) salt of.

ingloriousness ← nakedness.
Ezra 4:15 ‫דִּ֡י יְבַקַּר֩ בִּֽסְפַר־דָּכְרָ֨נַיָּ֜א דִּ֣י אֲבָהָתָ֗ךְ וּ֠תְהַשְׁכַּח בִּסְפַ֣ר דָּכְרָנַיָּא֮ וְתִנְדַּע֒ דִּי֩ קִרְיְתָ֨א דָ֜ךְ קִרְיָ֣א מָֽרָדָ֗א וּֽמְהַנְזְקַ֤ת מַלְכִין֙ וּמְדִנָ֔ן וְאֶשְׁתַּדּוּר֙ עָבְדִ֣ין בְּגַוַּ֔הּ מִן־יוֹמָ֖ת עָלְמָ֑א עַ֨ל־דְּנָ֔ה קִרְיְתָ֥א דָ֖ךְ הָֽחָרְבַֽת׃‬ so that it may be investigated in the chronicles of your fathers, and you may find it in the chronicles, and know that this city is a rebellious city which damages kings and provinces, and that they have been perpetrating an insurrection inside it since days of old, on account of which this city was destroyed. it may be investigated ← one may investigate. Avoidance of the passive.

chronicles ← book of records.

days of old ← days of the age.
Ezra 4:16 ‫מְהוֹדְעִ֤ין אֲנַ֙חְנָה֙ לְמַלְכָּ֔א דִּ֠י הֵ֣ן קִרְיְתָ֥א דָךְ֙ תִּתְבְּנֵ֔א וְשׁוּרַיָּ֖ה יִֽשְׁתַּכְלְל֑וּן לָקֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָ֔ה חֲלָק֙ בַּעֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔א לָ֥א אִיתַ֖י לָֽךְ׃ פ‬ We hereby inform the king that if this city is rebuilt, and its walls are completed, as a result of it you will not have revenue from the far side of the river.” rebuilt ← built.

it ← this.
Ezra 4:17 ‫פִּתְגָמָ֞א שְׁלַ֣ח מַלְכָּ֗א עַל־רְח֤וּם בְּעֵל־טְעֵם֙ וְשִׁמְשַׁ֣י סָֽפְרָ֔א וּשְׁאָר֙ כְּנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן דִּ֥י יָתְבִ֖ין בְּשָֽׁמְרָ֑יִן וּשְׁאָ֧ר עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֛ה שְׁלָ֖ם וּכְעֶֽת׃ ס‬ The king sent the following message to Rehum the chief minister and Shimshai the scribe and the rest of their associates who were living in Samaria, and the rest who were on the far side of the river: “Peace etcetera. etcetera: or, at this time. It may be a way of abbreviating the record of the communiqué, whilst the original may have contained a longer formal greeting. Compare Ruth 4:1.
Ezra 4:18 ‫נִשְׁתְּוָנָ֕א דִּ֥י שְׁלַחְתּ֖וּן עֲלֶ֑ינָא מְפָרַ֥שׁ קֱרִ֖י קָדָמָֽי׃‬ The communiqué which you sent us has been translated and read before me, us: plural of majesty.
Ezra 4:19 ‫וּמִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ וּבַקַּ֣רוּ וְהַשְׁכַּ֔חוּ דִּ֚י קִרְיְתָ֣א דָ֔ךְ מִן־יוֹמָת֙ עָֽלְמָ֔א עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה וּמְרַ֥ד וְאֶשְׁתַּדּ֖וּר מִתְעֲבֶד־בַּֽהּ׃‬ and a decree has been issued by me, and a search has been carried out, and it was found that this city since days of old has been rising up against kings, and that rebellion and insurrection have been perpetrated in it, a search has been carried out, and it was found ← they searched and they found. Avoidance of the passive.

days of old ← days of the age.
Ezra 4:20 ‫וּמַלְכִ֣ין תַּקִּיפִ֗ין הֲווֹ֙ עַל־יְר֣וּשְׁלֶ֔ם וְשַׁ֨לִּיטִ֔ין בְּכֹ֖ל עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑ה וּמִדָּ֥ה בְל֛וֹ וַהֲלָ֖ךְ מִתְיְהֵ֥ב לְהֽוֹן׃‬ and that powerful kings have ruled over Jerusalem, as have rulers in all regions on the far side of the river, and the levy of tax and excise was paid to them. have ruled over ← have been over.

paid ← given.
Ezra 4:21 ‫כְּעַן֙ שִׂ֣ימוּ טְּעֵ֔ם לְבַטָּלָ֖א גֻּבְרַיָּ֣א אִלֵּ֑ךְ וְקִרְיְתָ֥א דָךְ֙ לָ֣א תִתְבְּנֵ֔א עַד־מִנִּ֖י טַעְמָ֥א יִתְּשָֽׂם׃‬ Issue a decree now to stop those men, and that that city is not to be rebuilt, until the decree is issued by me. rebuilt ← built.
Ezra 4:22 ‫וּזְהִירִ֥ין הֱו֛וֹ שָׁל֖וּ לְמֶעְבַּ֣ד עַל־דְּנָ֑ה לְמָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔א לְהַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין׃ ס‬ And be warned against being negligent in this, so that the damage does not increase in harming the monarchy.” being negligent ← doing negligence.

in harming: gerundial use of the infinitive.

the monarchy ← kings.
Ezra 4:23 ‫אֱדַ֗יִן מִן־דִּ֞י פַּרְשֶׁ֤גֶן נִשְׁתְּוָנָא֙ דִּ֚י *ארתחששתא **אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֣שְׂתְּ מַלְכָּ֔א קֱרִ֧י קֳדָם־רְח֛וּם וְשִׁמְשַׁ֥י סָפְרָ֖א וּכְנָוָתְה֑וֹן אֲזַ֨לוּ בִבְהִיל֤וּ לִירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ עַל־יְה֣וּדָיֵ֔א וּבַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּאֶדְרָ֥ע וְחָֽיִל׃ ס‬ Then as soon as a copy of King Artaxerxes' communiqué was read before Rehum and Shimshai the scribe, and their associates, they hastily went to Jerusalem, to the Jews, and stopped them with might and force. Artaxerxes: see Ezra 4:7.

might ← an arm.
Ezra 4:24 ‫בֵּאדַ֗יִן בְּטֵלַת֙ עֲבִידַ֣ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֔א דִּ֖י בִּירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם וַהֲוָת֙ בָּֽטְלָ֔א עַ֚ד שְׁנַ֣ת תַּרְתֵּ֔ין לְמַלְכ֖וּת דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרָֽס׃ פ‬ Then the work on the house of God which is in Jerusalem stopped. And it was stopped until the second year of the reign of Darius king of Persia.
Ezra 5:1 ‫וְהִתְנַבִּ֞י חַגַּ֣י *נביאה **נְבִיָּ֗א וּזְכַרְיָ֤ה בַר־עִדּוֹא֙ *נביאיא **נְבִיַּיָּ֔א עַל־יְה֣וּדָיֵ֔א דִּ֥י בִיה֖וּד וּבִירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם בְּשֻׁ֛ם אֱלָ֥הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עֲלֵיהֽוֹן׃ ס‬ Then Haggai the prophet prophesied, as did Zechariah, the son of Iddo – the prophets to the Jews who were in Judah and in Jerusalem – to them in the name of the God of Israel. the prophet ... the prophets: the ketiv can be regarded as a variant form of the qeré.
Ezra 5:2 ‫בֵּאדַ֡יִן קָ֠מוּ זְרֻבָּבֶ֤ל בַּר־שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵל֙ וְיֵשׁ֣וּעַ בַּר־יֽוֹצָדָ֔ק וְשָׁרִ֣יו לְמִבְנֵ֔א בֵּ֥ית אֱלָהָ֖א דִּ֣י בִירֽוּשְׁלֶ֑ם וְעִמְּה֛וֹן *נביאיא **נְבִיַּיָּ֥א דִֽי־אֱלָהָ֖א מְסָעֲדִ֥ין לְהֽוֹן׃ פ‬ Then Zerubbabel the son of Shealtiel and Jeshua the son of Jozadak arose, and they began to build the house of God which is in Jerusalem, and with them were God's prophets helping them. prophets: the ketiv can be regarded as a variant form of the qeré.

Jeshua: see 1 Chr 24:11.
Ezra 5:3 ‫בֵּהּ־זִמְנָא֩ אֲתָ֨א עֲלֵיה֜וֹן תַּ֠תְּנַי פַּחַ֧ת עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֛ה וּשְׁתַ֥ר בּוֹזְנַ֖י וּכְנָוָתְה֑וֹן וְכֵן֙ אָמְרִ֣ין לְהֹ֔ם מַן־שָׂ֨ם לְכֹ֜ם טְעֵ֗ם בַּיְתָ֤א דְנָה֙ לִבְּנֵ֔א וְאֻשַּׁרְנָ֥א דְנָ֖ה לְשַׁכְלָלָֽה׃ ס‬ At that very moment Tatnai the governor of the region on the far side of the river came to them, with Shethar-boznai and their associates, and they said this to them, “Who gave you authorization to build this house and to complete this wall?” this ← thus.

gave you authorization ← issued a decree to you.

wall: or, furnishings [FR], or, sanctuary [BDB].
Ezra 5:4 ‫אֱדַ֥יִן כְּנֵ֖מָא אֲמַ֣רְנָא לְּהֹ֑ם מַן־אִנּוּן֙ שְׁמָהָ֣ת גֻּבְרַיָּ֔א דִּֽי־דְנָ֥ה בִנְיָנָ֖א בָּנַֽיִן׃‬ Then we said this to them, “What are the names of the men who are building this building?” this: see Ezra 4:8 (accordingly).
Ezra 5:5 ‫וְעֵ֣ין אֱלָהֲהֹ֗ם הֲוָת֙ עַל־שָׂבֵ֣י יְהוּדָיֵ֔א וְלָא־בַטִּ֣לוּ הִמּ֔וֹ עַד־טַעְמָ֖א לְדָרְיָ֣וֶשׁ יְהָ֑ךְ וֶאֱדַ֛יִן יְתִיב֥וּן נִשְׁתְּוָנָ֖א עַל־דְּנָֽה׃ פ‬ And the eye of their God was on the elders of the Jews, and they could not make them stop the work, so that at length the matter came to Darius and then they returned a communiqué about this. at length ← until.
Ezra 5:6 ‫פַּרְשֶׁ֣גֶן אִ֠גַּרְתָּא דִּֽי־שְׁלַ֞ח תַּתְּנַ֣י ׀ פַּחַ֣ת עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֗ה וּשְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ וּכְנָ֣וָתֵ֔הּ אֲפַ֨רְסְכָיֵ֔א דִּ֖י בַּעֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑ה עַל־דָּרְיָ֖וֶשׁ מַלְכָּֽא׃‬ There follows a transcript of the letter which Tatnai the governor of the regions on the far side of the river, and Shethar-boznai and his associates, and the magistrates who were on the far side of the river, sent to the Darius king.
Ezra 5:7 ‫פִּתְגָמָ֖א שְׁלַ֣חוּ עֲל֑וֹהִי וְכִדְנָה֙ כְּתִ֣יב בְּגַוֵּ֔הּ לְדָרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֖א שְׁלָמָ֥א כֹֽלָּא׃ ס‬ They sent the message to him, in which the following was written, “To Darius the king, complete peace. the following ← like this.
Ezra 5:8 ‫יְדִ֣יעַ ׀ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֗א דִּֽי־אֲזַ֜לְנָא לִיה֤וּד מְדִֽינְתָּא֙ לְבֵית֙ אֱלָהָ֣א רַבָּ֔א וְה֤וּא מִתְבְּנֵא֙ אֶ֣בֶן גְּלָ֔ל וְאָ֖ע מִתְּשָׂ֣ם בְּכֻתְלַיָּ֑א וַעֲבִ֥ידְתָּא דָ֛ךְ אָסְפַּ֥רְנָא מִתְעַבְדָ֖א וּמַצְלַ֥ח בְּיֶדְהֹֽם׃ ס‬ Let it be known to the king that we went to the province of Judah, to the house of the great God, and it is being built of hewn stone, and wood is being placed on the walls, and this work is being carried out with precision, and it is progressing well in their hands. progressing well ← succeeding.
Ezra 5:9 ‫אֱדַ֗יִן שְׁאֵ֙לְנָא֙ לְשָׂבַיָּ֣א אִלֵּ֔ךְ כְּנֵ֖מָא אֲמַ֣רְנָא לְּהֹ֑ם מַן־שָׂ֨ם לְכֹ֜ם טְעֵ֗ם בַּיְתָ֤א דְנָה֙ לְמִבְנְיָ֔ה וְאֻשַּׁרְנָ֥א דְנָ֖ה לְשַׁכְלָלָֽה׃‬ Then we questioned those elders. This is what we said to them, ‘Who gave you authorization to build this house and to complete this wall?’ this is what: see Ezra 4:8 (accordingly).

gave you authorization ← issued a decree to you.

wall: see Ezra 5:3.
Ezra 5:10 ‫וְאַ֧ף שְׁמָהָתְהֹ֛ם שְׁאֵ֥לְנָא לְּהֹ֖ם לְהוֹדָעוּתָ֑ךְ דִּ֛י נִכְתֻּ֥ב שֻׁם־גֻּבְרַיָּ֖א דִּ֥י בְרָאשֵׁיהֹֽם׃ ס‬ And we also asked them to make their names known to you, so that we could write down the names of the men who are their head people.
Ezra 5:11 ‫וּכְנֵ֥מָא פִתְגָמָ֖א הֲתִיב֣וּנָא לְמֵמַ֑ר אֲנַ֣חְנָא הִמּ֡וֹ עַבְדוֹהִי֩ דִֽי־אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜א וְאַרְעָ֗א וּבָנַ֤יִן בַּיְתָא֙ דִּֽי־הֲוָ֨א בְנֵ֜ה מִקַּדְמַ֤ת דְּנָה֙ שְׁנִ֣ין שַׂגִּיאָ֔ן וּמֶ֤לֶךְ לְיִשְׂרָאֵל֙ רַ֔ב בְּנָ֖הִי וְשַׁכְלְלֵֽהּ׃‬ But this is the response which they gave us, saying, ‘We are the servants of the God of heaven and earth, and we are rebuilding the house which was built many years ago when a great king of Israel built it and completed it. response which they gave ← message they returned.

rebuilding ← building.

ago ← from before this.
Ezra 5:12 ‫לָהֵ֗ן מִן־דִּ֨י הַרְגִּ֤זוּ אֲבָהֳתַ֙נָא֙ לֶאֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔א יְהַ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּיַ֛ד נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶ֖ל *כסדיא **כַּסְדָּאָ֑ה וּבַיְתָ֤ה דְנָה֙ סַתְרֵ֔הּ וְעַמָּ֖ה הַגְלִ֥י לְבָבֶֽל׃ ס‬ But because our fathers provoked the God of heaven to anger, he delivered them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, and he tore down this house and deported the people to Babylon. Chaldean: the ketiv can be regarded as a variant form of the qeré.
Ezra 5:13 ‫בְּרַם֙ בִּשְׁנַ֣ת חֲדָ֔ה לְכ֥וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֖א דִּ֣י בָבֶ֑ל כּ֤וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּא֙ שָׂ֣ם טְעֵ֔ם בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥א דְנָ֖ה לִבְּנֵֽא׃‬ But in the first year of Cyrus the king of Babylon, Cyrus the king issued a decree to build this house of God.
Ezra 5:14 ‫וְ֠אַף מָאנַיָּ֣א דִֽי־בֵית־אֱלָהָא֮ דִּ֣י דַהֲבָ֣ה וְכַסְפָּא֒ דִּ֣י נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר הַנְפֵּק֙ מִן־הֵֽיכְלָא֙ דִּ֣י בִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֔ם וְהֵיבֵ֣ל הִמּ֔וֹ לְהֵיכְלָ֖א דִּ֣י בָבֶ֑ל הַנְפֵּ֨ק הִמּ֜וֹ כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗א מִן־הֵֽיכְלָא֙ דִּ֣י בָבֶ֔ל וִיהִ֙יבוּ֙ לְשֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר שְׁמֵ֔הּ דִּ֥י פֶחָ֖ה שָׂמֵֽהּ׃‬ And also, as for the articles of gold and silver of the house of God, which Nebuchadnezzar took out of the temple in Jerusalem and brought to the temple in Babylon, Cyrus the king brought them out of the temple in Babylon, and they were given to a certain Sheshbazzar by name, whom he had appointed governor, temple in Babylon (2x)temple of Babylon.

a certain Sheshbazzar by name ← Sheshbazzar his name.
Ezra 5:15 ‫וַאֲמַר־לֵ֓הּ ׀ *אלה **אֵ֚ל מָֽאנַיָּ֔א שֵׂ֚א אֵֽזֶל־אֲחֵ֣ת הִמּ֔וֹ בְּהֵיכְלָ֖א דִּ֣י בִירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם וּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָ֖א יִתְבְּנֵ֥א עַל־אַתְרֵֽהּ׃ ס‬ and he said to him, «Take these articles and go and deposit them in the temple in Jerusalem, and let the house of God be built on its site.» these: the ketiv has to be regarded as a variant form of the qeré. The word is Hebrew rather than Aramaic.
Ezra 5:16 ‫אֱדַ֙יִן֙ שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר דֵּ֔ךְ אֲתָ֗א יְהַ֧ב אֻשַּׁיָּ֛א דִּי־בֵ֥ית אֱלָהָ֖א דִּ֣י בִירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם וּמִן־אֱדַ֧יִן וְעַד־כְּעַ֛ן מִתְבְּנֵ֖א וְלָ֥א שְׁלִֽם׃‬ Then this Sheshbazzar came and laid the foundations of the house of God in Jerusalem, and from then up to now it has been built, but it is not finished.’
Ezra 5:17 ‫וּכְעַ֞ן הֵ֧ן עַל־מַלְכָּ֣א טָ֗ב יִ֠תְבַּקַּר בְּבֵ֨ית גִּנְזַיָּ֜א דִּי־מַלְכָּ֣א תַמָּה֮ דִּ֣י בְּבָבֶל֒ הֵ֣ן אִיתַ֗י דִּֽי־מִן־כּ֤וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּא֙ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ֔ם לְמִבְנֵ֛א בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥א דֵ֖ךְ בִּירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם וּרְע֥וּת מַלְכָּ֛א עַל־דְּנָ֖ה יִשְׁלַ֥ח עֲלֶֽינָא׃ ס‬ So now, if the king approves, let a search be made where the king's treasure house is in Babylon, as to whether it is a fact that a decree was issued by Cyrus the king, to build this house of God in Jerusalem, and let the king send his wishes to us concerning this matter.” the king approves ← (it is) good to the king.
Ezra 6:1 ‫בֵּאדַ֛יִן דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֖א שָׂ֣ם טְעֵ֑ם וּבַקַּ֣רוּ ׀ בְּבֵ֣ית סִפְרַיָּ֗א דִּ֧י גִנְזַיָּ֛א מְהַחֲתִ֥ין תַּמָּ֖ה בְּבָבֶֽל׃‬ Then Darius the king issued a decree, and they searched in the library where they deposit treasures in Babylon. the library ← the house of books.
Ezra 6:2 ‫וְהִשְׁתְּכַ֣ח בְּאַחְמְתָ֗א בְּבִֽירְתָ֛א דִּ֛י בְּמָדַ֥י מְדִינְתָּ֖ה מְגִלָּ֣ה חֲדָ֑ה וְכֵן־כְּתִ֥יב בְּגַוַּ֖הּ דִּכְרוֹנָֽה׃ פ‬ And a scroll was found in Ecbatana, in the fortress which is in the province of Media, and this is what was written on it – a memorandum: a scroll ← one scroll.

Ecbatana ← Achmetha, as AV, but we use the modern name.

this is whatthus.

on it ← in it.
Ezra 6:3 ‫בִּשְׁנַ֨ת חֲדָ֜ה לְכ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗א כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּא֮ שָׂ֣ם טְעֵם֒ בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֤א בִֽירוּשְׁלֶם֙ בַּיְתָ֣א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א אֲתַר֙ דִּֽי־דָבְחִ֣ין דִּבְחִ֔ין וְאֻשּׁ֖וֹהִי מְסֽוֹבְלִ֑ין רוּמֵהּ֙ אַמִּ֣ין שִׁתִּ֔ין פְּתָיֵ֖הּ אַמִּ֥ין שִׁתִּֽין׃‬ “In the first year of Cyrus the king, Cyrus the king issued a decree. Regarding the house of God in Jerusalem – let the house be built as a place where sacrifices are offered. Now its foundations are load-bearing; its height is sixty cubits and its breadth is sixty cubits, Cyrus the king ... Cyrus the king: otiose, but it is not necessarily inelegant in Aramaic. Compare Gn 12:5.

sacrifices are offered ← they sacrifice sacrifices. Avoidance of the passive.

cubit (2x): about 18 inches or 45 cm.
Ezra 6:4 ‫נִדְבָּכִ֞ין דִּי־אֶ֤בֶן גְּלָל֙ תְּלָתָ֔א וְנִדְבָּ֖ךְ דִּי־אָ֣ע חֲדַ֑ת וְנִ֨פְקְתָ֔א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖א תִּתְיְהִֽב׃‬ with three storeys of hewn stone and one storey of wood. And let the expenses be paid from the king's house. storeys ... storey ← layers ... layer.

paid ← given.

house: i.e. resources.
Ezra 6:5 ‫וְ֠אַף מָאנֵ֣י בֵית־אֱלָהָא֮ דִּ֣י דַהֲבָ֣ה וְכַסְפָּא֒ דִּ֣י נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר הַנְפֵּ֛ק מִן־הֵיכְלָ֥א דִי־בִירוּשְׁלֶ֖ם וְהֵיבֵ֣ל לְבָבֶ֑ל יַהֲתִיב֗וּן וִ֠יהָךְ לְהֵיכְלָ֤א דִי־בִירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ לְאַתְרֵ֔הּ וְתַחֵ֖ת בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽא׃ ס‬ And also, as for the articles of gold and silver of the house of God which Nebuchadnezzar took out of the temple in Jerusalem and brought to Babylon, let them be returned and let them go to the temple in Jerusalem, to their rightful place, and deposit them in the house of God.” let them be returned ← let them return.

let them go ← let it go.
Ezra 6:6 ‫כְּעַ֡ן תַּ֠תְּנַי פַּחַ֨ת עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֜ה שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ וּכְנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן אֲפַרְסְכָיֵ֔א דִּ֖י בַּעֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑ה רַחִיקִ֥ין הֲו֖וֹ מִן־תַּמָּֽה׃‬ Darius wrote, “So Tatnai, governor of the region on the far side of the river, and Shethar-boznai and your associates, the magistrates who are on the far side of the river, stay away from there. your associates ← their associates (inappropriate in English after a vocative).

stay away ← be distant.
Ezra 6:7 ‫שְׁבֻ֕קוּ לַעֲבִידַ֖ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣א דֵ֑ךְ פַּחַ֤ת יְהוּדָיֵא֙ וּלְשָׂבֵ֣י יְהוּדָיֵ֔א בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥א דֵ֖ךְ יִבְנ֥וֹן עַל־אַתְרֵֽהּ׃‬ Leave the work on this house of God alone; let the governor of the Jews and of the elders of the Jews build this house of God on its site. work on ← work of.
Ezra 6:8 ‫וּמִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ לְמָ֣א דִֽי־תַֽעַבְד֗וּן עִם־שָׂבֵ֤י יְהוּדָיֵא֙ אִלֵּ֔ךְ לְמִבְנֵ֖א בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣א דֵ֑ךְ וּמִנִּכְסֵ֣י מַלְכָּ֗א דִּ֚י מִדַּת֙ עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔ה אָסְפַּ֗רְנָא נִפְקְתָ֛א תֶּהֱוֵ֧א מִֽתְיַהֲבָ֛א לְגֻבְרַיָּ֥א אִלֵּ֖ךְ דִּי־לָ֥א לְבַטָּלָֽא׃‬ And a decree is hereby issued by me as to what you shall do with these elders of the Jews – regarding the building of this house of God – that from the king's resources which are from the tax on the region on the far side of the river, the expenses of these men shall be rigorously paid, and that they are not to be hindered. resources ← property.

paid ← given.

not to be hindered ← they [i.e. people] are not to hinder. Avoidance of the passive.
Ezra 6:9 ‫וּמָ֣ה חַשְׁחָ֡ן וּבְנֵ֣י תוֹרִ֣ין וְדִכְרִ֣ין וְאִמְּרִ֣ין ׀ לַעֲלָוָ֣ן ׀ לֶאֱלָ֪הּ שְׁמַיָּ֟א חִנְטִ֞ין מְלַ֣ח ׀ חֲמַ֣ר וּמְשַׁ֗ח כְּמֵאמַ֨ר כָּהֲנַיָּ֤א דִי־בִירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ לֶהֱוֵ֨א מִתְיְהֵ֥ב לְהֹ֛ם י֥וֹם ׀ בְּי֖וֹם דִּי־לָ֥א שָׁלֽוּ׃‬ And let whatever they need – bull-calves and rams and lambs for burnt offerings to the God of heaven, wheat, salt, wine and oil, according to the specification of the priests of Jerusalem – be given to them on a daily basis without fail, they need ← their need (is).

specification ← sayingto say.

on a daily basis ← day on day.
Ezra 6:10 ‫דִּֽי־לֶהֱוֺ֧ן מְהַקְרְבִ֛ין נִיחוֹחִ֖ין לֶאֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑א וּמְצַלַּ֕יִן לְחַיֵּ֥י מַלְכָּ֖א וּבְנֽוֹהִי׃‬ so that they may offer sweet fragrances to the God of heaven, and pray for the life of the king and his sons.
Ezra 6:11 ‫וּמִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ דִּ֣י כָל־אֱנָ֗שׁ דִּ֤י יְהַשְׁנֵא֙ פִּתְגָמָ֣א דְנָ֔ה יִתְנְסַ֥ח אָע֙ מִן־בַּיְתֵ֔הּ וּזְקִ֖יף יִתְמְחֵ֣א עֲלֹ֑הִי וּבַיְתֵ֛הּ נְוָל֥וּ יִתְעֲבֵ֖ד עַל־דְּנָֽה׃‬ And a decree is hereby issued by me that as for any man who changes this pronouncement, the wood be torn out of his house, and let him be vertically affixed to it, and let his house be made a dung heap for this. any ← every.

be vertically affixed ← be set upright affixed.
Ezra 6:12 ‫וֵֽאלָהָ֞א דִּ֣י שַׁכִּ֧ן שְׁמֵ֣הּ תַּמָּ֗ה יְמַגַּ֞ר כָּל־מֶ֤לֶךְ וְעַם֙ דִּ֣י ׀ יִשְׁלַ֣ח יְדֵ֗הּ לְהַשְׁנָיָ֛ה לְחַבָּלָ֛ה בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥א דֵ֖ךְ דִּ֣י בִירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם אֲנָ֤ה דָרְיָ֙וֶשׁ֙ שָׂ֣מֶת טְעֵ֔ם אָסְפַּ֖רְנָא יִתְעֲבִֽד׃ פ‬ And may God who causes his name to dwell there overthrow any king or people who stretches out his hand to change or damage this house of God which is in Jerusalem. I Darius have issued a decree; let it be carried out diligently.” any ← every.
Ezra 6:13 ‫אֱ֠דַיִן תַּתְּנַ֞י פַּחַ֧ת עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֛ה שְׁתַ֥ר בּוֹזְנַ֖י וּכְנָוָתְה֑וֹן לָקֳבֵ֗ל דִּֽי־שְׁלַ֞ח דָּרְיָ֧וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֛א כְּנֵ֖מָא אָסְפַּ֥רְנָא עֲבַֽדוּ׃‬ At this Tatnai the governor of the region on the far side of the river, Shethar-boznai, and their associates, pursuant to Darius the king sending this, carried it out diligently. at this ← then.

this: see Ezra 4:8 (accordingly).
Ezra 6:14 ‫וְשָׂבֵ֤י יְהוּדָיֵא֙ בָּנַ֣יִן וּמַצְלְחִ֔ין בִּנְבוּאַת֙ חַגַּ֣י *נביאה **נְבִיָּ֔א וּזְכַרְיָ֖ה בַּר־עִדּ֑וֹא וּבְנ֣וֹ וְשַׁכְלִ֗לוּ מִן־טַ֙עַם֙ אֱלָ֣הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וּמִטְּעֵם֙ כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ וְדָרְיָ֔וֶשׁ וְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא מֶ֥לֶךְ פָּרָֽס׃‬ And the elders of the Jews built and made good progress with the prophecy of Haggai the prophet and Zechariah the son of Iddo being fulfilled, and they built and completed it, by the decree of the God of Israel, and by the decree of Cyrus and Darius, and Artaxerxes king of Persia. the prophet: the ketiv can be regarded as a variant form of the qeré.

made good progress ← succeeded. The good progress could be because of ongoing prophesying.
Ezra 6:15 ‫וְשֵׁיצִיא֙ בַּיְתָ֣ה דְנָ֔ה עַ֛ד י֥וֹם תְּלָתָ֖ה לִירַ֣ח אֲדָ֑ר דִּי־הִ֣יא שְׁנַת־שֵׁ֔ת לְמַלְכ֖וּת דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּֽא׃ פ‬ This house was completed on the third day of the month of Adar, and it was in the sixth year of the reign of Darius the king. on ← up to.
Ezra 6:16 ‫וַעֲבַ֣דוּ בְנֵֽי־יִ֠שְׂרָאֵל כָּהֲנַיָּ֨א וְלֵוָיֵ֜א וּשְׁאָ֣ר בְּנֵי־גָלוּתָ֗א חֲנֻכַּ֛ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥א דְנָ֖ה בְּחֶדְוָֽה׃‬ And the sons of Israel – the priests and the Levites and the rest of the deporteescelebrated the dedication of this house of God with joy. deportees ← sons of exile.

celebrated ← did.
Ezra 6:17 ‫וְהַקְרִ֗בוּ לַחֲנֻכַּת֮ בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣א דְנָה֒ תּוֹרִ֣ין מְאָ֔ה דִּכְרִ֣ין מָאתַ֔יִן אִמְּרִ֖ין אַרְבַּ֣ע מְאָ֑ה וּצְפִירֵ֨י עִזִּ֜ין *לחטיא **לְחַטָּאָ֤ה עַל־כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ תְּרֵֽי־עֲשַׂ֔ר לְמִנְיָ֖ן שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ And for the dedication of this house of God they offered one hundred bulls, two hundred rams, four hundred lambs, and twelve he-goats {Q: to offer as a sin-offering for} [K: for the sins of] all Israel – for the number of the tribes of Israel.
Ezra 6:18 ‫וַהֲקִ֨ימוּ כָהֲנַיָּ֜א בִּפְלֻגָּתְה֗וֹן וְלֵוָיֵא֙ בְּמַחְלְקָ֣תְה֔וֹן עַל־עֲבִידַ֥ת אֱלָהָ֖א דִּ֣י בִירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם כִּכְתָ֖ב סְפַ֥ר מֹשֶֽׁה׃ פ‬ And the priests were appointed in their sections, and Levites in their divisions, for God's work in Jerusalem, according to the stipulation in the book of Moses. the priests were appointed ← they appointed priests. Avoidance of the passive.

stipulation ← writing.
Ezra 6:19 ‫וַיַּעֲשׂ֥וּ בְנֵי־הַגּוֹלָ֖ה אֶת־הַפָּ֑סַח בְּאַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר לַחֹ֥דֶשׁ הָרִאשֽׁוֹן׃‬ And the deportees celebrated the Passover on the fourteenth day of the first month. The text reverts to Hebrew until Ezra 7:12.

deportees ← sons of deportation.

celebrated ← did.
Ezra 6:20 ‫כִּ֣י הִֽטַּהֲר֞וּ הַכֹּהֲנִ֧ים וְהַלְוִיִּ֛ם כְּאֶחָ֖ד כֻּלָּ֣ם טְהוֹרִ֑ים וַיִּשְׁחֲט֤וּ הַפֶּ֙סַח֙ לְכָל־בְּנֵ֣י הַגּוֹלָ֔ה וְלַאֲחֵיהֶ֥ם הַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים וְלָהֶֽם׃‬ So the priests and the Levites purified themselves as a unity – all of them were pure, and they slaughtered the Passover lamb for all the deportees and for their brothers the priests and for themselves. deportees ← sons of deportation.
Ezra 6:21 ‫וַיֹּאכְל֣וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל הַשָּׁבִים֙ מֵֽהַגּוֹלָ֔ה וְכֹ֗ל הַנִּבְדָּ֛ל מִטֻּמְאַ֥ת גּוֹיֵֽ־הָאָ֖רֶץ אֲלֵהֶ֑ם לִדְרֹ֕שׁ לַֽיהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ And the sons of Israel who had returned from the deportation ate, as did all who had set themselves aside from the uncleanness of the nations of the earth and had come to them, in seeking the Lord God of Israel. in seeking: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Ezra 6:22 ‫וַיַּֽעֲשׂ֧וּ חַג־מַצּ֛וֹת שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים בְּשִׂמְחָ֑ה כִּ֣י ׀ שִׂמְּחָ֣ם יְהוָ֗ה וְֽהֵסֵ֞ב לֵ֤ב מֶֽלֶךְ־אַשּׁוּר֙ עֲלֵיהֶ֔ם לְחַזֵּ֣ק יְדֵיהֶ֔ם בִּמְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ פ‬ And they celebrated the Festival of the Unleavened Bread for seven days with joy, for the Lord had given them joy, and had turned the heart of the king of Assyria towards them, in empowering them in the work of the house of God – the God of Israel. celebrated ← did.

in empowering them ← to strengthen their hand. Gerundial use of the infinitive.
Ezra 7:1 ‫וְאַחַר֙ הַדְּבָרִ֣ים הָאֵ֔לֶּה בְּמַלְכ֖וּת אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֣סְתְּא מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרָ֑ס עֶזְרָא֙ בֶּן־שְׂרָיָ֔ה בֶּן־עֲזַרְיָ֖ה בֶּן־חִלְקִיָּֽה׃‬ And after these things, in the reign of Artaxerxes king of Persia, was Ezra, the son of Seraiah, the son of Azariah, the son of Hilkiah,
Ezra 7:2 ‫בֶּן־שַׁלּ֥וּם בֶּן־צָד֖וֹק בֶּן־אֲחִיטֽוּב׃‬ the son of Shallum, the son of Zadok, the son of Ahitub,
Ezra 7:3 ‫בֶּן־אֲמַרְיָ֥ה בֶן־עֲזַרְיָ֖ה בֶּן־מְרָיֽוֹת׃‬ the son of Amariah, the son of Azariah, the son of Meraioth,
Ezra 7:4 ‫בֶּן־זְרַֽחְיָ֥ה בֶן־עֻזִּ֖י בֶּן־בֻּקִּֽי׃‬ the son of Zerahiah, the son of Uzzi, the son of Bukki,
Ezra 7:5 ‫בֶּן־אֲבִישׁ֗וּעַ בֶּן־פִּֽינְחָס֙ בֶּן־אֶלְעָזָ֔ר בֶּן־אַהֲרֹ֥ן הַכֹּהֵ֖ן הָרֹֽאשׁ׃‬ the son of Abishua, the son of Phinehas, the son of Eleazar, the son of Aaron the head priest. Phinehas: see Ex 6:25.

Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.
Ezra 7:6 ‫ה֤וּא עֶזְרָא֙ עָלָ֣ה מִבָּבֶ֔ל וְהֽוּא־סֹפֵ֤ר מָהִיר֙ בְּתוֹרַ֣ת מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֲשֶׁר־נָתַ֥ן יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וַיִּתֶּן־ל֣וֹ הַמֶּ֗לֶךְ כְּיַד־יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהָיו֙ עָלָ֔יו כֹּ֖ל בַּקָּשָׁתֽוֹ׃ פ‬ This Ezra came up from Babylon, and he was a scribe astute in the law of Moses, whom the Lord God of Israel had appointed, and to whom the king had granted every request of his according to the hand of the Lord his God on him. astute ← quick (witted).

whom ... appointed: or, which ... gave.
Ezra 7:7 ‫וַיַּֽעֲל֣וּ מִבְּנֵֽי־יִ֠שְׂרָאֵל וּמִן־הַכֹּהֲנִ֨ים וְהַלְוִיִּ֜ם וְהַמְשֹׁרְרִ֧ים וְהַשֹּׁעֲרִ֛ים וְהַנְּתִינִ֖ים אֶל־יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם בִּשְׁנַת־שֶׁ֖בַע לְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַמֶּֽלֶךְ׃‬ And in the seventh year of Artaxerxes the king, some of the sons of Israel and some priests and Levites went up to Jerusalem, as did the singers and the gatekeepers and the temple-servants.
Ezra 7:8 ‫וַיָּבֹ֥א יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם בַּחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַחֲמִישִׁ֑י הִ֛יא שְׁנַ֥ת הַשְּׁבִיעִ֖ית לַמֶּֽלֶךְ׃‬ And he came to Jerusalem in the fifth month, and it was in the king's seventh year.
Ezra 7:9 ‫כִּ֗י בְּאֶחָד֙ לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֔וֹן ה֣וּא יְסֻ֔ד הַֽמַּעֲלָ֖ה מִבָּבֶ֑ל וּבְאֶחָ֞ד לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַחֲמִישִׁ֗י בָּ֚א אֶל־יְר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם כְּיַד־אֱלֹהָ֖יו הַטּוֹבָ֥ה עָלָֽיו׃‬ For it was on the first day of the first month that the start of the coming back up from Babylon took place, and on the first day of the fifth month he arrived in Jerusalem, with the good hand of his God on him. with ← according to.
Ezra 7:10 ‫כִּ֤י עֶזְרָא֙ הֵכִ֣ין לְבָב֔וֹ לִדְר֛וֹשׁ אֶת־תּוֹרַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה וְלַעֲשֹׂ֑ת וּלְלַמֵּ֥ד בְּיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל חֹ֥ק וּמִשְׁפָּֽט׃ ס‬ For Ezra had resolved to seek the law of the Lord, and to observe it, and to teach statute and judgment in Israel. resolved ← prepared his heart.

observe ← do.
Ezra 7:11 ‫וְזֶ֣ה ׀ פַּרְשֶׁ֣גֶן הַֽנִּשְׁתְּוָ֗ן אֲשֶׁ֤ר נָתַן֙ הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֔סְתְּא לְעֶזְרָ֥א הַכֹּהֵ֖ן הַסֹּפֵ֑ר סֹפֵ֞ר דִּבְרֵ֧י מִצְוֺת־יְהוָ֛ה וְחֻקָּ֖יו עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ פ‬ And this is a transcript of the communiqué which King Artaxerxes gave to Ezra the priest and scribe – the scribe of the words of the Lord's commandments, and his statutes imposed on Israel.
Ezra 7:12 ‫אַ֨רְתַּחְשַׁ֔סְתְּא מֶ֖לֶךְ מַלְכַיָּ֑א לְעֶזְרָ֣א כָ֠הֲנָא סָפַ֨ר דָּתָ֜א דִּֽי־אֱלָ֧הּ שְׁמַיָּ֛א גְּמִ֖יר וּכְעֶֽנֶת׃‬ From Artaxerxes, king of kings, to Ezra the priest, scribe in the law of the God of heaven, greetings etcetera. Ezra 7:12 - 7:26 is in Aramaic.

greetings ← completely, indicating a full complement of formalities.
Ezra 7:13 ‫מִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ דִּ֣י כָל־מִתְנַדַּ֣ב בְּמַלְכוּתִי֩ מִן־עַמָּ֨ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל וְכָהֲנ֣וֹהִי וְלֵוָיֵ֗א לִמְהָ֧ךְ לִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֛ם עִמָּ֖ךְ יְהָֽךְ׃‬ A decree is hereby issued by me that everyone of the people of Israel in my kingdom – including its priests and the Levites – who wishes to go to Jerusalem, may go with you, including ← and.
Ezra 7:14 ‫כָּל־קֳבֵ֗ל דִּי֩ מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜א וְשִׁבְעַ֤ת יָעֲטֹ֙הִי֙ שְׁלִ֔יחַ לְבַקָּרָ֥א עַל־יְה֖וּד וְלִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם בְּדָ֥ת אֱלָהָ֖ךְ דִּ֥י בִידָֽךְ׃‬ it being so that you are sent from the king and his seven advisers to carry out investigations concerning Judah and Jerusalem in the law of your God, which is in your hand,
Ezra 7:15 ‫וּלְהֵיבָלָ֖ה כְּסַ֣ף וּדְהַ֑ב דִּֽי־מַלְכָּ֣א וְיָעֲט֗וֹהִי הִתְנַדַּ֙בוּ֙ לֶאֱלָ֣הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל דִּ֥י בִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֖ם מִשְׁכְּנֵֽהּ׃‬ and to take the silver and gold which the king and his advisers have voluntarily given to the God of Israel, whose abode is in Jerusalem, take ← bring.
Ezra 7:16 ‫וְכֹל֙ כְּסַ֣ף וּדְהַ֔ב דִּ֣י תְהַשְׁכַּ֔ח בְּכֹ֖ל מְדִינַ֣ת בָּבֶ֑ל עִם֩ הִתְנַדָּב֨וּת עַמָּ֤א וְכָֽהֲנַיָּא֙ מִֽתְנַדְּבִ֔ין לְבֵ֥ית אֱלָהֲהֹ֖ם דִּ֥י בִירוּשְׁלֶֽם׃‬ and all silver and gold which you find in the entire province of Babylon, given by the free will of the people and the priests, who freely give for the house of their God in Jerusalem. given by the free will ← with giving voluntarily.
Ezra 7:17 ‫כָּל־קֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָה֩ אָסְפַּ֨רְנָא תִקְנֵ֜א בְּכַסְפָּ֣א דְנָ֗ה תּוֹרִ֤ין ׀ דִּכְרִין֙ אִמְּרִ֔ין וּמִנְחָתְה֖וֹן וְנִסְכֵּיה֑וֹן וּתְקָרֵ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ עַֽל־מַדְבְּחָ֔ה דִּ֛י בֵּ֥ית אֱלָהֲכֹ֖ם דִּ֥י בִירוּשְׁלֶֽם׃‬ Pursuant to this, you shall diligently buy bulls and lambs and rams with this money, and their meal-offerings and their libations, and offer them on the altar of the house of your God in Jerusalem.
Ezra 7:18 ‫וּמָ֣ה דִי֩ *עליך **עֲלָ֨ךְ וְעַל־*אחיך **אֶחָ֜ךְ יֵיטַ֗ב בִּשְׁאָ֛ר כַּסְפָּ֥א וְדַהֲבָ֖ה לְמֶעְבַּ֑ד כִּרְע֥וּת אֱלָהֲכֹ֖ם תַּעַבְדֽוּן׃‬ And whatever seems right to you and your {K: brothers} [Q: brother] to do with the rest of the silver and gold, do according to the good pleasure of your God. to you: the ketiv could be regarded as a scriptio defectiva spelling of the qeré.
Ezra 7:19 ‫וּמָֽאנַיָּא֙ דִּֽי־מִתְיַהֲבִ֣ין לָ֔ךְ לְפָלְחָ֖ן בֵּ֣ית אֱלָהָ֑ךְ הַשְׁלֵ֕ם קֳדָ֖ם אֱלָ֥הּ יְרוּשְׁלֶֽם׃‬ And restore in the presence of the God of Jerusalem the articles which are given to you for worship in the house of your God. in the presence of ← before.
Ezra 7:20 ‫וּשְׁאָ֗ר חַשְׁחוּת֙ בֵּ֣ית אֱלָהָ֔ךְ דִּ֥י יִפֶּל־לָ֖ךְ לְמִנְתַּ֑ן תִּנְתֵּ֕ן מִן־בֵּ֖ית גִּנְזֵ֥י מַלְכָּֽא׃‬ And pay for the remaining needs of the house of your God which you incur as expenses from the king's treasury. pay ← give.

you incur as expenses ← fall to you to give.
Ezra 7:21 ‫וּ֠מִנִּי אֲנָ֞ה אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֤סְתְּא מַלְכָּא֙ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ֔ם לְכֹל֙ גִּזַּֽבְרַיָּ֔א דִּ֖י בַּעֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑ה דִּ֣י כָל־דִּ֣י יִ֠שְׁאֲלֶנְכוֹן עֶזְרָ֨א כָהֲנָ֜ה סָפַ֤ר דָּתָא֙ דִּֽי־אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔א אָסְפַּ֖רְנָא יִתְעֲבִֽד׃‬ And a decree is hereby issued by me, Artaxerxes the king, to all treasurers of the region on the far side of the river, that whatever Ezra – the priest, the scribe of the law of the God of heaven – asks of you, it be done forthwith,
Ezra 7:22 ‫עַד־כְּסַף֮ כַּכְּרִ֣ין מְאָה֒ וְעַד־חִנְטִין֙ כֹּרִ֣ין מְאָ֔ה וְעַד־חֲמַר֙ בַּתִּ֣ין מְאָ֔ה וְעַד־בַּתִּ֥ין מְשַׁ֖ח מְאָ֑ה וּמְלַ֖ח דִּי־לָ֥א כְתָֽב׃‬ up to one hundred talents of silver, and up to one hundred cors of wheat, and up to one hundred baths of wine, and up to one hundred baths of oil, and salt without bookkeeping. talents: see Ex 25:39.

cor: about 64 gallons, 270 litres.

bath: about 6.4 gallons or 27 litres.
Ezra 7:23 ‫כָּל־דִּ֗י מִן־טַ֙עַם֙ אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔א יִתְעֲבֵד֙ אַדְרַזְדָּ֔א לְבֵ֖ית אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑א דִּֽי־לְמָ֤ה לֶֽהֱוֵא֙ קְצַ֔ף עַל־מַלְכ֥וּת מַלְכָּ֖א וּבְנֽוֹהִי׃‬ Let everything which is by decree of the God of heaven be done diligently for the house of the God of heaven, lest anger come upon the kingdom of the king or his sons. lest: so why. [FR, §86] gives lest.

come ← be.
Ezra 7:24 ‫וּלְכֹ֣ם מְהוֹדְעִ֗ין דִּ֣י כָל־כָּהֲנַיָּ֣א וְ֠לֵוָיֵא זַמָּ֨רַיָּ֤א תָרָֽעַיָּא֙ נְתִ֣ינַיָּ֔א וּפָ֣לְחֵ֔י בֵּ֖ית אֱלָהָ֣א דְנָ֑ה מִנְדָּ֤ה בְלוֹ֙ וַהֲלָ֔ךְ לָ֥א שַׁלִּ֖יט לְמִרְמֵ֥א עֲלֵיהֹֽם׃‬ And we make it known to you that for all the priests and the Levites and the singers and the gatekeepers and the temple-servants and the worshippers in this house of God, it is not authorized to impose the levy of tax and excise on them. worshippers in ← worshippers of.
Ezra 7:25 ‫וְאַ֣נְתְּ עֶזְרָ֗א כְּחָכְמַ֨ת אֱלָהָ֤ךְ דִּֽי־בִידָךְ֙ מֶ֣נִּי שָׁפְטִ֞ין וְדַיָּנִ֗ין דִּי־לֶהֱוֺ֤ן *דאנין **דָּאיְנִין֙ לְכָל־עַמָּה֙ דִּ֚י בַּעֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔ה לְכָל־יָדְעֵ֖י דָּתֵ֣י אֱלָהָ֑ךְ וְדִ֧י לָ֦א יָדַ֖ע תְּהוֹדְעֽוּן׃‬ And you, Ezra, in accordance with the wisdom of your God, which is in your hand, appoint judges and magistrates who will judge all the people on the far side of the river – all those who know the laws of your God. And teach those who do not know them. judge ← be judging. The ketiv has to be regarded as a variant form of the qeré.
Ezra 7:26 ‫וְכָל־דִּי־לָא֩ לֶהֱוֵ֨א עָבֵ֜ד דָּתָ֣א דִֽי־אֱלָהָ֗ךְ וְדָתָא֙ דִּ֣י מַלְכָּ֔א אָסְפַּ֕רְנָא דִּינָ֕ה לֶהֱוֵ֥א מִתְעֲבֵ֖ד מִנֵּ֑הּ הֵ֤ן לְמוֹת֙ הֵ֣ן *לשרשו **לִשְׁרֹשִׁ֔י הֵן־לַעֲנָ֥שׁ נִכְסִ֖ין וְלֶאֱסוּרִֽין׃ פ‬ And as for anyone who does not observe the law of your God and the law of the king, let justice be rigorously done with him, whether death or exile or confiscation of property or imprisonment.” exile: or, with [FR], corporal punishment. [BDB], [ST], banishment. [AnLx], rooting out. The ketiv has to be regarded as a variant form of the qeré.

anyone ← everyone.
Ezra 7:27 ‫בָּר֥וּךְ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבוֹתֵ֑ינוּ אֲשֶׁ֨ר נָתַ֤ן כָּזֹאת֙ בְּלֵ֣ב הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ לְפָאֵ֕ר אֶת־בֵּ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃‬ Blessed be the Lord God of our fathers who put this in the heart of the king, to adorn the house of the Lord which is in Jerusalem. The text reverts to Hebrew at this verse.

this ← such as this.
Ezra 7:28 ‫וְעָלַ֣י הִטָּה־חֶ֗סֶד לִפְנֵ֤י הַמֶּ֙לֶךְ֙ וְיֽוֹעֲצָ֔יו וּלְכָל־שָׂרֵ֥י הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ הַגִּבֹּרִ֑ים וַאֲנִ֣י הִתְחַזַּ֗קְתִּי כְּיַד־יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהַי֙ עָלַ֔י וָאֶקְבְּצָ֧ה מִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֛ל רָאשִׁ֖ים לַעֲל֥וֹת עִמִּֽי׃ פ‬ And he showed me kindness in the presence of the king and his advisers, and all the king's valiant commanders, and I was strengthened with the hand of the Lord my God on me, and I gathered head men from Israel to go up with me. showed me kindness ← inclined kindness over me.
Ezra 8:1 ‫וְאֵ֛לֶּה רָאשֵׁ֥י אֲבֹתֵיהֶ֖ם וְהִתְיַחְשָׂ֑ם הָעֹלִ֣ים עִמִּ֗י בְּמַלְכ֛וּת אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ מִבָּבֶֽל׃ ס‬ Now these are their paternal heads and the registration by genealogy of those who went up with me from Babylon in the reign of Artaxerxes the king.
Ezra 8:2 ‫מִבְּנֵ֤י פִֽינְחָס֙ גֵּֽרְשֹׁ֔ם ס מִבְּנֵ֥י אִיתָמָ֖ר דָּנִיֵּ֑אל ס מִבְּנֵ֥י דָוִ֖יד חַטּֽוּשׁ׃ ס‬ Of the sons of Phinehas was Gershom; of the sons of Ithamar was Daniel; of the sons of David was Hattush; Phinehas: see Ex 6:25.
Ezra 8:3 ‫מִבְּנֵ֣י שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה ס מִבְּנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֖שׁ זְכַרְיָ֑ה וְעִמּ֛וֹ הִתְיַחֵ֥שׂ לִזְכָרִ֖ים מֵאָ֥ה וַחֲמִשִּֽׁים׃ ס‬ of the sons of Shechaniah, of the sons of Pharosh, was Zechariah, and with him one hundred and fifty males were registered by genealogy. Pharosh ← Parosh, but we retain the AV / traditional English name. Pharosh is the lenited form (ph for p).
Ezra 8:4 ‫מִבְּנֵי֙ פַּחַ֣ת מוֹאָ֔ב אֶלְיְהֽוֹעֵינַ֖י בֶּן־זְרַֽחְיָ֑ה וְעִמּ֖וֹ מָאתַ֥יִם הַזְּכָרִֽים׃ ס‬ Of the sons of Pahath-moab was Elihoenai the son of Zerahiah, and with him were two hundred males.
Ezra 8:5 ‫מִבְּנֵ֥י שְׁכַנְיָ֖ה בֶּן־יַחֲזִיאֵ֑ל וְעִמּ֕וֹ שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת הַזְּכָרִֽים׃ ס‬ Of the sons of Shecaniah was the son of Jahaziel, and with him were three hundred males;
Ezra 8:6 ‫וּמִבְּנֵ֣י עָדִ֔ין עֶ֖בֶד בֶּן־יוֹנָתָ֑ן וְעִמּ֖וֹ חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים הַזְּכָרִֽים׃ ס‬ and of the sons of Adin was Ebed the son of Jonathan, and with him were fifty males;
Ezra 8:7 ‫וּמִבְּנֵ֣י עֵילָ֔ם יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה בֶּן־עֲתַלְיָ֑ה וְעִמּ֖וֹ שִׁבְעִ֥ים הַזְּכָרִֽים׃ ס‬ and of the sons of Elam was Isaiah the son of Athaliah, and with him were seventy males; Isaiah: AV= Jeshaiah here.
Ezra 8:8 ‫וּמִבְּנֵ֣י שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה זְבַדְיָ֖ה בֶּן־מִֽיכָאֵ֑ל וְעִמּ֖וֹ שְׁמֹנִ֥ים הַזְּכָרִֽים׃ ס‬ and of the sons of Shephatiah was Zebadiah the son of Michael, and with him were eighty males;
Ezra 8:9 ‫מִבְּנֵ֣י יוֹאָ֔ב עֹבַדְיָ֖ה בֶּן־יְחִיאֵ֑ל וְעִמּ֕וֹ מָאתַ֛יִם וּשְׁמֹנָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר הַזְּכָרִֽים׃ ס‬ and of the sons of Joab was Obadiah the son of Jehiel, and with him were two hundred and eighteen males;
Ezra 8:10 ‫וּמִבְּנֵ֥י שְׁלוֹמִ֖ית בֶּן־יוֹסִפְיָ֑ה וְעִמּ֕וֹ מֵאָ֥ה וְשִׁשִּׁ֖ים הַזְּכָרִֽים׃ ס‬ and of the sons of Shelomith was the son of Josiphiah, and with him were one hundred and sixty males;
Ezra 8:11 ‫וּמִבְּנֵ֣י בֵבַ֔י זְכַרְיָ֖ה בֶּן־בֵּבָ֑י וְעִמּ֕וֹ עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁמֹנָ֖ה הַזְּכָרִֽים׃ ס‬ and of the sons of Bebai was Zechariah the son of Bebai, and with him were twenty-eight males;
Ezra 8:12 ‫וּמִבְּנֵ֣י עַזְגָּ֔ד יוֹחָנָ֖ן בֶּן־הַקָּטָ֑ן וְעִמּ֕וֹ מֵאָ֥ה וַעֲשָׂרָ֖ה הַזְּכָרִֽים׃ ס‬ and of the sons of Azgad was Johanan the son of Hakkatan, and with him were one hundred and ten males;
Ezra 8:13 ‫וּמִבְּנֵ֣י אֲדֹנִיקָם֮ אַחֲרֹנִים֒ וְאֵ֣לֶּה שְׁמוֹתָ֔ם אֱלִיפֶ֖לֶט יְעִיאֵ֣ל וּֽשְׁמַעְיָ֑ה וְעִמָּהֶ֖ם שִׁשִּׁ֥ים הַזְּכָרִֽים׃ ס‬ and of the last sons of Adonikam, these are their names: Eliphelet, Jeiel and Shemaiah, and with them were sixty males;
Ezra 8:14 ‫וּמִבְּנֵ֥י בִגְוַ֖י עוּתַ֣י *וזבוד **וְזַכּ֑וּר וְעִמּ֖וֹ שִׁבְעִ֥ים הַזְּכָרִֽים׃ פ‬ and of the sons of Bivai were Uthai and {Q: Zaccur} [K: Zabbud], and with them were seventy males. with them ← with him.
Ezra 8:15 ‫וָֽאֶקְבְּצֵ֗ם אֶל־הַנָּהָר֙ הַבָּ֣א אֶֽל־אַהֲוָ֔א וַנַּחֲנֶ֥ה שָׁ֖ם יָמִ֣ים שְׁלֹשָׁ֑ה וָאָבִ֤ינָה בָעָם֙ וּבַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים וּמִבְּנֵ֥י לֵוִ֖י לֹא־מָצָ֥אתִי שָֽׁם׃‬ And I gathered them at the river which goes to Ahava, where we encamped for three days, and I took stock of the people and of the priests, and did not find any sons of Levi there. took stock of ← discerned among.
Ezra 8:16 ‫וָאֶשְׁלְחָ֡ה לֶאֱלִיעֶ֡זֶר לַאֲרִיאֵ֡ל לִֽ֠שְׁמַעְיָה וּלְאֶלְנָתָ֨ן וּלְיָרִ֜יב וּלְאֶלְנָתָ֧ן וּלְנָתָ֛ן וְלִזְכַרְיָ֥ה וְלִמְשֻׁלָּ֖ם רָאשִׁ֑ים וּלְיוֹיָרִ֥יב וּלְאֶלְנָתָ֖ן מְבִינִֽים׃‬ So I sent for Eliezer, Ariel, Shemaiah and Elnathan and Jarib and Elnathan and Nathan and Zechariah and Meshullam – head men – and for Joiarib and Elnathan – intelligent men.
Ezra 8:17 ‫*ואוצאה **וָאֲצַוֶּ֤ה אוֹתָם֙ עַל־אִדּ֣וֹ הָרֹ֔אשׁ בְּכָסִפְיָ֖א הַמָּק֑וֹם וָאָשִׂימָה֩ בְּפִיהֶ֨ם דְּבָרִ֜ים לְ֠דַבֵּר אֶל־אִדּ֨וֹ אָחִ֤יו *הנתונים **הַנְּתִינִים֙ בְּכָסִפְיָ֣א הַמָּק֔וֹם לְהָֽבִיא־לָ֥נוּ מְשָׁרְתִ֖ים לְבֵ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ׃‬ And {K: I sent them out} [Q: I ordered them to go] to Iddo the head man in Casiphia-the-resort, and I put words in their mouth to say to Iddo and his brothers the temple-servants in Casiphia-the-resort, to bring us servants for the house of our God. temple-servants: the ketiv has to be regarded as a variant form of the qeré.

resort (2x)place.
Ezra 8:18 ‫וַיָּבִ֨יאּוּ לָ֜נוּ כְּיַד־אֱלֹהֵ֨ינוּ הַטּוֹבָ֤ה עָלֵ֙ינוּ֙ אִ֣ישׁ שֶׂ֔כֶל מִבְּנֵ֣י מַחְלִ֔י בֶּן־לֵוִ֖י בֶּן־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וְשֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֛ה וּבָנָ֥יו וְאֶחָ֖יו שְׁמֹנָ֥ה עָשָֽׂר׃‬ And with the good care of our God over us, they brought us a sensible man, one of the sons of Mahli the son of Levi the son of Israel, and Sherebiah and his sons and his brothers – eighteen of them, with the good care ← as the good hand.
Ezra 8:19 ‫וְאֶת־חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה וְאִתּ֥וֹ יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה מִבְּנֵ֣י מְרָרִ֑י אֶחָ֥יו וּבְנֵיהֶ֖ם עֶשְׂרִֽים׃ ס‬ and Hashabiah, and with him Isaiah one of the sons of Merari, his brothers and their sons – twenty of them, Isaiah: AV= Jeshaiah here.
Ezra 8:20 ‫וּמִן־הַנְּתִינִ֗ים שֶׁנָּתַ֨ן דָּוִ֤יד וְהַשָּׂרִים֙ לַעֲבֹדַ֣ת הַלְוִיִּ֔ם נְתִינִ֖ים מָאתַ֣יִם וְעֶשְׂרִ֑ים כֻּלָּ֖ם נִקְּב֥וּ בְשֵׁמֽוֹת׃‬ and of the temple-servants whom David and the officials appointed for the work of the Levites – two hundred and twenty temple-servants – all of them specified by their names.
Ezra 8:21 ‫וָאֶקְרָ֨א שָׁ֥ם צוֹם֙ עַל־הַנָּהָ֣ר אַהֲוָ֔א לְהִתְעַנּ֖וֹת לִפְנֵ֣י אֱלֹהֵ֑ינוּ לְבַקֵּ֤שׁ מִמֶּ֙נּוּ֙ דֶּ֣רֶךְ יְשָׁרָ֔ה לָ֥נוּ וּלְטַפֵּ֖נוּ וּלְכָל־רְכוּשֵֽׁנוּ׃‬ And I called a fast there, at the River Ahava, to afflict ourselves before our God, and to seek the right way from him, for us and for our little ones and all that belong to us. that belong to us ← our property, presumably referring to servants.
Ezra 8:22 ‫כִּ֣י בֹ֗שְׁתִּי לִשְׁא֤וֹל מִן־הַמֶּ֙לֶךְ֙ חַ֣יִל וּפָרָשִׁ֔ים לְעָזְרֵ֥נוּ מֵאוֹיֵ֖ב בַּדָּ֑רֶךְ כִּֽי־אָמַ֨רְנוּ לַמֶּ֜לֶךְ לֵאמֹ֗ר יַד־אֱלֹהֵ֤ינוּ עַל־כָּל־מְבַקְשָׁיו֙ לְטוֹבָ֔ה וְעֻזּ֣וֹ וְאַפּ֔וֹ עַ֖ל כָּל־עֹזְבָֽיו׃‬ For I was ashamed to ask for soldiers and horsemen from the king to help protect us from an enemy on the way, for we had spoken to the king and said, “The hand of our God is favourably on all who seek him, but his vehemence and anger are on all who desert him.”
Ezra 8:23 ‫וַנָּצ֛וּמָה וַנְּבַקְשָׁ֥ה מֵאֱלֹהֵ֖ינוּ עַל־זֹ֑את וַיֵּעָתֵ֖ר לָֽנוּ׃‬ So we fasted and asked our God about this, and he was entreated by us.
Ezra 8:24 ‫וָאַבְדִּ֛ילָה מִשָּׂרֵ֥י הַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים שְׁנֵ֣ים עָשָׂ֑ר לְשֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֣ה חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה וְעִמָּהֶ֥ם מֵאֲחֵיהֶ֖ם עֲשָׂרָֽה׃‬ Then I separated twelve of the high-ranking priests, Sherebiah, Hashabiah and ten of their brothers with them.
Ezra 8:25 ‫*ואשקולה **וָאֶשְׁקֳלָ֣ה לָהֶ֔ם אֶת־הַכֶּ֥סֶף וְאֶת־הַזָּהָ֖ב וְאֶת־הַכֵּלִ֑ים תְּרוּמַ֣ת בֵּית־אֱלֹהֵ֗ינוּ הַהֵרִ֙ימוּ֙ הַמֶּ֙לֶךְ֙ וְיֹעֲצָ֣יו וְשָׂרָ֔יו וְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל הַנִּמְצָאִֽים׃‬ And I weighed out to them the silver and the gold and the articles – the gifts for the house of our God which the king and his advisers and his officials and all Israel who were present had donated. weighed out: the ketiv can be regarded as the scriptio plena spelling of the qeré.

which: an interesting case of the definite article as a relative with the past tense. See [Ges-HG, §138i].

were present ← were found.
Ezra 8:26 ‫וָאֶשְׁקֲלָ֨ה עַל־יָדָ֜ם כֶּ֗סֶף כִּכָּרִים֙ שֵֽׁשׁ־מֵא֣וֹת וַחֲמִשִּׁ֔ים וּכְלֵי־כֶ֥סֶף מֵאָ֖ה לְכִכָּרִ֑ים זָהָ֖ב מֵאָ֥ה כִכָּֽר׃‬ And I weighed out into their hands six hundred and fifty talents of silver, and silver articles to the value of one hundred talents, and one hundred talents of gold, hands ← hand.

talents: see Ex 25:39.
Ezra 8:27 ‫וּכְפֹרֵ֤י זָהָב֙ עֶשְׂרִ֔ים לַאֲדַרְכֹנִ֖ים אָ֑לֶף וּכְלֵ֨י נְחֹ֜שֶׁת מֻצְהָ֤ב טוֹבָה֙ שְׁנַ֔יִם חֲמוּדֹ֖ת כַּזָּהָֽב׃‬ and twenty golden bowls, to the value of one thousand darics, and two articles of high quality gold-coloured copper, as sought after as gold. darics: a daric is a gold coin.

high quality ← good.

gold-coloured copper: copper and silver can be alloyed to a reddish gold colour. Adding gold yellows the colour.

sought after ← desirable.
Ezra 8:28 ‫וָאֹמְרָ֣ה אֲלֵהֶ֗ם אַתֶּ֥ם קֹ֙דֶשׁ֙ לַיהוָ֔ה וְהַכֵּלִ֖ים קֹ֑דֶשׁ וְהַכֶּ֤סֶף וְהַזָּהָב֙ נְדָבָ֔ה לַיהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבֹתֵיכֶֽם׃‬ And I said to them, “You are holy to the Lord, and the articles are holy, and the silver and the gold are a freewill-offering to the Lord God of your fathers. holy (2x)holiness.
Ezra 8:29 ‫שִׁקְד֣וּ וְשִׁמְר֗וּ עַֽד־תִּשְׁקְל֡וּ לִפְנֵי֩ שָׂרֵ֨י הַכֹּהֲנִ֧ים וְהַלְוִיִּ֛ם וְשָׂרֵֽי־הָאָב֥וֹת לְיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בִּירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם הַלִּשְׁכ֖וֹת בֵּ֥ית יְהוָֽה׃‬ Watch over it and guard it until you weigh it before the high-ranking priests and the Levites and the paternal officials of Israel in Jerusalem, in the offices of the house of the Lord.”
Ezra 8:30 ‫וְקִבְּלוּ֙ הַכֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְהַלְוִיִּ֔ם מִשְׁקַ֛ל הַכֶּ֥סֶף וְהַזָּהָ֖ב וְהַכֵּלִ֑ים לְהָבִ֥יא לִירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם לְבֵ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ׃ פ‬ So the priests and the Levites took the weighed-out amount of silver and gold and the articles, to bring them to Jerusalem, to the house of our God. weighed-out amount ← weight.
Ezra 8:31 ‫וַֽנִּסְעָ֞ה מִנְּהַ֣ר אַֽהֲוָ֗א בִּשְׁנֵ֤ים עָשָׂר֙ לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֔וֹן לָלֶ֖כֶת יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם וְיַד־אֱלֹהֵ֙ינוּ֙ הָיְתָ֣ה עָלֵ֔ינוּ וַיַּ֨צִּילֵ֔נוּ מִכַּ֥ף אוֹיֵ֛ב וְאוֹרֵ֖ב עַל־הַדָּֽרֶךְ׃‬ Then we set off from the River Ahava on the twelfth day of the first month, to go to Jerusalem. And the hand of our God was on us, and he delivered us from the hand of the enemy and the ambusher along the road. hand ← palm.
Ezra 8:32 ‫וַנָּב֖וֹא יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם וַנֵּ֥שֶׁב שָׁ֖ם יָמִ֥ים שְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃‬ And we arrived in Jerusalem and we stayed there for three days.
Ezra 8:33 ‫וּבַיּ֣וֹם הָרְבִיעִ֡י נִשְׁקַ֣ל הַכֶּסֶף֩ וְהַזָּהָ֨ב וְהַכֵּלִ֜ים בְּבֵ֣ית אֱלֹהֵ֗ינוּ עַ֠ל יַד־מְרֵמ֤וֹת בֶּן־אֽוּרִיָּה֙ הַכֹּהֵ֔ן וְעִמּ֖וֹ אֶלְעָזָ֣ר בֶּן־פִּֽינְחָ֑ס וְעִמָּהֶ֞ם יוֹזָבָ֧ד בֶּן־יֵשׁ֛וּעַ וְנֽוֹעַדְיָ֥ה בֶן־בִּנּ֖וּי הַלְוִיִּֽם׃‬ Then on the fourth day, the silver and the gold and the articles were weighed in the house of our God by Meremoth the son of Uriah the priest, and with him was Eleazar the son of Phinehas, and with them were Jozabad the son of Jeshua and Noadiah the son of Binnui, the Levites. Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.

Phinehas: Phinehas: see Ex 6:25.

Jeshua: see 1 Chr 24:11.
Ezra 8:34 ‫בְּמִסְפָּ֥ר בְּמִשְׁקָ֖ל לַכֹּ֑ל וַיִּכָּתֵ֥ב כָּֽל־הַמִּשְׁקָ֖ל בָּעֵ֥ת הַהִֽיא׃ פ‬ Everything was done by number and by weight, and the entire weight was written down at that time.
Ezra 8:35 ‫הַ֠בָּאִים מֵֽהַשְּׁבִ֨י בְנֵֽי־הַגּוֹלָ֜ה הִקְרִ֥יבוּ עֹל֣וֹת ׀ לֵאלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל פָּרִ֨ים שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֤ר עַל־כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ אֵילִ֣ים ׀ תִּשְׁעִ֣ים וְשִׁשָּׁ֗ה כְּבָשִׂים֙ שִׁבְעִ֣ים וְשִׁבְעָ֔ה צְפִירֵ֥י חַטָּ֖את שְׁנֵ֣ים עָשָׂ֑ר הַכֹּ֖ל עוֹלָ֥ה לַיהוָֽה׃ פ‬ Those who came back from captivity – the deporteesmade burnt offerings to the God of Israel: twelve bulls for all Israel, ninety-six rams, seventy-seven lambs and twelve goats as a sin-offering. Everything was a burnt offering to the Lord. deportees ← sons of deportation.

made ← offered.
Ezra 8:36 ‫וַֽיִּתְּנ֣וּ ׀ אֶת־דָּתֵ֣י הַמֶּ֗לֶךְ לַאֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנֵי֙ הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ וּפַחֲו֖וֹת עֵ֣בֶר הַנָּהָ֑ר וְנִשְּׂא֥וּ אֶת־הָעָ֖ם וְאֶת־בֵּֽית־הָאֱלֹהִֽים׃ ס‬ And the king's edicts were delivered to the king's satraps and the governors of the region on the far side of the river, and they supported the people and the house of God. the king's edicts were delivered ← they delivered the king's edicts. Avoidance of the passive, and in English avoiding ambiguity about the antecedent to they.
Ezra 9:1 ‫וּכְכַלּ֣וֹת אֵ֗לֶּה נִגְּשׁ֨וּ אֵלַ֤י הַשָּׂרִים֙ לֵאמֹ֔ר לֹֽא־נִבְדְּל֞וּ הָעָ֤ם יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ וְהַכֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְהַלְוִיִּ֔ם מֵעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת כְּ֠תוֹעֲבֹֽתֵיהֶם לַכְּנַעֲנִ֨י הַחִתִּ֜י הַפְּרִזִּ֣י הַיְבוּסִ֗י הָֽעַמֹּנִי֙ הַמֹּ֣אָבִ֔י הַמִּצְרִ֖י וְהָאֱמֹרִֽי׃‬ And when these had discharged their duties, the officials approached me and said, “The people of Israel and the priests and the Levites have not separated themselves from the peoples of the various countries, with their abominations – those of the Canaanite, the Hittite, the Perizzite, the Jebusite, the Ammonite, the Moabite, the Egyptian and the Amorite. with ← according to.

Amorite: see Gn 10:16.
Ezra 9:2 ‫כִּֽי־נָשְׂא֣וּ מִבְּנֹֽתֵיהֶ֗ם לָהֶם֙ וְלִבְנֵיהֶ֔ם וְהִתְעָֽרְבוּ֙ זֶ֣רַע הַקֹּ֔דֶשׁ בְּעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת וְיַ֧ד הַשָּׂרִ֣ים וְהַסְּגָנִ֗ים הָֽיְתָ֛ה בַּמַּ֥עַל הַזֶּ֖ה רִאשׁוֹנָֽה׃ ס‬ For they have taken some of their daughters as wives for themselves and for their sons, and they have mixed holy seed with the peoples of the various countries. And the involvement of the officials and the governors was first in this perverseness.” mixed: not strictly transitive, ← mixed themselves (as).

involvement ← hand.
Ezra 9:3 ‫וּכְשָׁמְעִי֙ אֶת־הַדָּבָ֣ר הַזֶּ֔ה קָרַ֥עְתִּי אֶת־בִּגְדִ֖י וּמְעִילִ֑י וָאֶמְרְטָ֞ה מִשְּׂעַ֤ר רֹאשִׁי֙ וּזְקָנִ֔י וָאֵשְׁבָ֖ה מְשׁוֹמֵֽם׃‬ And when I heard this matter, I tore my clothes and my coat, and pulled the hair out of my head and my chin, and I sat down devastated.
Ezra 9:4 ‫וְאֵלַ֣י יֵאָסְפ֗וּ כֹּ֤ל חָרֵד֙ בְּדִבְרֵ֣י אֱלֹהֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל עַ֖ל מַ֣עַל הַגּוֹלָ֑ה וַאֲנִי֙ יֹשֵׁ֣ב מְשׁוֹמֵ֔ם עַ֖ד לְמִנְחַ֥ת הָעָֽרֶב׃‬ Then all who trembled at the words of the God of Israel concerning the perverseness of the deportees gathered around me as I sat devastated, until the evening offering. trembled: or, were fearful.

around ← to.
Ezra 9:5 ‫וּבְמִנְחַ֣ת הָעֶ֗רֶב קַ֚מְתִּי מִתַּֽעֲנִיתִ֔י וּבְקָרְעִ֥י בִגְדִ֖י וּמְעִילִ֑י וָֽאֶכְרְעָה֙ עַל־בִּרְכַּ֔י וָאֶפְרְשָׂ֥ה כַפַּ֖י אֶל־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהָֽי׃‬ At the evening offering I arose from my humbled state, and having torn my clothes and my coat, I bowed down on my knees and stretched my hands out to the Lord my God.
Ezra 9:6 ‫וָאֹמְרָ֗ה אֱלֹהַי֙ בֹּ֣שְׁתִּי וְנִכְלַ֔מְתִּי לְהָרִ֧ים אֱלֹהַ֛י פָּנַ֖י אֵלֶ֑יךָ כִּ֣י עֲוֺנֹתֵ֤ינוּ רָבוּ֙ לְמַ֣עְלָה רֹּ֔אשׁ וְאַשְׁמָתֵ֥נוּ גָדְלָ֖ה עַ֥ד לַשָּׁמָֽיִם׃‬ And I said, “O God of mine, I am ashamed and unworthy to lift up, O God of mine, my face to you, for our iniquities have risen above our head, and our guilt extends to heaven. unworthy ← ashamed, dishonoured.

risen ← become many.

extends ← is great, has grown.
Ezra 9:7 ‫מִימֵ֣י אֲבֹתֵ֗ינוּ אֲנַ֙חְנוּ֙ בְּאַשְׁמָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֔ה עַ֖ד הַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֑ה וּבַעֲוֺנֹתֵ֡ינוּ נִתַּ֡נּוּ אֲנַחְנוּ֩ מְלָכֵ֨ינוּ כֹהֲנֵ֜ינוּ בְּיַ֣ד ׀ מַלְכֵ֣י הָאֲרָצ֗וֹת בַּחֶ֜רֶב בַּשְּׁבִ֧י וּבַבִּזָּ֛ה וּבְבֹ֥שֶׁת פָּנִ֖ים כְּהַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה׃‬ We have been highly guilty from the days of our fathers up to this day, and for our iniquities we – our kings and our priests – have been delivered into the hands of the kings of the various countries, by the sword and in captivity and through spoil and with shamedfaceness, as on this day. highly guilty ← in great guilt.

by ... in ... through ... with ← בְּ ... בְּ ... בְּ ... בְּ (the same preposition in each case).
Ezra 9:8 ‫וְעַתָּ֡ה כִּמְעַט־רֶגַע֩ הָיְתָ֨ה תְחִנָּ֜ה מֵאֵ֣ת ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֗ינוּ לְהַשְׁאִ֥יר לָ֙נוּ֙ פְּלֵיטָ֔ה וְלָתֶת־לָ֥נוּ יָתֵ֖ד בִּמְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑וֹ לְהָאִ֤יר עֵינֵ֙ינוּ֙ אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ וּלְתִתֵּ֛נוּ מִֽחְיָ֥ה מְעַ֖ט בְּעַבְדֻתֵֽנוּ׃‬ But now, in a short moment, grace has come from the Lord our God in leaving us an escaped remnant, and in giving us a tent-peg hold in his holy place and in our God enlightening our eyes and in reanimating us a little in our enslavement. in leaving ... in giving ... in ... enlightening ... in reanimating: gerundial use of the infinitive.

tent-peg hold: i.e. a foothold.

his holy place ← the place of his holiness, a Hebraic genitive.

in reanimating ← in giving ... preservation of life.
Ezra 9:9 ‫כִּֽי־עֲבָדִ֣ים אֲנַ֔חְנוּ וּבְעַבְדֻ֔תֵנוּ לֹ֥א עֲזָבָ֖נוּ אֱלֹהֵ֑ינוּ וַֽיַּט־עָלֵ֣ינוּ חֶ֡סֶד לִפְנֵי֩ מַלְכֵ֨י פָרַ֜ס לָֽתֶת־לָ֣נוּ מִֽחְיָ֗ה לְרוֹמֵ֞ם אֶת־בֵּ֤ית אֱלֹהֵ֙ינוּ֙ וּלְהַעֲמִ֣יד אֶת־חָרְבֹתָ֔יו וְלָֽתֶת־לָ֣נוּ גָדֵ֔ר בִּֽיהוּדָ֖ה וּבִירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃ ס‬ For we are slaves, but our God has not abandoned us in our enslavement, and he has shown us kindness with respect to the kings of Persia in reanimating us to raise up the house of our God, and to restore it from its ruins, and in giving us a wall in Judah and Jerusalem. shown ← extended.

with respect to ← from.

restore itmake (it) stand.

in giving: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Ezra 9:10 ‫וְעַתָּ֛ה מַה־נֹּאמַ֥ר אֱלֹהֵ֖ינוּ אַֽחֲרֵי־זֹ֑את כִּ֥י עָזַ֖בְנוּ מִצְוֺתֶֽיךָ׃‬ And now, what can we say, O God of ours, after this, for we have abandoned your commandments
Ezra 9:11 ‫אֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוִּ֗יתָ בְּיַ֨ד עֲבָדֶ֣יךָ הַנְּבִיאִים֮ לֵאמֹר֒ הָאָ֗רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אַתֶּ֤ם בָּאִים֙ לְרִשְׁתָּ֔הּ אֶ֤רֶץ נִדָּה֙ הִ֔יא בְּנִדַּ֖ת עַמֵּ֣י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת בְּתוֹעֲבֹֽתֵיהֶ֗ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִלְא֛וּהָ מִפֶּ֥ה אֶל־פֶּ֖ה בְּטֻמְאָתָֽם׃‬ which you gave through the intermediacy of your servants the prophets, saying, ‘The land into which you are coming, to inherit it, is a filthy land with the filth of the peoples of the various countries, with their abominations with which they have filled it from end to end in their uncleanness. gave ← commanded.

intermediacy ← hand.

filthy land ← land of filth, a Hebraic genitive.

end to end ← mouth to mouth.

with which they: or, which, or, possibly, who.
Ezra 9:12 ‫וְ֠עַתָּה בְּֽנוֹתֵיכֶ֞ם אַל־תִּתְּנ֣וּ לִבְנֵיהֶ֗ם וּבְנֹֽתֵיהֶם֙ אַל־תִּשְׂא֣וּ לִבְנֵיכֶ֔ם וְלֹֽא־תִדְרְשׁ֧וּ שְׁלֹמָ֛ם וְטוֹבָתָ֖ם עַד־עוֹלָ֑ם לְמַ֣עַן תֶּחֶזְק֗וּ וַאֲכַלְתֶּם֙ אֶת־ט֣וּב הָאָ֔רֶץ וְהוֹרַשְׁתֶּ֥ם לִבְנֵיכֶ֖ם עַד־עוֹלָֽם׃‬ So now, do not give your daughters to their sons, and do not take their daughters for your sons, and do not seek their peace or their welfare, throughout the age, in order that you may prevail and eat the good produce of the land, and bequeath it to your sons age-abidingly.’
Ezra 9:13 ‫וְאַֽחֲרֵי֙ כָּל־הַבָּ֣א עָלֵ֔ינוּ בְּמַעֲשֵׂ֙ינוּ֙ הָרָעִ֔ים וּבְאַשְׁמָתֵ֖נוּ הַגְּדֹלָ֑ה כִּ֣י ׀ אַתָּ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֗ינוּ חָשַׂ֤כְתָּֽ לְמַ֙טָּה֙ מֵֽעֲוֺנֵ֔נוּ וְנָתַ֥תָּה לָּ֛נוּ פְּלֵיטָ֖ה כָּזֹֽאת׃‬ And after everything that has come over us for our evil works and for our great guilt, since you, our God, have been lenient with our iniquities and have given us this very escaped remnant, have been lenient with our iniquities ← spared downwards from our iniquities.

this very escaped remnant ← an escaped remnant as this. But see [Ges-HG, §118x].
Ezra 9:14 ‫הֲנָשׁוּב֙ לְהָפֵ֣ר מִצְוֺתֶ֔יךָ וּ֨לְהִתְחַתֵּ֔ן בְּעַמֵּ֥י הַתֹּעֵב֖וֹת הָאֵ֑לֶּה הֲל֤וֹא תֶֽאֱנַף־בָּ֙נוּ֙ עַד־כַּלֵּ֔ה לְאֵ֥ין שְׁאֵרִ֖ית וּפְלֵיטָֽה׃ פ‬ how could we go back and break your commandments by intermarrying with the peoples of these abominations? Would you not be incensed at us to the extent of finishing us off without remainder or escaped remnant? by intermarrying: gerundial use of the infinitive.

be incensed ← snort. Compare Mk 14:5 and LXX of Lam 2:6.
Ezra 9:15 ‫יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ צַדִּ֣יק אַ֔תָּה כִּֽי־נִשְׁאַ֥רְנוּ פְלֵיטָ֖ה כְּהַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֑ה הִנְנ֤וּ לְפָנֶ֙יךָ֙ בְּאַשְׁמָתֵ֔ינוּ כִּ֣י אֵ֥ין לַעֲמ֛וֹד לְפָנֶ֖יךָ עַל־זֹֽאת׃ פ‬ O Lord God of Israel, you are righteous, for we remain an escaped remnant on this very day. Here we are before you in our guilt, for there are no grounds for standing before you on account of this.” on this very day ← as this day. Compare Ezra 9:13.

here we arebehold us.

for standing: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Ezra 10:1 ‫וּכְהִתְפַּלֵּ֤ל עֶזְרָא֙ וּכְ֨הִתְוַדֹּת֔וֹ בֹּכֶה֙ וּמִתְנַפֵּ֔ל לִפְנֵ֖י בֵּ֣ית הָאֱלֹהִ֑ים נִקְבְּצוּ֩ אֵלָ֨יו מִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֜ל קָהָ֣ל רַב־מְאֹ֗ד אֲנָשִׁ֤ים וְנָשִׁים֙ וִֽילָדִ֔ים כִּֽי־בָכ֥וּ הָעָ֖ם הַרְבֵּה־בֶֽכֶה׃ ס‬ And as Ezra was praying, and as he was confessing, weeping, and prostrating himself before the house of God, a very large convocation of men and women and children of Israel gathered around him. For the people wept with many tears. gathered around ← gathered to.

many tears ← much weeping.
Ezra 10:2 ‫וַיַּעַן֩ שְׁכַנְיָ֨ה בֶן־יְחִיאֵ֜ל מִבְּנֵ֤י *עולם **עֵילָם֙ וַיֹּ֣אמֶר לְעֶזְרָ֔א אֲנַ֙חְנוּ֙ מָעַ֣לְנוּ בֵאלֹהֵ֔ינוּ וַנֹּ֛שֶׁב נָשִׁ֥ים נָכְרִיּ֖וֹת מֵעַמֵּ֣י הָאָ֑רֶץ וְעַתָּ֛ה יֵשׁ־מִקְוֶ֥ה לְיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עַל־זֹֽאת׃‬ And Shechaniah the son of Jehiel, one of the sons of {Q: Elam} [K: Olam] started to speak and said to Ezra, “We have acted treacherously against our God, and we have brought foreign women from the various countries into our homes, but now there is hope for Israel despite this. started to speak ← answered, but no question asked. See Gn 18:27.

brought ... into our homes ← caused to dwell.

despite: a sense supported (but quoting other verses) by [BDB II.1.f.(f) (p.754, col.2)].
Ezra 10:3 ‫וְעַתָּ֣ה נִֽכְרָת־בְּרִ֣ית לֵ֠אלֹהֵינוּ לְהוֹצִ֨יא כָל־נָשִׁ֜ים וְהַנּוֹלָ֤ד מֵהֶם֙ בַּעֲצַ֣ת אֲדֹנָ֔י וְהַחֲרֵדִ֖ים בְּמִצְוַ֣ת אֱלֹהֵ֑ינוּ וְכַתּוֹרָ֖ה יֵעָשֶֽׂה׃‬ So now, let us make a covenant with our God, to remove all the women and those born by them, in line with the advice of Lord* and those who tremble at the commandment of our God, and let it be done according to the law. Lord*: a change by the Sopherim from יהוה, Yhwh, to אֲדֹנָי, Adonai. See Gn 18:3 and [CB, App. 32].

make ← cut.

tremble: or, are fearful.
Ezra 10:4 ‫ק֛וּם כִּֽי־עָלֶ֥יךָ הַדָּבָ֖ר וַאֲנַ֣חְנוּ עִמָּ֑ךְ חֲזַ֖ק וַעֲשֵֽׂה׃ פ‬ Get up, for the matter is your responsibility. And we are with you. Be strong and act.” your responsibility ← (incumbent) on you.
Ezra 10:5 ‫וַיָּ֣קָם עֶזְרָ֡א וַיַּשְׁבַּ֣ע אֶת־שָׂרֵי֩ הַכֹּהֲנִ֨ים הַלְוִיִּ֜ם וְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל לַעֲשׂ֛וֹת כַּדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּ֖ה וַיִּשָּׁבֵֽעוּ׃‬ And Ezra got up and took an oath from the high-ranking priests, the Levites, and all Israel, to act according to these words. And they swore. took an oath from ← made swear, adjured.
Ezra 10:6 ‫וַיָּ֣קָם עֶזְרָ֗א מִלִּפְנֵי֙ בֵּ֣ית הָֽאֱלֹהִ֔ים וַיֵּ֕לֶךְ אֶל־לִשְׁכַּ֖ת יְהוֹחָנָ֣ן בֶּן־אֶלְיָשִׁ֑יב וַיֵּ֣לֶךְ שָׁ֗ם לֶ֤חֶם לֹֽא־אָכַל֙ וּמַ֣יִם לֹֽא־שָׁתָ֔ה כִּ֥י מִתְאַבֵּ֖ל עַל־מַ֥עַל הַגּוֹלָֽה׃ ס‬ Then Ezra got up from his position before the house of God, and he went to the office of Jehonan the son of Eliashib. Having arrived there, he did not eat bread and he did not drink water, because he was mourning over the perverseness of the deportees. deportees ← deportation.
Ezra 10:7 ‫וַיַּעֲבִ֨ירוּ ק֜וֹל בִּיהוּדָ֣ה וִירֽוּשָׁלִַ֗ם לְכֹל֙ בְּנֵ֣י הַגּוֹלָ֔ה לְהִקָּבֵ֖ץ יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם׃‬ And they had it proclaimed in Judah and Jerusalem for all the deportees to be gathered in Jerusalem. had it proclaimed ← caused a voice to pass through.

deportees ← sons of deportation.
Ezra 10:8 ‫וְכֹל֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא־יָב֜וֹא לִשְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת הַיָּמִ֗ים כַּעֲצַ֤ת הַשָּׂרִים֙ וְהַזְּקֵנִ֔ים יָחֳרַ֖ם כָּל־רְכוּשׁ֑וֹ וְה֥וּא יִבָּדֵ֖ל מִקְּהַ֥ל הַגּוֹלָֽה׃ ס‬ And that as for anyone who did not come within three days according to the advice of the officials and elders, all his property would be confiscated, and he would be excluded from the convocation of the deportees. anyone ← everyone.

excluded ← separated.
Ezra 10:9 ‫וַיִּקָּבְצ֣וּ כָל־אַנְשֵֽׁי־יְהוּדָה֩ וּבִנְיָמִ֨ן ׀ יְרוּשָׁלִַ֜ם לִשְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת הַיָּמִ֗ים ה֛וּא חֹ֥דֶשׁ הַתְּשִׁיעִ֖י בְּעֶשְׂרִ֣ים בַּחֹ֑דֶשׁ וַיֵּשְׁב֣וּ כָל־הָעָ֗ם בִּרְחוֹב֙ בֵּ֣ית הָאֱלֹהִ֔ים מַרְעִידִ֥ים עַל־הַדָּבָ֖ר וּמֵהַגְּשָׁמִֽים׃ פ‬ At this all the men of Judah and Benjamin gathered in Jerusalem within three days. It was the ninth month, on the twentieth day of the month, and all the people sat in the open at the house of God, trembling at the matter and because of the rain. at this: wider use of the vav.

rain ← rains.
Ezra 10:10 ‫וַיָּ֨קָם עֶזְרָ֤א הַכֹּהֵן֙ וַיֹּ֣אמֶר אֲלֵהֶ֔ם אַתֶּ֣ם מְעַלְתֶּ֔ם וַתֹּשִׁ֖יבוּ נָשִׁ֣ים נָכְרִיּ֑וֹת לְהוֹסִ֖יף עַל־אַשְׁמַ֥ת יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ Then Ezra the priest arose and said to them, “You have acted perversely and brought foreign women into your homes, so adding to Israel's guilt. brought ... into your homes: see Ezra 10:2.
Ezra 10:11 ‫וְעַתָּ֗ה תְּנ֥וּ תוֹדָ֛ה לַיהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵֽי־אֲבֹתֵיכֶ֖ם וַעֲשׂ֣וּ רְצוֹנ֑וֹ וְהִבָּֽדְלוּ֙ מֵעַמֵּ֣י הָאָ֔רֶץ וּמִן־הַנָּשִׁ֖ים הַנָּכְרִיּֽוֹת׃‬ So now, make a confession to the Lord God of your fathers and do his will, and separate yourselves from the various peoples of the land, and from foreign women.”
Ezra 10:12 ‫וַיַּֽעְנ֧וּ כָֽל־הַקָּהָ֛ל וַיֹּאמְר֖וּ ק֣וֹל גָּד֑וֹל כֵּ֛ן *כדבריך **כִּדְבָרְךָ֥ עָלֵ֖ינוּ לַעֲשֽׂוֹת׃‬ And the whole convocation answered and said in a loud voice, “We must indeed act according to your {K: words} [Q: word]. we must ← (it is incumbent) on us.
Ezra 10:13 ‫אֲבָ֞ל הָעָ֥ם רָב֙ וְהָעֵ֣ת גְּשָׁמִ֔ים וְאֵ֥ין כֹּ֖חַ לַעֲמ֣וֹד בַּח֑וּץ וְהַמְּלָאכָ֗ה לֹֽא־לְי֤וֹם אֶחָד֙ וְלֹ֣א לִשְׁנַ֔יִם כִּֽי־הִרְבִּ֥ינוּ לִפְשֹׁ֖עַ בַּדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּֽה׃‬ But the people are many and it is the season of rain, and we do not have the fortitude to endure outside, and the operation is not a matter of one day, nor is it of two, for we have transgressed greatly in this matter. rain ← rains.

endure ← stand.

transgressed greatly ← done much to transgress.
Ezra 10:14 ‫יַֽעֲמְדוּ־נָ֣א שָׂ֠רֵינוּ לְֽכָל־הַקָּהָ֞ל וְכֹ֣ל ׀ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בֶּעָרֵ֗ינוּ הַהֹשִׁ֞יב נָשִׁ֤ים נָכְרִיּוֹת֙ יָבֹא֙ לְעִתִּ֣ים מְזֻמָּנִ֔ים וְעִמָּהֶ֛ם זִקְנֵי־עִ֥יר וָעִ֖יר וְשֹׁפְטֶ֑יהָ עַ֠ד לְהָשִׁ֞יב חֲר֤וֹן אַף־אֱלֹהֵ֙ינוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔נּוּ עַ֖ד לַדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּֽה׃ פ‬ Please let our officials of every community superintend, and let everyone who has brought foreign women into his home in our cities come at appointed times, and with them the elders of each city, with its judges, until the fury of our God's anger is averted from us – until this matter is over.” superintend ← stand. See next verse.

community ← convocation.

brought ... into his home: see Ezra 10:2.

each city ← city and city.
Ezra 10:15 ‫אַ֣ךְ יוֹנָתָ֧ן בֶּן־עֲשָׂהאֵ֛ל וְיַחְזְיָ֥ה בֶן־תִּקְוָ֖ה עָמְד֣וּ עַל־זֹ֑את וּמְשֻׁלָּ֛ם וְשַׁבְּתַ֥י הַלֵּוִ֖י עֲזָרֻֽם׃‬ And indeed it was Jonathan the son of Asahel and Jahaziah the son of Tikvah who superintended this, while Meshullam and Shabbethai the Levite helped them. indeed ← surely; but. On disagreement on the force of אַךְ elsewhere, see [BDB].

superintended ← stood over. The same verb as in the previous verse. Many others translate differently.
Ezra 10:16 ‫וַיַּֽעֲשׂוּ־כֵן֮ בְּנֵ֣י הַגּוֹלָה֒ וַיִּבָּדְלוּ֩ עֶזְרָ֨א הַכֹּהֵ֜ן אֲנָשִׁ֨ים רָאשֵׁ֧י הָאָב֛וֹת לְבֵ֥ית אֲבֹתָ֖ם וְכֻלָּ֣ם בְּשֵׁמ֑וֹת וַיֵּשְׁב֗וּ בְּי֤וֹם אֶחָד֙ לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָעֲשִׂירִ֔י לְדַרְי֖וֹשׁ הַדָּבָֽר׃‬ So the deportees did this. And Ezra the priest, and men who were paternal heads of their paternal house were all separated by name, and they sat on the first day of the tenth month to investigate the matter. deportees ← sons of deportation.

this ← thus.

name ← names.
Ezra 10:17 ‫וַיְכַלּ֣וּ בַכֹּ֔ל אֲנָשִׁ֕ים הַהֹשִׁ֖יבוּ נָשִׁ֣ים נָכְרִיּ֑וֹת עַ֛ד י֥וֹם אֶחָ֖ד לַחֹ֥דֶשׁ הָרִאשֽׁוֹן׃ פ‬ And they finished investigating all the men who had brought foreign women into their homes by the first day of the first month. brought ... into their homes: see Ezra 10:2.

by the first day ← until the first day.
Ezra 10:18 ‫וַיִּמָּצֵא֙ מִבְּנֵ֣י הַכֹּהֲנִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר הֹשִׁ֖יבוּ נָשִׁ֣ים נָכְרִיּ֑וֹת מִבְּנֵ֨י יֵשׁ֤וּעַ בֶּן־יֽוֹצָדָק֙ וְאֶחָ֔יו מַֽעֲשֵׂיָה֙ וֶֽאֱלִיעֶ֔זֶר וְיָרִ֖יב וּגְדַלְיָֽה׃‬ And among the sons of the priests who had brought foreign women into their homes, the following were found: of the sons of Jeshua the son of Jozadak, and the sons of his brothers were Maaseiah and Eliezer and Jarib and Gedaliah, among ← from. Similarly in the rest of this chapter.

brought ... into their homes: see Ezra 10:2.

Jeshua: see 1 Chr 24:11.
Ezra 10:19 ‫וַיִּתְּנ֥וּ יָדָ֖ם לְהוֹצִ֣יא נְשֵׁיהֶ֑ם וַאֲשֵׁמִ֥ים אֵֽיל־צֹ֖אן עַל־אַשְׁמָתָֽם׃ ס‬ and they pledged to remove their wives, and being guilty, they offered a ram of the flock for their guilt. pledged ← gave their hand.
Ezra 10:20 ‫וּמִבְּנֵ֣י אִמֵּ֔ר חֲנָ֖נִי וּזְבַדְיָֽה׃ ס‬ And among the sons of Immer were Hanani and Zebadiah;
Ezra 10:21 ‫וּמִבְּנֵ֖י חָרִ֑ם מַעֲשֵׂיָ֤ה וְאֵֽלִיָּה֙ וּֽשְׁמַֽעְיָ֔ה וִיחִיאֵ֖ל וְעֻזִיָּֽה׃‬ and among the sons of Harim were Maaseiah and Elijah and Shemaiah and Jehiel and Uzziah; Uzziah ← Uziah, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.
Ezra 10:22 ‫וּמִבְּנֵ֖י פַּשְׁח֑וּר אֶלְיוֹעֵינַ֤י מַֽעֲשֵׂיָה֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣אל נְתַנְאֵ֔ל יוֹזָבָ֖ד וְאֶלְעָשָֽׂה׃ ס‬ and among the sons of Pashur were Elioenai, Maaseiah, Ishmael, Nethaneel, Jozabad and Elasah; Pashur: see Ezra 2:38.

Nethaneel: see Nu 1:8.
Ezra 10:23 ‫וּמִֽן־הַלְוִיִּ֑ם יוֹזָבָ֣ד וְשִׁמְעִ֗י וְקֵֽלָיָה֙ ה֣וּא קְלִיטָ֔א פְּתַֽחְיָ֥ה יְהוּדָ֖ה וֶאֱלִיעֶֽזֶר׃ ס‬ and among the Levites were Jozabad and Shimei and Kelaiah (he is Kelita), Pethahiah, Judah and Eliezer; Shimei: see 2 Sam 16:5.
Ezra 10:24 ‫וּמִן־הַמְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים אֶלְיָשִׁ֑יב וּמִן־הַשֹּׁ֣עֲרִ֔ים שַׁלֻּ֥ם וָטֶ֖לֶם וְאוּרִֽי׃ ס‬ and among the singers were Eliashib; and among the gatekeepers were Shallum and Telem and Uri;
Ezra 10:25 ‫וּמִֽיִּשְׂרָאֵ֑ל מִבְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֡שׁ רַ֠מְיָה וְיִזִּיָּ֤ה וּמַלְכִּיָּה֙ וּמִיָּמִ֣ן וְאֶלְעָזָ֔ר וּמַלְכִּיָּ֖ה וּבְנָיָֽה׃ ס‬ and among Israel, among the sons of Parosh were Ramiah and Jeziah and Malchiah and Miamin and Eleazar and Malchijah and Benaiah; Jeziah ← Jiziah, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.

Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.
Ezra 10:26 ‫וּמִבְּנֵ֖י עֵילָ֑ם מַתַּנְיָ֤ה זְכַרְיָה֙ וִיחִיאֵ֣ל וְעַבְדִּ֔י וִירֵמ֖וֹת וְאֵלִיָּֽה׃ ס‬ and among the sons of Elam were Mattaniah, Zechariah and Jehiel and Abdi and Jeremoth and Eliah;
Ezra 10:27 ‫וּמִבְּנֵ֖י זַתּ֑וּא אֶלְיוֹעֵנַ֤י אֶלְיָשִׁיב֙ מַתַּנְיָ֣ה וִֽירֵמ֔וֹת וְזָבָ֖ד וַעֲזִיזָֽא׃ ס‬ and among the sons of Zattu were Eloienai, Eliashib, Mattaniah and Jeremoth and Zabad and Aziza;
Ezra 10:28 ‫וּמִבְּנֵ֖י בֵּבָ֑י יְהוֹחָנָ֥ן חֲנַנְיָ֖ה זַבַּ֥י עַתְלָֽי׃ ס‬ and among the sons of Bebai were Jehohanan, Hananiah, Zabbai and Athlai;
Ezra 10:29 ‫וּמִבְּנֵ֖י בָּנִ֑י מְשֻׁלָּ֤ם מַלּוּךְ֙ וַעֲדָיָ֔ה יָשׁ֖וּב וּשְׁאָ֥ל *ירמות **וְרָמֽוֹת׃ ס‬ and among the sons of Bani were Meshullam, Malluch and Adaiah, Jashub and Sheal {K: and Jeremoth} [Q: and Ramoth];
Ezra 10:30 ‫וּמִבְּנֵ֛י פַּחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֖ב עַדְנָ֣א וּכְלָ֑ל בְּנָיָ֤ה מַעֲשֵׂיָה֙ מַתַּנְיָ֣ה בְצַלְאֵ֔ל וּבִנּ֖וּי וּמְנַשֶּֽׁה׃ ס‬ and among the sons of Pahath-moab were Adna and Chelal, Benaiah, Maaseiah, Mattaniah, Bezaleel and Binnui and Manasseh; Bezaleel ← Bezal'el, the middle syllable being closed, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.
Ezra 10:31 ‫וּבְנֵ֖י חָרִ֑ם אֱלִיעֶ֧זֶר יִשִּׁיָּ֛ה מַלְכִּיָּ֖ה שְׁמַֽעְיָ֥ה שִׁמְעֽוֹן׃‬ and among the sons of Harim were Eliezer, Ishijah, Malchiah, Shemaiah, Shimeon, Shimeon ← Shim'on, the first syllable being closed, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.
Ezra 10:32 ‫בְּנְיָמִ֥ן מַלּ֖וּךְ שְׁמַרְיָֽה׃ ס‬ Benjamin, Malluch and Shemariah;
Ezra 10:33 ‫מִבְּנֵ֖י חָשֻׁ֑ם מַתְּנַ֤י מַתַּתָּה֙ זָבָ֣ד אֱלִיפֶ֔לֶט יְרֵמַ֥י מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה שִׁמְעִֽי׃ ס‬ among the sons of Hashum were Mattenai, Mattathah, Zabad, Eliphelet, Jeremai, Manasseh and Shimei; Mattathah ← Mattattah, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.

Shimei: see 2 Sam 16:5.
Ezra 10:34 ‫מִבְּנֵ֣י בָנִ֔י מַעֲדַ֥י עַמְרָ֖ם וְאוּאֵֽל׃ ס‬ among the sons of Bani were Maadai, Amram and Uel,
Ezra 10:35 ‫בְּנָיָ֥ה בֵדְיָ֖ה *כלהי **כְּלֽוּהוּ׃‬ Benaiah, Bedeiah, {K: Chelahai} [Q: Cheluhu], The AV= Chelluh, based on the qeré.
Ezra 10:36 ‫וַנְיָ֥ה מְרֵמ֖וֹת אֶלְיָשִֽׁיב׃‬ Vaniah, Meremoth, Eliashib,
Ezra 10:37 ‫מַתַּנְיָ֥ה מַתְּנַ֖י *ויעשו **וְיַעֲשָֽׂי׃‬ Mattaniah, Mattenai and {Q: Jaasai} [K: Jaasu], The AV= Jaasau, a mixture of the ketiv and qeré. Compare 1 Chr 7:31 etc.
Ezra 10:38 ‫וּבָנִ֥י וּבִנּ֖וּי שִׁמְעִֽי׃‬ and Bani and Binnui and Shimei, Shimei: see 2 Sam 16:5.
Ezra 10:39 ‫וְשֶֽׁלֶמְיָ֥ה וְנָתָ֖ן וַעֲדָיָֽה׃‬ and Shelemiah and Nathan and Adaiah,
Ezra 10:40 ‫מַכְנַדְבַ֥י שָׁשַׁ֖י שָׁרָֽי׃‬ Machnadebai, Shashai, Sharai,
Ezra 10:41 ‫עֲזַרְאֵ֥ל וְשֶׁלֶמְיָ֖הוּ שְׁמַרְיָֽה׃‬ Azareel, and Shelemiah, Shemariah, Azareel ← Azar'el, the middle syllable being closed, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.
Ezra 10:42 ‫שַׁלּ֥וּם אֲמַרְיָ֖ה יוֹסֵֽף׃ ס‬ Shallum, Amariah and Joseph.
Ezra 10:43 ‫מִבְּנֵ֖י נְב֑וֹ יְעִיאֵ֤ל מַתִּתְיָה֙ זָבָ֣ד זְבִינָ֔א *ידו **יַדַּ֥י וְיוֹאֵ֖ל בְּנָיָֽה׃‬ Among the sons of Nebo were Jeiel, Mattithiah, Zabad, Zebina, {Q: Jaddai} [K: Jaddo] and Joel and Benaiah. The AV= Jaddau, a mixture of the ketiv and qeré. Compare 1 Chr 7:31 etc.
Ezra 10:44 ‫כָּל־אֵ֕לֶּה *נשאי **נָשְׂא֖וּ נָשִׁ֣ים נָכְרִיּ֑וֹת וְיֵ֣שׁ מֵהֶ֣ם נָשִׁ֔ים וַיָּשִׂ֖ימוּ בָּנִֽים׃ פ‬ All these married foreign women, and there are among them women by whom they begot sons. married: Codex Leningradensis appears to have a ketiv correction from נשאו to נשאי.

among them: referring to the women. Discordant, but that is frequent in Hebrew, especially in disregard of feminine plural suffixes.

begot ← set.
Neh 1:1 ‫דִּבְרֵ֥י נְחֶמְיָ֖ה בֶּן־חֲכַלְיָ֑ה וַיְהִ֤י בְחֹֽדֶשׁ־*כסלו **כִּסְלֵיו֙ שְׁנַ֣ת עֶשְׂרִ֔ים וַאֲנִ֥י הָיִ֖יתִי בְּשׁוּשַׁ֥ן הַבִּירָֽה׃‬ The words of Nehemiah the son of Hachaliah. And it came to pass in the month of Kislev, in the twentieth year, that I was in the citadel of Shushan, Kislev: AV= Chisleu, but we use the modern English name. The ketiv can be regarded as a variant form of the qeré. Around December.
Neh 1:2 ‫וַיָּבֹ֨א חֲנָ֜נִי אֶחָ֧ד מֵאַחַ֛י ה֥וּא וַאֲנָשִׁ֖ים מִֽיהוּדָ֑ה וָאֶשְׁאָלֵ֞ם עַל־הַיְּהוּדִ֧ים הַפְּלֵיטָ֛ה אֲשֶֽׁר־נִשְׁאֲר֥וּ מִן־הַשֶּׁ֖בִי וְעַל־יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם׃‬ and Hanani, who is one of my brothers, and some men from Judah came, and I asked them about the escaped remnant of Jews who were left behind avoiding the captivity, and about Jerusalem. avoiding the captivity ← from the captivity.
Neh 1:3 ‫וַיֹּאמְרוּ֮ לִי֒ הַֽנִּשְׁאָרִ֞ים אֲשֶֽׁר־נִשְׁאֲר֤וּ מִן־הַשְּׁבִי֙ שָׁ֣ם בַּמְּדִינָ֔ה בְּרָעָ֥ה גְדֹלָ֖ה וּבְחֶרְפָּ֑ה וְחוֹמַ֤ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֙ם֙ מְפֹרָ֔צֶת וּשְׁעָרֶ֖יהָ נִצְּת֥וּ בָאֵֽשׁ׃‬ And they said to me, “Those remaining, who were left behind avoiding the captivity, there in the province, are in a very bad state and in disrepute, and the wall of Jerusalem is broken down, and its gates have been burned down with fire.” avoiding the captivity: see Neh 1:2.

a very bad state ← great badness.
Neh 1:4 ‫וַיְהִ֞י כְּשָׁמְעִ֣י ׀ אֶת־הַדְּבָרִ֣ים הָאֵ֗לֶּה יָשַׁ֙בְתִּי֙ וָֽאֶבְכֶּ֔ה וָאֶתְאַבְּלָ֖ה יָמִ֑ים וָֽאֱהִ֥י צָם֙ וּמִתְפַּלֵּ֔ל לִפְנֵ֖י אֱלֹהֵ֥י הַשָּׁמָֽיִם׃‬ And it came to pass when I heard these things that I sat down and wept, and I mourned for a number of days, and I fasted and prayed before the God of heaven.
Neh 1:5 ‫וָאֹמַ֗ר אָֽנָּ֤א יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הַשָּׁמַ֔יִם הָאֵ֥ל הַגָּד֖וֹל וְהַנּוֹרָ֑א שֹׁמֵ֤ר הַבְּרִית֙ וָחֶ֔סֶד לְאֹהֲבָ֖יו וּלְשֹׁמְרֵ֥י מִצְוֺתָֽיו׃‬ And I said, “Please, Lord God of heaven, O great and awesome God, who keeps the covenant and kindness to those who love him and to those who keep his commandments,
Neh 1:6 ‫תְּהִ֣י נָ֣א אָזְנְךָֽ־קַשֶּׁ֣בֶת וְֽעֵינֶ֪יךָ פְתֻוּח֟וֹת לִשְׁמֹ֣עַ אֶל־תְּפִלַּ֣ת עַבְדְּךָ֡ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָנֹכִי֩ מִתְפַּלֵּ֨ל לְפָנֶ֤יךָ הַיּוֹם֙ יוֹמָ֣ם וָלַ֔יְלָה עַל־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עֲבָדֶ֑יךָ וּמִתְוַדֶּ֗ה עַל־חַטֹּ֤אות בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר חָטָ֣אנוּ לָ֔ךְ וַאֲנִ֥י וּבֵית־אָבִ֖י חָטָֽאנוּ׃‬ may your ear be attentive and your eyes open to hear the prayer of your servant which I am praying before you today, day and night, concerning the sons of Israel, your servants. And I confess the sins of the sons of Israel which we have committed against you, and that I and the house of my father have sinned. committed ← sinned.
Neh 1:7 ‫חֲבֹ֖ל חָבַ֣לְנוּ לָ֑ךְ וְלֹא־שָׁמַ֣רְנוּ אֶת־הַמִּצְוֺ֗ת וְאֶת־הַֽחֻקִּים֙ וְאֶת־הַמִּשְׁפָּטִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוִּ֖יתָ אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֥ה עַבְדֶּֽךָ׃‬ We have offended you badly, and we have not kept the commandments and the statutes and the ordinances which you commanded Moses your servant. we have offended you badly: infinitive absolute.

ordinances ← judgments.
Neh 1:8 ‫זְכָר־נָא֙ אֶת־הַדָּבָ֔ר אֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוִּ֛יתָ אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֥ה עַבְדְּךָ֖ לֵאמֹ֑ר אַתֶּ֣ם תִּמְעָ֔לוּ אֲנִ֕י אָפִ֥יץ אֶתְכֶ֖ם בָּעַמִּֽים׃‬ Do remember the words which you commanded your servant Moses when you said, ‘If you act perversely. I will scatter you among the nations, words ← word.

nations ← peoples.
Neh 1:9 ‫וְשַׁבְתֶּ֣ם אֵלַ֔י וּשְׁמַרְתֶּם֙ מִצְוֺתַ֔י וַעֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם אֹתָ֑ם אִם־יִהְיֶ֨ה נִֽדַּחֲכֶ֜ם בִּקְצֵ֤ה הַשָּׁמַ֙יִם֙ מִשָּׁ֣ם אֲקַבְּצֵ֔ם *והבואתים **וַהֲבִֽיאוֹתִים֙ אֶל־הַמָּק֔וֹם אֲשֶׁ֣ר בָּחַ֔רְתִּי לְשַׁכֵּ֥ן אֶת־שְׁמִ֖י שָֽׁם׃‬ but if you return to me and keep my commandments and carry them out, even if any of you were to be driven out to the end of heaven, I would gather them from there and bring them to the place where I have chosen to set up my name.’ I would gather them: the ketiv has to be regarded as an irregular equivalent to the qeré.

heaven: or, the sky.

set up ← cause to dwell.
Neh 1:10 ‫וְהֵ֥ם עֲבָדֶ֖יךָ וְעַמֶּ֑ךָ אֲשֶׁ֤ר פָּדִ֙יתָ֙ בְּכֹחֲךָ֣ הַגָּד֔וֹל וּבְיָדְךָ֖ הַחֲזָקָֽה׃‬ And they are your servants and your people whom you have redeemed by your great power and with your strong hand.
Neh 1:11 ‫אָנָּ֣א אֲדֹנָ֗י תְּהִ֣י נָ֣א אָזְנְךָֽ־קַ֠שֶּׁבֶת אֶל־תְּפִלַּ֨ת עַבְדְּךָ֜ וְאֶל־תְּפִלַּ֣ת עֲבָדֶ֗יךָ הַֽחֲפֵצִים֙ לְיִרְאָ֣ה אֶת־שְׁמֶ֔ךָ וְהַצְלִֽיחָה־נָּ֤א לְעַבְדְּךָ֙ הַיּ֔וֹם וּתְנֵ֣הוּ לְרַחֲמִ֔ים לִפְנֵ֖י הָאִ֣ישׁ הַזֶּ֑ה וַאֲנִ֛י הָיִ֥יתִי מַשְׁקֶ֖ה לַמֶּֽלֶךְ׃ פ‬ Please, Lord*, may your ear be attentive to the prayer of your servant and to the prayer of your servants who delight in fearing your name. And do be propitious to your servant today, and show him compassion in the presence of this man, for I have become the king's butler.” Lord*: a change by the Sopherim from יהוה, Yhwh, to אֲדֹנָי, Adonai. See Gn 18:3 and [CB, App. 32].

in fearing: gerundial use of the infinitive.

be propitious ← make successful.

show him compassion ← give him to compassion.
Neh 2:1 ‫וַיְהִ֣י ׀ בְּחֹ֣דֶשׁ נִיסָ֗ן שְׁנַ֥ת עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ יַ֣יִן לְפָנָ֑יו וָאֶשָּׂ֤א אֶת־הַיַּ֙יִן֙ וָאֶתְּנָ֣ה לַמֶּ֔לֶךְ וְלֹא־הָיִ֥יתִי רַ֖ע לְפָנָֽיו׃‬ And it came to pass in the month of Nisan, in the twentieth year of Artaxerxes the king, that there was wine available for him, and I bore the wine and gave some to the king. Now I was not normally sorrowful in his presence, available for him ← before him.

sorrowful ← bad.
Neh 2:2 ‫וַיֹּאמֶר֩ לִ֨י הַמֶּ֜לֶךְ מַדּ֣וּעַ ׀ פָּנֶ֣יךָ רָעִ֗ים וְאַתָּה֙ אֵֽינְךָ֣ חוֹלֶ֔ה אֵ֣ין זֶ֔ה כִּי־אִ֖ם רֹ֣עַֽ לֵ֑ב וָאִירָ֖א הַרְבֵּ֥ה מְאֹֽד׃‬ and the king said to me, “Why is your expression sorrowful, although you are not ill? Is this nothing other than a sorrowful heart?” And I was very much afraid. sorrowful ← bad.

although: concessive use of the vav.

a sorrowful heart ← badness of heart.
Neh 2:3 ‫וָאֹמַ֣ר לַמֶּ֔לֶךְ הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ לְעוֹלָ֣ם יִחְיֶ֑ה מַדּ֜וּעַ לֹא־יֵרְע֣וּ פָנַ֗י אֲשֶׁ֨ר הָעִ֜יר בֵּית־קִבְר֤וֹת אֲבֹתַי֙ חֲרֵבָ֔ה וּשְׁעָרֶ֖יהָ אֻכְּל֥וּ בָאֵֽשׁ׃ ס‬ And I said to the king, “May the king live age-abidingly. Why should my expression not be sorrowful when the city of the graveyards of my fathers is desolate, and its gates have been consumed by fire?” is desolate: we take this as from a stative verb (rather than from an adjective).
Neh 2:4 ‫וַיֹּ֤אמֶר לִי֙ הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ עַל־מַה־זֶּ֖ה אַתָּ֣ה מְבַקֵּ֑שׁ וָֽאֶתְפַּלֵּ֔ל אֶל־אֱלֹהֵ֖י הַשָּׁמָֽיִם׃‬ At this the king said to me, “What is it that you are requesting?” Then I prayed to the God of heaven. at this: wider use of the vav.
Neh 2:5 ‫וָאֹמַ֣ר לַמֶּ֔לֶךְ אִם־עַל־הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ ט֔וֹב וְאִם־יִיטַ֥ב עַבְדְּךָ֖ לְפָנֶ֑יךָ אֲשֶׁ֧ר תִּשְׁלָחֵ֣נִי אֶל־יְהוּדָ֗ה אֶל־עִ֛יר קִבְר֥וֹת אֲבֹתַ֖י וְאֶבְנֶֽנָּה׃‬ And I said to the king, “If it is acceptable to the king, and if your servant is approved of in your sight, it is that you should send me to Judah, to the city of the tombs of my fathers, and that I should rebuild it.” acceptable to ← good at.

is approved of ← is good.

rebuild ← build.
Neh 2:6 ‫וַיֹּאמֶר֩ לִ֨י הַמֶּ֜לֶךְ וְהַשֵּׁגַ֣ל ׀ יוֹשֶׁ֣בֶת אֶצְל֗וֹ עַד־מָתַ֛י יִהְיֶ֥ה מַֽהֲלָכֲךָ֖ וּמָתַ֣י תָּשׁ֑וּב וַיִּיטַ֤ב לִפְנֵֽי־הַמֶּ֙לֶךְ֙ וַיִּשְׁלָחֵ֔נִי וָֽאֶתְּנָ֥ה ל֖וֹ זְמָֽן׃‬ And the king said to me, with the queen sitting next to him, “How long would your journey take and when would you return?” And it was acceptable to the king, and he let me go and I gave him a timescale. how long ← up to when.

take ← be.

acceptable to ← good before.
Neh 2:7 ‫וָאוֹמַר֮ לַמֶּלֶךְ֒ אִם־עַל־הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ ט֔וֹב אִגְּרוֹת֙ יִתְּנוּ־לִ֔י עַֽל־פַּחֲו֖וֹת עֵ֣בֶר הַנָּהָ֑ר אֲשֶׁר֙ יַעֲבִיר֔וּנִי עַ֥ד אֲשֶׁר־אָב֖וֹא אֶל־יְהוּדָֽה׃‬ And I said to the king, “If it is acceptable to the king, let letters be given to me for the governors of the region on the far side of the river, so that I am given passage until I arrive in Judah, acceptable to ← good at.

let ... be given ← let them give. Avoidance of the passive.

I am given passage ← they convey me across. Avoidance of the passive.
Neh 2:8 ‫וְאִגֶּ֡רֶת אֶל־אָסָף֩ שֹׁמֵ֨ר הַפַּרְדֵּ֜ס אֲשֶׁ֣ר לַמֶּ֗לֶךְ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִתֶּן־לִ֣י עֵצִ֡ים לְ֠קָרוֹת אֶת־שַׁעֲרֵ֨י הַבִּירָ֤ה אֲשֶׁר־לַבַּ֙יִת֙ וּלְחוֹמַ֣ת הָעִ֔יר וְלַבַּ֖יִת אֲשֶׁר־אָב֣וֹא אֵלָ֑יו וַיִּתֶּן־לִ֣י הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ כְּיַד־אֱלֹהַ֖י הַטּוֹבָ֥ה עָלָֽי׃‬ and a letter to Asaph the keeper of the king's park, for him to give me wood to put a roof over the gates of the citadel which belongs to the house, and for the city wall, and for the house to which I am going.” And the king gave me these, according to the good hand of my God on me. wall: in Neh 2:13, the same consonantal spelling is pointed as walls, with a plural verb agreeing. But Neh 2:15 has a singular noun, wall.
Neh 2:9 ‫וָֽאָב֗וֹא אֶֽל־פַּֽחֲווֹת֙ עֵ֣בֶר הַנָּהָ֔ר וָאֶתְּנָ֣ה לָהֶ֔ם אֵ֖ת אִגְּר֣וֹת הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ וַיִּשְׁלַ֤ח עִמִּי֙ הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ שָׂ֥רֵי חַ֖יִל וּפָרָשִֽׁים׃ פ‬ And I came to the governors of the region on the far side of the river, and I gave them the king's letters. Now the king had sent army commanders with me, and horsemen.
Neh 2:10 ‫וַיִּשְׁמַ֞ע סַנְבַלַּ֣ט הַחֹרֹנִ֗י וְטֽוֹבִיָּה֙ הָעֶ֣בֶד הָֽעַמֹּנִ֔י וַיֵּ֥רַע לָהֶ֖ם רָעָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֑ה אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֥א אָדָ֔ם לְבַקֵּ֥שׁ טוֹבָ֖ה לִבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ But when Sanballat the Horonite and Tobiah the Ammonite servant heard it, it grieved them very greatly that a man should have come to seek the welfare of the sons of Israel. very greatly ← a great grief.
Neh 2:11 ‫וָאָב֖וֹא אֶל־יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם וָאֱהִי־שָׁ֖ם יָמִ֥ים שְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃‬ And I arrived in Jerusalem, and I was there for three days.
Neh 2:12 ‫וָאָק֣וּם ׀ לַ֗יְלָה אֲנִי֮ וַאֲנָשִׁ֣ים ׀ מְעַט֮ עִמִּי֒ וְלֹא־הִגַּ֣דְתִּי לְאָדָ֔ם מָ֗ה אֱלֹהַי֙ נֹתֵ֣ן אֶל־לִבִּ֔י לַעֲשׂ֖וֹת לִירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם וּבְהֵמָה֙ אֵ֣ין עִמִּ֔י כִּ֚י אִם־הַבְּהֵמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲנִ֖י רֹכֵ֥ב בָּֽהּ׃‬ Then I got up at night – I and a few men with me – but I did not tell anyone what my God had put in my heart to do for Jerusalem. And I did not have any animals with me except the animal I rode on. anyone ← a man.

had put ← is / was putting.
Neh 2:13 ‫וָאֵצְאָ֨ה בְשַֽׁעַר־הַגַּ֜יא לַ֗יְלָה וְאֶל־פְּנֵי֙ עֵ֣ין הַתַּנִּ֔ין וְאֶל־שַׁ֖עַר הָאַשְׁפֹּ֑ת וָאֱהִ֨י שֹׂבֵ֜ר בְּחוֹמֹ֤ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֙ם֙ אֲשֶׁר־*המפרוצים **הֵ֣ם ׀ **פְּרוּצִ֔ים וּשְׁעָרֶ֖יהָ אֻכְּל֥וּ בָאֵֽשׁ׃‬ And I went out through the Valley Gate by night and came up to the Crocodile Fount and to the Dung Gate, and I examined the walls of Jerusalem which were broken down, and its gates which had been consumed by fire. were broken down: the qeré as two words, they (were) broken-down (qal paul); the ketiv as one, which-(were)-broken-down (pual). In Palaeo-Hebrew, which was in decline at the time, there is no final mem (to affect the second letter of the combination).

up to ← to before.
Neh 2:14 ‫וָאֶֽעֱבֹר֙ אֶל־שַׁ֣עַר הָעַ֔יִן וְאֶל־בְּרֵכַ֖ת הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ וְאֵין־מָק֥וֹם לַבְּהֵמָ֖ה לַעֲבֹ֥ר תַּחְתָּֽי׃‬ And I crossed over to the Fount Gate and to the King's Pool, but there was no place for the animal under me to pass.
Neh 2:15 ‫וָאֱהִ֨י עֹלֶ֤ה בַנַּ֙חַל֙ לַ֔יְלָה וָאֱהִ֥י שֹׂבֵ֖ר בַּחוֹמָ֑ה וָאָשׁ֗וּב וָאָב֛וֹא בְּשַׁ֥עַר הַגַּ֖יְא וָאָשֽׁוּב׃‬ Then I went up by the way of the brook by night, and I examined the wall, and I returned and went in by the Valley Gate, then I came back. went in by: or, came to.
Neh 2:16 ‫וְהַסְּגָנִ֗ים לֹ֤א יָדְעוּ֙ אָ֣נָה הָלַ֔כְתִּי וּמָ֖ה אֲנִ֣י עֹשֶׂ֑ה וְלַיְּהוּדִ֨ים וְלַכֹּהֲנִ֜ים וְלַחֹרִ֣ים וְלַסְּגָנִ֗ים וּלְיֶ֙תֶר֙ עֹשֵׂ֣ה הַמְּלָאכָ֔ה עַד־כֵּ֖ן לֹ֥א הִגַּֽדְתִּי׃‬ And the officials did not know where I had gone or what I was doing, and up to this time I had not told the Jews or the priests or the nobles or the officials or the rest who were doing the work.
Neh 2:17 ‫וָאוֹמַ֣ר אֲלֵהֶ֗ם אַתֶּ֤ם רֹאִים֙ הָרָעָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֲנַ֣חְנוּ בָ֔הּ אֲשֶׁ֤ר יְרוּשָׁלִַ֙ם֙ חֲרֵבָ֔ה וּשְׁעָרֶ֖יהָ נִצְּת֣וּ בָאֵ֑שׁ לְכ֗וּ וְנִבְנֶה֙ אֶת־חוֹמַ֣ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֔ם וְלֹא־נִהְיֶ֥ה ע֖וֹד חֶרְפָּֽה׃‬ And I said to them, “You see the plight which we are in – that Jerusalem is desolate and its gates here have been burnt with fire. Come, and let's build the wall of Jerusalem, so that we are no longer a reproach.” is desolate: see Neh 2:3.

so that: purposive use of the vav.
Neh 2:18 ‫וָאַגִּ֨יד לָהֶ֜ם אֶת־יַ֣ד אֱלֹהַ֗י אֲשֶׁר־הִיא֙ טוֹבָ֣ה עָלַ֔י וְאַף־דִּבְרֵ֥י הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָֽמַר־לִ֑י וַיֹּֽאמְרוּ֙ נָק֣וּם וּבָנִ֔ינוּ וַיְחַזְּק֥וּ יְדֵיהֶ֖ם לַטּוֹבָֽה׃ פ‬ And I told them that the hand of my God had been good on me, and also the king's words which he spoke to me. Then they said, “We will arise and build.” And they encouraged themselves for the good work. encouraged themselves ← strengthened their hands.
Neh 2:19 ‫וַיִּשְׁמַע֩ סַנְבַלַּ֨ט הַחֹרֹנִ֜י וְטֹבִיָּ֣ה ׀ הָעֶ֣בֶד הָֽעַמּוֹנִ֗י וְגֶ֙שֶׁם֙ הָֽעַרְבִ֔י וַיַּלְעִ֣גוּ לָ֔נוּ וַיִּבְז֖וּ עָלֵ֑ינוּ וַיֹּאמְר֗וּ מָֽה־הַדָּבָ֤ר הַזֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אַתֶּ֣ם עֹשִׂ֔ים הַעַ֥ל הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ אַתֶּ֥ם מֹרְדִֽים׃‬ But when Sanballat the Horonite and Tobiah the Ammonite servant and Geshem the Arabian heard about it, they mocked us and despised us, and they said, “What is this thing you are doing? Are you rebelling against the king?”
Neh 2:20 ‫וָאָשִׁ֨יב אוֹתָ֜ם דָּבָ֗ר וָאוֹמַ֤ר לָהֶם֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הַשָּׁמַ֔יִם ה֚וּא יַצְלִ֣יחַֽ לָ֔נוּ וַאֲנַ֥חְנוּ עֲבָדָ֖יו נָק֣וּם וּבָנִ֑ינוּ וְלָכֶ֗ם אֵֽין־חֵ֧לֶק וּצְדָקָ֛ה וְזִכָּר֖וֹן בִּירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃‬ And I replied to them and I said to them, “The God of heaven will give us success, and we, his servants, will arise and build, but you have no part or right or remembrance in Jerusalem.” replied ← returned word.
Neh 3:1 ‫וַיָּ֡קָם אֶלְיָשִׁיב֩ הַכֹּהֵ֨ן הַגָּד֜וֹל וְאֶחָ֣יו הַכֹּהֲנִ֗ים וַיִּבְנוּ֙ אֶת־שַׁ֣עַר הַצֹּ֔אן הֵ֣מָּה קִדְּשׁ֔וּהוּ וַֽיַּעֲמִ֖ידוּ דַּלְתֹתָ֑יו וְעַד־מִגְדַּ֤ל הַמֵּאָה֙ קִדְּשׁ֔וּהוּ עַ֖ד מִגְדַּ֥ל חֲנַנְאֵֽל׃ ס‬ And Eliashib the high priest arose, as did his brothers – the priests – and they built the Sheep Gate. They sanctified it and installed its doors. And they sanctified it as far as the Tower of the Hundred, and as far as the Tower of Hananeel. the Hundred: AV transliterates, Meah.

Hananeel ← Hanan'el, the middle syllable being closed, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.
Neh 3:2 ‫וְעַל־יָד֥וֹ בָנ֖וּ אַנְשֵׁ֣י יְרֵח֑וֹ ס וְעַל־יָד֣וֹ בָנָ֔ה זַכּ֖וּר בֶּן־אִמְרִֽי׃ ס‬ And alongside it men from Jericho did building work, and alongside that Zaccur the son of Imri did building work. alongside it ... alongside that ← at its / his hand / side (2x).
Neh 3:3 ‫וְאֵת֙ שַׁ֣עַר הַדָּגִ֔ים בָּנ֖וּ בְּנֵ֣י הַסְּנָאָ֑ה הֵ֣מָּה קֵר֔וּהוּ וַֽיַּעֲמִ֙ידוּ֙ דַּלְתֹתָ֔יו מַנְעוּלָ֖יו וּבְרִיחָֽיו׃ ס‬ And the sons of Hasenaah built the Fish Gate. They put beams in and installed its doors, its bars and its bolts. bolts: בְּרִיחַ suggests a moving part (parallel semantics of the two senses of bolt in English).
Neh 3:4 ‫וְעַל־יָדָ֣ם הֶחֱזִ֗יק מְרֵמ֤וֹת בֶּן־אוּרִיָּה֙ בֶּן־הַקּ֔וֹץ ס וְעַל־יָדָ֣ם הֶחֱזִ֔יק מְשֻׁלָּ֥ם בֶּן־בֶּרֶכְיָ֖ה בֶּן־מְשֵׁיזַבְאֵ֑ל ס וְעַל־יָדָ֣ם הֶֽחֱזִ֔יק צָד֖וֹק בֶּֽן־בַּעֲנָֽא׃ ס‬ And alongside them Meremoth the son of Urijah the son of Hakkoz did repair work. Also alongside them Meshullam the son of Berechiah the son of Meshezabeel did repair work. Also alongside them Zadok the son of Baana did repair work. alongside them (3x)at their hand / side.

Urijah: see 2 Ki 16:10.

Hakkoz: AV= Koz. One could read the Koz.

did repair work (3x)repaired.

Meshezabeel ← Meshezab'el, the third syllable being closed, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.
Neh 3:5 ‫וְעַל־יָדָ֖ם הֶחֱזִ֣יקוּ הַתְּקוֹעִ֑ים וְאַדִּֽירֵיהֶם֙ לֹא־הֵבִ֣יאוּ צַוָּרָ֔ם בַּעֲבֹדַ֖ת אֲדֹנֵיהֶֽם׃ ס‬ And alongside them the Tekoites did repair work, but their nobles did not put their backs into the work of their Lord. alongside them: see Neh 3:4.

did repair work: see Neh 3:4.

put their backs ← bring their necks.
Neh 3:6 ‫וְאֵת֩ שַׁ֨עַר הַיְשָׁנָ֜ה הֶחֱזִ֗יקוּ יֽוֹיָדָע֙ בֶּן־פָּסֵ֔חַ וּמְשֻׁלָּ֖ם בֶּן־בְּסֽוֹדְיָ֑ה הֵ֣מָּה קֵר֔וּהוּ וַֽיַּעֲמִ֙ידוּ֙ דַּלְתֹתָ֔יו וּמַנְעֻלָ֖יו וּבְרִיחָֽיו׃ ס‬ And Jehoiada the son of Paseah and Meshullam the son of Besodeiah repaired the Old Gate. They put the beams in and installed its doors and bars and bolts. Jehoiada ← Joiada here, presumably a shortened form of the name.

bolts: See Neh 3:3.
Neh 3:7 ‫וְעַל־יָדָ֨ם הֶחֱזִ֜יק מְלַטְיָ֣ה הַגִּבְעֹנִ֗י וְיָדוֹן֙ הַמֵּרֹ֣נֹתִ֔י אַנְשֵׁ֥י גִבְע֖וֹן וְהַמִּצְפָּ֑ה לְכִסֵּ֕א פַּחַ֖ת עֵ֥בֶר הַנָּהָֽר׃ ס‬ And alongside them Melatiah the Gibeonite and Jadon the Meronothite – men of Gibeon and Mizpah – did repair work for the seat of office of the governor of the region on the far side of the river. Gibeonite ... Gibeon: see Josh 9:3.

Mizpah ← the Mizpah.
Neh 3:8 ‫עַל־יָד֣וֹ הֶחֱזִ֗יק עֻזִּיאֵ֤ל בֶּֽן־חַרְהֲיָה֙ צֽוֹרְפִ֔ים ס וְעַל־יָד֣וֹ הֶחֱזִ֔יק חֲנַנְיָ֖ה בֶּן־הָרַקָּחִ֑ים וַיַּֽעַזְבוּ֙ יְר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם עַ֖ד הַחוֹמָ֥ה הָרְחָבָֽה׃ ס‬ Alongside him Uzziel the son of Harhaiah, one of the refiners, did repair work, and alongside him Hananiah the son of the pharmacists did repair work, and they restored Jerusalem up to the Broad Wall. refiners ← perhaps goldsmiths or silversmiths.

the pharmacists: perhaps referring to father and mother, otherwise the family line of trade.

restored: see Ex 23:5.
Neh 3:9 ‫וְעַל־יָדָ֤ם הֶחֱזִיק֙ רְפָיָ֣ה בֶן־ח֔וּר שַׂ֕ר חֲצִ֖י פֶּ֥לֶךְ יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם׃ ס‬ And alongside them was Rephaiah the son of Hur, an official in charge of half of the district of Jerusalem.
Neh 3:10 ‫וְעַל־יָדָ֧ם הֶחֱזִ֛יק יְדָיָ֥ה בֶן־חֲרוּמַ֖ף וְנֶ֣גֶד בֵּית֑וֹ ס וְעַל־יָד֣וֹ הֶחֱזִ֔יק חַטּ֖וּשׁ בֶּן־חֲשַׁבְנְיָֽה׃‬ And alongside them Jedaiah the son of Harumaph did repair work, opposite his own house, and alongside him Hattush the son of Hashabniah did repair work.
Neh 3:11 ‫מִדָּ֣ה שֵׁנִ֗ית הֶחֱזִיק֙ מַלְכִּיָּ֣ה בֶן־חָרִ֔ם וְחַשּׁ֖וּב בֶּן־פַּחַ֣ת מוֹאָ֑ב וְאֵ֖ת מִגְדַּ֥ל הַתַּנּוּרִֽים׃ ס‬ Malchijah the son of Harim and Hashub the son of Pahath-moab repaired another section, and the Tower of Furnaces. another ← a second.
Neh 3:12 ‫וְעַל־יָד֣וֹ הֶחֱזִ֗יק שַׁלּוּם֙ בֶּן־הַלּוֹחֵ֔שׁ שַׂ֕ר חֲצִ֖י פֶּ֣לֶךְ יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם ה֖וּא וּבְנוֹתָֽיו׃ ס‬ And alongside him was Shallum the son of Halohesh – an official in charge of half of the district of Jerusalem – he and his daughters.
Neh 3:13 ‫אֵת֩ שַׁ֨עַר הַגַּ֜יְא הֶחֱזִ֣יק חָנוּן֮ וְיֹשְׁבֵ֣י זָנוֹחַ֒ הֵ֣מָּה בָנ֔וּהוּ וַֽיַּעֲמִ֙ידוּ֙ דַּלְתֹתָ֔יו מַנְעֻלָ֖יו וּבְרִיחָ֑יו וְאֶ֤לֶף אַמָּה֙ בַּחוֹמָ֔ה עַ֖ד שַׁ֥עַר הָשֲׁפֽוֹת׃‬ Hanun and the inhabitants of Zanoah repaired the Valley Gate. They built it and installed its doors, its bars and its bolts, and a thousand cubits of the wall – as far as the Dung Gate. cubits of ← cubits in. A cubit is about 18 inches or 45 cm.
Neh 3:14 ‫וְאֵ֣ת ׀ שַׁ֣עַר הָאַשְׁפּ֗וֹת הֶחֱזִיק֙ מַלְכִּיָּ֣ה בֶן־רֵכָ֔ב שַׂ֖ר פֶּ֣לֶךְ בֵּית־הַכָּ֑רֶם ה֣וּא יִבְנֶ֔נּוּ וְיַעֲמִיד֙ דַּלְתֹתָ֔יו מַנְעֻלָ֖יו וּבְרִיחָֽיו׃ ס‬ And Malchiah the son of Rechab, the official in charge of the district of Beth-haccerem, repaired the Dung Gate. He built it and installed its doors, its bars and its bolts.
Neh 3:15 ‫וְאֵת֩ שַׁ֨עַר הָעַ֜יִן הֶ֠חֱזִיק שַׁלּ֣וּן בֶּן־כָּל־חֹזֶה֮ שַׂ֣ר פֶּ֣לֶךְ הַמִּצְפָּה֒ ה֤וּא יִבְנֶ֙נּוּ֙ וִיטַֽלְלֶ֔נּוּ *ויעמידו **וְיַעֲמִיד֙ דַּלְתֹתָ֔יו מַנְעֻלָ֖יו וּבְרִיחָ֑יו וְ֠אֵת חוֹמַ֞ת בְּרֵכַ֤ת הַשֶּׁ֙לַח֙ לְגַן־הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ וְעַד־הַֽמַּעֲל֔וֹת הַיּוֹרְד֖וֹת מֵעִ֥יר דָּוִֽיד׃ ס‬ And Shallun the son of Col-hozeh, the official in charge of the district of Mizpah, repaired the Fount Gate. He built it and roofed it and {Q: he installed} [K: they installed] its doors, its bars and its bolts, and the wall of the pool of Siloah for the king's garden as far as the steps which go down from the City of David. Mizpah ← the Mizpah.

Siloah ← Shelah, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.
Neh 3:16 ‫אַחֲרָ֤יו הֶחֱזִיק֙ נְחֶמְיָ֣ה בֶן־עַזְבּ֔וּק שַׂ֕ר חֲצִ֖י פֶּ֣לֶךְ בֵּֽית־צ֑וּר עַד־נֶ֙גֶד֙ קִבְרֵ֣י דָוִ֔יד וְעַד־הַבְּרֵכָה֙ הָעֲשׂוּיָ֔ה וְעַ֖ד בֵּ֥ית הַגִּבֹּרִֽים׃ ס‬ After him Nehemiah the son of Azbuk, an official in charge of half the district of Beth-zur, made repairs as far as opposite the tombs of David, and as far as the pool which had been made, and as far as the Heroes' House.
Neh 3:17 ‫אַחֲרָ֛יו הֶחֱזִ֥יקוּ הַלְוִיִּ֖ם רְח֣וּם בֶּן־בָּנִ֑י עַל־יָד֣וֹ הֶחֱזִ֗יק חֲשַׁבְיָ֛ה שַׂר־חֲצִי־פֶ֥לֶךְ קְעִילָ֖ה לְפִלְכּֽוֹ׃ ס‬ After him the Levites made repairs. Rehum the son of Bani, and alongside him Hashabiah, an official in charge of half the district of Keilah, made repairs in his district. in his district ← to his district.
Neh 3:18 ‫אַחֲרָיו֙ הֶחֱזִ֣יקוּ אֲחֵיהֶ֔ם בַּוַּ֖י בֶּן־חֵנָדָ֑ד שַׂ֕ר חֲצִ֖י פֶּ֥לֶךְ קְעִילָֽה׃ ס‬ After him their brothers made repairs: Bavai the son of Henadad, an official in charge of half of the district of Keilah;
Neh 3:19 ‫וַיְחַזֵּ֨ק עַל־יָד֜וֹ עֵ֧זֶר בֶּן־יֵשׁ֛וּעַ שַׂ֥ר הַמִּצְפָּ֖ה מִדָּ֣ה שֵׁנִ֑ית מִנֶּ֕גֶד עֲלֹ֥ת הַנֶּ֖שֶׁק הַמִּקְצֹֽעַ׃ ס‬ and alongside him, Ezer the son of Jeshua, the official in charge of Mizpah, repaired a further section, opposite the ascent to the armoury at the corner buttress; Jeshua: see 1 Chr 24:11.

Mizpah ← the Mizpah.

a further ← a second.
Neh 3:20 ‫אַחֲרָ֨יו הֶחֱרָ֧ה הֶחֱזִ֛יק בָּר֥וּךְ בֶּן־*זבי **זַכַּ֖י מִדָּ֣ה שֵׁנִ֑ית מִן־הַ֨מִּקְצ֔וֹעַ עַד־פֶּ֙תַח֙ בֵּ֣ית אֶלְיָשִׁ֔יב הַכֹּהֵ֖ן הַגָּדֽוֹל׃ ס‬ after him Baruch the son of {Q: Zaccai} [K: Zabbai] was zealous to repair a further section from the corner buttress to the entrance of the house of Eliashib the high priest; was zealous ← was ardent, the root meaning being to burn.

a further ← a second.
Neh 3:21 ‫אַחֲרָ֣יו הֶחֱזִ֗יק מְרֵמ֧וֹת בֶּן־אוּרִיָּ֛ה בֶּן־הַקּ֖וֹץ מִדָּ֣ה שֵׁנִ֑ית מִפֶּ֙תַח֙ בֵּ֣ית אֶלְיָשִׁ֔יב וְעַד־תַּכְלִ֖ית בֵּ֥ית אֶלְיָשִֽׁיב׃ ס‬ after him Meremoth the son of Urijah the son of Hakkoz repaired a further section from the entrance to Eliashib's house to the end of Eliashib's house. Urijah: see 2 Ki 16:10.

Hakkoz: AV= Koz. One could read the Koz.

a further ← a second.
Neh 3:22 ‫וְאַחֲרָ֛יו הֶחֱזִ֥יקוּ הַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים אַנְשֵׁ֥י הַכִּכָּֽר׃‬ And after him the priests, men of the adjoining tract, made repairs.
Neh 3:23 ‫אַחֲרָ֨יו הֶחֱזִ֧יק בִּנְיָמִ֛ן וְחַשּׁ֖וּב נֶ֣גֶד בֵּיתָ֑ם ס אַחֲרָ֣יו הֶחֱזִ֗יק עֲזַרְיָ֧ה בֶן־מַעֲשֵׂיָ֛ה בֶּן־עֲנָֽנְיָ֖ה אֵ֥צֶל בֵּיתֽוֹ׃ ס‬ After him Benjamin, with Hashub, made repairs opposite their house. After him Azariah the son of Maaseiah the son of Ananiah made repairs by his house. with Hashub ← and Hashub. The verb is singular.
Neh 3:24 ‫אַחֲרָ֣יו הֶחֱזִ֗יק בִּנּ֛וּי בֶּן־חֵנָדָ֖ד מִדָּ֣ה שֵׁנִ֑ית מִבֵּ֣ית עֲזַרְיָ֔ה עַד־הַמִּקְצ֖וֹעַ וְעַד־הַפִּנָּֽה׃‬ After him Binnui the son of Henadad repaired a further section from Azariah's house to the corner buttress and to the battlement. corner buttress ... battlement: perhaps re-entrant (interior) corner ... exterior corner.
Neh 3:25 ‫פָּלָ֣ל בֶּן־אוּזַי֮ מִנֶּ֣גֶד הַמִּקְצוֹעַ֒ וְהַמִּגְדָּ֗ל הַיּוֹצֵא֙ מִבֵּ֤ית הַמֶּ֙לֶךְ֙ הָֽעֶלְי֔וֹן אֲשֶׁ֖ר לַחֲצַ֣ר הַמַּטָּרָ֑ה אַחֲרָ֖יו פְּדָיָ֥ה בֶן־פַּרְעֹֽשׁ׃ ס‬ Palal the son of Uzai repaired from opposite the corner buttress and the tower which protrudes from the king's lofty house towards the prison court. After him came Pedaiah the son of Parosh.
Neh 3:26 ‫וְהַ֨נְּתִינִ֔ים הָי֥וּ יֹשְׁבִ֖ים בָּעֹ֑פֶל עַ֠ד נֶ֜גֶד שַׁ֤עַר הַמַּ֙יִם֙ לַמִּזְרָ֔ח וְהַמִּגְדָּ֖ל הַיּוֹצֵֽא׃ ס‬ And the temple-servants were living in the Ophel, as far as opposite the Water Gate to the east, and the protruding tower.
Neh 3:27 ‫אַחֲרָ֛יו הֶחֱזִ֥יקוּ הַתְּקֹעִ֖ים מִדָּ֣ה שֵׁנִ֑ית מִנֶּ֜גֶד הַמִּגְדָּ֤ל הַגָּדוֹל֙ הַיּוֹצֵ֔א וְעַ֖ד חוֹמַ֥ת הָעֹֽפֶל׃‬ After him the Tekoites repaired a further section, from opposite the Great Tower which protrudes as far as the wall of the Ophel. a further ← a second.
Neh 3:28 ‫מֵעַ֣ל ׀ שַׁ֣עַר הַסּוּסִ֗ים הֶחֱזִ֙יקוּ֙ הַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים אִ֖ישׁ לְנֶ֥גֶד בֵּיתֽוֹ׃ ס‬ The priests made repairs above the Horse Gate, each opposite his house.
Neh 3:29 ‫אַחֲרָ֧יו הֶחֱזִ֛יק צָד֥וֹק בֶּן־אִמֵּ֖ר נֶ֣גֶד בֵּית֑וֹ ס וְאַחֲרָ֤יו הֶחֱזִיק֙ שְׁמַֽעְיָ֣ה בֶן־שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה שֹׁמֵ֖ר שַׁ֥עַר הַמִּזְרָֽח׃ ס‬ After them Zadok the son of Immer made repairs opposite his house, and after him Shemaiah the son of Shechaniah the keeper of the Eastern Gate made repairs. after them ← after him / it.
Neh 3:30 ‫*אחרי **אַחֲרָ֨יו הֶחֱזִ֜יק חֲנַנְיָ֣ה בֶן־שֶׁלֶמְיָ֗ה וְחָנ֧וּן בֶּן־צָלָ֛ף הַשִּׁשִּׁ֖י מִדָּ֣ה שֵׁנִ֑י ס אַחֲרָ֣יו הֶחֱזִ֗יק מְשֻׁלָּם֙ בֶּן־בֶּ֣רֶכְיָ֔ה נֶ֖גֶד נִשְׁכָּתֽוֹ׃ ס‬ {Q: After him} [K: after me] Hananiah the son of Shelemiah made repairs, and Hanun the sixth son of Zalaph repaired a further section. After him Meshullam the son of Berechiah made repairs opposite his office. after me (ketiv): perhaps afterwards, as a disconnected construct state.

a further ← a second.
Neh 3:31 ‫*אחרי **אַחֲרָ֣יו הֶחֱזִ֗יק מַלְכִּיָּה֙ בֶּן־הַצֹּ֣רְפִ֔י עַד־בֵּ֥ית הַנְּתִינִ֖ים וְהָרֹכְלִ֑ים נֶ֚גֶד שַׁ֣עַר הַמִּפְקָ֔ד וְעַ֖ד עֲלִיַּ֥ת הַפִּנָּֽה׃‬ {Q: After him} [K: after me] Malchiah the son of the refiner made repairs as far as the house of the temple-servants and the traders, opposite the Muster Gate, and as far as the corner ascent. after me (ketiv): see Neh 3:30.

Muster Gate: the AV transliterates, Miphkad.
Neh 3:32 ‫וּבֵ֨ין עֲלִיַּ֤ת הַפִּנָּה֙ לְשַׁ֣עַר הַצֹּ֔אן הֶחֱזִ֥יקוּ הַצֹּרְפִ֖ים וְהָרֹכְלִֽים׃ פ‬ And between the corner ascent and the Sheep Gate, the refiners and the traders made repairs.
Neh 3:33
Neh 4:1AV
‫וַיְהִ֞י כַּאֲשֶׁ֧ר שָׁמַ֣ע סַנְבַלַּ֗ט כִּֽי־אֲנַ֤חְנוּ בוֹנִים֙ אֶת־הַ֣חוֹמָ֔ה וַיִּ֣חַר ל֔וֹ וַיִּכְעַ֖ס הַרְבֵּ֑ה וַיַּלְעֵ֖ג עַל־הַיְּהוּדִֽים׃‬ And it came to pass that when Sanballat heard that we were building the wall, it infuriated him and he became very angry, and he mocked the Jews,
Neh 3:34
Neh 4:2AV
‫וַיֹּ֣אמֶר ׀ לִפְנֵ֣י אֶחָ֗יו וְחֵיל֙ שֹֽׁמְר֔וֹן וַיֹּ֕אמֶר מָ֛ה הַיְּהוּדִ֥ים הָאֲמֵלָלִ֖ים עֹשִׂ֑ים הֲיַעַזְב֨וּ לָהֶ֤ם הֲיִזְבָּ֙חוּ֙ הַיְכַלּ֣וּ בַיּ֔וֹם הַיְחַיּ֧וּ אֶת־הָאֲבָנִ֛ים מֵעֲרֵמ֥וֹת הֶעָפָ֖ר וְהֵ֥מָּה שְׂרוּפֽוֹת׃‬ and he spoke in the presence of his brothers and the forces of Samaria, and he said, “What are these feeble Jews doing? Can they re-establish themselves? Can they offer sacrifices? Can they finish in a day? Can they revive the stones from heaps of dust, which have been burned?”
Neh 3:35
Neh 4:3AV
‫וְטוֹבִיָּ֥ה הָעַמֹּנִ֖י אֶצְל֑וֹ וַיֹּ֗אמֶר גַּ֚ם אֲשֶׁר־הֵ֣ם בּוֹנִ֔ים אִם־יַעֲלֶ֣ה שׁוּעָ֔ל וּפָרַ֖ץ חוֹמַ֥ת אַבְנֵיהֶֽם׃ פ‬ And Tobiah the Ammonite was with him, and he said, “Even what they are building – if a fox were to climb onto it, it would cause the wall of stones to collapse.”
Neh 3:36
Neh 4:4AV
‫שְׁמַ֤ע אֱלֹהֵ֙ינוּ֙ כִּֽי־הָיִ֣ינוּ בוּזָ֔ה וְהָשֵׁ֥ב חֶרְפָּתָ֖ם אֶל־רֹאשָׁ֑ם וּתְנֵ֥ם לְבִזָּ֖ה בְּאֶ֥רֶץ שִׁבְיָֽה׃‬ “Hear, O God of ours, how we have become an object of contempt, and turn their reproach onto their heads, and make them into a spoil in a land where they are in captivity. how ← that.

their reproach: subjective genitive.

heads ← head.

where they are in captivity ← of captivity.
Neh 3:37
Neh 4:5AV
‫וְאַל־תְּכַס֙ עַל־עֲוֺנָ֔ם וְחַטָּאתָ֖ם מִלְּפָנֶ֣יךָ אַל־תִּמָּחֶ֑ה כִּ֥י הִכְעִ֖יסוּ לְנֶ֥גֶד הַבּוֹנִֽים׃‬ And do not pardon their iniquity and do not let their sin be blotted out before you, for they have been provocative towards the builders.” pardon ← cover.

before you ← from before you.
Neh 3:38
Neh 4:6AV
‫וַנִּבְנֶה֙ אֶת־הַ֣חוֹמָ֔ה וַתִּקָּשֵׁ֥ר כָּל־הַחוֹמָ֖ה עַד־חֶצְיָ֑הּ וַיְהִ֧י לֵ֦ב לָעָ֖ם לַעֲשֽׂוֹת׃ פ‬ And we built the wall, and all the wall was joined up for half its length, and the people had a heart to work on it.
Neh 4:1
Neh 4:7AV
‫וַיְהִ֣י כַאֲשֶׁ֣ר שָׁמַ֣ע סַנְבַלַּ֡ט וְ֠טוֹבִיָּה וְהָעַרְבִ֨ים וְהָעַמֹּנִ֜ים וְהָאַשְׁדּוֹדִ֗ים כִּֽי־עָלְתָ֤ה אֲרוּכָה֙ לְחֹמ֣וֹת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֔ם כִּי־הֵחֵ֥לּוּ הַפְּרֻצִ֖ים לְהִסָּתֵ֑ם וַיִּ֥חַר לָהֶ֖ם מְאֹֽד׃‬ Then it came to pass when Sanballat and Tobiah and the Arabians and the Ammonites and the Ashdodites heard that the repairs to the walls of Jerusalem had progressed, and that the breaches had begun to be closed up, it infuriated them greatly. progressed ← gone up.
Neh 4:2
Neh 4:8AV
‫וַיִּקְשְׁר֤וּ כֻלָּם֙ יַחְדָּ֔ו לָב֖וֹא לְהִלָּחֵ֣ם בִּירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם וְלַעֲשׂ֥וֹת ל֖וֹ תּוֹעָֽה׃‬ And they all conspired together to go and fight against Jerusalem and to do harm to it.
Neh 4:3
Neh 4:9AV
‫וַנִּתְפַּלֵּ֖ל אֶל־אֱלֹהֵ֑ינוּ וַנַּעֲמִ֨יד מִשְׁמָ֧ר עֲלֵיהֶ֛ם יוֹמָ֥ם וָלַ֖יְלָה מִפְּנֵיהֶֽם׃‬ So we prayed to our God, and we set up a look-out for them by day and night because of them.
Neh 4:4
Neh 4:10AV
‫וַיֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוּדָ֗ה כָּשַׁל֙ כֹּ֣חַ הַסַּבָּ֔ל וְהֶעָפָ֖ר הַרְבֵּ֑ה וַאֲנַ֙חְנוּ֙ לֹ֣א נוּכַ֔ל לִבְנ֖וֹת בַּחוֹמָֽה׃‬ But the people of Judah said, “The strength of those who carry a load has failed them, and there is much dust, and we will not be able to build the wall.” those who carry ← him who carries.

failed themfaltered.
Neh 4:5
Neh 4:11AV
‫וַיֹּאמְר֣וּ צָרֵ֗ינוּ לֹ֤א יֵדְעוּ֙ וְלֹ֣א יִרְא֔וּ עַ֛ד אֲשֶׁר־נָב֥וֹא אֶל־תּוֹכָ֖ם וַהֲרַגְנ֑וּם וְהִשְׁבַּ֖תְנוּ אֶת־הַמְּלָאכָֽה׃‬ And our adversaries said, “They will not know and they will not see anything until we have come among them, and we kill them and put a stop to the work.” among them ← to their midst.
Neh 4:6
Neh 4:12AV
‫וַֽיְהִי֙ כַּאֲשֶׁר־בָּ֣אוּ הַיְּהוּדִ֔ים הַיֹּשְׁבִ֖ים אֶצְלָ֑ם וַיֹּ֤אמְרוּ לָ֙נוּ֙ עֶ֣שֶׂר פְּעָמִ֔ים מִכָּל־הַמְּקֹמ֖וֹת אֲשֶׁר־תָּשׁ֥וּבוּ עָלֵֽינוּ׃‬ And it came to pass when the Jews who lived among them came, that they said to us ten times, “From all the places to which you might turn, they will be upon us.” Our translation differs from the AV, and MT punctuation, but follows [CB].
Neh 4:7
Neh 4:13AV
‫וָֽאַעֲמִ֞יד מִֽתַּחְתִּיּ֧וֹת לַמָּק֛וֹם מֵאַחֲרֵ֥י לַחוֹמָ֖ה *בצחחיים **בַּצְּחִיחִ֑ים וָֽאַעֲמִ֤יד אֶת־הָעָם֙ לְמִשְׁפָּח֔וֹת עִם־חַרְבֹתֵיהֶ֛ם רָמְחֵיהֶ֖ם וְקַשְּׁתֹתֵיהֶֽם׃‬ So I set up defences in the lowest parts of the place behind the wall in the dry places, and I stationed the people according to their families with their swords, their spears, and their bows. dry places: the ketiv and qeré are similar words with the same meaning.
Neh 4:8
Neh 4:14AV
‫וָאֵ֣רֶא וָאָק֗וּם וָאֹמַ֞ר אֶל־הַחֹרִ֤ים וְאֶל־הַסְּגָנִים֙ וְאֶל־יֶ֣תֶר הָעָ֔ם אַל־תִּֽירְא֖וּ מִפְּנֵיהֶ֑ם אֶת־אֲדֹנָ֞י הַגָּד֤וֹל וְהַנּוֹרָא֙ זְכֹ֔רוּ וְהִֽלָּחֲמ֗וּ עַל־אֲחֵיכֶם֙ בְּנֵיכֶ֣ם וּבְנֹתֵיכֶ֔ם נְשֵׁיכֶ֖ם וּבָתֵּיכֶֽם׃ פ‬ And I observed and I arose and I said to the nobles and the governors and to the rest of the people, “Do not be afraid of them. Remember the great and awesome Lord*, and fight for your brothers, your sons and your daughters, your wives and your houses.” Lord*: a change by the Sopherim from יהוה, Yhwh, to אֲדֹנָי, Adonai. See Gn 18:3 and [CB, App. 32].
Neh 4:9
Neh 4:15AV
‫וַיְהִ֞י כַּֽאֲשֶׁר־שָׁמְע֤וּ אוֹיְבֵ֙ינוּ֙ כִּי־נ֣וֹדַֽע לָ֔נוּ וַיָּ֥פֶר הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶת־עֲצָתָ֑ם *ונשוב **וַנָּ֤שָׁב כֻּלָּ֙נוּ֙ אֶל־הַ֣חוֹמָ֔ה אִ֖ישׁ אֶל־מְלַאכְתּֽוֹ׃‬ And it came to pass when our enemies heard that it was known to us that God had frustrated their plan, that we all returned to the wall – each man to his work. we ... returned: the ketiv can be regarded as a scriptio plena spelling of the qeré.
Neh 4:10
Neh 4:16AV
‫וַיְהִ֣י ׀ מִן־הַיּ֣וֹם הַה֗וּא חֲצִ֣י נְעָרַי֮ עֹשִׂ֣ים בַּמְּלָאכָה֒ וְחֶצְיָ֗ם מַחֲזִיקִים֙ וְהָרְמָחִ֣ים הַמָּגִנִּ֔ים וְהַקְּשָׁת֖וֹת וְהַשִּׁרְיֹנִ֑ים וְהַ֨שָּׂרִ֔ים אַחֲרֵ֖י כָּל־בֵּ֥ית יְהוּדָֽה׃‬ And it was from that day that half of my servant-lads were engaged in the craftsmanship, and half of them held spears and shields and bows and wore armour. And the commanders were behind the whole house of Judah.
Neh 4:11
Neh 4:17AV
‫הַבּוֹנִ֧ים בַּחוֹמָ֛ה וְהַנֹּשְׂאִ֥ים בַּסֶּ֖בֶל עֹמְשִׂ֑ים בְּאַחַ֤ת יָדוֹ֙ עֹשֶׂ֣ה בַמְּלָאכָ֔ה וְאַחַ֖ת מַחֲזֶ֥קֶת הַשָּֽׁלַח׃‬ Those building the wall and those carrying a load or loading it would do the work with one hand, while the other would hold the weapon. building ← building on.

weapon ← missile.
Neh 4:12
Neh 4:18AV
‫וְהַ֨בּוֹנִ֔ים אִ֥ישׁ חַרְבּ֛וֹ אֲסוּרִ֥ים עַל־מָתְנָ֖יו וּבוֹנִ֑ים וְהַתּוֹקֵ֥עַ בַּשּׁוֹפָ֖ר אֶצְלִֽי׃‬ And each of the builders had his sword fastened at his waist while they built. And he who blew the ramshorn was next to me.
Neh 4:13
Neh 4:19AV
‫וָאֹמַ֞ר אֶל־הַחֹרִ֤ים וְאֶל־הַסְּגָנִים֙ וְאֶל־יֶ֣תֶר הָעָ֔ם הַמְּלָאכָ֥ה הַרְבֵּ֖ה וּרְחָבָ֑ה וַאֲנַ֗חְנוּ נִפְרָדִים֙ עַל־הַ֣חוֹמָ֔ה רְחוֹקִ֖ים אִ֥ישׁ מֵאָחִֽיו׃‬ And I said to the nobles, and to the governors, and to the rest of the people, “The work is immense and extensive, and we are widely separated from each other along the wall. from each other ← a man from his brother.
Neh 4:14
Neh 4:20AV
‫בִּמְק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר תִּשְׁמְעוּ֙ אֶת־ק֣וֹל הַשּׁוֹפָ֔ר שָׁ֖מָּה תִּקָּבְצ֣וּ אֵלֵ֑ינוּ אֱלֹהֵ֖ינוּ יִלָּ֥חֶם לָֽנוּ׃‬ In a place where you hear the sound of the ramshorn, gather round us there. Our God will fight for us.” round us ← to us.
Neh 4:15
Neh 4:21AV
‫וַאֲנַ֖חְנוּ עֹשִׂ֣ים בַּמְּלָאכָ֑ה וְחֶצְיָ֗ם מַחֲזִיקִים֙ בָּֽרְמָחִ֔ים מֵעֲל֣וֹת הַשַּׁ֔חַר עַ֖ד צֵ֥את הַכּוֹכָבִֽים׃‬ So we were engaged in the work, and half of them held spears from the rise of dawn until the appearance of the stars. appearance ← coming out.
Neh 4:16
Neh 4:22AV
‫גַּ֣ם בָּעֵ֤ת הַהִיא֙ אָמַ֣רְתִּי לָעָ֔ם אִ֣ישׁ וְנַעֲר֔וֹ יָלִ֖ינוּ בְּת֣וֹךְ יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם וְהָֽיוּ־לָ֧נוּ הַלַּ֛יְלָה מִשְׁמָ֖ר וְהַיּ֥וֹם מְלָאכָֽה׃‬ Also at that time I said to the people, “Let every man and his servant-lad lodge inside Jerusalem, and we will have a watch tonight, and the day will be for work.” every ← each.
Neh 4:17
Neh 4:23AV
‫וְאֵ֨ין אֲנִ֜י וְאַחַ֣י וּנְעָרַ֗י וְאַנְשֵׁ֤י הַמִּשְׁמָר֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אַחֲרַ֔י אֵין־אֲנַ֥חְנוּ פֹשְׁטִ֖ים בְּגָדֵ֑ינוּ אִ֖ישׁ שִׁלְח֥וֹ הַמָּֽיִם׃ ס‬ And neither I nor my brothers nor my servant-lads, nor the men of the guard who were behind me – none of us – took off our clothes. Each man had his weapon and water. weapon ← missile.
Neh 5:1 ‫וַתְּהִ֨י צַעֲקַ֥ת הָעָ֛ם וּנְשֵׁיהֶ֖ם גְּדוֹלָ֑ה אֶל־אֲחֵיהֶ֖ם הַיְּהוּדִֽים׃‬ Then there was a great outcry from the people and their wives to their brothers the Jews.
Neh 5:2 ‫וְיֵשׁ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֹמְרִ֔ים בָּנֵ֥ינוּ וּבְנֹתֵ֖ינוּ אֲנַ֣חְנוּ רַבִּ֑ים וְנִקְחָ֥ה דָגָ֖ן וְנֹאכְלָ֥ה וְנִחְיֶֽה׃‬ And there were some who said, “We, our sons and our daughters, are many, and we need to get corn and eat to survive.” to survive ← and survive. Purposive use of the vav.
Neh 5:3 ‫וְיֵשׁ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֹמְרִ֔ים שְׂדֹתֵ֛ינוּ וּכְרָמֵ֥ינוּ וּבָתֵּ֖ינוּ אֲנַ֣חְנוּ עֹרְבִ֑ים וְנִקְחָ֥ה דָגָ֖ן בָּרָעָֽב׃‬ And there were some who said, “We are mortgaging our fields and our vineyards and our houses, so that we can get corn in the famine.”
Neh 5:4 ‫וְיֵשׁ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֹמְרִ֔ים לָוִ֥ינוּ כֶ֖סֶף לְמִדַּ֣ת הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ שְׂדֹתֵ֖ינוּ וּכְרָמֵֽינוּ׃‬ And there were some who said, “We have borrowed money for the king's tax on our fields and our vineyards. tax ← measure.
Neh 5:5 ‫וְעַתָּ֗ה כִּבְשַׂ֤ר אַחֵ֙ינוּ֙ בְּשָׂרֵ֔נוּ כִּבְנֵיהֶ֖ם בָּנֵ֑ינוּ וְהִנֵּ֣ה אֲנַ֣חְנוּ כֹ֠בְשִׁים אֶת־בָּנֵ֨ינוּ וְאֶת־בְּנֹתֵ֜ינוּ לַעֲבָדִ֗ים וְיֵ֨שׁ מִבְּנֹתֵ֤ינוּ נִכְבָּשׁוֹת֙ וְאֵ֣ין לְאֵ֣ל יָדֵ֔נוּ וּשְׂדֹתֵ֥ינוּ וּכְרָמֵ֖ינוּ לַאֲחֵרִֽים׃‬ And although our flesh is like the flesh of our brothers, and our sons are like their sons, yet see how we are reducing our sons and our daughters to slavery, and there are some of our daughters so reduced, and it is out of our control, and others have our fields and our vineyards.” yet: adversative use of the vav.

see how ← behold.

slavery ← slaves.

out of our control ← not to the power of our hand.
Neh 5:6 ‫וַיִּ֥חַר לִ֖י מְאֹ֑ד כַּאֲשֶׁ֤ר שָׁמַ֙עְתִּי֙ אֶת־זַֽעֲקָתָ֔ם וְאֵ֖ת הַדְּבָרִ֥ים הָאֵֽלֶּה׃‬ And it infuriated me greatly when I heard their cry and these things.
Neh 5:7 ‫וַיִּמָּלֵ֨ךְ לִבִּ֜י עָלַ֗י וָאָרִ֙יבָה֙ אֶת־הַחֹרִ֣ים וְאֶת־הַסְּגָנִ֔ים וָאֹמְרָ֣ה לָהֶ֔ם מַשָּׁ֥א אִישׁ־בְּאָחִ֖יו אַתֶּ֣ם *נשאים **נֹשִׁ֑ים וָאֶתֵּ֥ן עֲלֵיהֶ֖ם קְהִלָּ֥ה גְדוֹלָֽה׃‬ And my heart commended itself to me, and I took issue with the nobles and the governors, and I said to them, “Each of you is bringing his brother into debt.” And I presented a large assembly against them. bringing ← lending. The ketiv has to be regarded as a variant form of the qeré.

commended itself ← was advisedwas ruled. [AnLx]= took counsel. [BDB] as a separate root, → I considered carefully.
Neh 5:8 ‫וָאֹמְרָ֣ה לָהֶ֗ם אֲנַ֣חְנוּ קָ֠נִינוּ אֶת־אַחֵ֨ינוּ הַיְּהוּדִ֜ים הַנִּמְכָּרִ֤ים לַגּוֹיִם֙ כְּדֵ֣י בָ֔נוּ וְגַם־אַתֶּ֛ם תִּמְכְּר֥וּ אֶת־אֲחֵיכֶ֖ם וְנִמְכְּרוּ־לָ֑נוּ וַֽיַּחֲרִ֔ישׁוּ וְלֹ֥א מָצְא֖וּ דָּבָֽר׃ ס‬ And I said to them, “We have redeemed our brothers the Jews who were sold to the Gentiles as much as we could. Now would you even sell your brothers, so that they are sold back to us?” And they were silent and did not find a word to say. as much as we could ← according to sufficiency at us.

so that they are sold back to us: Nehemiah redeems while the nobles enslave, undoing his good work. This puts the nobles to shame.
Neh 5:9 ‫*ויאמר **וָאוֹמַ֕ר לֹא־ט֥וֹב הַדָּבָ֖ר אֲשֶׁר־אַתֶּ֣ם עֹשִׂ֑ים הֲל֞וֹא בְּיִרְאַ֤ת אֱלֹהֵ֙ינוּ֙ תֵּלֵ֔כוּ מֵחֶרְפַּ֖ת הַגּוֹיִ֥ם אוֹיְבֵֽינוּ׃‬ And {Q: I} [K: he] said, “The thing you are doing is not right. Should you not walk in the fear of our God, rather than the reproachful way of the nations which are our enemies?
Neh 5:10 ‫וְגַם־אֲנִי֙ אַחַ֣י וּנְעָרַ֔י נֹשִׁ֥ים בָּהֶ֖ם כֶּ֣סֶף וְדָגָ֑ן נַֽעַזְבָה־נָּ֖א אֶת־הַמַּשָּׁ֥א הַזֶּֽה׃‬ But I too, my brothers, and my servant-lads have been lending them money and corn on interest, but let us please discontinue this lending on interest.
Neh 5:11 ‫הָשִׁיבוּ֩ נָ֨א לָהֶ֜ם כְּהַיּ֗וֹם שְׂדֹתֵיהֶ֛ם כַּרְמֵיהֶ֥ם זֵיתֵיהֶ֖ם וּבָתֵּיהֶ֑ם וּמְאַ֨ת הַכֶּ֤סֶף וְהַדָּגָן֙ הַתִּיר֣וֹשׁ וְהַיִּצְהָ֔ר אֲשֶׁ֥ר אַתֶּ֖ם נֹשִׁ֥ים בָּהֶֽם׃‬ Do restore to them today their fields, their vineyards, their olive groves and their houses, and the one per cent monthly interest on their money and corn and new wine and fresh oil which you have been lending them on interest.”
Neh 5:12 ‫וַיֹּאמְר֣וּ נָשִׁ֗יב וּמֵהֶם֙ לֹ֣א נְבַקֵּ֔שׁ כֵּ֣ן נַעֲשֶׂ֔ה כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר אַתָּ֣ה אוֹמֵ֑ר וָאֶקְרָא֙ אֶת־הַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים וָֽאַשְׁבִּיעֵ֔ם לַעֲשׂ֖וֹת כַּדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּֽה׃‬ And they said, “We will restore them and we will not require anything of them. As you have said, so we shall do.” Then I called the priests and I had them swear to do this undertaking. this undertaking ← according to this thing.
Neh 5:13 ‫גַּם־חָצְנִ֣י נָעַ֗רְתִּי וָֽאֹמְרָ֡ה כָּ֣כָה יְנַעֵ֪ר הָֽאֱלֹהִ֟ים אֶת־כָּל־הָאִישׁ֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא־יָקִ֜ים אֶת־הַדָּבָ֣ר הַזֶּ֗ה מִבֵּיתוֹ֙ וּמִ֣יגִיע֔וֹ וְכָ֛כָה יִהְיֶ֥ה נָע֖וּר וָרֵ֑ק וַיֹּאמְר֨וּ כָֽל־הַקָּהָ֜ל אָמֵ֗ן וַֽיְהַלְלוּ֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֔ה וַיַּ֥עַשׂ הָעָ֖ם כַּדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּֽה׃‬ I also shook my chest and I said, “So shall God shake every man who does not fulfil this undertaking, out of his house and out of his livelihood, and so he will be shaken out and empty.” And the whole convocation said, “Amen.” And they praised the Lord, and the people acted according to this proceeding. undertaking ← thing.

livelihood ← toil, or, earnings.

proceeding ← thing, word.
Neh 5:14 ‫גַּ֞ם מִיּ֣וֹם ׀ אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֣ה אֹתִ֗י לִהְי֣וֹת פֶּחָם֮ בְּאֶ֣רֶץ יְהוּדָה֒ מִשְּׁנַ֣ת עֶשְׂרִ֗ים וְ֠עַד שְׁנַ֨ת שְׁלֹשִׁ֤ים וּשְׁתַּ֙יִם֙ לְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֣סְתְּא הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ שָׁנִ֖ים שְׁתֵּ֣ים עֶשְׂרֵ֑ה אֲנִ֣י וְאַחַ֔י לֶ֥חֶם הַפֶּ֖חָה לֹ֥א אָכַֽלְתִּי׃‬ Moreover from the day when I was appointed to be their governor in the land of Judah, from the twentieth year to the thirty-second year of Artaxerxes the king – twelve years – neither I nor my brothers ate the governor's fare. I was appointed ← he commanded me. Avoidance of the passive.

fare ← bread, standing for all kinds of food. See 1 Sam 28:22, 1 Sam 28:24 for what a piece of bread stands for.
Neh 5:15 ‫וְהַפַּחוֹת֩ הָרִאשֹׁנִ֨ים אֲשֶׁר־לְפָנַ֜י הִכְבִּ֣ידוּ עַל־הָעָ֗ם וַיִּקְח֨וּ מֵהֶ֜ם בְּלֶ֤חֶם וָיַ֙יִן֙ אַחַר֙ כֶּֽסֶף־שְׁקָלִ֣ים אַרְבָּעִ֔ים גַּ֥ם נַעֲרֵיהֶ֖ם שָׁלְט֣וּ עַל־הָעָ֑ם וַאֲנִי֙ לֹא־עָשִׂ֣יתִי כֵ֔ן מִפְּנֵ֖י יִרְאַ֥ת אֱלֹהִֽים׃‬ But the previous governors who were before me had weighed down heavily on the people, and had taken bread and wine from them to the value of forty shekels. Even their servants lorded it over the people, but I did not act like that, because of the fear of God. previous ← first.

to the value of ← after the silver / money of.

fear of God: objective genitive.
Neh 5:16 ‫וְ֠גַם בִּמְלֶ֜אכֶת הַחוֹמָ֤ה הַזֹּאת֙ הֶחֱזַ֔קְתִּי וְשָׂדֶ֖ה לֹ֣א קָנִ֑ינוּ וְכָל־נְעָרַ֔י קְבוּצִ֥ים שָׁ֖ם עַל־הַמְּלָאכָֽה׃‬ And I also persevered in the work of this wall, and I did not buy a field, and all my servant-lads were gathered there for the work. persevered in ← held fast to.

for the work ← at the work.
Neh 5:17 ‫וְהַיְּהוּדִ֨ים וְהַסְּגָנִ֜ים מֵאָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֣ים אִ֗ישׁ וְהַבָּאִ֥ים אֵלֵ֛ינוּ מִן־הַגּוֹיִ֥ם אֲשֶׁר־סְבִיבֹתֵ֖ינוּ עַל־שֻׁלְחָנִֽי׃‬ And the Jews and the governors – one hundred and fifty men – and those who came to us from the nations around us, were at my table.
Neh 5:18 ‫וַאֲשֶׁר֩ הָיָ֨ה נַעֲשֶׂ֜ה לְי֣וֹם אֶחָ֗ד שׁ֣וֹר אֶחָ֞ד צֹ֠אן שֵׁשׁ־בְּרֻר֤וֹת וְצִפֳּרִים֙ נַֽעֲשׂוּ־לִ֔י וּבֵ֨ין עֲשֶׂ֧רֶת יָמִ֛ים בְּכָל־יַ֖יִן לְהַרְבֵּ֑ה וְעִם־זֶ֗ה לֶ֤חֶם הַפֶּחָה֙ לֹ֣א בִקַּ֔שְׁתִּי כִּֽי־כָֽבְדָ֥ה הָעֲבֹדָ֖ה עַל־הָעָ֥ם הַזֶּֽה׃‬ And this is what was prepared for one day: one ox, six choice sheep; and poultry was prepared for me, and at ten day intervals all sorts of wine in abundance. But nevertheless I did not require the governor's fare, because the work was a heavy load on this people. prepared (2x)made.

poultry was ← birds were.

fare: see Neh 5:14.
Neh 5:19 ‫זָכְרָה־לִּ֥י אֱלֹהַ֖י לְטוֹבָ֑ה כֹּ֥ל אֲשֶׁר־עָשִׂ֖יתִי עַל־הָעָ֥ם הַזֶּֽה׃ פ‬ Remember me, O God of mine, favourably, for everything I have done concerning this people.
Neh 6:1 ‫וַיְהִ֣י כַאֲשֶׁ֣ר נִשְׁמַ֣ע לְסַנְבַלַּ֣ט וְ֠טוֹבִיָּה וּלְגֶ֨שֶׁם הָֽעַרְבִ֜י וּלְיֶ֣תֶר אֹֽיְבֵ֗ינוּ כִּ֤י בָנִ֙יתִי֙ אֶת־הַ֣חוֹמָ֔ה וְלֹא־נ֥וֹתַר בָּ֖הּ פָּ֑רֶץ גַּ֚ם עַד־הָעֵ֣ת הַהִ֔יא דְּלָת֖וֹת לֹא־הֶעֱמַ֥דְתִּי בַשְּׁעָרִֽים׃‬ And it came to pass when it came to the ear of Sanballat and Tobiah, and Geshem the Arabian, and the rest of our enemies, that I had built the wall, and that there was not a single breach remaining in it, even though at that time I had not installed doors in the gates, came to the ear of ← was heard by.

at that time ← up to that time.
Neh 6:2 ‫וַיִּשְׁלַ֨ח סַנְבַלַּ֤ט וְגֶ֙שֶׁם֙ אֵלַ֣י לֵאמֹ֔ר לְכָ֞ה וְנִֽוָּעֲדָ֥ה יַחְדָּ֛ו בַּכְּפִירִ֖ים בְּבִקְעַ֣ת אוֹנ֑וֹ וְהֵ֙מָּה֙ חֹֽשְׁבִ֔ים לַעֲשׂ֥וֹת לִ֖י רָעָֽה׃‬ that Sanballat and Geshem sent word to me and said, “Come and let us meet together in the villages in the plain of Ono.” But they were plotting to do me harm. villages: according to some, the name of a place, Chephirim: [LHG], but site unknown; [CB], the modern Kefr ’Ana (from what source?). “Villages” is odd as a name, but maybe various hamlets agglomerated into a town of this name.

harm ← evil.
Neh 6:3 ‫וָאֶשְׁלְחָ֨ה עֲלֵיהֶ֤ם מַלְאָכִים֙ לֵאמֹ֔ר מְלָאכָ֤ה גְדוֹלָה֙ אֲנִ֣י עֹשֶׂ֔ה וְלֹ֥א אוּכַ֖ל לָרֶ֑דֶת לָ֣מָּה תִשְׁבַּ֤ת הַמְּלָאכָה֙ כַּאֲשֶׁ֣ר אַרְפֶּ֔הָ וְיָרַדְתִּ֖י אֲלֵיכֶֽם׃‬ So I sent messengers to them and I said, “I am carrying out a major work, and I will not be able to come down. Why should the work stop, while I leave it and go down to you?”
Neh 6:4 ‫וַיִּשְׁלְח֥וּ אֵלַ֛י כַּדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּ֖ה אַרְבַּ֣ע פְּעָמִ֑ים וָאָשִׁ֥יב אוֹתָ֖ם כַּדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּֽה׃ ס‬ Then they sent word to me in the same way four times, and I replied to them in the same way. in the same way (2x)as this way.
Neh 6:5 ‫וַיִּשְׁלַח֩ אֵלַ֨י סַנְבַלַּ֜ט כַּדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּ֛ה פַּ֥עַם חֲמִישִׁ֖ית אֶֽת־נַעֲר֑וֹ וְאִגֶּ֥רֶת פְּתוּחָ֖ה בְּיָדֽוֹ׃‬ Then Sanballat sent his servant to me in the same way for a fifth time, with the letter open in his hand. in the same way ← as this way.
Neh 6:6 ‫כָּת֣וּב בָּ֗הּ בַּגּוֹיִ֤ם נִשְׁמָע֙ וְגַשְׁמ֣וּ אֹמֵ֔ר אַתָּ֤ה וְהַיְּהוּדִים֙ חֹשְׁבִ֣ים לִמְר֔וֹד עַל־כֵּ֛ן אַתָּ֥ה בוֹנֶ֖ה הַחוֹמָ֑ה וְאַתָּ֗ה הֹוֶ֤ה לָהֶם֙ לְמֶ֔לֶךְ כַּדְּבָרִ֖ים הָאֵֽלֶּה׃‬ In it was written, “Among the nations it is reported, and Gashmu states, that you and the Jews are planning to rebel, which is why you are building the wall, and that you will be their king, in accordance with these things. reported ← heard.
Neh 6:7 ‫וְגַם־נְבִיאִ֡ים הֶעֱמַ֣דְתָּ לִקְרֹא֩ עָלֶ֨יךָ בִֽירוּשָׁלִַ֜ם לֵאמֹ֗ר מֶ֚לֶךְ בִּֽיהוּדָ֔ה וְעַתָּה֙ יִשָּׁמַ֣ע לַמֶּ֔לֶךְ כַּדְּבָרִ֣ים הָאֵ֑לֶּה וְעַתָּ֣ה לְכָ֔ה וְנִֽוָּעֲצָ֖ה יַחְדָּֽו׃ ס‬ And you have also appointed prophets to make proclamation about you in Jerusalem, saying, ‘The king is in Judah.’ So now, let it be reported to the king, in accordance with these things. Or come now, and let us take counsel together.” reported ← heard.
Neh 6:8 ‫וָאֶשְׁלְחָ֤ה אֵלָיו֙ לֵאמֹ֔ר לֹ֤א נִֽהְיָה֙ כַּדְּבָרִ֣ים הָאֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֖ר אַתָּ֣ה אוֹמֵ֑ר כִּ֥י מִֽלִּבְּךָ֖ אַתָּ֥ה בוֹדָֽאם׃‬ At this I sent word to him and said, “No such thing as what you say has happened, for you are devising them in your own heart.” at this: wider use of the vav.

no such thing as what you say has happened ← it has not been brought to pass according to these things which you say.

in your own heart ← from your heart.
Neh 6:9 ‫כִּ֣י כֻלָּ֗ם מְיָֽרְאִ֤ים אוֹתָ֙נוּ֙ לֵאמֹ֔ר יִרְפּ֧וּ יְדֵיהֶ֛ם מִן־הַמְּלָאכָ֖ה וְלֹ֣א תֵעָשֶׂ֑ה וְעַתָּ֖ה חַזֵּ֥ק אֶת־יָדָֽי׃‬ For they were all intimidating us, saying, “The strength of their hands for the work will ebb away, and it will not be done.” But now, strengthen my hands. intimidating: or, disheartening.

the strength of their hands for the work will ebb away ← their hands will relax from the work.
Neh 6:10 ‫וַאֲנִי־בָ֗אתִי בֵּ֣ית שְֽׁמַֽעְיָ֧ה בֶן־דְּלָיָ֛ה בֶּן־מְהֵֽיטַבְאֵ֖ל וְה֣וּא עָצ֑וּר וַיֹּ֡אמֶר נִוָּעֵד֩ אֶל־בֵּ֨ית הָאֱלֹהִ֜ים אֶל־תּ֣וֹךְ הַֽהֵיכָ֗ל וְנִסְגְּרָה֙ דַּלְת֣וֹת הַהֵיכָ֔ל כִּ֚י בָּאִ֣ים לְהָרְגֶ֔ךָ וְלַ֖יְלָה בָּאִ֥ים לְהָרְגֶֽךָ׃‬ Then I went to the house of Shemaiah the son of Delaiah the son of Mehetabeel, who was confined there, and he said, “Let us meet at the house of God, inside the temple, and close the doors of the temple, for tonight they are coming to kill you, and it is tonight that they are coming to kill you.” Mehetabeel ← Mehetab'el, the third syllable being closed, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.

they are coming to kill you (2x): otiose, but see Gn 12:5.
Neh 6:11 ‫וָאֹמְרָ֗ה הַאִ֤ישׁ כָּמ֙וֹנִי֙ יִבְרָ֔ח וּמִ֥י כָמ֛וֹנִי אֲשֶׁר־יָב֥וֹא אֶל־הַהֵיכָ֖ל וָחָ֑י לֹ֖א אָבֽוֹא׃‬ But I said, “Will a man such as myself flee? And who such as I would go into the temple for his life? I shall not go.” for his life ← and be living.
Neh 6:12 ‫וָאַכִּ֕ירָה וְהִנֵּ֥ה לֹֽא־אֱלֹהִ֖ים שְׁלָח֑וֹ כִּ֤י הַנְּבוּאָה֙ דִּבֶּ֣ר עָלַ֔י וְטוֹבִיָּ֥ה וְסַנְבַלַּ֖ט שְׂכָרֽוֹ׃‬ And I became aware that God had not sent him, but that he had spoken the prophecy against me, and that Tobiah and Sanballat had hired him. that ← and behold.
Neh 6:13 ‫לְמַ֤עַן שָׂכוּר֙ ה֔וּא לְמַֽעַן־אִירָ֥א וְאֶֽעֱשֶׂה־כֵּ֖ן וְחָטָ֑אתִי וְהָיָ֤ה לָהֶם֙ לְשֵׁ֣ם רָ֔ע לְמַ֖עַן יְחָֽרְפֽוּנִי׃ פ‬ He was hired for a purpose – so that I should be afraid and do that, and so sin, and they would have an ill report with which to reproach me. do that ← do thus.
Neh 6:14 ‫זָכְרָ֧ה אֱלֹהַ֛י לְטוֹבִיָּ֥ה וּלְסַנְבַלַּ֖ט כְּמַעֲשָׂ֣יו אֵ֑לֶּה וְגַ֨ם לְנוֹעַדְיָ֤ה הַנְּבִיאָה֙ וּלְיֶ֣תֶר הַנְּבִיאִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָי֖וּ מְיָֽרְאִ֥ים אוֹתִֽי׃‬ Remember, O God of mine, Tobiah and Sanballat, according to these works of theirs, and also Noadiah the prophetess, and the rest of the prophets who were intimidating me. of theirs ← of his.

intimidating: see Neh 6:9.
Neh 6:15 ‫וַתִּשְׁלַם֙ הַֽחוֹמָ֔ה בְּעֶשְׂרִ֥ים וַחֲמִשָּׁ֖ה לֶאֱל֑וּל לַחֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּשְׁנַ֖יִם יֽוֹם׃ פ‬ And the wall was completed on the twenty-fifth of Elul, in fifty-two days. Elul: around September.
Neh 6:16 ‫וַיְהִ֗י כַּאֲשֶׁ֤ר שָֽׁמְעוּ֙ כָּל־א֣וֹיְבֵ֔ינוּ וַיִּֽרְא֗וּ כָּל־הַגּוֹיִם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר סְבִֽיבֹתֵ֔ינוּ וַיִּפְּל֥וּ מְאֹ֖ד בְּעֵינֵיהֶ֑ם וַיֵּ֣דְע֔וּ כִּ֚י מֵאֵ֣ת אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ נֶעֶשְׂתָ֖ה הַמְּלָאכָ֥ה הַזֹּֽאת׃‬ And it came to pass, when all our enemies heard this, that all the nations around us feared and were very downcast, and they knew that this work had been done by inducement from our God. feared: or, with [BHS apparatus], saw. But hearing and subsequent fearing are a formula; compare Dt 13:12, Dt 17:13, Dt 21:21, where the same verbal form occurs. LXX and Vulgate also support feared here.

were very downcast ← they fell much in their eyes.

by inducement from ← from with.
Neh 6:17 ‫גַּ֣ם ׀ בַּיָּמִ֣ים הָהֵ֗ם מַרְבִּ֞ים חֹרֵ֤י יְהוּדָה֙ אִגְּרֹ֣תֵיהֶ֔ם הוֹלְכ֖וֹת עַל־טוֹבִיָּ֑ה וַאֲשֶׁ֥ר לְטוֹבִיָּ֖ה בָּא֥וֹת אֲלֵיהֶֽם׃‬ Also in those days the nobles of Judah wrote many letters which went to Tobiah, and those of Tobiah came to them. wrote many ← did much, multiplied.
Neh 6:18 ‫כִּי־רַבִּ֣ים בִּֽיהוּדָ֗ה בַּעֲלֵ֤י שְׁבוּעָה֙ ל֔וֹ כִּי־חָתָ֥ן ה֖וּא לִשְׁכַנְיָ֣ה בֶן־אָרַ֑ח וִֽיהוֹחָנָ֣ן בְּנ֔וֹ לָקַ֕ח אֶת־בַּת־מְשֻׁלָּ֖ם בֶּ֥ן בֶּֽרֶכְיָֽה׃‬ For there were many in Judah who had sworn allegiance to him, because he was the son-in-law of Shechaniah the son of Arah, and Jehonan his son had taken the daughter of Meshullam the son of Berechiah as his wife. who had sworn allegiance ← possessors of an oath.

Jehonan ← Jehohanan, but we retain the shortened AV / traditional English name.
Neh 6:19 ‫גַּ֣ם טוֹבֹתָ֗יו הָי֤וּ אֹמְרִים֙ לְפָנַ֔י וּדְבָרַ֕י הָי֥וּ מוֹצִיאִ֖ים ל֑וֹ אִגְּר֛וֹת שָׁלַ֥ח טוֹבִיָּ֖ה לְיָֽרְאֵֽנִי׃‬ They also recounted his good news to me, and my words were expounded to him, but Tobiah sent letters to intimidate me. recounted his good news to me ← said his good things before me.

were expounded ← they brought out. Avoidance of the passive.

intimidate: see Neh 6:9.
Neh 7:1 ‫וַיְהִ֗י כַּאֲשֶׁ֤ר נִבְנְתָה֙ הַחוֹמָ֔ה וָאַעֲמִ֖יד הַדְּלָת֑וֹת וַיִּפָּֽקְד֛וּ הַשּׁוֹעֲרִ֥ים וְהַמְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים וְהַלְוִיִּֽם׃‬ And it came to pass when the wall was built that I installed the doors, and the gatekeepers and the singers and the Levites were appointed.
Neh 7:2 ‫וָאֲצַוֶּ֞ה אֶת־חֲנָ֣נִי אָחִ֗י וְאֶת־חֲנַנְיָ֛ה שַׂ֥ר הַבִּירָ֖ה עַל־יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם כִּי־הוּא֙ כְּאִ֣ישׁ אֱמֶ֔ת וְיָרֵ֥א אֶת־הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים מֵרַבִּֽים׃‬ And I assigned Hanani my brother, and Hananiah the official in charge of the citadel, to be in charge of Jerusalem, for the latter was very much a man of truth, and he feared God more than many. very much: the ke denoting intensity. Compare [AnLx, כְּ II (c)].
Neh 7:3 ‫*ויאמר **וָאֹמַ֣ר לָהֶ֗ם לֹ֣א יִפָּֽתְח֞וּ שַׁעֲרֵ֤י יְרוּשָׁלִַ֙ם֙ עַד־חֹ֣ם הַשֶּׁ֔מֶשׁ וְעַ֨ד הֵ֥ם עֹמְדִ֛ים יָגִ֥יפוּ הַדְּלָת֖וֹת וֶאֱחֹ֑זוּ וְהַעֲמֵ֗יד מִשְׁמְרוֹת֙ יֹשְׁבֵ֣י יְרוּשָׁלִַ֔ם אִ֚ישׁ בְּמִשְׁמָר֔וֹ וְאִ֖ישׁ נֶ֥גֶד בֵּיתֽוֹ׃‬ And {Q: I said} [K: he said] to them, “The gates of Jerusalem shall not be opened until the heat of the sun, and while the gatekeepers are standing by, let them shut the doors and fasten them.” And I set up watches from the inhabitants of Jerusalem – each man in his watch, and each man opposite his house. On the ketiv and qeré, see 2 Sam 1:8.

I set up: infinitive absolute acting as a finite verb.
Neh 7:4 ‫וְהָעִ֞יר רַחֲבַ֤ת יָדַ֙יִם֙ וּגְדוֹלָ֔ה וְהָעָ֥ם מְעַ֖ט בְּתוֹכָ֑הּ וְאֵ֥ין בָּתִּ֖ים בְּנוּיִֽם׃‬ Now the city was very wide and large, but the people in it were few, and there were no houses built. very wide ← wide of hands.
Neh 7:5 ‫וַיִּתֵּ֤ן אֱלֹהַי֙ אֶל־לִבִּ֔י וָאֶקְבְּצָ֞ה אֶת־הַחֹרִ֧ים וְאֶת־הַסְּגָנִ֛ים וְאֶת־הָעָ֖ם לְהִתְיַחֵ֑שׂ וָֽאֶמְצָ֗א סֵ֤פֶר הַיַּ֙חַשׂ֙ הָעוֹלִ֣ים בָּרִאשׁוֹנָ֔ה וָאֶמְצָ֖א כָּת֥וּב בּֽוֹ׃ פ‬ Then my God put it in my heart that I should assemble the nobles and the officials and the people to be registered by genealogy, and I found the book of genealogy of those who had come up previously, and I found records written in it.
Neh 7:6 ‫אֵ֣לֶּה ׀ בְּנֵ֣י הַמְּדִינָ֗ה הָעֹלִים֙ מִשְּׁבִ֣י הַגּוֹלָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר הֶגְלָ֔ה נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֖ר מֶ֣לֶךְ בָּבֶ֑ל וַיָּשׁ֧וּבוּ לִֽירוּשָׁלִַ֛ם וְלִיהוּדָ֖ה אִ֥ישׁ לְעִירֽוֹ׃‬ These are the citizens of the province who came back up from the captivity of the displaced body of captives whom Nebuchadnezzar the king of Babylon deported, and who returned to Jerusalem and Judah, each to his own city. || Ezra 2:1.

citizens ← sons. Similarly often throughout the chapter. See Ezra 2:1.
Neh 7:7 ‫הַבָּאִ֣ים עִם־זְרֻבָּבֶ֗ל יֵשׁ֡וּעַ נְחֶמְיָ֡ה עֲ֠זַרְיָה רַֽעַמְיָ֨ה נַחֲמָ֜נִי מָרְדֳּכַ֥י בִּלְשָׁ֛ן מִסְפֶּ֥רֶת בִּגְוַ֖י נְח֣וּם בַּעֲנָ֑ה מִסְפַּ֕ר אַנְשֵׁ֖י עַ֥ם יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ ס‬ Those who came with Zerubbabel were Jeshua, Nehemiah, Azariah, Raamiah, Nahamani, Mordecai, Bilshan, Mispereth, Bigvai, Nehum and Baanah. The number of men of the people of Israel was as follows: || Ezra 2:2.

Jeshua: see 1 Chr 24:11.

Mordecai: see Esth 2:5.
Neh 7:8 ‫בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔שׁ אַלְפַּ֕יִם מֵאָ֖ה וְשִׁבְעִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ ס‬ the citizens of Parosh numbered two thousand one hundred and seventy-two; || Ezra 2:3.
Neh 7:9 ‫בְּנֵ֣י שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ ס‬ the citizens of Shephatiah numbered three hundred and seventy-two; || Ezra 2:4.
Neh 7:10 ‫בְּנֵ֣י אָרַ֔ח שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ ס‬ the citizens of Arah numbered six hundred and fifty-two; || Ezra 2:5.
Neh 7:11 ‫בְּנֵֽי־פַחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֛ב לִבְנֵ֥י יֵשׁ֖וּעַ וְיוֹאָ֑ב אַלְפַּ֕יִם וּשְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת שְׁמֹנָ֥ה עָשָֽׂר׃ ס‬ the citizens of Pahath-moab, of the line of the citizens of Jeshua-joab, numbered two thousand eight hundred and eighteen; || Ezra 2:6.

Jeshua: see 1 Chr 24:11.
Neh 7:12 ‫בְּנֵ֣י עֵילָ֔ם אֶ֕לֶף מָאתַ֖יִם חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וְאַרְבָּעָֽה׃ ס‬ the citizens of Elam numbered one thousand two hundred and fifty-four; || Ezra 2:7.
Neh 7:13 ‫בְּנֵ֣י זַתּ֔וּא שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וַחֲמִשָּֽׁה׃ ס‬ the citizens of Zattu numbered eight hundred and forty-five; || Ezra 2:8.
Neh 7:14 ‫בְּנֵ֣י זַכָּ֔י שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת וְשִׁשִּֽׁים׃ ס‬ the citizens of Zaccai numbered seven hundred and sixty; || Ezra 2:9.
Neh 7:15 ‫בְּנֵ֣י בִנּ֔וּי שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וּשְׁמֹנָֽה׃ ס‬ the citizens of Binnui numbered six hundred and forty-eight; || Ezra 2:10.
Neh 7:16 ‫בְּנֵ֣י בֵבָ֔י שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁמֹנָֽה׃ ס‬ the citizens of Bebai numbered six hundred and twenty-eight; || Ezra 2:11.
Neh 7:17 ‫בְּנֵ֣י עַזְגָּ֔ד אַלְפַּ֕יִם שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ ס‬ the citizens of Azgad numbered two thousand three hundred and twenty-two; || Ezra 2:12.
Neh 7:18 ‫בְּנֵי֙ אֲדֹ֣נִיקָ֔ם שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שִׁשִּׁ֥ים וְשִׁבְעָֽה׃ ס‬ the citizens of Adonikam numbered six hundred and sixty-seven; || Ezra 2:13.
Neh 7:19 ‫בְּנֵ֣י בִגְוָ֔י אַלְפַּ֖יִם שִׁשִּׁ֥ים וְשִׁבְעָֽה׃ ס‬ the citizens of Bigvai numbered two thousand and sixty-seven; || Ezra 2:14.
Neh 7:20 ‫בְּנֵ֣י עָדִ֔ין שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וַחֲמִשָּֽׁה׃ ס‬ the citizens of Adin numbered six hundred and fifty-five; || Ezra 2:15.
Neh 7:21 ‫בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵ֥ר לְחִזְקִיָּ֖ה תִּשְׁעִ֥ים וּשְׁמֹנָֽה׃ ס‬ the citizens of Ater, of Hezekiah's line, numbered ninety-eight; || Ezra 2:16.
Neh 7:22 ‫בְּנֵ֣י חָשֻׁ֔ם שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁמֹנָֽה׃ ס‬ the citizens of Hashum numbered three hundred and twenty-eight; || Ezra 2:19.
Neh 7:23 ‫בְּנֵ֣י בֵצָ֔י שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וְאַרְבָּעָֽה׃ ס‬ the citizens of Bezai numbered three hundred and twenty-four; || Ezra 2:17.
Neh 7:24 ‫בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔יף מֵאָ֖ה שְׁנֵ֥ים עָשָֽׂר׃ ס‬ the citizens of Hariph numbered one hundred and twelve; || Ezra 2:18.
Neh 7:25 ‫בְּנֵ֥י גִבְע֖וֹן תִּשְׁעִ֥ים וַחֲמִשָּֽׁה׃ ס‬ the citizens of Gibeon numbered ninety-five; || Ezra 2:20.

Gibeon: see Josh 9:3.
Neh 7:26 ‫אַנְשֵׁ֤י בֵֽית־לֶ֙חֶם֙ וּנְטֹפָ֔ה מֵאָ֖ה שְׁמֹנִ֥ים וּשְׁמֹנָֽה׃ ס‬ the men of Bethlehem and Netophah numbered one hundred and eighty-eight; || Ezra 2:21, Ezra 2:22.

Bethlehem: see Gn 35:19.
Neh 7:27 ‫אַנְשֵׁ֣י עֲנָת֔וֹת מֵאָ֖ה עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁמֹנָֽה׃ ס‬ the men of Anathoth numbered one hundred and twenty-eight; || Ezra 2:23.
Neh 7:28 ‫אַנְשֵׁ֥י בֵית־עַזְמָ֖וֶת אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ ס‬ the men of Beth-azmaveth numbered forty-two; || Ezra 2:24.
Neh 7:29 ‫אַנְשֵׁ֨י קִרְיַ֤ת יְעָרִים֙ כְּפִירָ֣ה וּבְאֵר֔וֹת שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וּשְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃ ס‬ the men of Kirjath-jearim, Chephirah and Beeroth numbered seven hundred and forty-three; || Ezra 2:25.
Neh 7:30 ‫אַנְשֵׁ֤י הָֽרָמָה֙ וָגָ֔בַע שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וְאֶחָֽד׃ ס‬ the men of Ramah and Geba numbered six hundred and twenty-one; || Ezra 2:26.

Ramah ← the Ramah.
Neh 7:31 ‫אַנְשֵׁ֣י מִכְמָ֔ס מֵאָ֖ה וְעֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ ס‬ the men of Michmash numbered one hundred and twenty-two; || Ezra 2:27.

Michmash: see 1 Sam 13:2.
Neh 7:32 ‫אַנְשֵׁ֤י בֵֽית־אֵל֙ וְהָעָ֔י מֵאָ֖ה עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃ ס‬ the men of Beth-el and Ai numbered one hundred and twenty-three; || Ezra 2:28.

Ai: see Josh 7:2.
Neh 7:33 ‫אַנְשֵׁ֥י נְב֛וֹ אַחֵ֖ר חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ ס‬ the men of the other Nebo numbered fifty-two; || Ezra 2:29.
Neh 7:34 ‫בְּנֵי֙ עֵילָ֣ם אַחֵ֔ר אֶ֕לֶף מָאתַ֖יִם חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וְאַרְבָּעָֽה׃ ס‬ the citizens of the other Elam numbered one thousand two hundred and fifty-four; || Ezra 2:31.
Neh 7:35 ‫בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔ם שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וְעֶשְׂרִֽים׃ ס‬ the citizens of Harim numbered three hundred and twenty; || Ezra 2:32.
Neh 7:36 ‫בְּנֵ֣י יְרֵח֔וֹ שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וַחֲמִשָּֽׁה׃ ס‬ the citizens of Jericho numbered three hundred and forty-five; || Ezra 2:34.
Neh 7:37 ‫בְּנֵי־לֹד֙ חָדִ֣יד וְאוֹנ֔וֹ שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת וְעֶשְׂרִ֥ים וְאֶחָֽד׃ ס‬ the citizens of Lod, Hadid and Ono numbered seven hundred and twenty-one; || Ezra 2:33.
Neh 7:38 ‫בְּנֵ֣י סְנָאָ֔ה שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֔ים תְּשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת וּשְׁלֹשִֽׁים׃ פ‬ the citizens of Senaah numbered three thousand nine hundred and thirty; || Ezra 2:35.
Neh 7:39 ‫הַֽכֹּהֲנִ֑ים בְּנֵ֤י יְדַֽעְיָה֙ לְבֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ תְּשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּשְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃ ס‬ the priests who were the sons of Jedaiah, of the house of Jeshuanumbered nine hundred and seventy-three; || Ezra 2:36.

Jeshua: see 1 Chr 24:11.
Neh 7:40 ‫בְּנֵ֣י אִמֵּ֔ר אֶ֖לֶף חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ ס‬ the citizens of Immer numbered one thousand and fifty-two; || Ezra 2:37.
Neh 7:41 ‫בְּנֵ֣י פַשְׁח֔וּר אֶ֕לֶף מָאתַ֖יִם אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וְשִׁבְעָֽה׃ ס‬ the citizens of Pashur numbered one thousand two hundred and forty-seven; || Ezra 2:38.

Pashur: see Ezra 2:38.
Neh 7:42 ‫בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔ם אֶ֖לֶף שִׁבְעָ֥ה עָשָֽׂר׃ פ‬ the citizens of Harim numbered one thousand and seventeen; || Ezra 2:39.
Neh 7:43 ‫הַלְוִיִּ֑ם בְּנֵֽי־יֵשׁ֧וּעַ לְקַדְמִיאֵ֛ל לִבְנֵ֥י לְהוֹדְוָ֖ה שִׁבְעִ֥ים וְאַרְבָּעָֽה׃ ס‬ the Levites, the sons of Jeshua, of Kadmiel, and of the sons of Hodevah, numbered seventy-four; || Ezra 2:40.

Jeshua: see 1 Chr 24:11.
Neh 7:44 ‫הַֽמְשֹׁרְרִ֑ים בְּנֵ֣י אָסָ֔ף מֵאָ֖ה אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וּשְׁמֹנָֽה׃ ס‬ the singers, the sons of Asaph, numbered one hundred and forty-eight; || Ezra 2:41.
Neh 7:45 ‫הַשֹּֽׁעֲרִ֗ים בְּנֵֽי־שַׁלּ֤וּם בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵר֙ בְּנֵֽי־טַלְמֹ֣ן בְּנֵֽי־עַקּ֔וּב בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיטָ֖א בְּנֵ֣י שֹׁבָ֑י מֵאָ֖ה שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וּשְׁמֹנָֽה׃ ס‬ the gatekeepers, the sons of Shallum, the sons of Ater, the sons of Talmon, the sons of Akkub, the sons of Hatita, and the sons of Shobai, numbered one hundred and thirty-eight. || Ezra 2:42.
Neh 7:46 ‫הַנְּתִינִ֑ים בְּנֵי־צִחָ֥א בְנֵי־חֲשֻׂפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י טַבָּעֽוֹת׃‬ The temple-servants, the sons of Ziha, the sons of Hashupha, the sons of Tabbaoth, || Ezra 2:43.

Hashupha ← Hasupha, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.
Neh 7:47 ‫בְּנֵי־קֵירֹ֥ס בְּנֵי־סִיעָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י פָדֽוֹן׃‬ the sons of Keros, the sons of Sia, the sons of Padon, || Ezra 2:44.
Neh 7:48 ‫בְּנֵי־לְבָנָ֥ה בְנֵי־חֲגָבָ֖ה בְּנֵ֥י שַׁלְמָֽי׃‬ the sons of Lebanah, the sons of Hagabah, the sons of Shalmai, || Ezra 2:45, Ezra 2:46.

Lebanah: AV= Lebana here.

Hagabah: AV= Hagaba here.
Neh 7:49 ‫בְּנֵי־חָנָ֥ן בְּנֵי־גִדֵּ֖ל בְּנֵי־גָֽחַר׃‬ the sons of Hanan, the sons of Giddel, the sons of Gahar, || Ezra 2:46, Ezra 2:47.
Neh 7:50 ‫בְּנֵי־רְאָיָ֥ה בְנֵי־רְצִ֖ין בְּנֵ֥י נְקוֹדָֽא׃‬ the sons of Reaiah, the sons of Rezin, the sons of Nekoda, || Ezra 2:47, Ezra 2:48.
Neh 7:51 ‫בְּנֵי־גַזָּ֥ם בְּנֵי־עֻזָּ֖א בְּנֵ֥י פָסֵֽחַ׃‬ the sons of Gazzam, the sons of Uzza, the sons of Paseah, || Ezra 2:48, Ezra 2:49.

Paseah: AV= Phaseah here. Phaseah is the lenited form (ph for p).
Neh 7:52 ‫בְּנֵי־בֵסַ֥י בְּנֵי־מְעוּנִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י *נפושסים **נְפִֽישְׁסִֽים׃‬ the sons of Besai, the sons of Meunim, the sons of {Q: Nephishesim} [K: Nephushesim], || Ezra 2:49, Ezra 2:50.
Neh 7:53 ‫בְּנֵי־בַקְבּ֥וּק בְּנֵֽי־חֲקוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְחֽוּר׃‬ the sons of Bakbuk, the sons of Hakupha, the sons of Harhur, || Ezra 2:51.
Neh 7:54 ‫בְּנֵי־בַצְלִ֥ית בְּנֵֽי־מְחִידָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְשָֽׁא׃‬ the sons of Bazlith, the sons of Mehida, the sons of Harsha, || Ezra 2:52.
Neh 7:55 ‫בְּנֵי־בַרְק֥וֹס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיסְרָ֖א בְּנֵי־תָֽמַח׃‬ the sons of Barkos, the sons of Sisera, the sons of Tamah, || Ezra 2:53.
Neh 7:56 ‫בְּנֵ֥י נְצִ֖יחַ בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיפָֽא׃‬ the sons of Neziah, the sons of Hatipha, || Ezra 2:54.
Neh 7:57 ‫בְּנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה בְּנֵי־סוֹטַ֥י בְּנֵי־סוֹפֶ֖רֶת בְּנֵ֥י פְרִידָֽא׃‬ the sons of Solomon's servants, the sons of Sotai, the sons of Sophereth, the sons of Perida, || Ezra 2:55.
Neh 7:58 ‫בְּנֵי־יַעְלָ֥א בְנֵי־דַרְק֖וֹן בְּנֵ֥י גִדֵּֽל׃‬ the sons of Jaala, the sons of Darkon, the sons of Giddel, || Ezra 2:56.
Neh 7:59 ‫בְּנֵ֧י שְׁפַטְיָ֣ה בְנֵֽי־חַטִּ֗יל בְּנֵ֛י פֹּכֶ֥רֶת הַצְּבָיִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י אָמֽוֹן׃‬ the sons of Shephatiah, the sons of Hattil, the sons of Pochereth of the Zebaim, the sons of Amon – || Ezra 2:57.
Neh 7:60 ‫כָּל־הַ֨נְּתִינִ֔ים וּבְנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת תִּשְׁעִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ פ‬ all the temple-servants and the sons of Solomon's servants numbered three hundred and ninety-two. || Ezra 2:58.
Neh 7:61 ‫וְאֵ֗לֶּה הָֽעוֹלִים֙ מִתֵּ֥ל מֶ֙לַח֙ תֵּ֣ל חַרְשָׁ֔א כְּר֥וּב אַדּ֖וֹן וְאִמֵּ֑ר וְלֹ֣א יָכְל֗וּ לְהַגִּ֤יד בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָם֙ וְזַרְעָ֔ם אִ֥ם מִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֖ל הֵֽם׃‬ And the following are those who came up from Tel-melah, Tel-harsha, Cherub, Addon and Immer, but they could not specify their paternal house or their family line – whether they were of Israel: || Ezra 2:59.

the following ← these.

Tel-harsha: AV= Tel-haresha here, not recognizing a closed syllable.

specify ← tell.

family line ← seed.
Neh 7:62 ‫בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵֽי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וְאַרְבָּעִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ ס‬ the sons of Delaiah, the sons of Tobiah, and the sons of Nekoda, who numbered six hundred and forty-two; || Ezra 2:60.
Neh 7:63 ‫וּמִן־הַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים בְּנֵ֥י חֳבַיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י הַקּ֑וֹץ בְּנֵ֣י בַרְזִלַּ֗י אֲשֶׁ֣ר לָ֠קַח מִבְּנ֞וֹת בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַגִּלְעָדִי֙ אִשָּׁ֔ה וַיִּקָּרֵ֖א עַל־שְׁמָֽם׃‬ and those of the priests were the sons of Habaiah, the sons of Hakkoz the sons of Barzillai who took a wife from the daughters of Barzillai the Gileadite, and was named after them. || Ezra 2:61.

Habaiah ← Hobaiah, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.

Hakkoz: see Neh 3:21.

Gileadite: see Gn 31:21.

named after them ← called after their name.
Neh 7:64 ‫אֵ֗לֶּה בִּקְשׁ֧וּ כְתָבָ֛ם הַמִּתְיַחְשִׂ֖ים וְלֹ֣א נִמְצָ֑א וַיְגֹֽאֲל֖וּ מִן־הַכְּהֻנָּֽה׃‬ These looked for their registration among those registered by genealogy, but it wasn't found, and they were disqualified from the priesthood as extraneous. || Ezra 2:62.

registration ← writing.

were disqualified ... as extraneous ← were polluted.
Neh 7:65 ‫וַיֹּ֤אמֶר הַתִּרְשָׁ֙תָא֙ לָהֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־יֹאכְל֖וּ מִקֹּ֣דֶשׁ הַקֳּדָשִׁ֑ים עַ֛ד עֲמֹ֥ד הַכֹּהֵ֖ן לְאוּרִ֥ים וְתוּמִּֽים׃‬ And the governor told them not to eat anything from the holy of holies until a priest should stand with Urim and Thummim. || Ezra 2:63.

governor: see Ezra 2:63.

stand with ← stand for.

Urim and Thummim: see Ex 28:30.
Neh 7:66 ‫כָּל־הַקָּהָ֖ל כְּאֶחָ֑ד אַרְבַּ֣ע רִבּ֔וֹא אַלְפַּ֖יִם שְׁלֹשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת וְשִׁשִּֽׁים׃‬ The whole convocation together numbered forty-two thousand three hundred and sixty people, || Ezra 2:64.

together ← as one.
Neh 7:67 ‫מִ֠לְּבַד עַבְדֵיהֶ֤ם וְאַמְהֹֽתֵיהֶם֙ אֵ֔לֶּה שִׁבְעַ֣ת אֲלָפִ֔ים שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וְשִׁבְעָ֑ה וְלָהֶ֗ם מְשֹֽׁרֲרִים֙ וּמְשֹׁ֣רֲר֔וֹת מָאתַ֖יִם וְאַרְבָּעִ֥ים וַחֲמִשָּֽׁה׃ ס‬ apart from these menservants and maidservants of theirs: seven thousand three hundred and thirty-seven of them, and they also had two hundred and forty-five male and female singers. || Ezra 2:65.

THE AV INSERTS AN EXTRA VERSE AFTER THIS VERSE. Absent in LXX, Vulgate. [CB] says found in some manuscripts.
Neh 7:68
Neh 7:69AV
‫גְּמַלִּ֕ים אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וַחֲמִשָּׁ֑ה ס חֲמֹרִ֕ים שֵׁ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֔ים שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת וְעֶשְׂרִֽים׃‬ There were four hundred and thirty-five camels and six thousand seven hundred and twenty donkeys. || Ezra 2:67.
Neh 7:69
Neh 7:70AV
‫וּמִקְצָת֙ רָאשֵׁ֣י הָֽאָב֔וֹת נָתְנ֖וּ לַמְּלָאכָ֑ה הַתִּרְשָׁ֜תָא נָתַ֣ן לָאוֹצָ֗ר זָהָ֞ב דַּרְכְּמֹנִ֥ים אֶ֙לֶף֙ מִזְרָק֣וֹת חֲמִשִּׁ֔ים כָּתְנוֹת֙ כֹּֽהֲנִ֔ים שְׁלֹשִׁ֖ים וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת׃‬ And some of the paternal heads contributed to the work. The governor gave one thousand gold darics to the treasury, fifty bowls and five hundred and thirty priests' gowns. || Ezra 2:68, Ezra 2:69.

some of ← (some) of the whole.

contributed ← gave.

darics: a daric is a gold coin.
Neh 7:70
Neh 7:71AV
‫וּמֵֽרָאשֵׁ֣י הָֽאָב֗וֹת נָֽתְנוּ֙ לְאוֹצַ֣ר הַמְּלָאכָ֔ה זָהָ֕ב דַּרְכְּמוֹנִ֖ים שְׁתֵּ֣י רִבּ֑וֹת וְכֶ֕סֶף מָנִ֖ים אַלְפַּ֥יִם וּמָאתָֽיִם׃‬ And some of the paternal heads gave twenty thousand darics of gold and two thousand two hundred manehs of silver to the treasury of the work. || Ezra 2:69.

darics: a daric is a gold coin.

manehs: 1 maneh = 100 shekels.
Neh 7:71
Neh 7:72AV
‫וַאֲשֶׁ֣ר נָתְנוּ֮ שְׁאֵרִ֣ית הָעָם֒ זָהָ֗ב דַּרְכְּמוֹנִים֙ שְׁתֵּ֣י רִבּ֔וֹא וְכֶ֖סֶף מָנִ֣ים אַלְפָּ֑יִם וְכָתְנֹ֥ת כֹּֽהֲנִ֖ים שִׁשִּׁ֥ים וְשִׁבְעָֽה׃ פ‬ And this is what the rest of the people gave: twenty thousand darics of gold, and two thousand manehs of silver, and sixty-seven priests' gowns. || Ezra 2:69.

darics: a daric is a gold coin.

manehs: 1 maneh = 100 shekels.
Neh 7:72
Neh 7:73AV
‫וַיֵּשְׁב֣וּ הַכֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְהַלְוִיִּ֡ם וְהַשּׁוֹעֲרִים֩ וְהַמְשֹׁרְרִ֨ים וּמִן־הָעָ֧ם וְהַנְּתִינִ֛ים וְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּעָרֵיהֶ֑ם וַיִּגַּע֙ הַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔י וּבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּעָרֵיהֶֽם׃‬ And the priests and the Levites and the gatekeepers and the singers and some of the people, and the temple-servants and all Israel, lived in their cities, and by the time the seventh month came, the sons of Israel were in their cities. || Ezra 2:70, Ezra 3:1.

by the time: wider use of the vav.
Neh 8:1 ‫וַיֵּאָסְפ֤וּ כָל־הָעָם֙ כְּאִ֣ישׁ אֶחָ֔ד אֶל־הָ֣רְח֔וֹב אֲשֶׁ֖ר לִפְנֵ֣י שַֽׁעַר־הַמָּ֑יִם וַיֹּֽאמְרוּ֙ לְעֶזְרָ֣א הַסֹּפֵ֔ר לְהָבִ֗יא אֶת־סֵ֙פֶר֙ תּוֹרַ֣ת מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ And all the people gathered in unison in the square which was opposite the Water Gate, and they told Ezra the scribe to bring the book of the law of Moses which the Lord had commanded Israel to observe. || Ezra 3:1.

in unison ← as one man.
Neh 8:2 ‫וַיָּבִ֣יא עֶזְרָ֣א הַ֠כֹּהֵן אֶֽת־הַתּוֹרָ֞ה לִפְנֵ֤י הַקָּהָל֙ מֵאִ֣ישׁ וְעַד־אִשָּׁ֔ה וְכֹ֖ל מֵבִ֣ין לִשְׁמֹ֑עַ בְּי֥וֹם אֶחָ֖ד לַחֹ֥דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִֽי׃‬ And Ezra the priest presented the law to the convocation, to both men and women, and everyone who would understand on hearing it, on the first day of the seventh month. presented the law to ← brought the law before.

to both men and women ← from man and to woman.

on hearing gerundial use of the infinitive.
Neh 8:3 ‫וַיִּקְרָא־בוֹ֩ לִפְנֵ֨י הָרְח֜וֹב אֲשֶׁ֣ר ׀ לִפְנֵ֣י שַֽׁעַר־הַמַּ֗יִם מִן־הָאוֹר֙ עַד־מַחֲצִ֣ית הַיּ֔וֹם נֶ֛גֶד הָאֲנָשִׁ֥ים וְהַנָּשִׁ֖ים וְהַמְּבִינִ֑ים וְאָזְנֵ֥י כָל־הָעָ֖ם אֶל־סֵ֥פֶר הַתּוֹרָֽה׃‬ And he read from it facing the square which was opposite the Water Gate, from first light until midday, in the presence of the men and the women and those who understood. And the ears of all the people were riveted to the book of the law. from it ← in it.
Neh 8:4 ‫וַֽיַּעֲמֹ֞ד עֶזְרָ֣א הַסֹּפֵ֗ר עַֽל־מִגְדַּל־עֵץ֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשׂ֣וּ לַדָּבָר֒ וַיַּֽעֲמֹ֣ד אֶצְל֡וֹ מַתִּתְיָ֡ה וְשֶׁ֡מַע וַ֠עֲנָיָה וְאוּרִיָּ֧ה וְחִלְקִיָּ֛ה וּמַעֲשֵׂיָ֖ה עַל־יְמִינ֑וֹ וּמִשְּׂמֹאל֗וֹ פְּ֠דָיָה וּמִֽישָׁאֵ֧ל וּמַלְכִּיָּ֛ה וְחָשֻׁ֥ם וְחַשְׁבַּדָּ֖נָה זְכַרְיָ֥ה מְשֻׁלָּֽם׃ פ‬ And Ezra the scribe stood on a wooden tower which they had made for the occasion, and next to him stood Mattithiah and Shema and Anaiah and Urijah and Hilkiah and Maaseiah on his right, and on his left were Pedaiah and Mishael and Malchiah and Hashum and Hashbadanah, Zechariah and Meshullam. occasion ← thing, word.

Urijah: see 2 Ki 16:10.

Hashbadanah ← Hashbaddanah, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.
Neh 8:5 ‫וַיִּפְתַּ֨ח עֶזְרָ֤א הַסֵּ֙פֶר֙ לְעֵינֵ֣י כָל־הָעָ֔ם כִּֽי־מֵעַ֥ל כָּל־הָעָ֖ם הָיָ֑ה וּכְפִתְח֖וֹ עָֽמְד֥וּ כָל־הָעָֽם׃‬ And Ezra opened the book in the sight of all the people, for he was higher up than all the people, and when he opened it, all the people stood up. higher up than ← higher up above.
Neh 8:6 ‫וַיְבָ֣רֶךְ עֶזְרָ֔א אֶת־יְהוָ֥ה הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים הַגָּד֑וֹל וַיַּֽעֲנ֨וּ כָל־הָעָ֜ם אָמֵ֤ן ׀ אָמֵן֙ בְּמֹ֣עַל יְדֵיהֶ֔ם וַיִּקְּד֧וּ וַיִּשְׁתַּחֲוֻּ֛ לַיהוָ֖ה אַפַּ֥יִם אָֽרְצָה׃‬ And Ezra blessed the great Lord God, and all the people answered, “Amen, amen”, with their arms raised, then they bowed to and worshipped the Lord face down. their arms raised ← lifting up of their arms / hands.

face down ← face to the ground.
Neh 8:7 ‫וְיֵשׁ֡וּעַ וּבָנִ֡י וְשֵׁרֵ֥בְיָ֣ה ׀ יָמִ֡ין עַקּ֡וּב שַׁבְּתַ֣י ׀ הֽוֹדִיָּ֡ה מַעֲשֵׂיָ֡ה קְלִיטָ֣א עֲזַרְיָה֩ יוֹזָבָ֨ד חָנָ֤ן פְּלָאיָה֙ וְהַלְוִיִּ֔ם מְבִינִ֥ים אֶת־הָעָ֖ם לַתּוֹרָ֑ה וְהָעָ֖ם עַל־עָמְדָֽם׃‬ And Jeshua and Bani and Sherebiah, Jamin, Akkub, Shabbethai, Hodijah, Maaseiah, Kelita, Azariah, Jozabad, Hanan, Pelaiah and the Levites expounded the law to the people, and the people stood glued to their place. Jeshua: see 1 Chr 24:11.

stood glued to their place ← (were) on their standing place.
Neh 8:8 ‫וַֽיִּקְרְא֥וּ בַסֵּ֛פֶר בְּתוֹרַ֥ת הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים מְפֹרָ֑שׁ וְשׂ֣וֹם שֶׂ֔כֶל וַיָּבִ֖ינוּ בַּמִּקְרָֽא׃ ס‬ And they read from the book of the law of God distinctly, and they gave insight, and they enabled them to understand the reading. from the book ← in the book.

enabled them to understand: compare Neh 8:7, Neh 8:9 (expounded). Alternatively, they understood.

the reading ← at the reading.
Neh 8:9 ‫וַיֹּ֣אמֶר נְחֶמְיָ֣ה ה֣וּא הַתִּרְשָׁ֡תָא וְעֶזְרָ֣א הַכֹּהֵ֣ן ׀ הַסֹּפֵ֡ר וְהַלְוִיִּם֩ הַמְּבִינִ֨ים אֶת־הָעָ֜ם לְכָל־הָעָ֗ם הַיּ֤וֹם קָדֹֽשׁ־הוּא֙ לַיהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֔ם אַל־תִּֽתְאַבְּל֖וּ וְאַל־תִּבְכּ֑וּ כִּ֤י בוֹכִים֙ כָּל־הָעָ֔ם כְּשָׁמְעָ֖ם אֶת־דִּבְרֵ֥י הַתּוֹרָֽה׃‬ And Nehemiah, who was the governor, and Ezra the priest, the scribe, and the Levites who expounded to the people, said to all the people, “This day is holy to the Lord your God. Do not mourn and do not weep.” For all the people wept when they heard the words of the law.
Neh 8:10 ‫וַיֹּ֣אמֶר לָהֶ֡ם לְכוּ֩ אִכְל֨וּ מַשְׁמַנִּ֜ים וּשְׁת֣וּ מַֽמְתַקִּ֗ים וְשִׁלְח֤וּ מָנוֹת֙ לְאֵ֣ין נָכ֣וֹן ל֔וֹ כִּֽי־קָד֥וֹשׁ הַיּ֖וֹם לַאֲדֹנֵ֑ינוּ וְאַל־תֵּ֣עָצֵ֔בוּ כִּֽי־חֶדְוַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה הִ֥יא מָֽעֻזְּכֶֽם׃‬ And he said to them, “Go and eat rich food, and drink sweet drinks, and send portions to him who has nothing prepared for him, for the day is holy to our Lord. And do not be grieved, for the joy of the Lord is your stronghold.”
Neh 8:11 ‫וְהַלְוִיִּ֞ם מַחְשִׁ֤ים לְכָל־הָעָם֙ לֵאמֹ֣ר הַ֔סּוּ כִּ֥י הַיּ֖וֹם קָדֹ֑שׁ וְאַל־תֵּעָצֵֽבוּ׃‬ And the Levites made all the people be quiet, and they said, “Be quiet, for this day is holy, and do not be grieved.”
Neh 8:12 ‫וַיֵּלְכ֨וּ כָל־הָעָ֜ם לֶאֱכֹ֤ל וְלִשְׁתּוֹת֙ וּלְשַׁלַּ֣ח מָנ֔וֹת וְלַעֲשׂ֖וֹת שִׂמְחָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֑ה כִּ֤י הֵבִ֙ינוּ֙ בַּדְּבָרִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוֹדִ֖יעוּ לָהֶֽם׃ ס‬ Then all the people went to eat and to drink and to send portions and to celebrate with great joy, for they understood the words which had been made known to them. celebrate ← do.

had been made known ← they made known. Avoidance of the passive.
Neh 8:13 ‫וּבַיּ֣וֹם הַשֵּׁנִ֡י נֶאֶסְפוּ֩ רָאשֵׁ֨י הָאָב֜וֹת לְכָל־הָעָ֗ם הַכֹּֽהֲנִים֙ וְהַלְוִיִּ֔ם אֶל־עֶזְרָ֖א הַסֹּפֵ֑ר וּלְהַשְׂכִּ֖יל אֶל־דִּבְרֵ֥י הַתּוֹרָֽה׃‬ And on the second day, the paternal heads of all the people, and the priests and the Levites, gathered around Ezra the scribe, and it was to gain insight into the words of the law. gathered around ← gathered to.
Neh 8:14 ‫וַֽיִּמְצְא֖וּ כָּת֣וּב בַּתּוֹרָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֤ה יְהוָה֙ בְּיַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֲשֶׁר֩ יֵשְׁב֨וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל בַּסֻּכּ֛וֹת בֶּחָ֖ג בַּחֹ֥דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִֽי׃‬ And they found written in the law which the Lord had commanded through the intermediacy of Moses, that the sons of Israel should live in tabernacles during the festival in the seventh month, intermediacy ← hand.
Neh 8:15 ‫וַאֲשֶׁ֣ר יַשְׁמִ֗יעוּ וְיַעֲבִ֨ירוּ ק֥וֹל בְּכָל־עָרֵיהֶם֮ וּבִירוּשָׁלִַ֣ם לֵאמֹר֒ צְא֣וּ הָהָ֗ר וְהָבִ֙יאוּ֙ עֲלֵי־זַ֙יִת֙ וַעֲלֵי־עֵ֣ץ שֶׁ֔מֶן וַעֲלֵ֤י הֲדַס֙ וַעֲלֵ֣י תְמָרִ֔ים וַעֲלֵ֖י עֵ֣ץ עָבֹ֑ת לַעֲשֹׂ֥ת סֻכֹּ֖ת כַּכָּתֽוּב׃ פ‬ and that they should proclaim and publish an announcement in all their cities and in Jerusalem, saying, “Go out to the mountain and bring back olive foliage, and wild olive foliage, and myrtle foliage, and palm foliage, and foliage from bushy trees, to make tabernacles, as it is written.” publish an announcement ← cause a voice to pass through.
Neh 8:16 ‫וַיֵּצְא֣וּ הָעָם֮ וַיָּבִיאוּ֒ וַיַּעֲשׂוּ֩ לָהֶ֨ם סֻכּ֜וֹת אִ֤ישׁ עַל־גַּגּוֹ֙ וּבְחַצְרֹ֣תֵיהֶ֔ם וּבְחַצְר֖וֹת בֵּ֣ית הָאֱלֹהִ֑ים וּבִרְחוֹב֙ שַׁ֣עַר הַמַּ֔יִם וּבִרְח֖וֹב שַׁ֥עַר אֶפְרָֽיִם׃‬ So the people went out and brought them, and they made themselves tabernacles, each one on his roof and in their courtyards and in the courtyards of the house of God, and in the square of the Water Gate and in the square of the Ephraim Gate.
Neh 8:17 ‫וַיַּֽעֲשׂ֣וּ כָֽל־הַ֠קָּהָל הַשָּׁבִ֨ים מִן־הַשְּׁבִ֥י ׀ סֻכּוֹת֮ וַיֵּשְׁב֣וּ בַסֻּכּוֹת֒ כִּ֣י לֹֽא־עָשׂ֡וּ מִימֵי֩ יֵשׁ֨וּעַ בִּן־נ֥וּן כֵּן֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל עַ֖ד הַיּ֣וֹם הַה֑וּא וַתְּהִ֥י שִׂמְחָ֖ה גְּדוֹלָ֥ה מְאֹֽד׃‬ And the whole convocation of those who returned from captivity made tabernacles, and they lived in the tabernacles, which the sons of Israel had not done like this since the days of Jeshua the son of Nun up to this day, and there was very great joy. Jeshua: i.e. Joshua, also here in the LXX transliterated as Ἰησοῦς, the spelling Jesus in the NT.
Neh 8:18 ‫וַ֠יִּקְרָא בְּסֵ֨פֶר תּוֹרַ֤ת הָאֱלֹהִים֙ י֣וֹם ׀ בְּי֔וֹם מִן־הַיּוֹם֙ הָֽרִאשׁ֔וֹן עַ֖ד הַיּ֣וֹם הָאַחֲר֑וֹן וַיַּֽעֲשׂוּ־חָג֙ שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֔ים וּבַיּ֧וֹם הַשְּׁמִינִ֛י עֲצֶ֖רֶת כַּמִּשְׁפָּֽט׃ פ‬ And he read from the law of God day by day, from the first day to the last day, and they celebrated the festival for seven days, and on the eighth day there was a solemn assembly according to the ordinance. from the law ← in the law.

celebrated ← did.
Neh 9:1 ‫וּבְיוֹם֩ עֶשְׂרִ֨ים וְאַרְבָּעָ֜ה לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַזֶּ֗ה נֶאֶסְפ֤וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ בְּצ֣וֹם וּבְשַׂקִּ֔ים וַאֲדָמָ֖ה עֲלֵיהֶֽם׃‬ Then on the twenty-fourth day of this month, the sons of Israel assembled, fasting and in sackcloth and with soil on them.
Neh 9:2 ‫וַיִּבָּֽדְלוּ֙ זֶ֣רַע יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל מִכֹּ֖ל בְּנֵ֣י נֵכָ֑ר וַיַּעַמְד֗וּ וַיִּתְוַדּוּ֙ עַל־חַטֹּ֣אתֵיהֶ֔ם וַעֲוֺנ֖וֹת אֲבֹתֵיהֶֽם׃‬ And the seed of Israel were separated from all the foreigners, and they stood and confessed their sins and the iniquities of their fathers. seed: with a plural verb in Hebrew.

foreigners ← sons of foreigners.
Neh 9:3 ‫וַיָּק֙וּמוּ֙ עַל־עָמְדָ֔ם וַֽיִּקְרְא֗וּ בְּסֵ֨פֶר תּוֹרַ֧ת יְהוָ֛ה אֱלֹהֵיהֶ֖ם רְבִעִ֣ית הַיּ֑וֹם וּרְבִעִית֙ מִתְוַדִּ֣ים וּמִֽשְׁתַּחֲוִ֔ים לַיהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵיהֶֽם׃ פ‬ And they stood up in their place, and they read from the book of the law of the Lord their God for a quarter of a day, and for another quarter they confessed and worshipped the Lord their God. place ← standing-place.

from the book ← in the book.
Neh 9:4 ‫וַיָּ֜קָם עַֽל־מַֽעֲלֵ֣ה הַלְוִיִּ֗ם יֵשׁ֨וּעַ וּבָנִ֜י קַדְמִיאֵ֧ל שְׁבַנְיָ֛ה בֻּנִּ֥י שֵׁרֵבְיָ֖ה בָּנִ֣י כְנָ֑נִי וַֽיִּזְעֲקוּ֙ בְּק֣וֹל גָּד֔וֹל אֶל־יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵיהֶֽם׃‬ Then Jeshua and Bani, Kadmiel, Shebaniah, Bunni, Sherebiah, Bani and Chenani arose on the Levites' platform and cried out in a loud voice to the Lord their God. Jeshua: see 1 Chr 24:11.
Neh 9:5 ‫וַיֹּאמְר֣וּ הַלְוִיִּ֡ם יֵשׁ֣וּעַ וְ֠קַדְמִיאֵל בָּנִ֨י חֲשַׁבְנְיָ֜ה שֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֤ה הֽוֹדִיָּה֙ שְׁבַנְיָ֣ה פְתַֽחְיָ֔ה ק֗וּמוּ בָּרֲכוּ֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֔ם מִן־הָעוֹלָ֖ם עַד־הָעוֹלָ֑ם וִיבָֽרְכוּ֙ שֵׁ֣ם כְּבוֹדֶ֔ךָ וּמְרוֹמַ֥ם עַל־כָּל־בְּרָכָ֖ה וּתְהִלָּֽה׃‬ And the Levites, Jeshua and Kadmiel, Bani, Hashabniah, Sherebiah, Hodijah, Shebaniah and Pethahiah said,

“Arise and bless the Lord your God

From age to age.”

“And may your glorious name be blessed,

Which is exalted above all blessing and praise.

Jeshua: see 1 Chr 24:11.

may your glorious name be blessed ← let them bless the name of your glory. Avoidance of the passive and a Hebraic genitive.
Neh 9:6 ‫אַתָּה־ה֣וּא יְהוָה֮ לְבַדֶּךָ֒ *את **אַתָּ֣ה עָשִׂ֡יתָ אֶֽת־הַשָּׁמַיִם֩ שְׁמֵ֨י הַשָּׁמַ֜יִם וְכָל־צְבָאָ֗ם הָאָ֜רֶץ וְכָל־אֲשֶׁ֤ר עָלֶ֙יהָ֙ הַיַּמִּים֙ וְכָל־אֲשֶׁ֣ר בָּהֶ֔ם וְאַתָּ֖ה מְחַיֶּ֣ה אֶת־כֻּלָּ֑ם וּצְבָ֥א הַשָּׁמַ֖יִם לְךָ֥ מִשְׁתַּחֲוִֽים׃‬

You alone are the Lord.

You made heaven,

The heaven of heavens and all their array,

The earth and everything on it,

The seas and everything in them,

And you give them all life.

And the array of heaven worships you.

you (second occurrence in verse): the ketiv is the feminine form, but it can be regarded as a variant form of the qeré, perhaps under Aramaic influence (אַנְתְּ).
Neh 9:7 ‫אַתָּה־הוּא֙ יְהוָ֣ה הָאֱלֹהִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֤ר בָּחַ֙רְתָּ֙ בְּאַבְרָ֔ם וְהוֹצֵאת֖וֹ מֵא֣וּר כַּשְׂדִּ֑ים וְשַׂ֥מְתָּ שְּׁמ֖וֹ אַבְרָהָֽם׃‬

You are the Lord God

Who chose Abram

And brought him out of Ur of the Chaldees,

And appointed his name as Abraham.

Neh 9:8 ‫וּמָצָ֣אתָ אֶת־לְבָבוֹ֮ נֶאֱמָ֣ן לְפָנֶיךָ֒ וְכָר֨וֹת עִמּ֜וֹ הַבְּרִ֗ית לָתֵ֡ת אֶת־אֶרֶץ֩ הַכְּנַעֲנִ֨י הַחִתִּ֜י הָאֱמֹרִ֧י וְהַפְּרִזִּ֛י וְהַיְבוּסִ֥י וְהַגִּרְגָּשִׁ֖י לָתֵ֣ת לְזַרְע֑וֹ וַתָּ֙קֶם֙ אֶת־דְּבָרֶ֔יךָ כִּ֥י צַדִּ֖יק אָֽתָּה׃‬

And you found his heart to be faithful before you,

And you made a covenant with him

To give the land of the Canaanite, the Hittite, the Amorite

And the Perizzite and the Jebusite and the Girgashite,

To give it to his seed,

And you fulfilled your words,

For you are righteous.

Amorite: see Gn 10:16.
Neh 9:9 ‫וַתֵּ֛רֶא אֶת־עֳנִ֥י אֲבֹתֵ֖ינוּ בְּמִצְרָ֑יִם וְאֶת־זַעֲקָתָ֥ם שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ עַל־יַם־סֽוּף׃‬

And you saw the affliction of our fathers in Egypt,

And you heard their cry at the Red Sea.

Red Sea ← Sedge Sea.
Neh 9:10 ‫וַ֠תִּתֵּן אֹתֹ֨ת וּמֹֽפְתִ֜ים בְּפַרְעֹ֤ה וּבְכָל־עֲבָדָיו֙ וּבְכָל־עַ֣ם אַרְצ֔וֹ כִּ֣י יָדַ֔עְתָּ כִּ֥י הֵזִ֖ידוּ עֲלֵיהֶ֑ם וַתַּֽעַשׂ־לְךָ֥ שֵׁ֖ם כְּהַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה׃‬

And you performed signs and miracles against Pharaoh

And against all his servants,

And against all the people of his land,

For you know that they acted presumptuously against them,

And you made yourself a name,

As it is today.

performed ← gave.
Neh 9:11 ‫וְהַיָּם֙ בָּקַ֣עְתָּ לִפְנֵיהֶ֔ם וַיַּֽעַבְר֥וּ בְתוֹךְ־הַיָּ֖ם בַּיַּבָּשָׁ֑ה וְֽאֶת־רֹ֨דְפֵיהֶ֜ם הִשְׁלַ֧כְתָּ בִמְצוֹלֹ֛ת כְּמוֹ־אֶ֖בֶן בְּמַ֥יִם עַזִּֽים׃‬

And you divided the sea in front of them,

And they crossed in the middle of the sea on dry land,

But you cast those chasing them into the depths,

Like a stone in fierce waters.

Compare Ex 15:5.
Neh 9:12 ‫וּבְעַמּ֣וּד עָנָ֔ן הִנְחִיתָ֖ם יוֹמָ֑ם וּבְעַמּ֥וּד אֵשׁ֙ לַ֔יְלָה לְהָאִ֣יר לָהֶ֔ם אֶת־הַדֶּ֖רֶךְ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֵֽלְכוּ־בָֽהּ׃‬

And by day you led them with a cloud,

And by night with a pillar of fire,

To light up for them the way

By which they were to go.

Neh 9:13 ‫וְעַ֤ל הַר־סִינַי֙ יָרַ֔דְתָּ וְדַבֵּ֥ר עִמָּהֶ֖ם מִשָּׁמָ֑יִם וַתִּתֵּ֨ן לָהֶ֜ם מִשְׁפָּטִ֤ים יְשָׁרִים֙ וְתוֹר֣וֹת אֱמֶ֔ת חֻקִּ֥ים וּמִצְוֺ֖ת טוֹבִֽים׃‬

And you came down onto Mount Sinai,

And you spoke with them from heaven,

And you gave them upright judgments

And truthful laws

And good statutes and commandments.

you spoke: infinitive absolute in the role of a finite verb.

truthful laws ← laws of truth, a Hebraic genitive.
Neh 9:14 ‫וְאֶת־שַׁבַּ֥ת קָדְשְׁךָ֖ הוֹדַ֣עַתָ לָהֶ֑ם וּמִצְו֤וֹת וְחֻקִּים֙ וְתוֹרָ֔ה צִוִּ֣יתָ לָהֶ֔ם בְּיַ֖ד מֹשֶׁ֥ה עַבְדֶּֽךָ׃‬

And you made your holy Sabbath known to them,

And you gave them commandments of statutes and law,

Through the intermediacy of Moses your servant.

holy Sabbath ← Sabbath of holiness.

gave ... commandments ← commanded commandments.

intermediacy ← hand.
Neh 9:15 ‫וְ֠לֶחֶם מִשָּׁמַ֜יִם נָתַ֤תָּה לָהֶם֙ לִרְעָבָ֔ם וּמַ֗יִם מִסֶּ֛לַע הוֹצֵ֥אתָ לָהֶ֖ם לִצְמָאָ֑ם וַתֹּ֣אמֶר לָהֶ֗ם לָבוֹא֙ לָרֶ֣שֶׁת אֶת־הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־נָשָׂ֥אתָ אֶת־יָדְךָ֖ לָתֵ֥ת לָהֶֽם׃‬

And you gave them bread from heaven

When they were hungry,

And you brought water out of a rock for them

When they were thirsty,

And you instructed them to come and inherit the land

Concerning which you took an oath

To give it to them.

when they were hungry ... thirsty ← in their hunger ... thirst.

instructed them ← said to them.

took an oath ← raised your hand.
Neh 9:16 ‫וְהֵ֥ם וַאֲבֹתֵ֖ינוּ הֵזִ֑ידוּ וַיַּקְשׁוּ֙ אֶת־עָרְפָּ֔ם וְלֹ֥א שָׁמְע֖וּ אֶל־מִצְוֺתֶֽיךָ׃‬

But they and our fathers acted presumptuously,

And they became stiff-necked

And did not heed your commandments.

became stiff-necked ← hardened their necks.
Neh 9:17 ‫וַיְמָאֲנ֣וּ לִשְׁמֹ֗עַ וְלֹא־זָכְר֤וּ נִפְלְאֹתֶ֙יךָ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשִׂ֣יתָ עִמָּהֶ֔ם וַיַּקְשׁוּ֙ אֶת־עָרְפָּ֔ם וַיִּתְּנוּ־רֹ֛אשׁ לָשׁ֥וּב לְעַבְדֻתָ֖ם בְּמִרְיָ֑ם וְאַתָּה֩ אֱל֨וֹהַּ סְלִיח֜וֹת חַנּ֧וּן וְרַח֛וּם אֶֽרֶךְ־אַפַּ֥יִם וְרַב־*וחסד **חֶ֖סֶד וְלֹ֥א עֲזַבְתָּֽם׃‬

And they refused to hear,

And they did not remember your wonders

Which you performed with them,

And they became stiff-necked,

And they appointed a head man

So as to return to their slavery in their rebellion.

But you are a God of forgiveness,

Gracious and compassionate,

Forbearing and {Q: of great kindness} [K: great and kind],

And you did not desert them.

forgiveness ← “forgivenesses”.
Neh 9:18 ‫אַ֗ף כִּֽי־עָשׂ֤וּ לָהֶם֙ עֵ֣גֶל מַסֵּכָ֔ה וַיֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ זֶ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הֶעֶלְךָ֖ מִמִּצְרָ֑יִם וַֽיַּעֲשׂ֔וּ נֶאָצ֖וֹת גְּדֹלֽוֹת׃‬

Even when they made themselves a cast calf

And said, ‘This is your God

Who brought you up out of Egypt’,

And committed gross blasphemies,

Neh 9:19 ‫וְאַתָּה֙ בְּרַחֲמֶ֣יךָ הָֽרַבִּ֔ים לֹ֥א עֲזַבְתָּ֖ם בַּמִּדְבָּ֑ר אֶת־עַמּ֣וּד הֶ֠עָנָן לֹא־סָ֨ר מֵעֲלֵיהֶ֤ם בְּיוֹמָם֙ לְהַנְחֹתָ֣ם בְּהַדֶּ֔רֶךְ וְאֶת־עַמּ֨וּד הָאֵ֤שׁ בְּלַ֙יְלָה֙ לְהָאִ֣יר לָהֶ֔ם וְאֶת־הַדֶּ֖רֶךְ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֵֽלְכוּ־בָֽהּ׃‬

You still in your many mercies did not abandon them in the desert.

The column of cloud did not go away from them by day,

It being to lead them on the way,

Nor did the pillar of fire by night,

It being to give them light

And to light up the way which they were to go.

you still ← and you. Adversative use of the vav, translated adverbially.
Neh 9:20 ‫וְרוּחֲךָ֨ הַטּוֹבָ֔ה נָתַ֖תָּ לְהַשְׂכִּילָ֑ם וּמַנְךָ֙ לֹא־מָנַ֣עְתָּ מִפִּיהֶ֔ם וּמַ֛יִם נָתַ֥תָּה לָהֶ֖ם לִצְמָאָֽם׃‬

And you gave your good spirit to enlighten them,

And you did not withhold your manna from their mouth,

And you gave them water for their thirst.

Neh 9:21 ‫וְאַרְבָּעִ֥ים שָׁנָ֛ה כִּלְכַּלְתָּ֥ם בַּמִּדְבָּ֖ר לֹ֣א חָסֵ֑רוּ שַׂלְמֹֽתֵיהֶם֙ לֹ֣א בָל֔וּ וְרַגְלֵיהֶ֖ם לֹ֥א בָצֵֽקוּ׃‬

And you sustained them for forty years in the desert;

They did not lack anything.

Their clothes did not wear out,

And their feet did not swell.

Neh 9:22 ‫וַתִּתֵּ֨ן לָהֶ֤ם מַמְלָכוֹת֙ וַעֲמָמִ֔ים וַֽתַּחְלְקֵ֖ם לְפֵאָ֑ה וַיִּֽירְשׁ֞וּ אֶת־אֶ֣רֶץ סִיח֗וֹן וְאֶת־אֶ֙רֶץ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן וְאֶת־אֶ֖רֶץ ע֥וֹג מֶֽלֶךְ־הַבָּשָֽׁן׃‬

And you gave them kingdoms and peoples,

And you apportioned them territory,

And they inherited the land of Sihon,

And the land of the king of Heshbon,

And the land of Og king of Bashan.

Bashan ← the Bashan.
Neh 9:23 ‫וּבְנֵיהֶ֣ם הִרְבִּ֔יתָ כְּכֹכְבֵ֖י הַשָּׁמָ֑יִם וַתְּבִיאֵם֙ אֶל־הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־אָמַ֥רְתָּ לַאֲבֹתֵיהֶ֖ם לָב֥וֹא לָרָֽשֶׁת׃‬

And you increased the number of their sons like the stars of the sky,

And you brought them to the land

Which you told their fathers to come into

And inherit.

Neh 9:24 ‫וַיָּבֹ֤אוּ הַבָּנִים֙ וַיִּֽירְשׁ֣וּ אֶת־הָאָ֔רֶץ וַתַּכְנַ֨ע לִפְנֵיהֶ֜ם אֶת־יֹשְׁבֵ֤י הָאָ֙רֶץ֙ הַכְּנַ֣עֲנִ֔ים וַֽתִּתְּנֵ֖ם בְּיָדָ֑ם וְאֶת־מַלְכֵיהֶם֙ וְאֶת־עַֽמְמֵ֣י הָאָ֔רֶץ לַעֲשׂ֥וֹת בָּהֶ֖ם כִּרְצוֹנָֽם׃‬

And the sons came and inherited the land,

And you subdued the inhabitants of the land

– The Canaanites – at their advance,

And you delivered them into their hand,

Including their kings and the peoples of the land,

To do what they wanted with them.

at their advance ← before them.

what they wanted ← according to their will.
Neh 9:25 ‫וַֽיִּלְכְּד֞וּ עָרִ֣ים בְּצֻרוֹת֮ וַאֲדָמָ֣ה שְׁמֵנָה֒ וַיִּֽירְשׁ֡וּ בָּתִּ֣ים מְלֵֽאִים־כָּל־ט֠וּב בֹּר֨וֹת חֲצוּבִ֜ים כְּרָמִ֧ים וְזֵיתִ֛ים וְעֵ֥ץ מַאֲכָ֖ל לָרֹ֑ב וַיֹּאכְל֤וּ וַֽיִּשְׂבְּעוּ֙ וַיַּשְׁמִ֔ינוּ וַיִּֽתְעַדְּנ֖וּ בְּטוּבְךָ֥ הַגָּדֽוֹל׃‬

And they captured fortified cities and fertile land,

And they inherited houses full of all good accessories

– Hewn cisterns, vineyards and olive groves

And orchard trees in abundance –

And they ate and were satisfied and became fat,

And they lived luxuriously in your great goodness.

fertile ← fat.

orchard ← food.
Neh 9:26 ‫וַיַּמְר֨וּ וַֽיִּמְרְד֜וּ בָּ֗ךְ וַיַּשְׁלִ֤כוּ אֶת־תּוֹרָֽתְךָ֙ אַחֲרֵ֣י גַוָּ֔ם וְאֶת־נְבִיאֶ֣יךָ הָרָ֔גוּ אֲשֶׁר־הֵעִ֥ידוּ בָ֖ם לַהֲשִׁיבָ֣ם אֵלֶ֑יךָ וַֽיַּעֲשׂ֔וּ נֶאָצ֖וֹת גְּדוֹלֹֽת׃‬

But they became contentious

And they rebelled against you,

And they cast your law behind their back,

And they killed your prophets,

Who testified against them

To turn them back to you,

And they committed gross blasphemies.

Neh 9:27 ‫וַֽתִּתְּנֵם֙ בְּיַ֣ד צָֽרֵיהֶ֔ם וַיָּצֵ֖רוּ לָהֶ֑ם וּבְעֵ֤ת צָֽרָתָם֙ יִצְעֲק֣וּ אֵלֶ֔יךָ וְאַתָּה֙ מִשָּׁמַ֣יִם תִּשְׁמָ֔ע וּֽכְרַחֲמֶ֣יךָ הָֽרַבִּ֗ים תִּתֵּ֤ן לָהֶם֙ מֽוֹשִׁיעִ֔ים וְיוֹשִׁיע֖וּם מִיַּ֥ד צָרֵיהֶֽם׃‬

Then you delivered them into the hand of their adversaries,

Who maltreated them.

Then in the time of their distress they cried out to you,

And you heard them from heaven.

And according to your many mercies, you gave them saviours

Who saved them from the hand of their adversaries.

Neh 9:28 ‫וּכְנ֣וֹחַ לָהֶ֔ם יָשׁ֕וּבוּ לַעֲשׂ֥וֹת רַ֖ע לְפָנֶ֑יךָ וַתַּֽעַזְבֵ֞ם בְּיַ֤ד אֹֽיְבֵיהֶם֙ וַיִּרְדּ֣וּ בָהֶ֔ם וַיָּשׁ֙וּבוּ֙ וַיִּזְעָק֔וּךָ וְאַתָּ֞ה מִשָּׁמַ֧יִם תִּשְׁמַ֛ע וְתַצִּילֵ֥ם כְּֽרַחֲמֶ֖יךָ רַבּ֥וֹת עִתִּֽים׃‬

But when they had quiet,

They again did what was wrong before you,

And you abandoned them in the hand of their enemies,

Who trod them down.

Then they cried out to you again,

And you heard from heaven,

And you saved them according to your great mercies many times.

Neh 9:29 ‫וַתָּ֨עַד בָּהֶ֜ם לַהֲשִׁיבָ֣ם אֶל־תּוֹרָתֶ֗ךָ וְהֵ֨מָּה הֵזִ֜ידוּ וְלֹא־שָׁמְע֤וּ לְמִצְוֺתֶ֙יךָ֙ וּבְמִשְׁפָּטֶ֣יךָ חָֽטְאוּ־בָ֔ם אֲשֶׁר־יַעֲשֶׂ֥ה אָדָ֖ם וְחָיָ֣ה בָהֶ֑ם וַיִּתְּנ֤וּ כָתֵף֙ סוֹרֶ֔רֶת וְעָרְפָּ֥ם הִקְשׁ֖וּ וְלֹ֥א שָׁמֵֽעוּ׃‬

And you testified against them,

So as to bring them back to your law,

But they acted presumptuously

And did not heed your commandments.

And as for your ordinances, they sinned against them

Ordinances which a man shall observe and live by –

And they shrugged their wayward shoulders

And stiffened their neck,

And did not heed them.

shrugged ← gave.

shoulders ← shoulder.
Neh 9:30 ‫וַתִּמְשֹׁ֤ךְ עֲלֵיהֶם֙ שָׁנִ֣ים רַבּ֔וֹת וַתָּ֨עַד בָּ֧ם בְּרוּחֲךָ֛ בְּיַד־נְבִיאֶ֖יךָ וְלֹ֣א הֶאֱזִ֑ינוּ וַֽתִּתְּנֵ֔ם בְּיַ֖ד עַמֵּ֥י הָאֲרָצֹֽת׃‬

And you endured them for many years,

And you testified against them by your spirit

Through the intermediacy of your prophets,

But they did not listen,

And you delivered them into the hand of the nations of the various countries.

intermediacy ← hand.
Neh 9:31 ‫וּֽבְרַחֲמֶ֧יךָ הָרַבִּ֛ים לֹֽא־עֲשִׂיתָ֥ם כָּלָ֖ה וְלֹ֣א עֲזַבְתָּ֑ם כִּ֛י אֵֽל־חַנּ֥וּן וְרַח֖וּם אָֽתָּה׃‬

But in your many mercies,

You did not finish with them,

And you did not abandon them,

For you are a gracious and compassionate God.

finish with them ← make them a complete destruction.
Neh 9:32 ‫וְעַתָּ֣ה אֱ֠לֹהֵינוּ הָאֵ֨ל הַגָּד֜וֹל הַגִּבּ֣וֹר וְהַנּוֹרָא֮ שׁוֹמֵ֣ר הַבְּרִ֣ית וְהַחֶסֶד֒ אַל־יִמְעַ֣ט לְפָנֶ֡יךָ אֵ֣ת כָּל־הַתְּלָאָ֣ה אֲֽשֶׁר־מְ֠צָאַתְנוּ לִמְלָכֵ֨ינוּ לְשָׂרֵ֧ינוּ וּלְכֹהֲנֵ֛ינוּ וְלִנְבִיאֵ֥נוּ וְלַאֲבֹתֵ֖ינוּ וּלְכָל־עַמֶּ֑ךָ מִימֵי֙ מַלְכֵ֣י אַשּׁ֔וּר עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה׃‬

And now, O God of ours,

The great and mighty and awesome God

Who keeps the covenant and maintains kindness,

Do not let all the weariness be considered little before you,

Which has come over us,

Over our kings, our officials,

And our priests and our prophets,

And our fathers, and all your people,

From the days of the kings of Assyria to this day.

come over ← found.

over our kings ← to our kings.
Neh 9:33 ‫וְאַתָּ֣ה צַדִּ֔יק עַ֖ל כָּל־הַבָּ֣א עָלֵ֑ינוּ כִּֽי־אֱמֶ֥ת עָשִׂ֖יתָ וַאֲנַ֥חְנוּ הִרְשָֽׁעְנוּ׃‬

But you are righteous

Concerning everything which has come over us,

For you have acted truthfully,

Whereas we have acted wickedly,

acted truthfully ← done truth.

whereas: adversative use of the vav.
Neh 9:34 ‫וְאֶת־מְלָכֵ֤ינוּ שָׂרֵ֙ינוּ֙ כֹּהֲנֵ֣ינוּ וַאֲבֹתֵ֔ינוּ לֹ֥א עָשׂ֖וּ תּוֹרָתֶ֑ךָ וְלֹ֤א הִקְשִׁ֙יבוּ֙ אֶל־מִצְוֺתֶ֔יךָ וּלְעֵ֣דְוֺתֶ֔יךָ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַעִידֹ֖תָ בָּהֶֽם׃‬

And our kings, our officials,

Our priests and our fathers

Did not observe your law

And did not heed your commandments or your testimonies

Which you testified against them.

our kings: preceded by אֶת־, but not as an object marker (a rarity).
Neh 9:35 ‫וְהֵ֣ם בְּמַלְכוּתָם֩ וּבְטוּבְךָ֨ הָרָ֜ב אֲשֶׁר־נָתַ֣תָּ לָהֶ֗ם וּבְאֶ֨רֶץ הָרְחָבָ֧ה וְהַשְּׁמֵנָ֛ה אֲשֶׁר־נָתַ֥תָּ לִפְנֵיהֶ֖ם לֹ֣א עֲבָד֑וּךָ וְֽלֹא־שָׁ֔בוּ מִמַּֽעַלְלֵיהֶ֖ם הָרָעִֽים׃‬

And they – in their kingdom

And despite your great generosity which you showed them,

And in the broad and fertile land which you gave them in their presence –

Did not serve you

And did not turn away from their wicked deeds.

despite ← in, but also with concessive usage; see [BDB V.3].

generosity ← goodness.

showed ← gave.
Neh 9:36 ‫הִנֵּ֛ה אֲנַ֥חְנוּ הַיּ֖וֹם עֲבָדִ֑ים וְהָאָ֜רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־נָתַ֣תָּה לַאֲבֹתֵ֗ינוּ לֶאֱכֹ֤ל אֶת־פִּרְיָהּ֙ וְאֶת־טוּבָ֔הּ הִנֵּ֛ה אֲנַ֥חְנוּ עֲבָדִ֖ים עָלֶֽיהָ׃‬

Behold we are servants today,

And as for the land which you gave to our fathers,

To eat its fruit and its good produce,

Behold, we are servants on it.

Neh 9:37 ‫וּתְבוּאָתָ֣הּ מַרְבָּ֗ה לַמְּלָכִ֛ים אֲשֶׁר־נָתַ֥תָּה עָלֵ֖ינוּ בְּחַטֹּאותֵ֑ינוּ וְעַ֣ל גְּ֠וִיֹּתֵינוּ מֹשְׁלִ֤ים וּבִבְהֶמְתֵּ֙נוּ֙ כִּרְצוֹנָ֔ם וּבְצָרָ֥ה גְדוֹלָ֖ה אֲנָֽחְנוּ׃ פ‬

And its produce is abundant,

Destined for kings

Whom you have set over us for our sins,

And they rule over our bodies and our cattle as they wish,

And we are in great distress.

as they wish ← according to their will.
Neh 10:1
Neh 9:38AV
‫וּבְכָל־זֹ֕את אֲנַ֛חְנוּ כֹּרְתִ֥ים אֲמָנָ֖ה וְכֹתְבִ֑ים וְעַל֙ הֶֽחָת֔וּם שָׂרֵ֥ינוּ לְוִיֵּ֖נוּ כֹּהֲנֵֽינוּ׃‬

And because of all this, we are making a treaty

And putting it in writing,

And the parties participating in sealing it

Are our officials, Levites and priests.”

making ← cutting.

sealing it(the writing / the people being) sealed.
Neh 10:2
Neh 10:1AV
‫וְעַ֖ל הַחֲתוּמִ֑ים נְחֶמְיָ֧ה הַתִּרְשָׁ֛תָא בֶּן־חֲכַלְיָ֖ה וְצִדְקִיָּֽה׃‬ And the individuals participating in sealing it are Nehemiah the governor – the son of Hachaliah – and Zedekiah, sealing it: see Neh 10:1.

Zedekiah: AV= Zidkijah here.
Neh 10:3
Neh 10:2AV
‫שְׂרָיָ֥ה עֲזַרְיָ֖ה יִרְמְיָֽה׃‬ Seraiah, Azariah, Jeremiah,
Neh 10:4
Neh 10:3AV
‫פַּשְׁח֥וּר אֲמַרְיָ֖ה מַלְכִּיָּֽה׃‬ Pashur, Amariah, Malchijah, Pashur: see Ezra 2:38.
Neh 10:5
Neh 10:4AV
‫חַטּ֥וּשׁ שְׁבַנְיָ֖ה מַלּֽוּךְ׃‬ Hattush, Shebaniah, Malluch,
Neh 10:6
Neh 10:5AV
‫חָרִ֥ם מְרֵמ֖וֹת עֹֽבַדְיָֽה׃‬ Harim, Meremoth, Obadiah,
Neh 10:7
Neh 10:6AV
‫דָּנִיֵּ֥אל גִּנְּת֖וֹן בָּרֽוּךְ׃‬ Daniel, Ginnethon, Baruch,
Neh 10:8
Neh 10:7AV
‫מְשֻׁלָּ֥ם אֲבִיָּ֖ה מִיָּמִֽן׃‬ Meshullam, Abijah, Mijamin,
Neh 10:9
Neh 10:8AV
‫מַֽעַזְיָ֥ה בִלְגַּ֖י שְׁמַֽעְיָ֑ה אֵ֖לֶּה הַכֹּהֲנִֽים׃ ס‬ Maaziah, Bilgai and Shemaiah. These were the priests.
Neh 10:10
Neh 10:9AV
‫וְֽהַלְוִיִּ֑ם וְיֵשׁ֙וּעַ֙ בֶּן־אֲזַנְיָ֔ה בִּנּ֕וּי מִבְּנֵ֥י חֵנָדָ֖ד קַדְמִיאֵֽל׃‬ And the Levites were Jeshua the son of Azaniah, Binnui, who was one of the sons of Henadad, Kadmiel, Jeshua: see 1 Chr 24:11. Here it reads and Jeshua, or both Jeshua.
Neh 10:11
Neh 10:10AV
‫וַאֲחֵיהֶ֑ם שְׁבַנְיָ֧ה הֽוֹדִיָּ֛ה קְלִיטָ֖א פְּלָאיָ֥ה חָנָֽן׃‬ and their brothers, Shebaniah, Hodijah, Kelita, Pelaiah, Hanan,
Neh 10:12
Neh 10:11AV
‫מִיכָ֥א רְח֖וֹב חֲשַׁבְיָֽה׃‬ Micha, Rehob, Hashabiah,
Neh 10:13
Neh 10:12AV
‫זַכּ֥וּר שֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֖ה שְׁבַנְיָֽה׃‬ Zaccur, Sherebiah, Shebaniah,
Neh 10:14
Neh 10:13AV
‫הוֹדִיָּ֥ה בָנִ֖י בְּנִֽינוּ׃ ס‬ Hodijah, Bani and Beninu.
Neh 10:15
Neh 10:14AV
‫רָאשֵׁ֖י הָעָ֑ם פַּרְעֹשׁ֙ פַּחַ֣ת מוֹאָ֔ב עֵילָ֥ם זַתּ֖וּא בָּנִֽי׃‬ The heads of the people were Parosh, Pahath-moab, Elam, Zattu, Bani, Pahath-moab: see Ezra 2:6.
Neh 10:16
Neh 10:15AV
‫בֻּנִּ֥י עַזְגָּ֖ד בֵּבָֽי׃‬ Bunni, Azgad, Bebai,
Neh 10:17
Neh 10:16AV
‫אֲדֹנִיָּ֥ה בִגְוַ֖י עָדִֽין׃‬ Adonijah, Bigvai, Adin,
Neh 10:18
Neh 10:17AV
‫אָטֵ֥ר חִזְקִיָּ֖ה עַזּֽוּר׃‬ Ater, Hizkijah, Azzur, Hizkijah: essentially the same name as Jehizkiah (2 Chr 28:12) and Hezekiah (2 Ki 16:20).
Neh 10:19
Neh 10:18AV
‫הוֹדִיָּ֥ה חָשֻׁ֖ם בֵּצָֽי׃‬ Hodijah, Hashum, Bezai,
Neh 10:20
Neh 10:19AV
‫חָרִ֥יף עֲנָת֖וֹת *נובי **נֵיבָֽי׃‬ Hariph, Anathoth, {Q: Nebai} [K: Nobai],
Neh 10:21
Neh 10:20AV
‫מַגְפִּיעָ֥שׁ מְשֻׁלָּ֖ם חֵזִֽיר׃‬ Magpiash, Meshullam, Hezir,
Neh 10:22
Neh 10:21AV
‫מְשֵׁיזַבְאֵ֥ל צָד֖וֹק יַדּֽוּעַ׃‬ Meshezabeel, Zadok, Jaddua, Meshezabeel: see Neh 3:4.
Neh 10:23
Neh 10:22AV
‫פְּלַטְיָ֥ה חָנָ֖ן עֲנָיָֽה׃‬ Pelatiah, Hanan, Anaiah,
Neh 10:24
Neh 10:23AV
‫הוֹשֵׁ֥עַ חֲנַנְיָ֖ה חַשּֽׁוּב׃‬ Hoshea, Hananiah, Hashub, Hoshea: see 2 Ki 15:30.
Neh 10:25
Neh 10:24AV
‫הַלּוֹחֵ֥שׁ פִּלְחָ֖א שׁוֹבֵֽק׃‬ Hallohesh, Pileha, Shobek, Pileha ← Pilha, the first syllable being closed, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.
Neh 10:26
Neh 10:25AV
‫רְח֥וּם חֲשַׁבְנָ֖ה מַעֲשֵׂיָֽה׃‬ Rehum, Hashabnah, Maaseiah,
Neh 10:27
Neh 10:26AV
‫וַאֲחִיָּ֥ה חָנָ֖ן עָנָֽן׃‬ and Ahijah, Hanan, Anan,
Neh 10:28
Neh 10:27AV
‫מַלּ֥וּךְ חָרִ֖ם בַּעֲנָֽה׃‬ Malluch, Harim and Baanah.
Neh 10:29
Neh 10:28AV
‫וּשְׁאָ֣ר הָעָ֡ם הַכֹּהֲנִ֣ים הַ֠לְוִיִּם הַשּׁוֹעֲרִ֨ים הַמְשֹׁרְרִ֜ים הַנְּתִינִ֗ים וְֽכָל־הַנִּבְדָּ֞ל מֵעַמֵּ֤י הָאֲרָצוֹת֙ אֶל־תּוֹרַ֣ת הָאֱלֹהִ֔ים נְשֵׁיהֶ֖ם בְּנֵיהֶ֣ם וּבְנֹתֵיהֶ֑ם כֹּ֖ל יוֹדֵ֥עַ מֵבִֽין׃‬ And the rest of the people, that is the priests, the Levites and the gatekeepers, the singers, the temple-servants, and everyone who had separated himself from the peoples of the various lands to the law of God, and their wives, their sons and their daughters – all who knew and understood –
Neh 10:30
Neh 10:29AV
‫מַחֲזִיקִ֣ים עַל־אֲחֵיהֶם֮ אַדִּירֵיהֶם֒ וּבָאִ֞ים בְּאָלָ֣ה וּבִשְׁבוּעָ֗ה לָלֶ֙כֶת֙ בְּתוֹרַ֣ת הָאֱלֹהִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֣ר נִתְּנָ֔ה בְּיַ֖ד מֹשֶׁ֣ה עֶֽבֶד־הָֽאֱלֹהִ֑ים וְלִשְׁמ֣וֹר וְלַעֲשׂ֗וֹת אֶת־כָּל־מִצְוֺת֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֲדֹנֵ֔ינוּ וּמִשְׁפָּטָ֖יו וְחֻקָּֽיו׃‬ joined up with their brothers, their nobles, and entered into a curse and an oath, to walk in the law of God, which was given through the intermediacy of Moses the servant of God, and to keep and do all the commandments of the Lord our Lord, and his ordinances and his statutes, intermediacy ← hand.
Neh 10:31
Neh 10:30AV
‫וַאֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹא־נִתֵּ֥ן בְּנֹתֵ֖ינוּ לְעַמֵּ֣י הָאָ֑רֶץ וְאֶת־בְּנֹ֣תֵיהֶ֔ם לֹ֥א נִקַּ֖ח לְבָנֵֽינוּ׃‬ and that we would not give our daughters to the various people of the land, and that we would not take their daughters for our sons.
Neh 10:32
Neh 10:31AV
‫וְעַמֵּ֣י הָאָ֡רֶץ הַֽמְבִיאִים֩ אֶת־הַמַּקָּח֨וֹת וְכָל־שֶׁ֜בֶר בְּי֤וֹם הַשַּׁבָּת֙ לִמְכּ֔וֹר לֹא־נִקַּ֥ח מֵהֶ֛ם בַּשַּׁבָּ֖ת וּבְי֣וֹם קֹ֑דֶשׁ וְנִטֹּ֛שׁ אֶת־הַשָּׁנָ֥ה הַשְּׁבִיעִ֖ית וּמַשָּׁ֥א כָל־יָֽד׃‬ And that as for the various peoples of the land who brought merchandise and any grain to sell on the Sabbath day, we would not accept anything from them on the Sabbath or on a holy day, and that we would leave the seventh year fallow, and waive the debt owed by every claimant. any ← all.

claimant ← hand.
Neh 10:33
Neh 10:32AV
‫וְהֶעֱמַ֤דְנוּ עָלֵ֙ינוּ֙ מִצְוֺ֔ת לָתֵ֥ת עָלֵ֛ינוּ שְׁלִשִׁ֥ית הַשֶּׁ֖קֶל בַּשָּׁנָ֑ה לַעֲבֹדַ֖ת בֵּ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ׃‬ And we instituted obligations on ourselves for us to be obliged to give a third of a shekel per year for the work of the house of our God, obligations ← commandments.

obliged ← on us.
Neh 10:34
Neh 10:33AV
‫לְלֶ֣חֶם הַֽמַּעֲרֶ֡כֶת וּמִנְחַ֣ת הַתָּמִ֣יד וּלְעוֹלַ֣ת הַ֠תָּמִיד הַשַּׁבָּת֨וֹת הֶחֳדָשִׁ֜ים לַמּוֹעֲדִ֗ים וְלַקֳּדָשִׁים֙ וְלַ֣חַטָּא֔וֹת לְכַפֵּ֖ר עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וְכֹ֖ל מְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ׃ ס‬ for the showbread and the perpetual meal-offering and the perpetual burnt offering, and the Sabbaths, and the new moons, for the festivals and for holy things, and for sin-offerings, to atone for Israel, and all the work of the house of our God.
Neh 10:35
Neh 10:34AV
‫וְהַגּוֹרָל֨וֹת הִפַּ֜לְנוּ עַל־קֻרְבַּ֣ן הָעֵצִ֗ים הַכֹּהֲנִ֣ים הַלְוִיִּם֮ וְהָעָם֒ לְ֠הָבִיא לְבֵ֨ית אֱלֹהֵ֧ינוּ לְבֵית־אֲבֹתֵ֛ינוּ לְעִתִּ֥ים מְזֻמָּנִ֖ים שָׁנָ֣ה בְשָׁנָ֑ה לְבַעֵ֗ר עַל־מִזְבַּח֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ כַּכָּת֖וּב בַּתּוֹרָֽה׃‬ And we – the priests, the Levites and the people – cast lots for the offering of wood, to bring it to the house of our God, to the house of our fathers, at appointed times, year by year, to burn on the altar of the Lord our God, as is written in the law,
Neh 10:36
Neh 10:35AV
‫וּלְהָבִ֞יא אֶת־בִּכּוּרֵ֣י אַדְמָתֵ֗נוּ וּבִכּוּרֵ֛י כָּל־פְּרִ֥י כָל־עֵ֖ץ שָׁנָ֣ה בְשָׁנָ֑ה לְבֵ֖ית יְהוָֽה׃‬ and to bring the firstfruits of our land, and the firstfruits of all the fruit of every tree, year by year, to the house of the Lord.
Neh 10:37
Neh 10:36AV
‫וְאֶת־בְּכֹר֤וֹת בָּנֵ֙ינוּ֙ וּבְהֶמְתֵּ֔ינוּ כַּכָּת֖וּב בַּתּוֹרָ֑ה וְאֶת־בְּכוֹרֵ֨י בְקָרֵ֜ינוּ וְצֹאנֵ֗ינוּ לְהָבִיא֙ לְבֵ֣ית אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ לַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים הַמְשָׁרְתִ֖ים בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ׃‬ And to bring the firstborn of our sons and our livestock, as is written in the law, (so the firstborn of our oxen and our sheep), to the house of our God, to the priests who serve in the house of our God.
Neh 10:38
Neh 10:37AV
‫וְאֶת־רֵאשִׁ֣ית עֲרִיסֹתֵ֣ינוּ וּ֠תְרוּמֹתֵינוּ וּפְרִ֨י כָל־עֵ֜ץ תִּיר֣וֹשׁ וְיִצְהָ֗ר נָבִ֤יא לַכֹּהֲנִים֙ אֶל־לִשְׁכ֣וֹת בֵּית־אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ וּמַעְשַׂ֥ר אַדְמָתֵ֖נוּ לַלְוִיִּ֑ם וְהֵם֙ הַלְוִיִּ֔ם הַֽמְעַשְּׂרִ֔ים בְּכֹ֖ל עָרֵ֥י עֲבֹדָתֵֽנוּ׃‬ And that we should bring the firstfruits of our grain, and our heave-offering, and the fruit of every tree, new wine and new oil, to the priests at the offices of the house of our God, and the tithes of our ground to the Levites, who are the very Levites who take tithes in all the cities where we work. grain ← crushed grain. Others, with AV, dough, but other firstfruits seem to be offered “unprocessed”.

at the offices ← to the offices. Pregnant usage of the preposition.

where we work ← of our work.
Neh 10:39
Neh 10:38AV
‫וְהָיָ֨ה הַכֹּהֵ֧ן בֶּֽן־אַהֲרֹ֛ן עִם־הַלְוִיִּ֖ם בַּעְשֵׂ֣ר הַלְוִיִּ֑ם וְהַלְוִיִּ֞ם יַעֲל֨וּ אֶת־מַעֲשַׂ֤ר הַֽמַּעֲשֵׂר֙ לְבֵ֣ית אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ אֶל־הַלְּשָׁכ֖וֹת לְבֵ֥ית הָאוֹצָֽר׃‬ And that the priest – a son of Aaron – would be with the Levites when the Levites take tithes, and that the Levites should bring a tenth of the tithes up to the house of our God, to the offices of the treasury. tenth of the tithes ← tithe of the tithes.
Neh 10:40
Neh 10:39AV
‫כִּ֣י אֶל־הַ֠לְּשָׁכוֹת יָבִ֨יאוּ בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל וּבְנֵ֣י הַלֵּוִ֗י אֶת־תְּרוּמַ֣ת הַדָּגָן֮ הַתִּיר֣וֹשׁ וְהַיִּצְהָר֒ וְשָׁם֙ כְּלֵ֣י הַמִּקְדָּ֔שׁ וְהַכֹּהֲנִים֙ הַמְשָׁ֣רְתִ֔ים וְהַשּׁוֹעֲרִ֖ים וְהַמְשֹׁרְרִ֑ים וְלֹ֥א נַעֲזֹ֖ב אֶת־בֵּ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ׃‬ For the sons of Israel and the sons of Levi will bring the heave-offering of the corn, the new wine and the new oil, to the offices where the equipment of the sanctuary is, and where the priests who serve and the gatekeepers and the singers are. And we will not neglect the house of our God. neglect: or, abandon.
Neh 11:1 ‫וַיֵּשְׁב֥וּ שָׂרֵֽי־הָעָ֖ם בִּירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם וּשְׁאָ֣ר הָ֠עָם הִפִּ֨ילוּ גוֹרָל֜וֹת לְהָבִ֣יא ׀ אֶחָ֣ד מִן־הָעֲשָׂרָ֗ה לָשֶׁ֙בֶת֙ בִּֽירוּשָׁלִַ֙ם֙ עִ֣יר הַקֹּ֔דֶשׁ וְתֵ֥שַׁע הַיָּד֖וֹת בֶּעָרִֽים׃‬ And the officials among the people lived in Jerusalem, but the rest of the people cast lots for bringing one in ten to live in Jerusalem – the holy city – whereas nine out of ten would be in the cities. This chapter corresponds very roughly to 1 Chronicles 9. We show parallel verses where some of the parallelism is evident.

among the people ← of the people.

for bringing: gerundial use of the infinitive.

holy city ← city of holiness, a Hebraic genitive.

nine out of tennine partsnine hands.
Neh 11:2 ‫וַֽיְבָרֲכ֖וּ הָעָ֑ם לְכֹל֙ הָֽאֲנָשִׁ֔ים הַמִּֽתְנַדְּבִ֔ים לָשֶׁ֖בֶת בִּירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃ פ‬ And the people blessed all the men who were willing to live in Jerusalem.
Neh 11:3 ‫וְאֵ֙לֶּה֙ רָאשֵׁ֣י הַמְּדִינָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָשְׁב֖וּ בִּירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם וּבְעָרֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֗ה יָֽשְׁב֞וּ אִ֤ישׁ בַּאֲחֻזָּתוֹ֙ בְּעָ֣רֵיהֶ֔ם יִשְׂרָאֵ֤ל הַכֹּהֲנִים֙ וְהַלְוִיִּ֣ם וְהַנְּתִינִ֔ים וּבְנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֥י שְׁלֹמֹֽה׃‬ And these were the heads of the province who lived in Jerusalem, whereas in the cities of Judah, each man lived on his estate in their cities, these people being Israel, the priests and the Levites and the temple-servants and the sons of Solomon's servants. || 1 Chr 9:2.
Neh 11:4 ‫וּבִֽירוּשָׁלִַ֙ם֙ יָֽשְׁב֔וּ מִבְּנֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה וּמִבְּנֵ֣י בִנְיָמִ֑ן מִבְּנֵ֣י יְ֠הוּדָה עֲתָיָ֨ה בֶן־עֻזִּיָּ֜ה בֶּן־זְכַרְיָ֧ה בֶן־אֲמַרְיָ֛ה בֶּן־שְׁפַטְיָ֥ה בֶן־מַהֲלַלְאֵ֖ל מִבְּנֵי־פָֽרֶץ׃‬ And in Jerusalem there lived some of the sons of Judah and some of the sons of Benjamin. Of the sons of Judah were Athaiah the son of Uzziah, the son of Zechariah, the son of Amariah, the son of Shephatiah, the son of Mahalaleel, he being of the sons of Perez, || 1 Chr 9:3, 1 Chr 9:4.

Mahalaleel: see Gn 5:12.

Perez: AV has Perez here. The same word as Pharez in Gn 38:29. In pause here too.
Neh 11:5 ‫וּמַעֲשֵׂיָ֣ה בֶן־בָּר֣וּךְ בֶּן־כָּל־חֹ֠זֶה בֶּן־חֲזָיָ֨ה בֶן־עֲדָיָ֧ה בֶן־יוֹיָרִ֛יב בֶּן־זְכַרְיָ֖ה בֶּן־הַשִּׁלֹנִֽי׃‬ and Maaseiah the son of Baruch the son of Col-hozeh, the son of Hazaiah, the son of Adaiah the son of Joiarib the son of Zechariah the son of Shiloni. || 1 Chr 9:5.

Shiloni ← Hashiloni, i.e. the Shilonite.
Neh 11:6 ‫כָּל־בְּנֵי־פֶ֕רֶץ הַיֹּשְׁבִ֖ים בִּירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֛וֹת שִׁשִּׁ֥ים וּשְׁמֹנָ֖ה אַנְשֵׁי־חָֽיִל׃ ס‬ All the sons of Perez who lived in Jerusalem amounted to four hundred and sixty-eight valiant men. valiant men ← men of valour, a Hebraic genitive.
Neh 11:7 ‫וְאֵ֖לֶּה בְּנֵ֣י בִנְיָמִ֑ן סַלֻּ֡א בֶּן־מְשֻׁלָּ֡ם בֶּן־יוֹעֵ֡ד בֶּן־פְּדָיָה֩ בֶן־ק֨וֹלָיָ֧ה בֶן־מַעֲשֵׂיָ֛ה בֶּן־אִֽיתִיאֵ֖ל בֶּן־יְשַֽׁעְיָֽה׃‬ And these were the sons of Benjamin: Sallu the son of Meshullam, the son of Joed, the son of Pedaiah, the son of Kolaiah, the son of Maaseiah, the son of Ithiel, the son of Isaiah, || 1 Chr 9:7.

Isaiah: AV= Jesaiah here. Compare Ezra 8:7.
Neh 11:8 ‫וְאַחֲרָ֖יו גַּבַּ֣י סַלָּ֑י תְּשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁמֹנָֽה׃‬ and after him, Gabbai and Sallai – nine hundred and twenty-eight in all. || 1 Chr 9:9.
Neh 11:9 ‫וְיוֹאֵ֥ל בֶּן־זִכְרִ֖י פָּקִ֣יד עֲלֵיהֶ֑ם וִיהוּדָ֧ה בֶן־הַסְּנוּאָ֛ה עַל־הָעִ֖יר מִשְׁנֶֽה׃ פ‬ And Joel the son of Zichri was superintendent over them, and Judah the son of Hassenuah was second in charge of the city. Hassenuah: AV= Senuah, dropping the Hebrew definite article.
Neh 11:10 ‫מִן־הַֽכֹּהֲנִ֑ים יְדַֽעְיָ֥ה בֶן־יוֹיָרִ֖יב יָכִֽין׃‬ From the priests were Jedaiah the son of Joiarib, Jachin, || 1 Chr 9:10.
Neh 11:11 ‫שְׂרָיָ֨ה בֶן־חִלְקִיָּ֜ה בֶּן־מְשֻׁלָּ֣ם בֶּן־צָד֗וֹק בֶּן־מְרָיוֹת֙ בֶּן־אֲחִיט֔וּב נְגִ֖ד בֵּ֥ית הָאֱלֹהִֽים׃‬ Seraiah the son of Hilkiah the son of Meshullam, the son of Zadok, the son of Meraioth, the son of Ahitub – the leader in the house of God – || 1 Chr 9:11.

in the house of God ← of the house of God. Wider use of the construct state.
Neh 11:12 ‫וַאֲחֵיהֶ֗ם עֹשֵׂ֤י הַמְּלָאכָה֙ לַבַּ֔יִת שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת עֶשְׂרִ֣ים וּשְׁנָ֑יִם וַ֠עֲדָיָה בֶּן־יְרֹחָ֤ם בֶּן־פְּלַלְיָה֙ בֶּן־אַמְצִ֣י בֶן־זְכַרְיָ֔ה בֶּן־פַּשְׁח֖וּר בֶּן־מַלְכִּיָּֽה׃‬ with their brothers who carried out the work on the house who were eight hundred and twenty-two in number, and Adaiah the son of Jeroham, the son of Pelaliah, the son of Amzi, the son of Zechariah, the son of Pashur, the son of Malchiah, || 1 Chr 9:12.

with ← and.

Pashur: see Ezra 2:38.
Neh 11:13 ‫וְאֶחָיו֙ רָאשִׁ֣ים לְאָב֔וֹת מָאתַ֖יִם אַרְבָּעִ֣ים וּשְׁנָ֑יִם וַעֲמַשְׁסַ֧י בֶּן־עֲזַרְאֵ֛ל בֶּן־אַחְזַ֥י בֶּן־מְשִׁלֵּמ֖וֹת בֶּן־אִמֵּֽר׃‬ and his brothers the paternal heads – two hundred and forty-two in number – and Amashsai the son of Azareel, the son of Ahazai, the son of Meshillemoth, the son of Immer, Amashsai: AV= Amashai.

Azareel: see Ezra 10:41.

Ahazai: AV= Ahasai.
Neh 11:14 ‫וַאֲחֵיהֶם֙ גִּבּ֣וֹרֵי חַ֔יִל מֵאָ֖ה עֶשְׂרִ֣ים וּשְׁמֹנָ֑ה וּפָקִ֣יד עֲלֵיהֶ֔ם זַבְדִּיאֵ֖ל בֶּן־הַגְּדוֹלִֽים׃ ס‬ and their brothers – valiant warriors – one hundred and twenty-eight in number. And the superintendent over them was Zabdiel, a son of the great ones. the great ones: probably referring to some great family line.
Neh 11:15 ‫וּמִֽן־הַלְוִיִּ֑ם שְׁמַעְיָ֧ה בֶן־חַשּׁ֛וּב בֶּן־עַזְרִיקָ֥ם בֶּן־חֲשַׁבְיָ֖ה בֶּן־בּוּנִּֽי׃‬ And from the Levites were Shemaiah the son of Hashub, the son of Azrikam, the son of Hashabiah, the son of Bunni. || 1 Chr 9:14.

Hashub ← Hashshub, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.
Neh 11:16 ‫וְשַׁבְּתַ֨י וְיוֹזָבָ֜ד עַל־הַמְּלָאכָ֤ה הַחִֽיצֹנָה֙ לְבֵ֣ית הָאֱלֹהִ֔ים מֵרָאשֵׁ֖י הַלְוִיִּֽם׃‬ And Shabbetai and Jozabad from the heads of the Levites were in charge of the exterior work on the house of God.
Neh 11:17 ‫וּמַתַּנְיָ֣ה בֶן־מִ֠יכָה בֶּן־זַבְדִּ֨י בֶן־אָסָ֜ף רֹ֗אשׁ הַתְּחִלָּה֙ יְהוֹדֶ֣ה לַתְּפִלָּ֔ה וּבַקְבֻּקְיָ֖ה מִשְׁנֶ֣ה מֵאֶחָ֑יו וְעַבְדָּא֙ בֶּן־שַׁמּ֔וּעַ בֶּן־גָּלָ֖ל בֶּן־*ידיתון **יְדוּתֽוּן׃‬ And Mattaniah the son of Micah, the son of Zabdi, the son of Asaph was head; at the start he would give thanks at the time of prayer, and Bakbukiah was assistant head among his brothers, with Abda the son of Shammua, the son of Galal, the son of {Q: Jeduthun} [K: Jedithun]. || 1 Chr 9:15, 1 Chr 9:16.

Micah: AV= Micha here, but not for the same name in Mic 1:1.

assistant head ← second.

with Abda ← and Abda.
Neh 11:18 ‫כָּל־הַלְוִיִּם֙ בְּעִ֣יר הַקֹּ֔דֶשׁ מָאתַ֖יִם שְׁמֹנִ֥ים וְאַרְבָּעָֽה׃ פ‬ All the Levites in the holy city were two hundred and eighty-four in number. holy city: see Neh 11:1.
Neh 11:19 ‫וְהַשּֽׁוֹעֲרִים֙ עַקּ֣וּב טַלְמ֔וֹן וַאֲחֵיהֶ֖ם הַשֹּׁמְרִ֣ים בַּשְּׁעָרִ֑ים מֵאָ֖ה שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃‬ And the gatekeepers, Akkub and Talmon and their brothers who guarded the gates were one hundred and seventy-two in number. || 1 Chr 9:17.
Neh 11:20 ‫וּשְׁאָ֨ר יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל הַכֹּהֲנִ֤ים הַלְוִיִּם֙ בְּכָל־עָרֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה אִ֖ישׁ בְּנַחֲלָתֽוֹ׃‬ And the rest of Israel, the priests and the Levites, were in all the cities of Judah, each in his inheritance.
Neh 11:21 ‫וְהַנְּתִינִ֖ים יֹשְׁבִ֣ים בָּעֹ֑פֶל וְצִיחָ֥א וְגִשְׁפָּ֖א עַל־הַנְּתִינִֽים׃ פ‬ And the temple-servants lived in Ophel; and Ziha and Gispa were in charge of the temple-servants. Gispa ← Gishpa, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.
Neh 11:22 ‫וּפְקִ֤יד הַלְוִיִּם֙ בִּיר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם עֻזִּ֤י בֶן־בָּנִי֙ בֶּן־חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה בֶּן־מַתַּנְיָ֖ה בֶּן־מִיכָ֑א מִבְּנֵ֤י אָסָף֙ הַמְשֹׁ֣רְרִ֔ים לְנֶ֖גֶד מְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־הָאֱלֹהִֽים׃‬ And the overseer of the Levites in Jerusalem was Uzzi the son of Bani, the son of Hashabiah, the son of Mattaniah, the son of Micha. The singers were from the sons of Asaph, appointed for the work of the house of God. appointed for ← appointed over against.
Neh 11:23 ‫כִּֽי־מִצְוַ֥ת הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ עֲלֵיהֶ֑ם וַאֲמָנָ֥ה עַל־הַמְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים דְּבַר־י֥וֹם בְּיוֹמֽוֹ׃‬ For a commandment from the king had been imposed on them, as had an obligation on the singers as a daily undertaking. undertaking ← thing.
Neh 11:24 ‫וּפְתַֽחְיָ֨ה בֶּן־מְשֵֽׁיזַבְאֵ֜ל מִבְּנֵי־זֶ֤רַח בֶּן־יְהוּדָה֙ לְיַ֣ד הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ לְכָל־דָּבָ֖ר לָעָֽם׃‬ And Pethahiah the son of Meshezabeel from the sons of Zerah the son of Judah was at the king's side in every matter of the people. Meshezabeel: see Neh 3:4.
Neh 11:25 ‫וְאֶל־הַחֲצֵרִ֖ים בִּשְׂדֹתָ֑ם מִבְּנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֗ה יָֽשְׁב֞וּ בְּקִרְיַ֤ת הָֽאַרְבַּע֙ וּבְנֹתֶ֔יהָ וּבְדִיבֹן֙ וּבְנֹתֶ֔יהָ וּבִֽיקַּבְצְאֵ֖ל וַחֲצֵרֶֽיהָ׃‬ And some of the sons of Judah lived in the outlying areas in the country, in Kirjath-arba and its satellite villages, and in Dibon and its satellite villages, and in Jekabzeel and its outlying areas, country ← fields.

Kirjath-arba ← the Kirjath-arba.
Neh 11:26 ‫וּבְיֵשׁ֥וּעַ וּבְמוֹלָדָ֖ה וּבְבֵ֥ית פָּֽלֶט׃‬ and in Jeshua and in Moladah and in Beth-pelet, Jeshua: see 1 Chr 24:11.

Beth-pelet: AV= Beth-phelet.
Neh 11:27 ‫וּבַחֲצַ֥ר שׁוּעָ֛ל וּבִבְאֵ֥ר שֶׁ֖בַע וּבְנֹתֶֽיהָ׃‬ and in Hazar-shual and in Beer-sheba and its satellite villages,
Neh 11:28 ‫וּבְצִֽקְלַ֥ג וּבִמְכֹנָ֖ה וּבִבְנֹתֶֽיהָ׃‬ and in Ziklag and in Mekonah and its satellite villages,
Neh 11:29 ‫וּבְעֵ֥ין רִמּ֛וֹן וּבְצָרְעָ֖ה וּבְיַרְמֽוּת׃‬ and in En-rimmon and in Zareah and in Jarmuth,
Neh 11:30 ‫זָנֹ֤חַ עֲדֻלָּם֙ וְחַצְרֵיהֶ֔ם לָכִישׁ֙ וּשְׂדֹתֶ֔יהָ עֲזֵקָ֖ה וּבְנֹתֶ֑יהָ וַיַּחֲנ֥וּ מִבְּאֵֽר־שֶׁ֖בַע עַד־גֵּֽיא־הִנֹּֽם׃‬ Zanoah, Adullam and their outlying areas, Lachish and its countryside, and Azekah and its satellite villages. And they encamped in places from Beer-sheba to the Valley of Hinnom. Valley of Hinnom: see Josh 15:8.
Neh 11:31 ‫וּבְנֵ֥י בִנְיָמִ֖ן מִגָּ֑בַע מִכְמָ֣שׂ וְעַיָּ֔ה וּבֵֽית־אֵ֖ל וּבְנֹתֶֽיהָ׃‬ And the sons of Benjamin from Geba lived in Michmash and Aija and Beth-el and its satellite villages, Michmash: see 1 Sam 13:2.

Aija ← Aijah, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.
Neh 11:32 ‫עֲנָת֥וֹת נֹ֖ב עֲנָֽנְיָֽה׃‬ and in Anathoth, Nob, Ananiah,
Neh 11:33 ‫חָצ֥וֹר ׀ רָמָ֖ה גִּתָּֽיִם׃‬ Hazor, Ramah, Gittaim,
Neh 11:34 ‫חָדִ֥יד צְבֹעִ֖ים נְבַלָּֽט׃‬ Hadid, Zeboim, Neballat,
Neh 11:35 ‫לֹ֥ד וְאוֹנ֖וֹ גֵּ֥י הַחֲרָשִֽׁים׃‬ Lod, and Ono and the Valley of the Craftsmen.
Neh 11:36 ‫וּמִן־הַלְוִיִּ֔ם מַחְלְק֥וֹת יְהוּדָ֖ה לְבִנְיָמִֽין׃ פ‬ And among the Levites were divisions of Judah assigned to Benjamin. among the Levites ← from the Levites.
Neh 12:1 ‫וְאֵ֙לֶּה֙ הַכֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְהַלְוִיִּ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָל֛וּ עִם־זְרֻבָּבֶ֥ל בֶּן־שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵ֖ל וְיֵשׁ֑וּעַ שְׂרָיָ֥ה יִרְמְיָ֖ה עֶזְרָֽא׃‬ And these are the priests and the Levites who went up with Zerubbabel the son of Shealtiel, and Jeshua: Seraiah, Jeremiah, Ezra, Jeshua: see 1 Chr 24:11.
Neh 12:2 ‫אֲמַרְיָ֥ה מַלּ֖וּךְ חַטּֽוּשׁ׃‬ Amariah, Malluch, Hattush,
Neh 12:3 ‫שְׁכַנְיָ֥ה רְחֻ֖ם מְרֵמֹֽת׃‬ Shechaniah, Rehum, Meremoth,
Neh 12:4 ‫עִדּ֥וֹא גִנְּת֖וֹי אֲבִיָּֽה׃‬ Iddo, Ginnethoi, Abijah, Ginnethoi: AV= Ginnetho, ignoring the (unusual) o-i diphthong.
Neh 12:5 ‫מִיָּמִ֥ין מַֽעַדְיָ֖ה בִּלְגָּֽה׃‬ Miamin, Maadiah, Bilgah,
Neh 12:6 ‫שְׁמַֽעְיָ֥ה וְיוֹיָרִ֖יב יְדַֽעְיָֽה׃‬ Shemaiah and Joiarib, Jedaiah,
Neh 12:7 ‫סַלּ֣וּ עָמ֔וֹק חִלְקִיָּ֖ה יְדַֽעְיָ֑ה אֵ֣לֶּה רָאשֵׁ֧י הַכֹּהֲנִ֛ים וַאֲחֵיהֶ֖ם בִּימֵ֥י יֵשֽׁוּעַ׃ פ‬ Sallu, Amok, Hilkiah and Jedaiah. These were the heads of the priests and their brothers in the days of Jeshua. Jeshua: see 1 Chr 24:11.
Neh 12:8 ‫וְהַלְוִיִּ֗ם יֵשׁ֧וּעַ בִּנּ֛וּי קַדְמִיאֵ֥ל שֵׁרֵבְיָ֖ה יְהוּדָ֣ה מַתַּנְיָ֑ה עַֽל־הֻיְּד֖וֹת ה֥וּא וְאֶחָֽיו׃‬ And the Levites were Jeshua, Binnui, Kadmiel, Sherebiah, Judah, and Mattaniah who was in charge of songs of praise – he and his brothers – Jeshua: see 1 Chr 24:11.
Neh 12:9 ‫וּבַקְבֻּֽקְיָ֨ה *וענו **וְעֻנִּ֧י אֲחֵיהֶ֛ם לְנֶגְדָּ֖ם לְמִשְׁמָרֽוֹת׃‬ and Bakbukiah and {Q: Unni} [K: Unno], their brothers, corresponding to them in guard duties.
Neh 12:10 ‫וְיֵשׁ֖וּעַ הוֹלִ֣יד אֶת־יֽוֹיָקִ֑ים וְיֽוֹיָקִים֙ הוֹלִ֣יד אֶת־אֶלְיָשִׁ֔יב וְאֶלְיָשִׁ֖יב אֶת־יוֹיָדָֽע׃‬ Now Jeshua begot Joiakim, and Joiakim begot Eliashib, and Eliashib begot Joiada, Jeshua: see 1 Chr 24:11.
Neh 12:11 ‫וְיוֹיָדָע֙ הוֹלִ֣יד אֶת־יוֹנָתָ֔ן וְיוֹנָתָ֖ן הוֹלִ֥יד אֶת־יַדּֽוּעַ׃‬ and Joiada begot Jonathan, and Jonathan begot Jaddua.
Neh 12:12 ‫וּבִימֵי֙ יֽוֹיָקִ֔ים הָי֥וּ כֹהֲנִ֖ים רָאשֵׁ֣י הָאָב֑וֹת לִשְׂרָיָ֣ה מְרָיָ֔ה לְיִרְמְיָ֖ה חֲנַנְיָֽה׃‬ And in the days of Joiakim, the priests – the paternal heads – were: in Seraiah's line, Meraiah; in Jeremiah's line, Hananiah; in Seraiah's lineto Seraiah. Similarly in the verses following.
Neh 12:13 ‫לְעֶזְרָ֣א מְשֻׁלָּ֔ם לַאֲמַרְיָ֖ה יְהוֹחָנָֽן׃‬ in Ezra's line, Meshullam; in Amariah's line, Jehohanan;
Neh 12:14 ‫*למלוכי **לִמְלִ֙יכוּ֙ יֽוֹנָתָ֔ן לִשְׁבַנְיָ֖ה יוֹסֵֽף׃‬ in {Q: Melicu's} [K: Melucu's] line, Jonathan; in Shebaniah's line, Joseph;
Neh 12:15 ‫לְחָרִ֣ם עַדְנָ֔א לִמְרָי֖וֹת חֶלְקָֽי׃‬ in Harim's line, Adna; in Meraioth's line, Helkai;
Neh 12:16 ‫*לעדיא **לְעִדּ֥וֹא זְכַרְיָ֖ה לְגִנְּת֥וֹן מְשֻׁלָּֽם׃‬ in {Q: Iddo's} [K: Iddi's] line, Zechariah; in Ginnethon's line, Meshullam;
Neh 12:17 ‫לַאֲבִיָּ֖ה זִכְרִ֑י לְמִ֨נְיָמִ֔ין לְמוֹעַדְיָ֖ה פִּלְטָֽי׃‬ in Abijah's line, Zichri; in Miniamin's line, in Moadiah's line, Piltai;
Neh 12:18 ‫לְבִלְגָּ֣ה שַׁמּ֔וּעַ לִֽשְׁמַעְיָ֖ה יְהוֹנָתָֽן׃‬ in Bilgah's line, Shammua; in Shemaiah's line, Jonathan; Jonathan: AV= Jehonathan here, as MT.
Neh 12:19 ‫וּלְיוֹיָרִ֣יב מַתְּנַ֔י לִֽידַֽעְיָ֖ה עֻזִּֽי׃‬ in Joiarib's line, Mattenai; in Jedaiah's line, Uzzi;
Neh 12:20 ‫לְסַלַּ֥י קַלָּ֖י לְעָמ֥וֹק עֵֽבֶר׃‬ in Sallai's line, Kallai; in Amok's line, Eber;
Neh 12:21 ‫לְחִלְקִיָּ֣ה חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה לִֽידַֽעְיָ֖ה נְתַנְאֵֽל׃‬ in Hilkiah's line, Hashabiah; and in Jedaiah's line, Nethaneel. Nethaneel: see Nu 1:8.
Neh 12:22 ‫הַלְוִיִּם֩ בִּימֵ֨י אֶלְיָשִׁ֜יב יוֹיָדָ֤ע וְיוֹחָנָן֙ וְיַדּ֔וּעַ כְּתוּבִ֖ים רָאשֵׁ֣י אָב֑וֹת וְהַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים עַל־מַלְכ֖וּת דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ הַפָּֽרְסִֽי׃ פ‬ In the days of Eliashib, Joiada and Johanan and Jaddua, the Levites were registered as paternal heads, and the priests were registered in the kingdom of Darius the Persian. registered ← written.

kingdom: or, realm.
Neh 12:23 ‫בְּנֵ֤י לֵוִי֙ רָאשֵׁ֣י הָֽאָב֔וֹת כְּתוּבִ֕ים עַל־סֵ֖פֶר דִּבְרֵ֣י הַיָּמִ֑ים וְעַד־יְמֵ֖י יֽוֹחָנָ֥ן בֶּן־אֶלְיָשִֽׁיב׃‬ The sons of Levi – the paternal heads – were written in the Book of Chronicles, up to the days of Johanan the son of Eliashib.
Neh 12:24 ‫וְרָאשֵׁ֣י הַ֠לְוִיִּם חֲשַׁבְיָ֨ה שֵֽׁרֵבְיָ֜ה וְיֵשׁ֤וּעַ בֶּן־קַדְמִיאֵל֙ וַאֲחֵיהֶ֣ם לְנֶגְדָּ֔ם לְהַלֵּ֣ל לְהוֹד֔וֹת בְּמִצְוַ֖ת דָּוִ֣יד אִישׁ־הָאֱלֹהִ֑ים מִשְׁמָ֖ר לְעֻמַּ֥ת מִשְׁמָֽר׃‬ And the heads of the Levites were: Hashabiah, Sherebiah and Jeshua the son of Kadmiel, and their brothers corresponding to them to praise and to give thanks in fulfilment of the commandment of David the man of God, one duty alongside another. Jeshua: see 1 Chr 24:11.

one duty alongside another ← duty opposite duty.
Neh 12:25 ‫מַתַּנְיָ֧ה וּבַקְבֻּֽקְיָ֛ה עֹבַדְיָ֥ה מְשֻׁלָּ֖ם טַלְמ֣וֹן עַקּ֑וּב שֹׁמְרִ֤ים שֽׁוֹעֲרִים֙ מִשְׁמָ֔ר בַּאֲסֻפֵּ֖י הַשְּׁעָרִֽים׃‬ Mattaniah and Bakbukiah, Obadiah, Meshullam, Talmon and Akkub were guards gatekeeping, in a watch at the gate storehouses.
Neh 12:26 ‫אֵ֕לֶּה בִּימֵ֛י יוֹיָקִ֥ים בֶּן־יֵשׁ֖וּעַ בֶּן־יוֹצָדָ֑ק וּבִימֵי֙ נְחֶמְיָ֣ה הַפֶּחָ֔ה וְעֶזְרָ֥א הַכֹּהֵ֖ן הַסּוֹפֵֽר׃ פ‬ These were in the days of Joiakim the son of Jeshua the son of Jozadak, and in the days of Nehemiah the governor, and Ezra the priest and scribe. Jeshua: see 1 Chr 24:11.
Neh 12:27 ‫וּבַחֲנֻכַּ֞ת חוֹמַ֣ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֗ם בִּקְשׁ֤וּ אֶת־הַלְוִיִּם֙ מִכָּל־מְק֣וֹמֹתָ֔ם לַהֲבִיאָ֖ם לִֽירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם לַעֲשֹׂ֨ת חֲנֻכָּ֤ה וְשִׂמְחָה֙ וּבְתוֹד֣וֹת וּבְשִׁ֔יר מְצִלְתַּ֖יִם נְבָלִ֥ים וּבְכִנֹּרֽוֹת׃‬ At the dedication of the wall of Jerusalem, they looked for the Levites in all their places, so as to bring them to Jerusalem, to celebrate the dedication and festivity, with both thanksgiving and song, with timbrels and lutes and with harps. in all their places ← from all their places.
Neh 12:28 ‫וַיֵּאָ֣סְפ֔וּ בְּנֵ֖י הַמְשֹׁרְרִ֑ים וּמִן־הַכִּכָּר֙ סְבִיב֣וֹת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֔ם וּמִן־חַצְרֵ֖י נְטֹפָתִֽי׃‬ And the sons of the singers were gathered, both from the adjoining tract around Jerusalem, and from the outlying villages of Netophathi,
Neh 12:29 ‫וּמִבֵּית֙ הַגִּלְגָּ֔ל וּמִשְּׂד֥וֹת גֶּ֖בַע וְעַזְמָ֑וֶת כִּ֣י חֲצֵרִ֗ים בָּנ֤וּ לָהֶם֙ הַמְשֹׁ֣רֲרִ֔ים סְבִיב֖וֹת יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם׃‬ and from the house of Gilgal and from the fields of Geba and Azmaveth, for the singers had built themselves outlying villages around Jerusalem. Gilgal ← the Gilgal.
Neh 12:30 ‫וַיִּֽטַּהֲר֔וּ הַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים וְהַלְוִיִּ֑ם וַֽיְטַהֲרוּ֙ אֶת־הָעָ֔ם וְאֶת־הַשְּׁעָרִ֖ים וְאֶֽת־הַחוֹמָֽה׃‬ And the priests and the Levites purified themselves, and they purified the people, and the gates, and the wall.
Neh 12:31 ‫וָאַעֲלֶה֙ אֶת־שָׂרֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה מֵעַ֖ל לַחוֹמָ֑ה וָאַעֲמִ֡ידָה שְׁתֵּ֣י תוֹדֹת֩ גְּדוֹלֹ֨ת וְתַהֲלֻכֹ֤ת לַיָּמִין֙ מֵעַ֣ל לַחוֹמָ֔ה לְשַׁ֖עַר הָאַשְׁפֹּֽת׃‬ And I brought the officials of Judah up above the wall, and I organized two great thanksgiving processions, and processions to the right above the wall towards the Dung Gate.
Neh 12:32 ‫וַיֵּ֤לֶךְ אַחֲרֵיהֶם֙ הוֹשַׁ֣עְיָ֔ה וַחֲצִ֖י שָׂרֵ֥י יְהוּדָֽה׃‬ And after them came Hoshaiah and half the officials of Judah,
Neh 12:33 ‫וַעֲזַרְיָ֥ה עֶזְרָ֖א וּמְשֻׁלָּֽם׃‬ and Azariah, Ezra and Meshullam,
Neh 12:34 ‫יְהוּדָה֙ וּבִנְיָמִ֔ן וּֽשְׁמַֽעְיָ֖ה וְיִרְמְיָֽה׃ ס‬ Judah and Benjamin and Shemaiah and Jeremiah,
Neh 12:35 ‫וּמִבְּנֵ֥י הַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים בַּחֲצֹצְר֑וֹת זְכַרְיָ֨ה בֶן־יֽוֹנָתָ֜ן בֶּן־שְׁמַֽעְיָ֗ה בֶּן־מַתַּנְיָה֙ בֶּן־מִ֣יכָיָ֔ה בֶּן־זַכּ֖וּר בֶּן־אָסָֽף׃‬ and some of the sons of the priests, with trumpets, namely Zechariah the son of Jonathan, the son of Shemaiah, the son of Mattaniah, the son of Micaiah, the son of Zaccur, the son of Asaph, Micaiah: AV= Michaiah here; more commonly Micaiah for this name.
Neh 12:36 ‫וְֽאֶחָ֡יו שְֽׁמַעְיָ֡ה וַעֲזַרְאֵ֡ל מִֽלֲלַ֡י גִּֽלֲלַ֡י מָעַ֞י נְתַנְאֵ֤ל וִֽיהוּדָה֙ חֲנָ֔נִי בִּכְלֵי־שִׁ֥יר דָּוִ֖יד אִ֣ישׁ הָאֱלֹהִ֑ים וְעֶזְרָ֥א הַסּוֹפֵ֖ר לִפְנֵיהֶֽם׃‬ and his brothers, Shemaiah and Azarael, Milalai, Gilalai, Maai, Nethaneel and Judah and Hanani, with the musical instruments of David the man of God. And Ezra the scribe went before them. Azarael ← Azar'el, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.

Nethaneel: see 1 Chr 15:24.
Neh 12:37 ‫וְעַל֩ שַׁ֨עַר הָעַ֜יִן וְנֶגְדָּ֗ם עָלוּ֙ עַֽל־מַעֲלוֹת֙ עִ֣יר דָּוִ֔יד בַּֽמַּעֲלֶ֖ה לַחוֹמָ֑ה מֵעַל֙ לְבֵ֣ית דָּוִ֔יד וְעַ֛ד שַׁ֥עַר הַמַּ֖יִם מִזְרָֽח׃‬ And at the Fount Gate, which was opposite them, they went up the steps of the City of David, at the ascent of the wall above David's house, up to the Water Gate to the east.
Neh 12:38 ‫וְהַתּוֹדָ֧ה הַשֵּׁנִ֛ית הַהוֹלֶ֥כֶת לְמ֖וֹאל וַאֲנִ֣י אַחֲרֶ֑יהָ וַחֲצִ֨י הָעָ֜ם מֵעַ֣ל לְהַחוֹמָ֗ה מֵעַל֙ לְמִגְדַּ֣ל הַתַּנּוּרִ֔ים וְעַ֖ד הַחוֹמָ֥ה הָרְחָבָֽה׃‬ And the second thanksgiving procession went in the opposite direction, and I followed it. And half the people were above the wall, above the tower of furnaces, as far as the Broad Wall, followed ← (went) after.
Neh 12:39 ‫וּמֵעַ֣ל לְשַֽׁעַר־אֶ֠פְרַיִם וְעַל־שַׁ֨עַר הַיְשָׁנָ֜ה וְעַל־שַׁ֣עַר הַדָּגִ֗ים וּמִגְדַּ֤ל חֲנַנְאֵל֙ וּמִגְדַּ֣ל הַמֵּאָ֔ה וְעַ֖ד שַׁ֣עַר הַצֹּ֑אן וְעָ֣מְד֔וּ בְּשַׁ֖עַר הַמַּטָּרָֽה׃‬ and above the Ephraim Gate, and on the Old Gate, and on the Fish Gate, and the tower of Hananeel and the Tower of the Hundred, and as far as the Sheep Gate, and they stood at the Prison Gate. Hananeel: see Neh 3:1.

Tower of the Hundred: see Neh 3:1.
Neh 12:40 ‫וַֽתַּעֲמֹ֛דְנָה שְׁתֵּ֥י הַתּוֹדֹ֖ת בְּבֵ֣ית הָאֱלֹהִ֑ים וַאֲנִ֕י וַחֲצִ֥י הַסְּגָנִ֖ים עִמִּֽי׃‬ And the two thanksgiving processions stopped at the house of God, as did I and the half of the officials who were with me,
Neh 12:41 ‫וְהַכֹּהֲנִ֡ים אֶלְיָקִ֡ים מַעֲשֵׂיָ֡ה מִ֠נְיָמִין מִיכָיָ֧ה אֶלְיוֹעֵינַ֛י זְכַרְיָ֥ה חֲנַנְיָ֖ה בַּחֲצֹצְרֽוֹת׃‬ and the priests, namely Eliakim, Maaseiah, Miniamin, Micaiah, Elioenai, Zechariah and Hananiah, with trumpets, Micaiah: AV= Michaiah here; more commonly Micaiah for this name.
Neh 12:42 ‫וּמַעֲשֵׂיָ֨ה וּֽשְׁמַֽעְיָ֜ה וְאֶלְעָזָ֧ר וְעֻזִּ֛י וִֽיהוֹחָנָ֥ן וּמַלְכִּיָּ֖ה וְעֵילָ֣ם וָעָ֑זֶר וַיַּשְׁמִ֙יעוּ֙ הַמְשֹׁ֣רְרִ֔ים וְיִֽזְרַחְיָ֖ה הַפָּקִֽיד׃‬ and Maaseiah and Shemaiah and Eleazar and Uzzi and Jehohanan and Malchijah and Elam and Ezer. And the singers made themselves heard, and Jezrahiah was the choirmaster. Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.

Jezrahiah ← Jizrahiah, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.
Neh 12:43 ‫וַיִּזְבְּח֣וּ בַיּוֹם־הַ֠הוּא זְבָחִ֨ים גְּדוֹלִ֜ים וַיִּשְׂמָ֗חוּ כִּ֤י הָאֱלֹהִים֙ שִׂמְּחָם֙ שִׂמְחָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה וְגַ֧ם הַנָּשִׁ֛ים וְהַיְלָדִ֖ים שָׂמֵ֑חוּ וַתִּשָּׁמַ֛ע שִׂמְחַ֥ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם מֵרָחֽוֹק׃‬ And on that day they offered great sacrifices and rejoiced, for God gave them great joy, and the women and children also rejoiced, and the rejoicing in Jerusalem was heard at a distance. offered ← sacrificed.

gave them great joy ← made them rejoice (with) great joy.

in Jerusalem ← of Jerusalem.
Neh 12:44 ‫וַיִּפָּקְד֣וּ בַיּוֹם֩ הַה֨וּא אֲנָשִׁ֜ים עַל־הַנְּשָׁכ֗וֹת לָא֨וֹצָר֥וֹת לַתְּרוּמוֹת֮ לָרֵאשִׁ֣ית וְלַמַּֽעַשְׂרוֹת֒ לִכְנ֨וֹס בָּהֶ֜ם לִשְׂדֵ֤י הֶעָרִים֙ מְנָא֣וֹת הַתּוֹרָ֔ה לַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים וְלַלְוִיִּ֑ם כִּ֚י שִׂמְחַ֣ת יְהוּדָ֔ה עַל־הַכֹּהֲנִ֥ים וְעַל־הַלְוִיִּ֖ם הָעֹמְדִֽים׃‬ And on that day men were appointed over the treasury office rooms for the heave-offerings, the firstfruits, and the tithes, to collect through them the contributions of the outlying fields of the cities specified in the law, for the priests and the Levites. For it was Judah's joy for the priests and the Levites, and the Levites who stood serving. through them: i.e. through their agency. Alternatively, in them, referring to the offices, but that would be discordant in gender, although that is not uncommon in Hebrew.
Neh 12:45 ‫וַֽיִּשְׁמְר֞וּ מִשְׁמֶ֤רֶת אֱלֹֽהֵיהֶם֙ וּמִשְׁמֶ֣רֶת הַֽטָּהֳרָ֔ה וְהַמְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים וְהַשֹּׁעֲרִ֑ים כְּמִצְוַ֥ת דָּוִ֖יד שְׁלֹמֹ֥ה בְנֽוֹ׃‬ And both the singers and the gatekeepers kept the observance of their God and the observance of purification, according to the commandment of David and Solomon his son.
Neh 12:46 ‫כִּֽי־בִימֵ֥י דָוִ֛יד וְאָסָ֖ף מִקֶּ֑דֶם *ראש **רָאשֵׁי֙ הַמְשֹׁ֣רְרִ֔ים וְשִׁיר־תְּהִלָּ֥ה וְהֹד֖וֹת לֵֽאלֹהִֽים׃‬ For back in the former days of David and Asaph there {K: was a head} [Q: were heads] over the singers, and singing in praise and thanksgiving to God.
Neh 12:47 ‫וְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵל֩ בִּימֵ֨י זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל וּבִימֵ֣י נְחֶמְיָ֗ה נֹֽתְנִ֛ים מְנָי֛וֹת הַמְשֹׁרְרִ֥ים וְהַשֹּׁעֲרִ֖ים דְּבַר־י֣וֹם בְּיוֹמ֑וֹ וּמַקְדִּשִׁים֙ לַלְוִיִּ֔ם וְהַלְוִיִּ֔ם מַקְדִּשִׁ֖ים לִבְנֵ֥י אַהֲרֹֽן׃ פ‬ And all Israel in the days of Zerubbabel and in the days of Nehemiah would give contributions for the singers and the gatekeepers, as a daily undertaking, and they sanctified them to the Levites, and the Levites sanctified them to the sons of Aaron.
Neh 13:1 ‫בַּיּ֣וֹם הַה֗וּא נִקְרָ֛א בְּסֵ֥פֶר מֹשֶׁ֖ה בְּאָזְנֵ֣י הָעָ֑ם וְנִמְצָא֙ כָּת֣וּב בּ֔וֹ אֲ֠שֶׁר לֹא־יָב֨וֹא עַמֹּנִ֧י וּמֹאָבִ֛י בִּקְהַ֥ל הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים עַד־עוֹלָֽם׃‬ On that day there was a reading from the book of Moses with the people hearing, and there was found written in it that no Ammonite or Moabite should ever come into the convocation of God. there was a reading from ← it was read in.

with the people hearing ← in the ears of the people.

Ammonite or Moabite: masculine.

ever ← up to the age.
Neh 13:2 ‫כִּ֣י לֹ֧א קִדְּמ֛וּ אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בַּלֶּ֣חֶם וּבַמָּ֑יִם וַיִּשְׂכֹּ֨ר עָלָ֤יו אֶת־בִּלְעָם֙ לְקַֽלְל֔וֹ וַיַּהֲפֹ֧ךְ אֱלֹהֵ֛ינוּ הַקְּלָלָ֖ה לִבְרָכָֽה׃‬ For they did not meet the sons of Israel with bread and water, and they hired Balaam against them to curse them, but our God turned the curse into a blessing. bread: standing for food in general. See 1 Sam 28:22, 1 Sam 28:24 for what a piece of bread stands for.

Balaam: see Nu 22:5.
Neh 13:3 ‫וַיְהִ֖י כְּשָׁמְעָ֣ם אֶת־הַתּוֹרָ֑ה וַיַּבְדִּ֥ילוּ כָל־עֵ֖רֶב מִיִּשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ And it came to pass when they heard the law that they separated every foreigner from Israel.
Neh 13:4 ‫וְלִפְנֵ֣י מִזֶּ֔ה אֶלְיָשִׁיב֙ הַכֹּהֵ֔ן נָת֖וּן בְּלִשְׁכַּ֣ת בֵּית־אֱלֹהֵ֑ינוּ קָר֖וֹב לְטוֹבִיָּֽה׃‬ Now before this, Eliashib the priest had been given an appointment in an office of the house of our God. He was related to Tobiah,
Neh 13:5 ‫וַיַּ֨עַשׂ ל֜וֹ לִשְׁכָּ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֗ה וְשָׁ֣ם הָי֪וּ לְפָנִ֟ים נֹ֠תְנִים אֶת־הַמִּנְחָ֨ה הַלְּבוֹנָ֜ה וְהַכֵּלִ֗ים וּמַעְשַׂ֤ר הַדָּגָן֙ הַתִּיר֣וֹשׁ וְהַיִּצְהָ֔ר מִצְוַת֙ הַלְוִיִּ֔ם וְהַמְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים וְהַשֹּׁעֲרִ֑ים וּתְרוּמַ֖ת הַכֹּהֲנִֽים׃‬ and he had acquired for him a large office where people had previously given the meal-offering, the frankincense and various articles and the tithe of the corn, the new wine and the new oil – a commandment for the Levites and the singers and the gatekeepers – and the heave-offering for the priests.
Neh 13:6 ‫וּבְכָל־זֶ֕ה לֹ֥א הָיִ֖יתִי בִּֽירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם כִּ֡י בִּשְׁנַת֩ שְׁלֹשִׁ֨ים וּשְׁתַּ֜יִם לְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֤סְתְּא מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶל֙ בָּ֣אתִי אֶל־הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ וּלְקֵ֥ץ יָמִ֖ים נִשְׁאַ֥לְתִּי מִן־הַמֶּֽלֶךְ׃‬ But during all this I was not in Jerusalem, for in the thirty-second year of Artaxerxes king of Babylon, I went to the king, and after some days I asked the king for leave, after ← at the end of.
Neh 13:7 ‫וָאָב֖וֹא לִֽירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם וָאָבִ֣ינָה בָרָעָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר עָשָׂ֤ה אֶלְיָשִׁיב֙ לְט֣וֹבִיָּ֔ה לַעֲשׂ֥וֹת לוֹ֙ נִשְׁכָּ֔ה בְּחַצְרֵ֖י בֵּ֥ית הָאֱלֹהִֽים׃‬ and I came to Jerusalem, and I became aware of the wrong which Eliahib had done for the benefit of Tobiah in acquiring an office for him in the courtyards of the house of God. in acquiring ← in doing. Gerundial use of the infinitive.
Neh 13:8 ‫וַיֵּ֥רַֽע לִ֖י מְאֹ֑ד וָֽאַשְׁלִ֜יכָה אֶֽת־כָּל־כְּלֵ֧י בֵית־טוֹבִיָּ֛ה הַח֖וּץ מִן־הַלִּשְׁכָּֽה׃‬ And it was very hurtful to me, and I threw all Tobiah's household articles out of the office.
Neh 13:9 ‫וָאֹ֣מְרָ֔ה וַֽיְטַהֲר֖וּ הַלְּשָׁכ֑וֹת וָאָשִׁ֣יבָה שָּׁ֗ם כְּלֵי֙ בֵּ֣ית הָאֱלֹהִ֔ים אֶת־הַמִּנְחָ֖ה וְהַלְּבוֹנָֽה׃ פ‬ And I gave instruction, and they cleansed the offices, and I restored the equipment to the house of God there, and the meal-offering, and the frankincense. gave instruction ← said.
Neh 13:10 ‫וָאֵ֣דְעָ֔ה כִּֽי־מְנָי֥וֹת הַלְוִיִּ֖ם לֹ֣א נִתָּ֑נָה וַיִּבְרְח֧וּ אִישׁ־לְשָׂדֵ֛הוּ הַלְוִיִּ֥ם וְהַמְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים עֹשֵׂ֥י הַמְּלָאכָֽה׃‬ And I knew that the contributions for the Levites had not been given, and that the Levites and the singers who did the work had fled – each to his own field. for the Levites ← of the Levites. Wider use of the construct state.
Neh 13:11 ‫וָאָרִ֙יבָה֙ אֶת־הַסְּגָנִ֔ים וָאֹ֣מְרָ֔ה מַדּ֖וּעַ נֶעֱזַ֣ב בֵּית־הָאֱלֹהִ֑ים וָֽאֶ֨קְבְּצֵ֔ם וָֽאַעֲמִדֵ֖ם עַל־עָמְדָֽם׃‬ And I argued with the governors, and I said, “Why has the house of God been abandoned?” And I gathered them together and stationed them in their positions. positions ← position.
Neh 13:12 ‫וְכָל־יְהוּדָ֗ה הֵבִ֜יאוּ מַעְשַׂ֧ר הַדָּגָ֛ן וְהַתִּיר֥וֹשׁ וְהַיִּצְהָ֖ר לָאוֹצָרֽוֹת׃‬ And all Judah brought the tithe of corn and new wine and new oil to the treasuries.
Neh 13:13 ‫וָאוֹצְרָ֣ה עַל־א֠וֹצָרוֹת שֶׁלֶמְיָ֨ה הַכֹּהֵ֜ן וְצָד֣וֹק הַסּוֹפֵ֗ר וּפְדָיָה֙ מִן־הַלְוִיִּ֔ם וְעַל־יָדָ֔ם חָנָ֥ן בֶּן־זַכּ֖וּר בֶּן־מַתַּנְיָ֑ה כִּ֤י נֶאֱמָנִים֙ נֶחְשָׁ֔בוּ וַעֲלֵיהֶ֖ם לַחֲלֹ֥ק לַאֲחֵיהֶֽם׃ פ‬ And I appointed treasurers over the treasuries: Shelemiah the priest and Zadok the scribe, and Pedaiah from the Levites, and alongside them was Hanan the son of Zakkur, the son of Mattaniah, for they were considered faithful, and it was incumbent on them to apportion the revenue to their brothers.
Neh 13:14 ‫זָכְרָה־לִּ֥י אֱלֹהַ֖י עַל־זֹ֑את וְאַל־תֶּ֣מַח חֲסָדַ֗י אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשִׂ֛יתִי בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלֹהַ֖י וּבְמִשְׁמָרָֽיו׃‬ Remember me, O God of mine, for this, and do not blot out the kind deeds which I have done in the house of my God and its observances.
Neh 13:15 ‫בַּיָּמִ֣ים הָהֵ֡מָּה רָאִ֣יתִי בִֽיהוּדָ֣ה ׀ דֹּֽרְכִֽים־גִּתּ֣וֹת ׀ בַּשַּׁבָּ֡ת וּמְבִיאִ֣ים הָעֲרֵמ֣וֹת וְֽעֹמְסִ֪ים עַל־הַחֲמֹרִ֟ים וְאַף־יַ֜יִן עֲנָבִ֤ים וּתְאֵנִים֙ וְכָל־מַשָּׂ֔א וּמְבִיאִ֥ים יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם בְּי֣וֹם הַשַּׁבָּ֑ת וָאָעִ֕יד בְּי֖וֹם מִכְרָ֥ם צָֽיִד׃‬ In those days I saw in Judah men treading in wine presses on the Sabbath, and bringing grain in in heaps, and loading things on donkeys – indeed wine, grapes and figs and all kinds of burden – and bringing them to Jerusalem on the Sabbath day. And I testified against them on the day when they sold the produce.
Neh 13:16 ‫וְהַצֹּרִים֙ יָ֣שְׁבוּ בָ֔הּ מְבִיאִ֥ים דָּ֖אג וְכָל־מֶ֑כֶר וּמֹכְרִ֧ים בַּשַּׁבָּ֛ת לִבְנֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה וּבִירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃‬ And Tyrians lived in the place, and brought fish and all kinds of merchandise, and sold it on the Sabbath to the sons of Judah and in Jerusalem. in the placein it, probably referring to Judah.
Neh 13:17 ‫וָאָרִ֕יבָה אֵ֖ת חֹרֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֑ה וָאֹמְרָ֣ה לָהֶ֗ם מָֽה־הַדָּבָ֨ר הָרָ֤ע הַזֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אַתֶּ֣ם עֹשִׂ֔ים וּֽמְחַלְּלִ֖ים אֶת־י֥וֹם הַשַּׁבָּֽת׃‬ And I argued with the nobles of Judah, and I said to them, “What is this evil thing that you are doing, seeing you are profaning the Sabbath day?
Neh 13:18 ‫הֲל֨וֹא כֹ֤ה עָשׂוּ֙ אֲבֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם וַיָּבֵ֨א אֱלֹהֵ֜ינוּ עָלֵ֗ינוּ אֵ֚ת כָּל־הָרָעָ֣ה הַזֹּ֔את וְעַ֖ל הָעִ֣יר הַזֹּ֑את וְאַתֶּ֞ם מוֹסִיפִ֤ים חָרוֹן֙ עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל לְחַלֵּ֖ל אֶת־הַשַּׁבָּֽת׃ פ‬ Did not your fathers do likewise, so that our God brought all this trouble on us and on this city, yet you are adding fury on Israel by profaning the Sabbath.” trouble ← evil.

by profaning: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Neh 13:19 ‫וַיְהִ֡י כַּאֲשֶׁ֣ר צָֽלֲלוּ֩ שַׁעֲרֵ֨י יְרוּשָׁלִַ֜ם לִפְנֵ֣י הַשַּׁבָּ֗ת וָאֹֽמְרָה֙ וַיִּסָּגְר֣וּ הַדְּלָת֔וֹת וָאֹ֣מְרָ֔ה אֲשֶׁר֙ לֹ֣א יִפְתָּח֔וּם עַ֖ד אַחַ֣ר הַשַּׁבָּ֑ת וּמִנְּעָרַ֗י הֶֽעֱמַ֙דְתִּי֙ עַל־הַשְּׁעָרִ֔ים לֹא־יָב֥וֹא מַשָּׂ֖א בְּי֥וֹם הַשַּׁבָּֽת׃‬ And it came to pass when the gates of Jerusalem were becoming overshadowed before the Sabbath, that I ordered that the doors be shut, and I ordered that they should not be open until after the Sabbath. And I stationed some of my servant-lads at the gates so that no burden should enter on the Sabbath day. they should not be open ← they should not open them. Avoidance of the passive.
Neh 13:20 ‫וַיָּלִ֨ינוּ הָרֹכְלִ֜ים וּמֹכְרֵ֧י כָל־מִמְכָּ֛ר מִח֥וּץ לִירוּשָׁלִָ֖ם פַּ֥עַם וּשְׁתָּֽיִם׃‬ Then the traders and sellers of all kinds of merchandise lodged outside Jerusalem once or twice.
Neh 13:21 ‫וָאָעִ֣ידָה בָהֶ֗ם וָאֹמְרָ֤ה אֲלֵיהֶם֙ מַדּ֜וּעַ אַתֶּ֤ם לֵנִים֙ נֶ֣גֶד הַחוֹמָ֔ה אִם־תִּשְׁנ֕וּ יָ֖ד אֶשְׁלַ֣ח בָּכֶ֑ם מִן־הָעֵ֣ת הַהִ֔יא לֹא־בָ֖אוּ בַּשַּׁבָּֽת׃ ס‬ But I testified against them, and I said to them, “Why do you lodge opposite the wall? If you do it again I will lay hands on you.” From that time they did not come on the Sabbath. lay hands ← send a hand.
Neh 13:22 ‫וָאֹמְרָ֣ה לַלְוִיִּ֗ם אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִֽהְי֤וּ מִֽטַּהֲרִים֙ וּבָאִים֙ שֹׁמְרִ֣ים הַשְּׁעָרִ֔ים לְקַדֵּ֖שׁ אֶת־י֣וֹם הַשַּׁבָּ֑ת גַּם־זֹאת֙ זָכְרָה־לִּ֣י אֱלֹהַ֔י וְח֥וּסָה עָלַ֖י כְּרֹ֥ב חַסְדֶּֽךָ׃ פ‬ And I instructed the Levites that they should purify themselves and come and guard the gates to sanctify the Sabbath day. Remember this too on my account, O God of mine, and have pity on me, according to the abundance of your kindness.
Neh 13:23 ‫גַּ֣ם ׀ בַּיָּמִ֣ים הָהֵ֗ם רָאִ֤יתִי אֶת־הַיְּהוּדִים֙ הֹשִׁ֗יבוּ נָשִׁים֙ *אשדודיות **אַשְׁדֳּדִיּ֔וֹת *עמוניות **עַמֳּנִיּ֖וֹת מוֹאֲבִיּֽוֹת׃‬ Also in those days I saw the Jews bringing Ashdodite, Ammonite and Moabite women into their homes, Ashdodite ... Ammonite: the ketiv and qeré are different spellings of the same words.

bringing ... into their homes ← causing to dwell.
Neh 13:24 ‫וּבְנֵיהֶ֗ם חֲצִי֙ מְדַבֵּ֣ר אַשְׁדּוֹדִ֔ית וְאֵינָ֥ם מַכִּירִ֖ים לְדַבֵּ֣ר יְהוּדִ֑ית וְכִלְשׁ֖וֹן עַ֥ם וָעָֽם׃‬ and their sons spoke half Ashdodian, and they were not familiar with speaking the Judaean language, but spoke in the tongue of the various peoples. Judaean: or, Jewish.

the various peoples ← people and people.
Neh 13:25 ‫וָאָרִ֤יב עִמָּם֙ וָאֲקַֽלְלֵ֔ם וָאַכֶּ֥ה מֵהֶ֛ם אֲנָשִׁ֖ים וָֽאֶמְרְטֵ֑ם וָאַשְׁבִּיעֵ֣ם בֵּֽאלֹהִ֗ים אִם־תִּתְּנ֤וּ בְנֹֽתֵיכֶם֙ לִבְנֵיהֶ֔ם וְאִם־תִּשְׂאוּ֙ מִבְּנֹ֣תֵיהֶ֔ם לִבְנֵיכֶ֖ם וְלָכֶֽם׃‬ And I argued with them and I cursed them and I struck some of the men, and I plucked out their hair, and I adjured them by God and said, “Do not give your daughters to their sons and do not take any of their daughters for your sons or for yourselves at all. do not give... do not take ... at all ← if you give ... if you take, an oath formula, in full in 2 Sam 3:35, standing for if you give ... if you take ... may God do this to you.
Neh 13:26 ‫הֲל֣וֹא עַל־אֵ֣לֶּה חָטָֽא־שְׁלֹמֹ֣ה מֶ֣לֶךְ יִשְׂרָאֵ֡ל וּבַגּוֹיִ֣ם הָרַבִּים֩ לֹֽא־הָיָ֨ה מֶ֜לֶךְ כָּמֹ֗הוּ וְאָה֤וּב לֵֽאלֹהָיו֙ הָיָ֔ה וַיִּתְּנֵ֣הוּ אֱלֹהִ֔ים מֶ֖לֶךְ עַל־כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל גַּם־אוֹת֣וֹ הֶחֱטִ֔יאוּ הַנָּשִׁ֖ים הַנָּכְרִיּֽוֹת׃‬ Did not Solomon king of Israel sin similarly? Yet among the numerous nations there was no king like him, and he was loved by his God, and God appointed him king over all Israel. But the foreign women induced even him to sin. similarly ← after (the manner of) these.
Neh 13:27 ‫וְלָכֶ֣ם הֲנִשְׁמַ֗ע לַעֲשֹׂת֙ אֵ֣ת כָּל־הָרָעָ֤ה הַגְּדוֹלָה֙ הַזֹּ֔את לִמְעֹ֖ל בֵּֽאלֹהֵ֑ינוּ לְהֹשִׁ֖יב נָשִׁ֥ים נָכְרִיּֽוֹת׃‬ So shall we heed you in doing all this great evil, in acting perversely against our God, in taking foreign women into our homes?” in acting ... in taking: gerundial use of the infinitive.

in taking ... into our homes ← in causing to dwell.
Neh 13:28 ‫וּמִבְּנֵ֨י יוֹיָדָ֤ע בֶּן־אֶלְיָשִׁיב֙ הַכֹּהֵ֣ן הַגָּד֔וֹל חָתָ֖ן לְסַנְבַלַּ֣ט הַחֹרֹנִ֑י וָאַבְרִיחֵ֖הוּ מֵעָלָֽי׃‬ And one of the sons of Joiada the son of Eliashib the high priest was the son-in-law of Sanballat the Horonite, and I chased him away from me.
Neh 13:29 ‫זָכְרָ֥ה לָהֶ֖ם אֱלֹהָ֑י עַ֚ל גָּאֳלֵ֣י הַכְּהֻנָּ֔ה וּבְרִ֥ית הַכְּהֻנָּ֖ה וְהַלְוִיִּֽם׃‬ Remember them, O God of mine, for the stains they brought on the priesthood and the covenant of the priesthood and the Levites.
Neh 13:30 ‫וְטִֽהַרְתִּ֖ים מִכָּל־נֵכָ֑ר וָאַעֲמִ֧ידָה מִשְׁמָר֛וֹת לַכֹּהֲנִ֥ים וְלַלְוִיִּ֖ם אִ֥ישׁ בִּמְלַאכְתּֽוֹ׃‬ And I cleansed them from all foreignness, and I instituted duties for the priests and Levites – each in his own work –
Neh 13:31 ‫וּלְקֻרְבַּ֧ן הָעֵצִ֛ים בְּעִתִּ֥ים מְזֻמָּנ֖וֹת וְלַבִּכּוּרִ֑ים זָכְרָה־לִּ֥י אֱלֹהַ֖י לְטוֹבָֽה׃‬ and for the offering of wood at appointed times, and for the firstfruits. And remember me favourably, O God of mine.